Athenaze: An Introduction to Ancient Greek

ATHENAZE An Introduction to Ancient Greek Second Edition Book II Maurice Balme and Gilbert Lawall New York Oxford OXF...

Author: Maurice Balme | Gilbert Lawall

1012 downloads 15322 Views 15MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!

Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

ATHENAZE An Introduction to Ancient Greek Second Edition

Book II

Maurice Balme and Gilbert Lawall

New York Oxford OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2003

Oxford University Press Oxford New York Auckland Bangkok Buenos Aires Cape Town Chennai Dar es Salaam Delhi Hong Kong Istanbul Karachi Kolkata Kuala Lumpur Madrid Melboume Mexico City Mumbai Nairobi Sao Paulo Shanghai Taipei Tokyo Toronto

Copyright © 2003 by Oxford University Press, Inc. Published by Oxford University Press, Inc. 198 Madison Avenue, New York, New York, 10016 http://www.oup-usa.org Oxford is a registered trademark of Oxford University Press All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, ill any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of Oxford University Press.

ISBN-13 978-0-19-514957-9 ISBN 0-19-514957-2

Printing number: 9 8 7 6 5 Printed in the United States of America on acid-free pi'lper

CONTENTS INTRODUCTION vii

17

Readings

Grammar

H EI1ILlAYPOt (IX) 2

1.

The Passive Voice: -Grt- 1st Aorist Passive and -911- 1 s t Future Passive 4

2.

The Passive Voice: -'11- 2nd Aorist Passive and -'11- 2 n d Future Passive 13 Aorist of Deponent Verbs 13

Healing Sanctuaries: Asc1epius and Epidaurus B H BI1ILlA YPOt (~)

10

3. 01 TIBP.EAI TAt A8HNAt LlEYTBPON AIPOYIIN 15

Classical Greek: Miracle Cures 16 New Testament Greek: John 1.1-2: The Beginning of the Gospel 17 John 1.14: The Incarnation 17 John 1.29: John the Baptist Beholds Jesus 17 18

19

0 AIKAHI110I (IX) 1 B 1. Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (112) 20 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (116) 21 Sparta and Corinth 24 o AtKAHIlIOt (~) 26 2. Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (29) 32 H EN T Alt TIAAT AIAlt NI KH 32 Classical Greek: Miracle Cures 34 New Testament Greek: John 1.32, 33, and 49: Pronouncements about Jesus 35 0 NOtTOt (c:x) 36

The Verbs 20

OtBro~lt

and t{9rUlt

The Verb 'tiGrtllt 29

1. 2.

The Genitive Absolute 38 The Verb lG'tlUl1: Formation and Meaning 39

3. 4.

The Verb tG'tlllll: Forms 49 The Verbs Kc:x9((J't'l1J.Ll and a
Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (41) 41 Mycenae 42 Classical Greek: Theognis 45

o NOITOt

(~)

46

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (27) 50 01 EAAHNEI TOYt ITEP.EAI KATA 8AAATTAN LlEYTEPON NIKQ.EIN 52

New Testament Greek: John 2.1-8: The Wedding at Cana 55 1

Athenaze: Book II

ii 20

0 NOITOI (y) 56

1.

The Verb 8etKVUf.1t 58

2. 3.

The Verb 111f.1t 64 Verbs That Take Supplementary Participles: A
1. 2. 3.

The Subjunctive Mood 75 Forms of the Subjunctive 75 Uses of the Subjunctive Mood

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (43) 5B War Clouds 60 o NOETOI: (8) 62

01 A8HNAIOI TOYl: AAKEAAIMONJOYI ANAMIMNHIl:KOYl:IN 68

New Testament Greek: John 2.9-11: The Wedding at Cana (concluded) 70 Classical Greek: Tyrtaeus 71 New Testament Greek: John 3.1-3: Nicodemus Visits Jesus 71

21

H EKKAHIIA (0:) 72 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (83) 74

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (44) 77

78

The Athenian Democracy BO H EKKAHIIA (~) 82 4.

The Subjunctive of -Ill. Verbs 85

1. 2.

Clauses of Fearing 92 Indefinite or General Clauses

01 AYTOyprOI ANltTANTAI 88 Classical Greek: Solon 89 New Testament Greek: John 3.4-7: Nicodemus Visits Jesus (concluded) 89 22

H ANAl:TAl:II (0:) 90

93 Athenian Democracy in Action 97 New Testament Greek: John 5.1-9: The Healing at the Pool Called Bethzatha 99 H ANAl:TAIII (~) 100

3.

Indirect Statements and Questions 102

1.

Indirect Statements with Infinitives lOB Indirect Statements with Participles 111

H NOIOI 104 Classical Greek: Solon 105 23

H El:BOAH (u) 106

2. Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (B) 111 The Peloponnesian War: First Phase (431-421 B.C.) 112 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (119) 113

Contents H EEBOAH

(~)

114

iii 3. 4. 5.

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (73 and 135) 118

6.

7.

Indirect Statements with o'tt/ro~, Infinitive, or Participle? 116 The Verb q>llllt 117 The Articular Infinitive 118 Relative Pronouns and Their Antecedents: Some Special Cases 119 Prepositional Prefixes and Euphony 120

o nEPIKAHE 120 Classical Greek: Solon 122 New Testament Greek: John 6.47-51: Jesus the Bread of Life 122

24

EN

LH~AEKAAQN

(ex)

124

1. 2. 3.

Greek Education 129 EN ~IAAEKAAQN (P) 132

4.

5.

Comparison of Adjectives 126 Irregular Comparison of Adjectives 127 01tffi~ + Future Indicative in Object Clauses after Verbs Expressing Care or Effort 128 More Irregular Comparative and Superlative Adjectives 134 Declension of Comparative Adjectives 135

o

HPOAOTOL THN IETOPIAN AnOAEIKNYEIN 136 Classical Greek: Hesiod 138 New Testament Greek: John 8.12: Jesus the Light of the World 139 John 8.31-32: The Truth Will Make You Free 139 John 9.1-7: Jesus Heals a Man Born Blind 139 25

0 KPOIEOL TON LOAQNA 3ENIZEI (ex) 140

1.

2. 3. 4. Herodotus 148 o KPOIE01: TON 1:0AnNA EENIZEI
Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (128) 156

5. 6.

The Optative Mood Used to Express Wishes 142 The Potential Optative 143 The Optative Mood in Subordinate Clauses 143 The Forms of the Optative 145

The Optative of -Ilt Verbs 153 The Optative Mood in Indirect Statements and Indirect Questions 155

Athenaze: Book II

iv o :EOAON TON KPOI!:ON OPflZEI

157

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (93) 158 New Testament Greek: John 10.2-4, 9, and 11-16: The Parable of the Sheepfold 159

26

0 KPOIIOr TON nAlaA AnOAA YLIN (0:) 160 Shame and Guilt 166 o KPO[!:OI TON nAlaA AnOAA yrIN (Il) 168

1.

Conditional Sentences 162

2.

Adverbial Accusatives and the Accusative of Respect 171 The Accusative Absolute 172 The Verbal Adjective in .1:£O~

3. 4.

173 o AAPHrTor EAYTON I:(I)AZEI

174

Classical Greek: Hesiod (concluded from Chapter 24) 176 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (40) 176 New Testament Greek: John 11.1, 3-5, 17,19-27, and 38-44: The Death and Resurrection of Lazarus 177

27

0 KPOIrOr Enl TON KYPON I:TPATEYETAI (0:) 179 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (110) 182

1.

2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7.

The Perfect Tense: Middle! Passive Participles 183 Perfective Aspect 184 The Perfect Tense: Middle! Passive: Indicative, Subjunctive' Optative, Imperative, and Infinitive 185 The Perfect Tense: Middle! Passive Forms 186 The Pluperfect Tense: Indicative Only 187 The Pluperfect Tense: Middle! Passive Forms 187 The Dative of Agent with Perfect and Pluperfect Passives 188

Signs, Dreams, and Oracles 190 New Testament Greek: John 20.11-18: Jesus, Risen from the Dead, Appears to Mary Magdalene 193 o KPOII:Or EnI TON KYPON !:TPATEYETAI (Il) 194

8. 9.

Perfect Reduplication and Augment 196 Perfect and Pluperfect Middle! Passive of Verbs with Stems Ending in Consonants 197

Contents

v

H AABLiA I:11IZEI TO rIAI.I1ION 200 Classical Greek: Xenophanes of Kolophon 202 Homeric Greek: Homer, Iliad 1.1-7 203 28

0 AnOAA11N TON KPOILON I:11IZEI (n) 204

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

The Perfect Active 206 The -lea: 1st Perfect Active: Forms 207 The Perfect Tense: Stems 208 Aspect 209 The Pluperfect Tense: Indicative Only 209 The -1Cf\ 1st Pluperfect Active: Forms 210 The -a, 2nd Perfect Active and the -11 2nd Pluperfect Active 210

Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (104) 211 Rationalism and Mysticism 212 Homeric Greek: Homer, Odyssey 1.1-10 215 o AI10AAnN TON KPOILON L11IZEI (~) 216 Greek Wisdom: Heraclitus (102) 218 8.

9.

Verbs Found Most Co~only in the Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses 219 The Verb otSa 219

o KPOII:OL nrNQ.EKEI THN EAYTOY AMAPTIAN 221 AAAOE AOrOL ITEPI TOY KPOILOY 224 29

MErA TO TH.E 0AAALIHI KPATOL (n) Thucydides 232 Greek Wisdom: Socrates 233 MErA TO THI: 0AAAI:IHI KPATOL (~) MErA TO THL 0AAAI:IH.E KPATOI (y) MErA TO THL E>AAALI:HI: KPATOI: (B) The Downfall of Athens 241 Greek Wisdom: Socrates 242 Greek Wisdom: Socrates 243 MErA TO THI E>AAAIIH.E KPATOI (E) Greek Wisdom: Socrates 246

229

234 236 238

244 1.

30

AXAPNHL (a) 249 Aristophanes and Old Comedy 249 AXAPNHI: (~) 252

Complex Sentences in Indirect Statement: Primary Sequence 247

Athenaze: Book II

vi AXAPNHI: (y) 260 AXAPNHI: (8) 264

1.

VERB CHARTS 274 FORMS 277 INDEX OF LANGUAGE AND GRAMMAR 309 GREEK TO ENGLISH VOCABULARY 318 ENGLISH TO GREEK VOCABULARY 352 GENERAL INDEX 369 LIST OF MAPS 376 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 376 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 377

Complex Sentences in Indirect Statement: Secondary Sequence 271

INTRODUCTION Part I: Readings in Book IT The story line continues from Book I with Dicaeopolis and Philip's arrival by boat at Epidaurus and their visit to the sacred precinct of Asclepius. In the early chapters of Book II the tail readings continue the saga of the Persian Wars. The Classical Greek readings continue with a variety of authors, including Theognis, Tyrtaeus~ Solon, Resiod, and Xenophanes; the New Testament readings in Book II are drawn from the Gospel of John. When Dicaeopolis and Philip return to Athens, the Peloponnesian War breaks out, and some of the chapter and tail readings are adapted from Thucydides' account of this war between Sparta and Athens. While in Athens, Philip attends school, and the teacher him the historian Herodotus to read, and the stories in the middle part of Book II are taken from some of the most memorable episodes of Herodotus's history, dealing with the Athenian Solon's visit to Croesus, King of Lydia, and the latter's ill-fated attempt to conquer the empire of Persia, ruled by Cyrus. This section ends with extracts from a beautiful poem by Bacchylides about Apollo's rescue of Croesus. The opening lines of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey are given toward the end of this section, and the last two chapters contain extracts from Thucydides on two crucial naval battles in the Peloponnesian War and extracts from Aristophanes' Acharnians, in which you will see Dicaeopolis making own peace with the Spartans. The Greek Wisdom strand continues in Book II with sayings from the early Greek philosopher Heraclitus and ends in Chapter 29 with material on Socrates. You may find some links here with the sayings of the seven wise men of Archaic Greece included in Book I. A rich variety of reading awaits you in Book II.

Partll: Greek Verbs The material here will expand on the Preview of New Verb Forms in Book I, pages 154-155. It will provide additional information that will help you find your way around the charts on the following pages and give you a firm structure within which you can situate the new tenses and moods that you will study in the second half of this course. You are not expected to learn all of the forms in the charts on pages x-xiv and xvi-xvii right away. You should begin by locating the forms that were formally presented in Book 1. These include all of the forms except those of the subjunctive and optative on the first four charts (pages x-xiii). In Chapter 16 you learned that middle and passive forms are identical in the present and imperfect tenses and that they are different in the future and aorist. Thus on vii

viii

Athenaze: Book II

the second chart you will find the middle/passive forms of ",firo in the present and imperfect tenses, but on the fourth chart you will find only the middle voice forms of ",{jill in the future and aorist. The fifth chart (page xiv) shows the passive forms of ",firo in the future and aorist, and you will learn these forms in Chapter 17. The new material on verb forms in Book II is organized as follows: 1. The aorist and future passive in Chapter 17 2. A group of verbs that end in -flt in the 1st person singular, present indicative in Chapters 18, 19, and 20 (you have already learned two such verbs, Eifll and dfll.) 3. The subjunctive mood (Chapter 21) 4. The optative mood (Chapter 25) 5. The perfect and pluperfect tenses (Chapters 27 and 28) You already know from the verb charts that you filled out during your study of Greek in Book I where the subjunctive and optative forms fit into the charts, and you will find the forms of the subjunctive and optative on the charts on the following pages. The forms of the perfect and pluperfect tenses are organized on the last two charts (pages xvi-xvii). You should be pleased that you already know about half of the forms on these seven chartsf

partm: Moods, Verbal NoUllS, and Verbal Adjectives Greek verbs have four moods, indicative, imperative, subjunctive, and optative, which express the manner in which the action of the verb is conceived by the speaker or writer. In the readings you have seen many verbs in the indicative mood, the mood used to express statements and questions about reality or fact. You have also seen many verbs in the imperative mood, the mood used to express commands. So far you have seen only 2nd person imperatives, e.g., "Xanthias, lift the stone!" or "Oxen, drag the plow!" Greek also has 3rd person imperative forms, not addressed directly to the person who is to do the action but to someone efse, e.g., "Let Xanthias do it!" "Let the oxen drag the plow!" You will find examples of these in the reading in Chapter 30, but they are not included on the charts. In addition to verbs in the indicative or imperative mood, you have seen infinitives, which are verbal nouns and are not limited (-fin- is from the Latin word finis that means "end" or "limit") by person or number and that fit into a sentence pattern such as "I am not able to work." You have also seen many participles, which are verbal adjectives that fit into sentence patterns such as the following: "The man working in the field lifted the stone." In Book II you will learn two new moods, the SUbjunctive and the optative. In main clauses these do not express simple statements or questions about reality or fact but instead fit into sentence patterns such as "What are we to do?" or "I wish I had my sight restored!" They are also used in various types of subordinate clauses. Subordinate clauses that require these moods will gen-

Introduction

ix

erally use the subjunctive if the verb of the main clause is in a primary tense (present, future, or perfect) and the optative if the verb of the main clause is in a secondary tense (imperfect, aorist, or pluperfect). Occasionally you will meet subjunctive and optative forms in the stories before they are formally introduced in the grammar. These forms are very easy to recognize. Most verbs in the subjunctive have the long vowels ro or 1'\ before the ending (find examples in the charts on the following pages). The optative has the suffix -1- or -t11-, which combines with other vowels in the verb to give forms that are immediately recognizable by the diphthongs 01, en, or ql or the long-vowel digraph £1 (again, find examples in the charts on the following pages). Help with translation of subjunctive and optative forms in the stories before these moods are formally introduced will be given in the glosses below the paragraphs of the stories.

Part IV:

Principal Parts Once you learn the rules for the formation of the various verb forms, you will be able to recognize or make up any and all of the forms on the charts yourself if you know six basic forms of any given verb. These six forms are called the principal parts, and they are as follows: present active A.{)ro

future active A.{)(Jro

aorist active €A.ucro:

perfect active A.EA.U1(X

perfect middle/passive

aorist passive fA.u8Ttv

A.EA.U~(Xt

The other forms are constructed as follows: The imperfect is constructed from the present stem: e-A.u-o-v. The present, future, and aorist middle are constructed from the corre.,. sponding active stems: A.-G-o-j.tcn, A.-Gcr-o-~o:t, e-A.ucra-Jl11v. The future passive is constructed from the aorist passive stem: A.u8,,-cr-0(continued on page xv)

VERB CHART: PRESENT AND IMPERFECT

P<

Active Voice Present Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

A-Dro

A{)OO

A-DOt~J.t

A-DEle;

A;)I1<;

A;)Ol<;

A.-DEt

A{)n

A-Dot

A;)O~

Ai>ro~

Ai>OlJlEV

A-DE'tE

AtnreE

A-DOt'tE

A-DOUO"t(v)

A;) uxn (v)

A-DOtEV

Imperative

Infinitive A;)E1V

A:DE

Participle A-tIDV, A{)ouau, A-tOV, gen. , AiJoV'tOe;

~

~ CIl ~

A{)E'tE

~

N

~

to

o o

~ ~

Imperfect £AUOV £A.UE<;

EAuE £A;)OjlE'.V EAi>E'tE EAUOV

1--1

VERB CHART: PRESENT AND IMPERFECT MiddleIPassive Voice Present Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

A.~OI. UXl

A.Uotl-ll1V

A.'\SEl/ll

A.f>COJ..l(Xt 'J.J'!

·A.~e'tat

A.;)fl'tClt

A.;)ot'tO

A.uqre9a

A.uro~ea

A.ooi~ea

A.f>roge

A.f>rt0'9E

A.;)ot0'9E

A.~ov't(U

A.-5cov'tat

A.f>otv'tO

un

A.;)OtO

Imperative

Infinitive A.;)E0'9at

Participle A,UO JlEV 0;, 11, - ov

A.;)01>

~

~

A.;)OO9E

~

o

§~

""'0 g

Imperfect EA.'U6j.tl1v EA.f>O'U EA.;)E'tO

EA.u4re9a EA.;)E0'ge EA.f>ov'to M

1-'-

VERB CHART: FUTURE AND AORIST

I~'

J-I.

Active Voice Future Indicative

Subjunctive

A;)o-ro

Optative

Imperative

Infinitive A;3cretv

A;)o-et<;

A;)o-m.Jlt A;)crOl<;

A;)o-£l

Af>crm.

Af>crOJ..lEV A;3cretE

Ai.1cr 0 tll£V

A-Gcroucrt(v)

A~crOtEV

Participle A\1crOOV, A;)o-oucra, A;3crov, gen. , A;)crOV'tO<;

~

t:r'

CD

::sfl'>

A~crOtte

N

!t! t:d 0 0

~

1:::=

Aorist Aroat

EAooa

A-tcrro

EAucrae; EAUcre(V)

A11crn<; A;)o-n

A;3cretE(v) (-(Jat)

£A~craJ..lEV

A;)cr ffiJlEV

t.,;30' a.1.J..lEV

EA;3cra'tE

A;)crTl'tE

t.,~at'te

Et.,ucrav

t.,f>croxn(v)

A~O' ElaY (-0' a lEV)

l

Ai.1cr a tJll (-crate;)

AUcrov

A;3cro:'tE

Participle A;3crcl<;, A;3crclcra, AUOOV, gen. , Afurav'to<;

VERB CHART: FUTURE AND AORIST Middle Voice Future Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

A:D
AucrOtllTtV

At>O'£lIn

A~crOto

Afuetat

AfuJot'tO

Imperative

Infinitive

A;)cr£cr9at

Participle

AucrOIlEVo;, - 11. ov

a o ~

A;uO'6t.l£9a

Aooo{!lE9a

'"1

p..

A11oro9E

Afu-otcr9E

e n

AUcrov'tat

A.fu0 t.v'to

o

.....

t1-

I:J

Aorist fAOOr:lllllv

A{,cr IDJlU 1.

AOO CltllllV

EA11crro

At>CSn

AUcrato

EA11cra'to

Af,CSll'tClt

Af,crClt'tO

EAOOr:lIlE9a

AucrID !lE9a

Aooai!lE 9a

fA t>O'a0'9£

Al1O'TlO' 9£

Af,cratO"9£

eAt>O'av'to

Af,crOW'tClt

At>O' Cll.V'tO

AficrClcr9at

AUO'r:lJlEV0;, 11. - ov

A.urot

A;)crO,csge >< ..... ..... .....

VERB CHART: FUTURE AND AORIST

I~'

Passive Voice Future Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

Imperative

Infinitive

A1)9ftcrE09a t

Participle

'A.u91lU6,lEvo;, - Tl, - ov

Au9"crOJ.UXt

'A.1)91lcrot/1llv

Au9ftcrEtln

'A.u9ftcrOtO

'A.1)9"crE1: a t

'A.u9"crOt't 0

Aufl1lcr4J.c9a

A1)9Tlcrot/lE9a

Aue"crE09E

'A.1)9~crot09E

N

Au9f,crov1:cx t

Au9f,uotv't 0

t:d

'>

st (I)

::::s ~

~

0 0 ~

....... ........

Aorist EAU91lv

'A.u9&

'A. 1)9 d'JlV

EAufl1l~

Au9US

Au9dTls

EAU911

'A.1)9

'A.u9dTl

EAffirll.1EV

A1)900/lEv

Au9Et/lEV

EAU91l'tE

Au9frt E

Au9Et'tE

EA-6911crav

Au9mul(v)

Au9EtEV

n

'A.u9flvat Au911'tt

Au911'tE

Au9Et£. 'A.1)9Etcr(X, Au9iv, gen., 'A.1)gev'to;

In trod uction

xv

The principal parts of many verbs follow simple patterns, so that if you know the first principal part (the present active indicative) you can construct the remaining principal parts according to rules, many of which you have already learned. Many verbs, however, follow more complex linguistic patterns, so that their principal parts cannot all be predicted on the basis of easy rules. In some verbs the stem appears in different forms in the different tenses; for example, in the forms of the verb A..nm given above you can see two slightly different stems, /1/0- and Au-. A knowledge of stems is useful, as you already know from Book 1. A few common verbs use etymologically unrelated stems to supply missing forms. For example, the verb aipEw does not have an aorist related to the stem aipe- but instead uses the unrelated stem £11,- to supply the missing aorist. The other principal parts of this verb are regular (except for £. instead of the expected 11 in the aorist passive): aipeOl

elA.OV

For convenience grammarians say that the stems of this verb are aipE- and £11,-. Note that verbs such as this that begin with a vowel or diphthong have a temporal augment instead of reduplication in the perfect tense. Verbs that begin with certain consonants or consonant clusters will have syllabic augment instead of reduplication, e.g., 0'1tE:6~w, perfect, EO"1tE1YKa. In Book I from Chapter 10 on we gave the present, future, and aorist of most verbs in vocabulary lists, and we included the aorist participle to show the unaugmented aorist stem. In Book II we will give in the chapter vocabulary lists full sets of principal parts for most verbs. We will not give the principal parts of regular contract verbs that follow the patterns of the model contract verbs qnAEOl, 'ttl. UXW, and 81lAow; for the principal parts of these model verbs, see the Greek to English Vocabulary at the end of this book. We also do not usually give the principal parts of compound verbs, for which the principal parts of the simple verb have already been given; consult the Greek to English Vocabulary as necessary . We stop giving aorist participles, but we will occasionally include other forms, such as the imperfect, when they deserve special attention. Mter the reading passages we will give full sets of principal parts of important verbs, most of which you met in Book I. These sets are arranged according to certain linguistic principles to help you see similarities among verbs and organize them into helpful groupings in your own mind. Seeing the similarities and shared patterns will make it easier for you to learn the principal parts.

VERB CHART: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT

::<

-< .....

Active Voice PeIfect Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

AEA:mea.

AEA1>'lCcOC; ili

AEA1>'lCWC; EtTlV

AEA'U'lCClC;

AEA'UlCWC; nc;

AEA1J1CWC; EtTlC;

AEA1>lCE(V)

AEA1>KroC; n

AEA1>lC01C; EtTl

AEAUlCa.JlEV

AEA'UlCOtEC; iliJlEv

AEAUlCOtEC; dll£v*

A13A UlC<:X 1: E

AEA1>1(01:13C; ~tE

AEA'OlCon:c; d'tE*

AEAUlCuOt(V)

AEA1>K01:EC; <1m(v}

AEA1.)1(01:13C; EtEV*

Imperative** AEA'OlC01C; toet

Infinitive

Participle

AEA'U'K£VCH

AEA'OlCIDC;, AEA'O'IC'OlCl, AEA 'OlCO;, gen., AEA'UlC01:o;

AEA'OlC01:EC; EmE

* or EtTlll£v, EtTlt E, EtTloa. v

**very rare and not included in charts elsewhere in this book

Pluperfect EAEAUKTl EAEAU'lCTlC; EAEA{)1CEt EAEAU1CEIl£V EAEAUKE1:E EAEAUlCEO(lV

g~ ~

N

~

to

o o

~

1-1 1-1

VERB CHART: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT MiddleJPassive Voice Perfect Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

AEAUj..lat

AeAU~VO~ &.

AeA\)!livo~

AEAoocn

AEA\)!livo~ n~

AtAU~VO~ EtTt~

AEAmat

AEA\)~VO~

AEA\)~VO~

AtA\l~8a

AEA U~VOt 6l ~v

n

Imperative**

Infinitive AEA\lcr8al.

e1rw

Participle AEAU~VO~,-ll,-OV

AEAUcro

E1"

AtAu~Vot El~v*

AEAOO9t

AEAU~Vot 11't E

AEAu!livOl. Ei'tE*

AEAuv'tat

AeAU~VOL &.m(v)

AeAu!livot dtv*

t-l

:;,

AEAucr8t

C"'I-

"1

e

0..

r:::

g. 1-1-

*or e1rUJ£v. el1l'te, EtTtcrav **very rare and not included in charts elsewhere in this book

e

l::I

Pluperfect eAEA\lll1lv EA.EAucro eAEAm:O eAgAu1lE9a EAEAucr8e eAEA\)vTO

i><

<: 1-11-1-

Greece and the Aegean Sea

ATH NAZE An Introduction to Ancient Greek

17 H EITIL1A YPOJ.: (ex)

l'e'K£AeUO'el1V

{)ltD

'tau ia-rpou napa "Cov AaKA;l11tlOV lEV at· l

tcrro<; yap m
VOCABULARY (irregular augment), £'VoJ.1(lt, [a1t-] ECJ1t6!ll1v + dat., I follow lCaEhl!lat KCX1:a- + ~!l(Xt], present and imperfect only, I sit oioa, perfect with present meaning, I know 1tA,eco, [1tA-e'O-] 1tAE{)(JOJUXt, E1tA,EUaa, 1t£'JtAEUlC(l, I sail 'tuYXav co, [1:e'OX-] 'tEU ~oJ.1(lt; [1:UX-] ihuxov. [1;'OXe-] 1:E1:11Xl11Ca + gen., I hit; I hit upon; I get; + participle, I happen to be doing X Pronoun ErOlrE, strengthened form of tyro, I indeed Preposition auv + dat., with Adverbs taro<;, perhaps 1tOt; to where? whither?

Verbs (ltpro, [ape-] apm, [ap-] np(l, nplCa, np~(lt, l1P911V, I lift; with reflexive pronoun, I get up cX1tEXOl [= O:1tO- + exw], imperfect, (bteixov (irregular augment), acpe~Ol (irregular), [ax-] afCEcrxov, I am distant; + gen., I am distant from; middle + gen., I abstain from acpt1CVEoJ.1at [= O:1tO- + iKVEOJ.lCUj. [h:-] acpi~oJ.1at, a cpllCO J.1llV , acptYJ.1(ll, I arrive; + + acc., I arrive at Yt yv cb (J lC CO. [yv w-] y VO)(]' 0 J.1 (l t • EyVroV, EYVCOlC(l, EyvcoO'~at, EyvcOa611v, I get to know, learn ,I

"

,}

oeco,o~aco,Eol1aa,oEoElCa,

OeOEJ.1at, Eo£91lv, I tie, bind imperfect, el1t6!ll1v

E7tO~Cxt,

2

HEn I A A Y POL

17.

n:po't'epov, formerly, before, earlier; first Conjunction 1tO'tEPOV ••• (whether . .. ) or

n,

(a,)

3

Expression auv geott;, God willing; with luck

OU1:roc; oi)v ;, vauc; eic; 1:0V AtJ.lEva acptKOJ.lEV11 npoc; 1:0 xroJla eOES11 uno 1:rov va,\ytrov, OL O£ £nt~a1:at eKEAeuO'Sl1O'av eK~11vat. 0 oi)v «.PtAt1t1tOC; uno 'tou na'tpoe; Uy6!J,EVOC; EtC; 'tl,V Yllv e~E~l1. 0 oE AtKa t61tOA te;, "aye Ott, d) nat," £CP11, "'tt OEt nOtEtv; apa ~OUAEt OLV01tcOAtOV ~l1'tllO'at Kat Oet1tVOV EAEaSal;" 6 oe, "J.laAIO''ta YE, d) na't EP, ') £
5

eae91l, was tied h:t~a.tat, passengers h::EAEUa9Ttaav, were or[xOlJ.La, pier OlV07tmA.l0V, wine-shop, inn 7tEtVOl, I am hungry] dered, told

'trov Of 1tap6v1:mv YUVTt 1:1C; 1:0V AtKat61tOAtV l1PE'to 1tot 1topeUe'tal, Kat !J,a80ucra o'tt npoc; 'tl)v 'E1ttoa:upov 1tOpeUE'tat, "Kat eyro," £
10

15

0,,·

,

I

" . . ,

"

['t.qv "laO-tEpa, with respect to my stomach tTtJ.LEPOV, today]

OHpEA.T)9i}aoJ.Lcxt, I will be helped

avaO'1:av'tEC; oi)v npoc; 'tl,V vauv ecr1tEUOoV. 0 OE vaUlCAllp0C; ioffiv aU1:0UC; npocrtov'tac;, ~OTtcrfi.C;, "EtO'~l1'tE 'taXEOOC;," £CP11, "Eu9uc; yap oPJ.l11O'o!J,ESa' OEt yap 1tPO 't11C; V'UK1:0C; ete; 'tl,V 'E1tioa'Upov a
20

Athenaze: Book II

4

nAEucr6!lE8a Ked. npoc; EcrrcEpav napEcro!lE8a. aAAa cr1CEUOE'tE' Eu8uc; yap Au8~crE'tat i1 vavc;." [OUp1.0U, favorable]

Ot !lEV Ol)V

'taXEro~ EicrE~11(jav~

i1 OE vau~ Ot' oAiyou £A-6911, Kat E1'CEt

llp911 'to. tcrtia, aVEJlq> oupiq> Ota 'trov KUJla'trov 'taXEroc; £
PRINCIPAL PARTS: Stems in -t)- and - (Xt)A.t}m, A.;)csm, EA.UCSa., [AU-] A.EAUXa, A£AuJ,Lat, EAU9Ttv, I loosen, loose 8oocp.t}m, 8a.lepbCSm, elialCpuO'a.. 8£lialCpt)1ca., oe8alCpuJ,Lat (1 am in tears), 1 cry, weep ltCXU m, 'It ex uO'm, Eft auO'a, 1t abt IXU lea, 11: £11: a 1.) J,La 1., £1t exuf}TtV, active, transitive, I stop X; middle, intransitive + participle, 1 stop doing X; + gen., I cease from

WORD STUDY Explain the following English words with j'eference to their Greek stems, making clear the difference in meaning between 1, 2, and 4:

1. psychologist 2. psychiatrist 3. analysis

(ft 'Vuxn, soul)

4. 5.

psychoanalyst psychic phenomena

GRAMMAR 1. The Passive Voice: -911- 1st Aorist Passive and -911- 1st Future Pwmve ' In Chapter 16 you learned that in the present and the imperfect tenses the middle and passive voices have identical forms. In the aorist and future tenses the passive voice has forms different from those of the middle. In the reading passage above you met several aorist passive forms, easily identified by the presence of the letters 8il, e.g., e8ten uno 'troy ValYcrov (1-2), was tied by the sailors. To form the aorist passive, most verbs add -eil-1-eE- to the verb stem, with the 3rd person singular ending in -ail as in the example above. The indicative is augmented. The resulting forms are called -81]- 1st aorist passives to distinguish them from a slightly different formation of aorist passives called -1]- 2nd aorist passives that add only -1'\- or -E- to the verb stem and will be presented in Grammar 2, page 13.

25

17.

HEn I ~ A Y P 01: (a)

5

Here are the -81'}- 1st aorist passive forms of A,11ro: Stem: A,UImperative

Indicative e-A,u-81\-V 811-<; e-lvu- 8 11 e-A,u-81\-flEV E-A,u-81'}-1:E E-A,u-81\-cretv

Infinitive

Participle

lvu-8ft-vat

A,u-8d<;, lvu-8Etcru, A,u-8tv, gen., lvu-8tv't-o<;, etc.

e-lvu-

Here is a sentence with an aorist passive participle:

1, vuu<; 1'00£10'(1 uno 'trov Vettl''Crov enA,eL Ou): 1:& KUj.t<X1:a. The ship, having been cast off (loosened) by the sailors, was sailing through the waves. The 1st aorist passive participle is based on the -8£- stem as follows: Masculine

> A,u8d<;

Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace.

lvu8ev't-<; A,u8tv'to<; A,u8tv'tt A,u8ev'tet

Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat.

A,U8tV'tEC; A,u8tv1:{J)v A,U8tV1:-crL(V) > A,U 8Etcrt(V) A,u8 tv tctC;

Ace.

Feminine

Neuter

A:u8Etcrct A,u8dcrTV; A,u8dcrl1 A,U8Etcr(XV

lvu8tv't > A,u8tv A,U 8eV1:o<; lvu8tv'tt A,u8tv't > A,u8tv

A,U8Etcr(Xt

A,u8tv'tct

A,U8Etcroov A,U8 ei.cr(X tC;

A,u8tv1:rov A,U8tV1:-CH(V) > A,u8dcrt(v) A,u8ev'ta

A,u8£1(j(xC;

To form the -81\- 1st future passive, add -81'}- to the verb stem and then add the same letters as for the future middle. Here is an example: £u8u<; yap AUO"CJ£'t(11 1, vaue;. For the ship will be cast off (loosened) at once.

Remember that there is no future imperative, and of course there is no augment. Indicative

Infinitive

A, u -8" -cr -0- j.ta t A,u-8f)-<J-£t or -11 A,U-8f)-cr-E-'tat lvu-811- cr - o-j.tE8a lvu-8f)-<J-l>cr8 £ A.U -8f) -cr-o-v't<Xt

A,U -8" -cr-E-cr8a t

Participle A,u-81\-cr-o-flEV-O<;. -11, -ov

Athenaze: Book II

6

Stems ending in

~, It,

y, and

K

aspirate the last consonant in forming the

-811- 1st aorist passive and the -911- 1st future passive, e.g.: A,aJl~avm,Itake [A,l1~- ]

Aorist: E-/l-n q>-811-V Future: A, Tl q>-9n -aN 0- Jlal

1tEJlte-m, I send

Aorist: E-teEJlq>- 911-V Future: n£Jlq>-9n -a-o-I·un

A,Ey-m, I say

Aorist: e-A,Ex- 911-V Future: A,Ex-8n -a-o - Jla 1

q>uA,a:nco, I guard [q>uAaK-]

Aorist: E-q>U AaX -9Tl-v Future: q>uAax-9n-u-O-JllXt

Stems ending in dentals (8,9, and 1:) and e.g.:

Schange the last consonant to

\jIEUO-ro, I deceive

Aorist: e-\jIeuO'-811- V Future: ",euu-9n-U-O-Jl(U

nEL9-ro, I persuade

Aorist: £-tetlU-911-V Future: nE 10'-8" -U-O-lllX t

na1:1:co, I sprinkle [nat-]

Aorist: e-naO'-911- v Future: teau-9,,-u-0- j.1lX1

KOllis-m, I bring; I take

Aorist: e-lCOJllU-811-V Future: KOJlla-9,,-a-0-llat

n:apaaKE'lH:ls-m, I prepare

Aorist: nap-E-a KEU aa-9ll-v Future: napa-uKEuau-9" -u-o- Jla 1

a,

A number of verbs insert a after the verb stem, e.g.: YlYVcOUKm, I learn [yvm-]

Aorist: e-y v cO - a -8 T\ v Future: yvm-a-9n-0'-0-J.Lal

K£AEU-ro, I order; I tell

Aorist: e-KeA£u-0'-9T\-v Future: KEAeu-a-9n-a-O-Jlal

Contract verbs lengthen the stem vowel, e.g.:
Aorist: e-qnAn-911-V Future:
1:lJla-m, I honor

Aorist: £-1:1.11" -911-V Future: tlJ.1ll-9n -u -O-Ilat

0T\A6-ro, I show

Aorist: e-oT\ Aro-8ll-v Future: 811Am-9" -a-O-JllX1

Note: PaAAro [PAll-] > ePAn9TlV, EAauvro [eAa-] > nA&911V, £1.lptaKm [EUp£-] > eupe8T\v or l1upe811v, opam [6n-] > ro
17.

H

EI1LiAYPOI (a)

7

Exercise 17a 1. In the reading passage above, locate ten passive verbs and identify each form fully. 2. Make four photocopies of the Verb Chart on page 275 and fill in the future and aorist passive forms of ACXf-Lf3avm, qHAE.m, rlf-Lam, and l51]AOW that you have learned to date; keep with your Charts for Exercise 16a.

Exercise 17~ Give the corresponding passive forms of the following: l. £1t El-J:41f~ (v) 2. If>aavn~c; - , 3. 'ttJ.L'llaOIlEV 4. cp tlnaaaa 5. OouAwaat

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

AE'YO'U(Jt(v) cpUl&~Et

1tt1.aov Et~£lEUaav

napa,crKeuacroUat(v)

II. 1tpa't'touO't(v) 12. lCoJ.Lit;n ' 1.. 13. E'ttll'llaac; 14. reap EO"l(EUaa E(v) 15. Erepasav (repalC-)

Exercise 17y Read aloud and translate: 1. 01. reaioEC; {mo 'tou alnou pyO\) E1tdcrBllO'av 'tq> na,'tpt crulla~t1.v. 2. at n:a'tOEC; uno 't11<; 1l'll'tPOC; npoc; 'thv KP~V11V 1tEJ.LcpBeicrat 'taC; uopiat; nll1pO\)aty (fill) .

3. 6 J.L£V filKatOreoltc; 'toue; (lOUt; 'tou apo'tpou luBtv'tae; ollCaOE llAauvEv, 6 Oe BouloC; EV 'tip ayprp Eld
Exercise 178 Translate into Greek: 1. You were ordered to return home at once. 2. We were sent to the field to look for the ox. 3. The boy who did this (use participle, not relative clause) will be punished (use Kol&'m). 4. The women left behind in the house were preparing dinner. 5. This ship was made by the sailors who had been pursued (use aorist passive) by pirates (use 0 lUO"'t.qC;, 'tau AUO"'tOU).

Athenaze: Book II

8

Heating Sanctuaries: Asclepius and Epidaurus According to legend, Asclepius was the son of Apollo, god of healing, and a mortal girl, Coronis, who was unfaithful to him. Apollo sent his sister Artemis to punish her with death, but, as she lay on the pyre and the flames flickered around her body, Apollo snatched from her womb the unborn baby, his son. He gave him to the wise old centaur Cheiron to bring up and told him to teach the child to heal men of their sicknesses. And all who came to him suffering from sores caused by nature, or whose limbs were wounded by gray bronze or the far-flung stone, or whose bodies were wasting from summer's heat or winter's cold, he freed from their various pains and cured. Some he treated with soft incantations, some with soothing medicines, on the limbs of others he put healing ointments, and yet others he made straight with the surgeon's knife. (Pindar, Pythian 3.47-53). In the end Asclepius attempted to restore the dead to life, and Zeus in anger struck him down with a thunderbolt. In time the status of the mortal hero rose to reach that of a god, and shrines were dedicated to him throughout Greece as the preserver of health and healer of sickness, a god who loved mankind, their savior. Of all the sanctuaries of Asclepius, the greatest was at Epidaurus. Here, in an undulating valley, sur~ rounded by mountains, was a site that had been holy from times immemorial, sacred first to a local hero, then to Apollo, and finally to Apollo and Asclepius. The cult of Asclepius seems to have arrived there early in the fifth century, and by the end of the century the sanctuary was visited by pilgrims from all over the Greek world. Pilgrims arriving at the port and city of Epidaurus had a walk of five miles or eight kilometers to reach the sanctuary, through a deep ravine, cut by a stream, where wild olive and plane trees and laurel abounded. They arrived at last at a splendid entrance building resembling a temple, on the gates of which they saw this inscription: b:yvQV XP1, vuoio 9'\)ro6eo~ evtot; i6v'Cc:x E!1IlEVc:xt· ayvda 5' EO''tt CPPOVEtV oena.

He must be pure who enters the fragrant shrine; purity is thinking holy thoughts. Most of the buildings of which the remains can be seen today were built in the fourth century when the cult of Asclepius was at its height, but there would have been humbler versions of the most important buildings there when Philip visited the sanctuary. In the center stood the temple of Asclepius himself and close to it the &~a'tov a long, narrow building in which patients seeking a cure had to sleep the night; opposite this was the 9OA.Ot; , a round building that was probably the home of the sacred serpents. To the west of the main I

17.

HEn I Ll A Y P 0 r

(a)

9

sanctuary lay the stadium, to the southeast the Ka'[aywylOv, a large square building, where the pilgrims stayed, and beyond this on the hillside the great theater, for which Epidaurus is now most famous. Procession, choral dance, and sacrifice took place throughout the year, and every four years there was a great festival with athletic, dramatic, and musical competitions. The procedure for consulting Asclepius was simple: patients first had to purify themselves by ritual washing and to make an offering (often a honeycake). When night came they were conducted to the a~a1:ov and waited for the god to appear while they slept. The walls of the temple were covered with tablets set up by grateful patients; the cure we ascribe to Philip is taken from one of these. Here is the record of another cure of blindness, set up by a patient who had been a sceptic: Ambrosia of Athens, blind in one eye. She came as a suppliant to the god, but walking around the sanctuary, she scoffed at some of the cures as incredible and impossible, that the lame and blind should be made whole, merely by seeing a vision in their sleep. But she, in her sleep, saw a vision. It seemed to her that the god stood over her and announced that he would cure her but that, in payment, he would ask her to present to the sanctuary a pig made of silver as a reminder of her ignorance. After saying this, he cut open her diseased eye and poured in some drug. When day dawned, she went out cured. (Stele 1.33-41). Many were sceptical of the whole business, like Cicero, who said: "Few patients owe their lives to Asclepius rather than Hippocrates." The reputation of the sanctuary, however, continued to attract pilgrims for hundreds of years, and it is impossible to believe that all the cures recorded by grateful patients were mere fictions.

The inscription reads: A:EKAH

nIn KAI yrEIA TYXH EYXAPI:E THPION

Votive tablet dedicated for the cure of a leg

To Asclepius and Health Tyche (dedicates this) (as a) thank offering

Athenaze: Book II

10

H EllILiAYPOl: (~) VOCABULARY Verbs Henceforth we give principal parts of contract verbs only when they show irregularities. «K£o~atlaKou~at,nKeaa~~v

(note e instead of 11), I heal Eltt'tp£ltCO, E1tt'tP£'I'CO, Elt£'tpe'l'a, [tpon-] erCt'tE'tpOfPa, [tpcxn-] E1tt't£'tpall~cHI Elte'tPcX1tllV, I entrust X (acc.) to Y (dat.) 9appeco, I am confident 9&ppet, Cheer up! Don't be afraid! fPPOVECO, I think; I am minded lPn, impersonal, imperfect, eXPllv + infin. or acc. and infin., it is necessary; ought, must XPlt ae ltapaoKE'U6:teo9at, it is necessary that you prepare yourself, you ought to / must prepare yourself Nouns o iKE'tllt;, 'tou 1.KE'tO'U, suppliant

b v6J,Lo~, 1:0U VOJ.l.ou, law; custom sacred precinct b u1tllpe'tllt;, 'tou U1tllP£'tou, ser· vant; attendant '1';)1';, 'til~ 'I'\)Xilt;, soul Adjectives iEPO~, -cit -6v, holy, sacred Ka9apot;, -«i, -6v, clean, pure oO'tOt;, -li, -OV, holy, pious Preposition Ka'teX + acc., down)' distributive, each, every; by; on; a&.::.. cording to Adverbs 0'1'8, late; too late 1t COt; , enclitic, somehow; in any way Expression ou SUI 1tOAAOU, not much later soon Proper Name 'to •AaKAll2tteiov, 'tou •AO'KAll1tteio'U, the sanctuary of Asclepzus

'to 'tEJ,L£VOt;, tou 't£J.l.evout;,

n

J

n&aav o.ov t1,V 1)J.!EpexV 'h vaue; UVEJ.!q> OUPlq> Eq>EpetO, roc; OE £O'1tEpa Eyiyv E'tO , eic; t1,V 'E1tloaupov eXcplKOV'tO, OUOev KaKOV 1ta96vtEe;. roC; 0' e;E~l1O'av

eic; t1,V rftv, t£9 J.lEV 8tKat01tOAtOt eOO;EV eu8ue; npoe; to 'AaKAll1ttelOV lEvat· ou yap 1tOAU eX1telXEv' 1) oe yuvil 'h 't1,v yaO''tEpa vocrouaa Ol)'troe; eKaJ.!vEv mO'te OUK tl8EAev iEvat eKelvl1 'tn 1) J.le Pq; , eXAA' eJ.letVEv EV Ka'tayooyiq> 'ttVt eyyuc; 'tou AtJ.!EVOe;. 01. Oe mPJ.ll1aav Kat Ot' oA1You acpt KOJ.leVOt l11)POV 'tac; nu Aa:C; KeKAt t J.lEVae;. b o.ov A ''i " 'i ' ,\ 'i " " ';' ~,.. " l..ltKat01tOAte;, KEK/\"ttJ.lEval tlcrlV al~ 1tu/\"at, ecpl1, '"'tt ouv uel 1tOtE1V; no'tepov KO'l'oo 'tae; nUAa:e; tl tie; 'tov AtJ.!£va E1taVlfleV; O'l'e yap e:O''ttV.'' b Oe «t>{At1t1tOe;, "aAAa KO'l'OV, J) 1tatep, ei oOKel. to'roe; yap aKoucrE'tat

5

I

10

17.

HEn I A A Y P 0

~

(~)

11

'tt~ Kat l,y~O'e'tat ~!ltV napa 'tOY iepea." 6 J.1eV o-()v ~tKatonOAt~

eKo'l'ev, E~EASoov

Be

Unl1pE't11~ 'tt~ ou Btu 1tOAAOU, ",ti~

roy

O'u," e
"K01t'tet~ 'tfi.~ 1tU Aa~ 'tllVtKau'ta 't1l~ ~ J.1Epii~; noSev l1A8E'tE Kat 'tt ~OUAOJ..lEVOt

1tapeO''te;'' 0

'A811vato~ rov, 'tOY

8e ~tKatonoAt~,

"eyro J.1EV EiJ.1t ~tKat01tOAt~

8e

1ta'i8a KO!lt~ro, e&v 1tro~ 6 8EO~ e8EAll 'tou~ o
\

\

15

~

[Kat«l'YCJl'Y1CP, inn K£KAE1J1£Vac;. shut 'tTlV1K«lUt«l 'tile; TtJ1Epae;. at this time of day I!.dv n:mc; .•. £9EAU. if somehow/in the hope that . .. is willing Yf:YOVEV, has become, is]

o Be U1tll pe'tl1~, "owe eO''ttv, aAA'

OJ..lCO~

J.1Eiva'te ev'tau8a. eyoo yap

etJ..lt ro~ ~l1't~O'COV 'tOY BEO'1to'tllV Kat epco't~O'co ei eSeAEt i>J..la~ 8E~a0'8at." Ot J..leV o-ov eJ.1evov £1tt 'ta'i~ 1tUAat~· ou 1tOAAip B' UO''tEPOV e1taveAScbv 6 i)1tllpe'tl1~, "EtO't'te," e
20

eincbv 11ye'i'to au'tol~ ei~ 'to 'tEJ.1eVo~. a!-1et'l'aJ..leVOt o-ov 't&~ 1tUAa~ ei~ aUAl,v !-leyaAl1v eiO'ftA80v' £Kel 8£ eyyu~ 'tou tEPOU

£Ka811't0 av~ p 'tt~ y£pat6~, o~ i8cbv au'tou~

1tpoO't6v'ta~, "xaipe'tE, c1
6

6 !-lev o-ov

25

iAt1t1tO~ Kat ro~ £KeAeU0'91lcrav

U1tO 'tou ia'tpou npo~ 'tT,V 'EniBaupov 1tOpeu8ftvat, 6

Be

iepeu~ 1tpO~

'tOY 1ta'iBa EUJ.1evro~ ~AEwa~, "ei1tE J.10t, c11ta'i," e
30

Seip 1ttcr'teUCO Kat £J..lau'tov au'tip £nt'tpEwco." 6 Be YEPCOV, "e-o Ye, c11ta'i. VUV J.1£V a1tt'te ei~ 'to Ka'tayroytOV, auptov Be 6 U1tl1pe'tll~ tJ.1tV 1tapeO''tat ro~ il')'1lcroJ..leVO~ 'tip 1tatBt 1tap' eJ..le." a1tEASOV'te~ oilv 0 'tE na'tT,p Kat 6 ,...

1tat~

\

I

"

,I"""l

I

'tl1V VUK'ta eJ.1eVOV eV 'tq> Ka'taycoytq>.

[cXJ.1E1'VeXI!EV01, having passed through

au1ltv, courtyard

EUJ1£Vmc;, kindly]

Be UO''tepaict £1tet 1tpro'tov 1,!-lepii eyevE'to, 1tpocreA8cbv 6 u1tl1pe'tll~ CPiAt1t1tOV l1yaye napa 'tOY iEpeii. 6 Be EUJ.1eVro~ 8e~a!levo~ 'tOY

't11

'tOY 1tCl'i8a, "aYE Bil, c11ta'i," e
35

Athenaze: Book II

12

oata 'te cppove'iv Kat Ka9apov elvat tf)V 'JIUX"V. aA,I..,a Jlll0ev CPO~OU' cptAav8pronotatOe; yap eattv 0 'AaKAll1ttoe; trov 9Erov Kat tOte; Ka9apote; oi)at 'tf)V 'JIUXf)v aet lAeffic; 8attV. 8appet o-()v." OU'tro 0'

40

ebtcOv 'tOY 1tatOa EtC; 'to iEPOV l1yayev. 8Ket oe 1tprotOV J.!EV b iAt1t1tOe; 8Ka8ap911, £1tEtta OE 1tCtaav tYtv llJ.!Epav 8V tip tepip £J.!evev, oata te cppovrov Kat tOY 9Eav EUXOJ.!EVOC; ev tip U1tvcp E1tt<pavllvat. [cO'la ... CPPOVEtV, to have holy thoughts 'tTtV 'VUXl)V, with respect to your soul cptA.av9pmn:o'ta'to;, most benevolent 1!1c:a9&p911, was purified U1tvcp, sleep E1ttcpav;;vcn, -11- 2nd aorist passive infin., to appear]

'tEAOC; oe E1tEt eanEpa eyiYVEtO, enavEA9rov 0 iEPEUC;, "aYE 0", c1nat," E
45

50

O'mnp,

evtau9a Of) 0 tEpEue; tip 1tatOt EtC; to a~atOV ltY110aIlEVOC; EK£AEUO'EV autOV E1tt 'til yft KEt/.lEVOV Ka9EUOetV. 0 O-()V iAt1t1tOC; KatEKEttO, aAAa 1tOAUV Of) XPOVOV OUK EOuva'tO Ka8EUOEl.V· J.!OVoe; yap KataAEtcp8EtC; ev t(9 a~a'tcp !laAa ECPO~Et'tO' vu~ yap ~V Kat 1tav'taxou aKo't0e; Kat O'tYll, Et J.!11 a1tavtroe; 11K01.)E 'troy l.eprov OcpErov ....

"

_

I

\

_,

"

' "

'"'

t

"'''

I

11pEf..La O'upt'ttOVtrov. ['to lipa'tov, the holy place O'KO'tOt;, darkness 0'1Yl) , silence ei IJ.fI, except O'1tavtmc;, occasionally ocpemv 1\p£lJ.cx O'up1.n6v'tcov, snakes hissing gently]

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Stems in -£1)7t1.O''tEUm, JUO''tsuO'co, E1t{o'teuO'cx. 1tE7ttO't£UICCX, 1t£1ttO''tEUIlCXt. £1tlO't£U911V + dat., I trust, am confident (in); I believe; + ro~, I believe (that) KE1Euco.lCeleuam.EIC£leuO'a,K£KE1EuKa,KEKEA.£ualJ.cxl,£KEA.£ua9l1V + acc. and infin., Iorder, tell someone to do something 1topEuOllat, ltopeuO'ollcxl, £ltopeuO'a.Il1\V, aorist middle only in compounds, 1t£ltOpEu).tat, E1tOPEU91\v (active in meaning), I go; I walk}' I march; I journey

55

17.

H

EIIlaAYPOl:

(~)

13

WORD BUILDING Deduce the meanings of the words in the following sets (8vcr-

bad):

n'TUX11

2. 1ttcrtEuOO 3. Duvallat 4. ytyvrocrl(oo 5. ypaq){u

n1ttcr'Tl<; (yvro-)

nSuvallV; nyv ro ll11 nypaq>Tt

1ttcrto<;, -Tt, -ov Suvatoc;, -Tt. -ov yvoocrtoc,;, -Tt, -ov ypa1tt6<;, -Tt, -ov

a1ttcrto<;, -ov a1ttcrtEW aouvatOC;, ~ov ayvoocr'toc,;, -ov aypanto<;, -ov

GRAMMAR 2. The Passive Voice: -11- 2nd Aorist Passive and -11- 2nd Future Passive Some verbs add -11-1-£- instead of -8n-i-8E- to form their aorist passives and -11- instead of -811- to form their future passives; we call these -11- 2nd aorist passives and -11- 2nd future passives. The endings are the same as for the -811- 1st aorist and -811- 1st future passives. Here are some examples: ypaq>oo, I write

Aorist: ~ture:

E-ypacp-11-v ypaq>-Tt-cr-o-Ilat

Dta-cp8£tpru, I destroy [cp8ap-]

Aorist: Dt-e-q>8ap-11-v Future: Ota-q>8ap-Tl-cr-o-llat

cpatVOllat, I appear [cpav-]

Aorist: E-cpav-l1-v Future: cpav-1l-cr-o-llat

Note this example from the story above:

o iAt7t1tOc,;

. . . £V tip i£pip EIl£vEV ... tOY 8eov EuxollEvo<; £v tip U1tvql E1tlCPCXVTlV(u. (41-43)

Philip was waiting in the temple . .. praying the god to appear the god appear) in (his) sleep.

that

Exercise 17£ Make a photocopy of the Verb Chart on page 275 and fill in the future and aorist passive forms of ypaqJwJ except for the subjunctive and optative. Keep this chart for reference.

3.. Aorist of Deponent Verbs Most deponent verbs have their aorist in the middle voice, e.g., yiyvollat, aorist ey£volll1V. These may be called middle deponents. A few deponent verbs, however, have aorists that are passive instead of middle in form, as does 1tOpeUOIl(U in the list of verbs with their principal parts given above, aorist, £1tOP£U811V, I marched, journeyed, and as does q>atVOllat

14

Athenaze: Book II (Grammar 2 above), aorist E<pa.VllV, I appeared. Here are some other deponent verbs that have their aorist in the passive voice: ~OUAO)la.l,

aorist, e~01)A.Tt911V, I wanted; I wished OUVIl)l
... to go to Epidaurus. Some deponent verbs have both aorist middle and aorist passive forms, e.g.: Ota.AEI'O)l
Exercise 17~ Read aloud and translate: Ot OODA01 uno 'tou oecr1to'tou Au8EV'tEC; n:pOC; 'to a(nu Eoneuoov. Ot nOA,ttat EKeA,euo81loav 1tpOe; 1:0 ao'tu 1topeu8Tlvat. Ot veavt ~A,1l8etc; roPl'to8Tj Kat 'tOY 1taioa EOLooKev. 1t&cruv 1:1,v 11)lEpaV 1tOpeu8Ev'tee; 'tEAOC; de; 'tOY Al)lEVa a
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Exercise 1711 Translate into Greek: 1. The ships of the barbarians, after sailing into the straits, were dew

strayed by the Greeks. 2. Xerxes, seeing (use aorist participle) the barbarians defeated, was at a loss. 3. The women, having journeyed to the city with their husbands, watched the dances.

17.

H

ETIIllAYPOI

4. The girls did not want to talk to (use aorist of 8tcxA.E.yoJiat) the old men. 5. The ship will be destroyed by the storm.

01 IIEPIAI T AI A9HNAI AEYTEPON AIPOYIIN Read the following passage (adapted from Herodotus 9.1-10) and answer the comprehension questions below: When Xerxes returned to Asia after Salamis, he left Mardonius with a large army to subdue Greece the following year. &~a oE llpt a.PXO~EVql 6 Mapoovwe; 6p~00~£voe; EK 8£(maAiO;~ 11ye tOY (J'tpa1:ov

anouoll £ltl1:fic; ,Ae~vaC;. ltpo1:oVtt oE aU1:cp ouod<; 'trov BotOnrov avu:ix£v, ouoe epo"eouv 1:0tC; 'Ael1VatOt<; Ot AaK£Octt~6vw1. aqnK6~evo<; oE £1.<; ti'tv 'A"C'tt!CTtv OUX l11)pe 'tOUC; 'Ael1VatOUe; aAAa. e~cteeV Ott ev t£ LaAa~tVt Ot nAe1a1:01 dat Kat EV 1:ate; vaualV' npeel1 1:£ epl1~Ov 'to eta'tu. End OE EV 1:atc; 'Ae~vatc; e:YEV£1:0, etyyeAov Ene~'l/EV 1:T)V laAa~tVa, AOYOUC;
5

CtnEn£J.l'lw.v. [a Jill . . . ~ P 1. apxo~tv
I, What did Mardonius do at the coming of spring?

2. 3. 4. 5.

What was the response of the Boeotians and the Spartans? What did Mardonius find when he reached Athens? What were the terms of the proposal that Mardonius sent to the Athenians? What was the response of the Athenians?

tiC; oE tT)v :L<X.Acq.tlva ou~~n(J"av ot 'A8nvcdot (bOE' eroe; !lEV flA1t1,SOV (J"'tpa"Cov nE~
10

a

15

Athenaze: Book II

16

~~&V, b(dvou~ tOU~ A6you~ Di)lC EO£~a~Eea. VUV oE KeAeuo~ev t~&~ roc; 'taxte!'ta G'tpanav 1t£Jl\jlat roC; 'tOUC; pappapouc; aJ..LtwouGav t~ 'A1:tu(~." [o1.£~TtO'av, crossed (hoe, in this way emc;, as long as o'tpa't'ov 1t£J.LqlfhlO'£0'8cH, that an army would be sent n:POlcDV, advancing 't.qv B01.m't'tav, Boeotia £~£1C:O Jl1.O'(xV, they took out, removed B1. £~T) (Jav, they crossed over A en: £8 ex i JLOV ex, Lacedaemon, Sparta roc; JLEJl'l"0Jl£VOUC; + dat., to blame, criticize ouin, because B'1toBo1)v(X1., to give back a.01.lCOUJl£V01. ucp' illJ..tDv, being wronged by you O''t'panav, an army]

6. What had the Athenians done as long as they hoped for help? 7. When did they cross to Salamis? 8. What message did they send to Sparta?

Exercise 178 Translate into Greek: 1. The Spartans, who were holding a festival at this time, were not willing to go out against (£1t£~t£vat Efd + ace.) the Persians but were still delaying (EJ.L£A.lov). 2. And finally the messengers of the Athenians said: "On the one hand you, the Spartans, are betraying (xpoiHBo1:E) your allies, and on the other hand the Athenians, wronged (use aOt1C£Ol, I wrong) by you, will make a peace treaty with (rcpoc; + ace.) the Persians. 3. "Then having made a peace treaty and having become allies of the Persians (dat.), we will wage war with them against (btl + ace.) the Peloponnesus. 4. "Then indeed you will learn by suffering (having suffered) that you ought not betray (n;pooouvcu) your allies." 5. And finally, fearing these words, the Spartans sent their army to Attica.

Classical Greek Miracle Cures The following are inscriptions recording miracle cures from the temple of Asclepius at Epidaurus. They are headed: IAMATA TOY AIIOAAONOE KAI TOY AEKAHTIIOY. 'Hp(neU~ MU'ttAnva'toc;.

o{},w~ oinc fiXE EV 't~ Keq>aA~ 'tpiXaC;, EV be 'tip yeVeicp

nalJ-nOA.A.O:C;. atcrXUVOJleVOC; Oe roC; K(1'taYEAc.OJlEVOC; uno 'tmv aAAWV EVElCueEubt:. 'tOV OE eeoC; XPlGO:C; q>apJlaKq> tl,V KEq>aA.l,v E1wtllcre tp{xa~ EXetv. [iaJ.la'ta, healings, cures

M1)'t'1.A.T)va'io~, from Mytilene

aicsl'UvoJ,.LEVoC;, ashamed

roC; lCU'tU)'EAOOJLEVOC;, as being laughed at, i.e., thinking that

't'piXaC;, hair

),£Vetcp, chin

he was being laughed at EVEKa8£uoE, slept (was sleeping) in (the abaton) cpapJ.lc:X1CI:p) having anointed with an ointment]

xplcs a:~

17.

H EI1IAAYPOl

'HYEO"'tpo:'tO<;, KE<po:/....f\<; &'Ayo<;. oil'toc; aypmtvto:t<; Q"1)V£XOIlEYO<; OtcX 'tOY novov 1:n<; K£<pa'AnC;, m<; EV 'tip a~a'tcp tYEV£'CO, K0:8{myrocre Kat evu1tvtOY doe' £OoKet o:u'tov 6 8eo<; liXcra/leYOe; 'to 1:ne; Ke<pa'Ane; &/....yo<; op80y aY(XO''t1)O"ac; y\)IlVOY naYKpa'tlou npo~oA,r,v lhoa~at· llllEpaS 8£ yevOIlEync; uyt'nc; e~n'A8e Kat ou IlE'tO: noA,uv xpovov 1:a NEllea eY1KnaE nO:YKpanov. [&lyo<;, pain tXYP1lftVtCXt<; O'1lVEXOIl£voC;, suffering from insomnia oux, because of lCaGUftVID(r£, fell asleep EVU7tVtOV, a dream laaaJ.1eVOC;, after curing avaO''tTtaliC;, having made him stand up YUJ.!vov, naked (athletes competed naked) 7CCXYKPCX'tlO1l 7tpo~olftv ~toa;cx1., to have taught him (a.{ytov) the defense in the pancratium (boxing and wrestling contest) uY111C;, healthy 1& N EJ1£CX (iepa), the Nemean Games (which took place in the Valley of Nemea between Argos and Corinth)]

New Testament Greek John 1.1-2 The Beginning of the Gospel £Y apxfl flv 6 'AoyoS, Ked 6 A..6yoC; flv npoc; 'tOY eeoy, Ko:t 6£0<; nv 6 'A,oyoc-,. oil'toc; ny £V apXTI npoc; 'tov 8eoy. [npoc;, with]

John 1.14 The Incarnation Kat 6 'A,oyoS [O'a.p~,

flesh

O"ap~

eYf,vE'Co Kal.

EaK..qvIDO'EV, tented

eO"~vrocrev

Ev'hlltV.

£Y, among]

John 1.29 John the Baptist Beholds Jesus In the following sentence the subject of the verb The verb is transitive here.

~'A,e7tet

is John the Baptist.

'tTl E1rauptOV ~U1tEt 'tOY 'Incrouy epxollEvOV npo<; o:inov Kal. 'Ail.yet, "tOe 6 allvoc; 'tou 8eou 6 atprov 'LTtY allo:p'tiay 1:0U KOO"/lO\)." ["I:n E1taUptOv, on the next day 'tOY 'll1GOnV, Jesus epxollBvOV:= i6v'ta. t6e, behold! 0 allvo<;, the lamb 0 aipIDv, the one lifting/taking away 'tflv OtJ.!ap'tiav, the sin 'ton KOCJJ.LO'\), of the world]

See Acknowledgments, page 376.

o

18 ALKAHIlIOL (a)

VOCABULARY Nouns b U1tVO~, tou U1tVOU, sleep it XcX P1C;, tije; Xapt'tOC;, 'tilY xaplV, thanks; gratitude Adjectives oijloc;, -Tt, -ov, clear EU IlEvilC;, -ec;, kindly O'EIlVOC;, -it, -ov, holy; august Prepositions KEpt + gen., about, concerning; around: + acc., around u1tep + gen., on behalf of, for; above; + acc., over. above Expressions of\A.OV Batt(v), it is clear xaplv a1to8{ocolll + dat., I give thanks to; I thank

Verbs 'YEA.aro, YEA.cXaOllat (note IX instead of Tj), By£A.aafl.. eYEA.cXaSllv, I laugh oi8rollt [800-/80-], imperfect, eoioouv, 8maro, EOrolCCl, infinitive, OOUVIX1, participle, oou<;, imperative, 00<;, oeorolCa, oeoollat, eo6Sllv, I give anoO{orolll, I give back} re~ turn; I pay; middle, I sell lCiV£ro, I move 't(911llt [8Tj-/8E-], imperfect, e"d 811 v , Stlum, iHllllCa, infinitive, 8e'iVlXt, participle, 8£1<;, imperative, 8ec;, Sll lCa, ('te8eq.tIXt; KE'i~lXl usually used instead), b:e9Ttv, I put, place Em:dSTtlll, I put X (acc.) on Y (dat.)

'te

18

18.

0

A L K A H IT I 0 L

(a)

19

'tEAO~

Oe o{hroC; EKaJlVEV 0 CP{At1t1tOC; rocr'tE E1<; ~a9uv unvov E1tEcrEV. Ka9EUOOV'tt 0' au'tip E1u::cpaVll 0 eEOC;' crEJlVOC; 't' ~V Kat JlEyac; Kat 't11 aptcr'tEp~ ~aKtll plav ecpepE, nept ~C; eiAl't'tEto 0 iepoc; oqnc;. £cr't11 OE napa 'to) natOt, Kat EUJlevroc; ~AE\fIa~ 'taOE Et1teV ~ "ti rcacrXEtC;, cb nat; 'tt KaeEUOEte; £V 'to) £Jlip &pa'tcp;" 0 Oe OUOEV CPO~OUJlEVOC; (EUJlEV'hc; yap ecpa{v £'to 0 e£Oc;) , "'tUCPAO~ EiJlt~ cb A()1(All1ttE," (CPll, "+\1((.0 OUV roc; ai't~(HOV crt 'tOUC; ocp8aAJlOUC; JlOt aKE1cr8a1." 0 OE eEOC;, "EaV 0' EYro ~ iacrroJlat (jOt 'toue; OcpeaAJlOUC;, 'ti cru !lot OoocrEtC;;" 6 oe natc; nOAuv 01, ~",.,A Xpovov 1tO pEt 'tl xP'h AeYEtV, 'tEAOC; "1tOAAa J.lEV OUK £Xro," eCP11, \;:. ...., "0000'0) crOt 'tOUC; EJlOUC; acr'tpayaAouc;." 0 of: eEOC; YEAacraC; .... 1tPOO'EXOOPllcrE Kat 'taC; xetpac; £1teellKE 'totC; ocpeaAJ.loiC; au'tou. 'tau'ta Of 1tot~cra,c; a1tE~ll.

5

t

n oe

oe,

10

[(ia9-uv, deep £1tEcpaV'll) appeared (iaK't1\piav, staff EiAt't''t'£'t'o (from £A.t't"Cco, I wind around), was curling itself OCPlC;, serpent &patcp, holy place e.ltv . ., . i&csIDJlat (from mOllen), if 1 heal acs'tpayaAou;) knucklebones (used as dice in gaming)]

'til 0' UO''tEpattt E1tEtnpro'tOv l1Jlepa. eyeVE'tO, Ttyepe11 0 CP{Al1t1tOC; Kat, ioou, ~AE1t£tV £Ouva'to' 'tOV 'tE yap oupavov etoe Kat 'tOV l1AtOv U1tEP 'tOUC; AO
anoooc;.

[",YEPS'll: aorist passive of httpro avtO'Xco, a variant of aVEXro), rising

AOcpOU;) crests of the hills av {crXOV1:CX (from &.1I:000C;;: aorist imperative of a1to(i{oOOlltl

PRINCIPAL PARTS: -E- Contract Verbs CPtAEOO, cptA,,(H.tl. ecptA'I1oa, 7tEcplA1\Ka, 2tecpiA'flJlat. ecp1.A,,91\v, 1 love 001CEID, [OOK-] 6o~co, j£oo~cx, OEOoYJla1.. e8oX91\v, I seem; I think '!C aA £ID, '!Ca AID, EKa A£O' a, [KA.ll~] K£lCA1\ '!Ca. KE !CA1\ Jlcn (I am called), E'lCA.,,9'11v,1 call xAEID, [tt}..£'O-] 1tA.£uooJla1. or [1tA.£'OO'E-] 'ltA£tl csou Jla1., [1tA.£'O-] £2tAEuoa, 1tE'ltAEU'lCCX, 1 sail 01(01l:£CO, [O'1C£tt-] CS1C.E\jtOJlCX1, EO'1C.£",aJl'l1v. E01C.£JlJlCXt, I look at, examine; I consider

15

20

Athenaze: Book II

WORD STUDY Explain ~he meaning of the. following English words w~th reference to thelr Greek stems: 1. autobiography 2. autograph 3. automatic 4. autonomous 5. autistic

"~~

4t;z!:'" 111 "IM,>-

1/j :1))' ~~ 110 ,.<,

Women playing

knucklebones

~\-!' K

&,Ibh.'~l~~'\ .~~\{ ,\\¥..\\\

17_ '.M-

GRAMMAR 1. The Verbs 8UimJ.Lt and 'C{811llt These verbs have both long- and short-vowel stems: S{3ro~.Lt: long-vowel stem 3ro-; short-vowel stem 301:i811llt: long-vowel stem 811-; short-vowel stem 8E-

Si-oro-Ill, amaro, e8ro'lCCl, of8co'lCCl, SeOO).1Clt, i:869Tlv, I give t1-8Tl-).1t, 9naro, e9TllCcx, te9T}lCcx, ('tE8£tllat; stead), £"Ce911v, I put, place

Ket~H1t

usually used in-

In the present and imperfect the stems are reduplicated, i.e., the first consonant of the stem (with 9 becoming t by dissimilation, for which, see below) + t is put before the stem. The personal endings are then added straight to the stem with no thematic vowel in between. N ate that in the present and aorist active the long-vowel stem is used in the singular forms. In the imperfect some of the forms in the singular show contractions with the short stem vowel. The future active and future middle of verbs are formed in the usual manner, and full sets of their forms are not included in the charts. The aorist and future passive have their usual endings, and full sets of their forms are not included in the charts. Note, however, that for the aorist passive of 1:tenl-U, what would be expected to be e-9E-911-v becomes e'tE-911-v by dissimilation, i.e., change of 9 to 1: to avoid two aspirated consonants in neighboring syllables. The forms of 'ti9mn will be presented in the second half of this chapter.

Greek Wisdom Greek Wisdom in Book II includes the presocratic philosopher Heraclitus of Ephesus (fl. 500 B.C.), deemed "lofty-minded beyond all other men," and Socrates of Athens (Chapter 29). A saying of Heraclitus: crroCPPOVetV upc't'fl 1l£'Ytcr'tll. Kat crocpia uJ...Tl8fl J...EYEtV Kat TCOteiV Kct'tO: cpualv. Fragment 112 Diels

18.

0

A L K A H IT I 0 L

21

(a)

S£SmJ,Ll,: Present, Imperfect, Future, and Aorist, Active Voice

~.'

Stems: 80)-/30- '\ Present Indicative

Imperative

Infinitive

Si-8OO-Jlt 8(-8oo-~

8t-8oo-crt(v) 8f.-80-JlEV 8f-80-'Ll:': 8t-86-ucn(v)

Participle 8t-801)~,

8t-86-vat Sf-SO-e > 8lS0'U

8t-Soucra, 8t-86v, gen., 8t-86v't-oC;, etc.

Imperfect Indicative e-S{-80-ov > eSi80'Uv e-8{-80-E~ > e8f80'Us e-8£-80-E > eS{80'U e-S t-80-IlEV e-8i-80-'tE e-8t-So-crav

Future: Regular sigmatic future: 8mcroo, Aorist Indicative e-SOOK-a E-8mK-aC; E-8OOK-E(V) E-8o-JlEV £-80-'l:e e-So-crav

SmcrEl~, 8mcrtt,

Imperative

etc.

Infinitive

Participle 3o-oC;,

80u-vat

Soucra,

S6-<;

OOV, gen., 86v1:-0t;, etc. 86-'tE

Note the irregular stem SOOK- in the singular aorist indicative.

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus Ctv9pm11:0tC; 11:ucrt JlE'tEcrn ytyvrocrKE1V £.(Xl)'tOUC; Kat crooq>pOVEtV. Fragment 116 Diels

Athenaze: Book II

22

8{8ro/.u: Present and Imperfect, MiddlelPassive Voice

Stem: 00Present Indicative

oi-80-J.l.at oi-Oo-oat Ot-Oo-'tat Ot-06-J.l.E8a of-Oo-cr8e Ot-Oo-v'tat

Imperative

Infinitive

Participle

oi-8o-cr8at Ot-06-J.l.EV-0C;, -11, -ov of-oo-oo

of-oo-cr8E

Imperfect Indicative

e-8t-06-J.l.11V e-oi-oo-cro e-Ot-Oo-tO e-Ot-06-~E8a

e-oi-oo-08e e-oi-oo-vto 8{omllt: Future and Aorist, Middle Voice Stem:

(0)-

Future Regular sigmatic future:

officro~Ut,

omon/ll, 8moe'tat, etc.

Stem: 00Aorist Indicative

£-06-J.l.11V E-OO-oO > eoou e-oo-to

Imperative

Infinitive

oe-08at

Participle

06-J.l.EV-0C;, -11, -ov

06-00> 80u

£-06-~e8a

e-oo-cr8e E-OO-V'to

06-08E Bi.8mJ.1t: Future and Aorist, Passive Voice

Futm-e Regular -811- future passive: 008ftoollat, 008ftoEl/11, 0081tO"E'tUt, etc. Aorist Regular -811- aorist passive: £06811V, £06811<;, E06811, etc.

18.

A:E K A H IT I 0 i:

0

(ex)

23

Exercise 18a Make two photocopies of the Verb Chart on page 274 and three copies of the Verb Chart on page 275. Fill in the forms of ~{~OJf.1l, except for the subjunctive and optative, in the active voice (present, imperfect) future, and aorist), in the middle / passive voice (present and imperfect), in the middle voice (future and aorist), and in the passive voice (future and aorist). Keep these charts for reference.

Exercise 18f.i Identify and translate the following forms: 1. eoioou 2. £ooaexv 3. 00<; 4. olOOOat(v) 5. olOoucra

o{ooaScu (2 ways) &ru a1tEOOaeE Oouvat eoioovto (2 ways)

cHome,; 7. EO{OO'Cc 8. UnoOojlEvOe,; 9. t'oroKae,; 10. aTtOOOUVal

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Put into the present:

Put into the middle:

6.

Exercise 181 Put into the aorist: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

o{Sou otoooat(v) otoov'Ca OlOOJ.1EVOe,; otoovat

6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

eoojlcSa OOjlcvoe,; ooaSat

oooc,; 00<;

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

oouvat tooaav toroKa OOV'CEe,; o{oojlCV

Exercise 188 Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

6 y£prov OUK nSeA.naE 'to UPYTIPlOV 'tip ~EVql oouvat. ot 1taioEe,;, E1td it jllt't11P ahov au'to't<; eoroKcv, euSuc,; tlaelOV. 6 Oca1t01:11<; 'tov OOUA.oV En:qL'VcV mc,; to apy6plOv ~!ltv Ct1toOroaovta. 't{ OUK ESeA.cte,; 'tou'tOV 'tOY KTIVa !lot Ct1toooaeat; xaptV 'tip ecq, cmoooc,;' earoac ya.p it!l&c,;. 'tt apYTIplOV 'tOTI'tql 1:cp yepov'tt eOlooue,;; au JlEV ooc,; Ilot 'tOY olvov, EYOO oE oroaro aot 'tOY ahov. 6 1ta'tTtP cUllcvroc,; YE/vaaac,; 'tCP natot 'tOY KTIVa EOroK£V. 01 LKe1:al 1tpoc,; 1:'9 ~ro)lCP KaSrU.tcvol XaptV 'tcp Scep u1teOoaav. 6 au'toupyoc,; de,; 'tilv uyopav U(f)tKoIlEVOc,; 'touc,; ~ouc,; a1tEoo'to.

Exercise 18£ Translate into Greek: 1. The captain gave the money to the sailor.

Athenaze: Book II

24

2. 3. 4. 5.

Having thanked the god, the women went home. I told you to leave the plow in the field and give food to the oxen. It is clear that these women gave no money to this old man. Mter paying the captain three drachmas, the foreigners boarded the ship.

Sparta and Corinth In the chaos following the breakdown of Bronze Age civilization in the Eastern Mediterranean (ca. 1200 B ,C,), there were widespread migrations. New peoples entered Greece and Asia Minor from north of the civilized world and either pushed out or merged with the previous population. In Greece the newcomers were Greeks who spoke a different dialect, Doric, and this movement is traditionally called the Dorian invasion, although it probably took the form of sporadic raids over a long period of time rather than an organized invasion. When the dust settled, the whole of the Peloponnesus except the central plateau of Arcadia was occupied by Doric speakers. Dorians calling themselves Lacedaemonians were settled in the fertile valley of the Eurotas by 1,000 B.C. and by about 850 B.C. four or five villages united to form the polis of Sparta. As its population increased, Sparta gradually conquered her neighbors to the north and east, reducing them to dependent status; the conquered were called TCEptotKOt. They had local autonomy but were obliged to serve in the Spartan army. About 735 B.C., when other states were about to solve their population problem by sending out colonies, Sparta crossed the mountain range of Taygetus and in a war lasting twenty years conquered Messenia. The inhabitants were reduced to the status of serfs, called helots (etA.o.:rte<;), who worked the land for their Spartan masters. This conquest determined the future history of Sparta. Up to this time her development had been not unlike that of other Greek states, except that she had retained a monarchy, or rather a dyarchy, since she had two hereditary kings coming from two separate royal families. Within fifty years of the conquest of Messenia she had developed into a totalitarian military state quite different from any other in Greece. The reason for this was the absolute necessity of dominating the helots, who outnumbered the Spartans by seven to one and revolted whenever the opportunity occurred. Sometime in the seventh century there was a revolution in Sparta caused partly by economic factors (the new wealth produced by the conquest of Messenia) and partly by military reorganization (the introduction of the hoplite phalanx). Both developments gave more importance to the ordinary Spartan and challenged the authority of kings and nobles. The outcome was a revised constitution, ascribed to a lawgiver called Lycurgus. The kings were advised by a council of elders, all aged over sixty, the Gerousia. The ancient assembly of all the Spartans, the Apella, was given the final authority, i.e., the right to accept or rej ect proposals put by the Gerousia. In addition there were five officials called ephors (£cpOpOl, overseers), elected by the whole citi-

18.

0

A L K A H II I 0 L (a)

25

zen body, whose function was to guard the rights of the people in its relation with the kings. The other feature of the Lycurgan reforms was the aywyrt (training); this was the system by which every male Spartan was trained to devote his life to service in the army. At birth the child was inspected by the heads of his tribe, and, if the child was weak or unhealthy, it was exposed on Mount Taygetus and left to die. At seven the boy began his education in the state school, where the whole training was aimed at discipline, endurance, and patriotism. At twenty he joined the army and might marry but continued to live in barracks. At thirty he became a man and joined the ranks of the DjlOLOt (equals) but continued to dine in the public mess with his fellow soldiers. In 660 B.C. Sparta, still trying to extend her territory northward, suffered a severe defeat at the hands of her northern neighbor, Argos. Soon after this the helots rose in revolt, no doubt supported by Argos. There followed a long and bitter war, from which Sparta eventually emerged victorious. By the end of the century Argive power had declined. Sparta became the dominant power in the Peloponnesus and enrolled all the states except Argos in a loose confederacy called the Peloponnesian League. The other Greeks either admired Sparta for her stability (euvoj.liii) or hated her for her oppressive and xenophobic regime. Nevertheless, Sparta was recognized as the most powerful state in Greece. The polis of Corinth was formed from a union of seven villages perhaps about 800 B.C., and, when she emerges into the light of history, we find her ruled by a Dorian clan, the Bacchiadae. Her position on the Isthmus, at the very center of Greece with ports on both seas, assured her future as a commercial city. Under the Bacchiadae she founded the earliest colonies in the West (except for Ischia) at Corcyra and Syracuse (734 B.C.); she led the way in improvements in the design of ships and in the manufacture of pottery. The distinctive Corinthian ware was exported all over the Greek world and beyond in the eighth and seventh centuries. About 650 B.C. the Bacchiadae were overthrown and driven out by Cypselus. He was the first of many Greek tyrants, a word which did not have its present connotations but simply meant one who seized power unconstitutionally. The tyrants often won power as champions of the people against the oppression of the nobles and were the product of economic and military developments similar to those that occasioned the revolution at Sparta. Under Cypselus and his son Peri ander, Corinth flourished and became the leading maritime and commercial state. His regime became bloody and oppressive, as conspiracies drove him to suspect all citizens of wealth and influence. He died in 585 B.C., and his successor was assassinated within a few years. From then on Corinth was ruled by an oligarchy (which means rule by the few: in Corinth's case, the wealthy merchants). ,', . Corinth remained one of the most prosperous states of Greece, achieving by the fifth century a near monopoly of western trade. When Athens began to rival Corinth in the West, Corinth had every reason to fear her ambitions.

Athenaze: Book II

26

o

ALKAHIIIOL (~)

VOCABULARY Verbs af.uxptavro, [ullap'te-] af..Lttpt';a0f..Lat, [uJ.Lap't-] ll/J.ap1:ov, [uJ.Lap'te-] Ttf..Lap'tll 1(tx, JJ,cl ptl1f.1txt, nf..Lap'ti]91lv + gen., I miss; I make a mistake, am mistaken Otvu'ti911/J.t, I set up; I dedicate E1tUJtpU'C£UOl + dat. or E1tt + ace., I march against, attack lCpa'Cem + gen., I rule, have power over, control; I prevail 1tCXpaSiSOlf..Lt, I hand over; I give 'CpexOl, [opalle-] Spallouf..Lat , [OpaJ.L-] e8paJ.1ov, [Opo,J.LE-] 8eSpal!TtKa, I run npoo'CpexOl, I run toward 1:0"',.UXOl, I dare Nouns 1\ YVO>f..L11, t11e; 'YVOlJ.Llle;, op'tn'ton; judgment; intention oEx9poe;, tou EX9pou, enemy it 9uoia, 'Cile; 9uaiae;, sacrifice 'Co lCpa'COe;, tOlllCpa1:0Ue;, power 2 1:0' A npc:x'YJ.1u, 'COU n:p UYI!U'C0C;, matter,' trouble 1:0: xp,; J.Ul'tCX, troy XP'l1 J.1cXtmv, things; goods; money Adjectives ex9p6c;, -ov, hateful; hostile

n

t

I

""

•

i'I\

-a,

roc;

..

uY t11C;, -eC;, healthy qnA.ctitEpOC;, -a, -ov and qHivai'ta.'tot; or !pOvtct'toc,;, -11, -ov, irregular comparative and superlatives of q>tA.O~, -11, -ov, dearer; dearest Prepositions 8ux + gen., through,' + acc. be£n:{ + dat., at; of price, [QJ:.; + acc., at; against; onto; upon Adverbs itaim,;;;, sweetly; pleasantly; gladly f.1(l;AA.OV, more; rather f..LCXA,Juov ti, rather than oi),wuv, certainly not 1&«1",at, long ago 1tcXA,txt Eia{(v), they have been for a long time now Conjunction Ston, because Particle Ilevtot, certainly; however Expressions op9mc; 'YtyvmO'lCm, I am right n:&e; EXtt ta 7tp 5:Y!lcttct; How are things? tiva. yvmf..LTtv eXEtc.;; What do you think?

'tOY Oe LltKat01tOAtV frOpOV 1tpO toU 'Katayroytou Ka8TtJ-LEvoV. 0 oe etoe tOY natoa ~E~a{ro<; ~aoisovta 'Kat pAenov'ta, avecrtT) Kat

npocro paJ-LcOv ticr1taset~~utoV 'Kat, "c1 cptA'tate nat," ecpT), "& po, aA118roC; opro cre uy~,f ovta; &pa a All 8roC; 11'KeO'a,;6 OOt toUC; O
5

18.

0

ALKAH

nI 0 L

(~)

E~e01:t

Kat ayalqla avagetval 1:C? eE(9;" 0 oe tepeue;, unroc; yap ou; e~Ecr'tl crot. &pa 130UAEt Ked !lVTll.LEtov 't11C; aKEcrEroc; ava9Etvat ev 'tip tEPC?; au !lEv yap 'tPEtC; bpaX!l&C; !lot 1tapabOC;, eyro OE eucriav 1tOt"croo Kat JlVl1!lEtOV ava8itcroo U1tEP crOD." 0 bE LitKat01tOAtC; oiJ.1ro;ac;, "'tpEte; OpaXJ.1dc; AEyete;;
10

15

[tou lCCX't'CXYCllyio'O, the inn itO"1ta~£'to, greeted, embraced «YCXAJ1CX, gift, offering (often a dedicatory statuette) n:mc; yap ou; for how not? of course J.1VllJ.1Eiov 'tTl C; aIC80"EmC;J memorial (tablet) of the cure oiJ.1m;ac; (from oillm~ro), groaning cpt'U'tllt; 8cx1tavllC;, alas for the expense! 1t£vllC;, poor aplCouO'tV, are sufficient £O''tm, let it bel all rightl aA£lCtpu6vcx, a cock £V8YlC£l.V (from
o be
OEt Kat EJ.1e," e, Et crot OOKEt, 01:t 0 Cll{At1tnOC; 1:0U1:ou<; tOUe; acr'tpayaAouc; 'tip 'AcrKAl11tt(9 aveSl1KE !lEyicr'tl1v xaptv £xrov." 6 be 1.EPEUC;, "aAAa "beooc; 1:au1:a 1tOt"crro' xatp"crEt yap 0 9EOC; tOU1:0UC; bE;aJ.1EVOC;. aAAa vuv y£ bEt -f>J.1&e; OtKaOE rcopEu£cr9at. aye

20

25

b", aKoAou9"crro -f>J.1tV npoc; 'ttxc; rcuAac;." [a,lCOAO'09iaO"Ctl + dat., I will follow, accompany]

EV cp be npoc; ttxc; 1tUAac; el3aotsOV, 0 iEP£U<; 'tip LltKatOnOAtbt, "cru !lEV," £<1>11, "ev 'tatC; 'AS"vate; vEooa'tt napftcr9a' Eine J.10t o-ov, 1t&e; eXEt 'to. np&YJ.1a1:a; 1to't£pov 1tOAEJ.10<; £cr'tat npoc; 1:0De; AaKEOatJ.1oviouC; 11 Etp"Vl1v bUV"crEcr8£ cr<9SEtV; Of\AOV yap Ecr1:tV O'tt 01. Kopiv9tot 'toue; AaKEbatJ.1ovioue; £tC; nOAEJ.10V 01:p:f>voucrtV, EX8POt QV't£<; 'tOte; 'ASl1valOte;. "elva o-ov YVIDJ.111V £xetC;; &pa biK
30

Athenaze: Book II

28

e8EAncroucrt btbovat AoYOte;;"

11 TtOAE.!l({> 'tae; btacpopae; btaAf>crov'tat

~aAAOV

11

[vemcn:t, lately o'tP;)VO\)(n,v, are urging on ~h:a<; "Cmv otaq>opmv ... 8t86vcu, to give {allow} arbitration of their differences 'Cae; ~ta.q>opii.<; OUIA.;)(Jov'tat, will resolve their differences]

6

oe AtKatOnOAte;, "naAat !lev ex8pot eicrtv ot Koplv8tOt Kat ;'~tV

21tt~OuAeUOU(nv,

O!lIDe;

be

35

nOAEJlOV ou 1tOtncrov'tat 01 AaK£bat~ovtot·

aEt yap llcruxa~ou(Hv, 'to 'trov 'A811vatIDV Kpa'tOe; cpoPOU!-l£vot," 6 be l£p£ue;, "aAA' AaK£bat~oVtot·

ou

bnTtOu

cpo~ouv'tat

'toue;

'A811VatOu<;

Ot

ecr'tt yap cr'tpa'toe; au'toie; 't£ Kat 'tOte; GU!l!-laXOte;

~E.ytcr'to<; bn, cp1tep ou 'tOAj..Lnaoucrtv 01 'A811vatOt av'tExetV Ka'ta yilv."

o b£ AtKatOTtOAte; a1toKplva!leVoe; Kpa'tOU~EV,

40

etTCEV' "aAA' 1)JlEl<; 't1le; yE 8aAa't't11e;

rocr'tE 1tAEOVa £X0j..LEV 'ta 'tOU 1tOA,E~OU' 1tAEtG'ta j..LEv yap

xpnlla'ta ecr'ttv 1-}JllV, 1tAEtcr'tat be vllEC;' OUKOUV buvncrov'tat 1-}Jlue; ~Aa1t't£tv oube ~aKpov 1tOAeIlOV vlKilcrat, oub' oilv 'tOAJlncroucrtv lll-ltV

2ntcr'tpa'teucrat." 6 b£ yepIDv, "au j..LEV b11Aoe; £t 'tn 'tE an reoAEt l-laAa

45

nta'tEUIDV Kat 'tip Kpa'tet aU1:11e;. OUl 'tou'to JlE.v'tOt, roe; Ej..LOty£ 00KE1, nOAEJlOV 1totnaov'tat 01 AaKEOalJlOVtOt, btO'tl "Co 'trov 'A811VatIDV Kpa'tOe;
be

aJlap'tavIDv."

50

[E1tt~O\)A.£Uo\)cnv + dat., are plotting against 81)7to\), surely 'ta 'tou 7tOAEJ.l.O\), reEJ,10tye, emphatic form, to me 1teptop«v, sources for war 0.00· o~v, nor indeed to overlook, disregard EaV ... q>avn~. if you are proved]

11b11 Oe Ete; tae; 1tU AUe; 1tapllcrav. XatPEIV 01)V 'tOY yepov'ta KEAEuaaV"CEe; 0 'te A1KalO1tOAte; Kat 0 nate; £1topeuovto. [ittopeuov'!;o, began their journey 1

PRINCIPAL PARTS:

-0;-

Contract Verbs;

-0-

Contract Verbs

't1.llam. '!;1.Il.qcrm, £'tillllcra. 't E'tip:rl1ca. 'tE'tillT) Ilat. £'tlJ.1.,,9T)v, I honor 7tElpaCih KEtpa.crQl (note that because of thep the a lengthens to a rather than 11), Elt etP (icra, K£1CdpaKa. K£2tetpallctt, 8ltEtpa911V, active or middle, I try, at-

tempt

18.

0

A L K A H IT I 0 I

(f})

9£0:011at, 6e&aoJ,Lat. (note that because of theE the a lengthens to a rather than 11), egeaaO:J,LTlv, 't£geaJ.uu, I see, watch, look at xpaOllat (present and imperfect have 11 where tt would be expected: xpmj.lal, xpn, XPl11:ttt, etc.), XPtla0J.1a,l (note that here the a changes to 11 even after the p), EXP11aQ;J.111v. K£XP11I.1a,t, £XPTta91lv + dat., luse; I enjoy; I consult (an oracle) yd.. aro, y£lO:aol.1cxt (note a insteadofn), f:yeluaa" y£y£Aa,aJlat. tyelaa91lv, I laugh ~TlA6w,~TlAmaW, E~"'Awaa,,~£5t1AwKa..5£5TtlwJ.1a.l.E~TlAmellv,I show

WORD BUll.DlNG From the meaning of the words at the left) deduce the meaning of those to the right: 1. btbrol-U (boo-lbO-) 2. 1tpObtSro!-U, I betray 3. 'CterH.u

01tpOb~~

eXva'tithu.lt

eX1tObtS{J)/lt it 1tpo8ooia t1tt'tt8ru.u

1tapaStb{J)jlt

GRAMMAR 2. The Verb 'd81lJ-Lt 'tt-811-J.Ll, aTtOID, £9111((1, 'tE8TllcCl, ('tE8Etjlat; KEl/lUt usually used instead), E1:E811V, I put, place 'tt811J.Lt: Present, Imperfect, Future, and Aorist, Active Voice

Stems: 81l-/8EPresent Indicative d-81l- JU 1:t- 81l-<; 1:t-81l- cn (v) 1:i-8e- /lEV 1:t-8E-'te n-8e-Etcrt(v)

Imperative

Infinitive 1:t-8E-Vat

Participle 'tt-8d~,

n-8etO'a, 'tt-8EV, gen., n-8EV1:-0C;, etc. 'tt-8e-1:E

Imperfect Indicative e-1:t- 81l-v €-1:t-8E-E<; > E'ti8Et<; E-1:t-8E-E > E1:t8 Et E-1:t-8£-/lEV E-1:t-8E-1:E e-1:i-8E-crav

Athenaze: Book II

30

Future Regular sigmatic future: fhla(O, 8"crev;;, 8"aEt, etc. Aorist Indicative

Imperative

E-8111(~a

e-811K-o;~ £-811 K-E(V)

Infinitive

Participle 8et~,

8d-ven 8E-~

8Etact, 8ev,

e-8E-~EV

gen., 8ev't-o~ 8e-tE E-8e-cro;v Note the irregular stem 811K- in the singular aorist indicative; cf. £-0(01(a (Grammar 1, page 21). tiSflJ.U.: Present and Imperfect t MiddlelPassive Voice

Stem: 8£-

Present Indicative

Imperative

'tt-8e- ~o;t 'tt-8E-aat 'tt-8E-'tctt

,tt-8e-cro

Participle

Infinitive

'ti-8e-cr8at

n-8e-~ev-O~,

'tt-8e-~£8a

'd-8e-cr8e 'tt-8e-v,;a t

'tt-8E-a8e

Imperfect Indicative

e-'t 1-8 e-!.l11 v e-,;t-8E-aO e-tt-8e-'to e-'tt-8 e- ~e8a E-'t1-8e-cr8e E--d-8£-v'to ttell~1t:

Future and Aorist, Middle Voice

Stem: 811-

Futw-e Regular sigmatic future: 8"ao~at, 8"crEt/n, 8~aE'tat, etc.

-11, -ov

18.

0

A 2: K A H 11 I 01:

31

Stem: geAorist Indicative

Imperative

i:-ge-J.1llv e-9£-cro > e90u E-9£-1:0 e-9t-j.tE9a

Infinitive

Participle

St-cr9at ge-ao> Sou

E-ge~crge

ge-crge

e-ge-v1:0

'tie"I-.I.1: Future and Aorist, Passive Voice Future -9,,- future passive: 1:eS"aOllcn, t£S"O'eti'n. 1:e9"O'EtCH, etc.

Aorist

-8,,- aorist passive: £-riellv, e1:iSll<;, Etiell, etc.

Exercise 18~ Make two photocopies of the Verb Chart on page 274 and three copies of the Verb Chart on page 275. Fill in the forms of T:iBruu, except for the subjunc~ tive and optative, in the active voice (present, imperfect, future, and aorist), in the middle / passive voice (present and imperfect), in the middle voice (future and aorist), and in the passive voice (future and aorist). Keep these charts for reference.

Exercise 1811 Identify and translate the following forms: 6. 1:tee"Cat (2 ways) 7. avage<; 8. SelVat 9. nge&al(v) 10.

1. hi9"v

2. 3. 4. 5.

Sf)aoll£v egecrav neei<; e'tetlll n9e1aa

11. hteev1:o (2 ways) 12. gSev'to 13. 9Eage 14. 'tten<; 15. g9,,1(e(v)

Exercise 189 Put into the aorist: 1. nSivat 2. 'tteeao 3. neej.tEea 4. nSiJ.1EvoC; 5. n9EucH(V)

Put into the present: 6.

7. 8. 9. 10.

sSeaav Sdvat 9faeat eellEvll egev1:o

Put into the middle: 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

tellO"t (v ) gev"Ce<; 9£<; E1:teet<; e9"Ke(v)

1:

32

Athenaze: Book II

Exercise 181 Read aloud and translate: 1. 01 1tcdbee; 1:0Ue; ~01)e; A:6craV1:Ee; 'to ap01;pov erel 1:flV Yl1v e9Ecrav. 2. at 1tapgevot 1:ae; ubpliie; EV 1:11 ohd~ Ka'ta9Elcrat t1,V Ilrp;Epa f,lCaAEcrav. 3. ;, ll1ltytp 1tE1tAOUe; de; 1:nV KU\jIEAT\V (chest) hWEt, 'trov bE napgevrov uKoucrexaa ebpajlE 1tpOe; au't&'e;. 4. 0 1..EpEUe; iEp€loV E1tL 'tOY ~rollov E1te911KEv. 5. &pa ~ouAEcr9E ayaAlla (offering) EV tq> iepq> ava9dvat; 6. 01.. iK£1:a1 ayaAlla 1:q> geq> avagevt£<; otKabE ecr1tEubov. 7. 0 Seoe; 'tae; XEtpa<; tOte; tOl) cI>lAt1t1tOU ocp9aAjloie; E1tt9de; a1tE~yt. 8. cru jlEv 'tae; KctmCi<; d<; 'tl-tv vauv 9Ee;, £yoo bE 9tlcrffi 'ta icr'tta. 9. 1:ae; val)<; 1tapacrK£1.}(xcraV1:E<; 'tOte; pap~apot<; ETnST\crOjlE9a (E.1tt1:1SEjla1 + dat., I attack). 10. 'tl EKEAEucrae; 1:0V crov Kuva 1:q> ~£v£P E1tt9Ecr9at;

Exercise 18le Translate into Greek: 1. When the god healed me, I set up an offering in the temple. 2. Having put the sails into the ship, we were waiting for the captain. 3. When the boys returned from the field, the women were putting food on the table (use it 'tp&.7t£~a). 4. Father told us to put the plow down on the ground. 5. When the enemy had sailed (use aorist) to the straits, we attacked (use E7ttti9£~(xt + dat.) them.

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus aip0l)v1:Ut EV
H EN TAI:E nAATAIAI:E NIKH Read the following passage (adapted from Herodotus 9.13, 19, 20, 50-51, and 63-65), describing the Plataea campaign of spring, 479 B.C., and answer the comprehension questions below: jla9cbv on Ot AaKEba1jlOVtOt 11bT} cr1:pat EU OV 1:<Xl , 1:ae; 'A9tlvii<; Ejl1tPtlaexC; Ked 1tav1:a 1:a 1:£ olKtlllU1:a Kat ta tEpa S1acp9dpexe;, Ei<; 'tnv Botun{av U1te~EXrop£t. Ot J-l.EV 01)V AmcEba1jloVtOt npolov1:£<; 1:flV 'A1:ttKT]V acpiKov'tO, ot be 'A911Vatot Sta~av'tE<; EK 1:11e; :EaAalllvoe; tOl<; IIEA01tOVVT}crlote; cruvEjltYTlcrav.

o bE MupbOVtOe;

18.

0

ArK A H IT I 0 1: (I})

33

[0 ... Map6ovtoc;, Mardonius O''t'pa'tsuov't(Xt, were (lit., are) on the march eJJ,7tP1\aa~ (from EJl1tlJl1tpl1llt), having set fire to 'eft ... oh:::';JJ,(x'ta, the dwellings i)1t£~Exmp£t, was withdrawing npo1:ov't£'i, advancing 6tllf3a.V't£~, ha vi ng crossed over cruVEJJ,tYllcrav (from ()uJlJl£i:yvuJlt),joined with + datJ

1. What did Mardonius learn? 2, What three things did he then do in Athens? What did he do next? 3. What did the Lacedaemonians and Athenians do? end oe de; 1:~V BotulLtav £l
10

['t41 'Acrmn41n::o't(XJlCP, the Asopus River O''tpa't01tEO£UOY't'(Xt, were (lit., are) pitching camp aV'tE.'trXnoY'to, they were positioning themselves opposite (them) A.o«pcp, crest of a hill 'to 1tEOtOV, the plain 'to L1t1ttlCOY, their cavalry Emaav'to (from c:h9fm), pushed back 't&.~ nAa'tlltiir;, Plataea £'ta~£v (from 'ta."t1:m), drew up]

4. When the Lacedaemonians and Athenians arrived in Boeotia, what did they learn? What did they do then? 5. What did Mardonius do when the Greeks did not come down onto the plain? 6. What happened to Mardonius' cavalry and its general? 7. What did the Greeks then decide to do? What did the barbarians do? EVOEKa Jlev oDv ilJlEplXe; EJleVov. OUO£1:EPOt !3ouAO)..lEVot JlaXlle; ap~cxt· 1:11 oE orooEK(:X1:n 1:£9 TIa.uacxvtq; £oo~£v aDeLe; !lC't aa'tilv at ' a!la !lEV yap aT1:ou EO£OV1:0 KCXt uoa1:0e;, aJ.La oe KaKa En:a.axov uno 'tou i1tnlK01.) aet npocr/3aAAOVtO<;. VUK'ta oDv J.LetVav'tE<; E1t0PEUOVtO. Ereet oe il!l€PlX EY£VEtO, 0 McxpoovtOe; Eloev 'to 'trov 'EA,Aftvrov O''tpa.1:oneoov EPllJ.LOV ov· 'toue; oilv "EAAt1va~ OpoJlCP EOtroKEV. Kat npoo1:ov !lEV 01. j3apJ)apot 'toue; 'AellvatOUe; Ka'tEAaJ)ov, Ot cXvopeto1:a'ta J.LaxOJ.lEVOt 'to t1t1ttKOV EroactV10. £nEt'ta oe 0 Mapoovto<; 'tOte; AaKEOctt!lOVtOt<; EV61tEaEv, Kat KaptEpa EYEVE1:0 !laXn. Enet De a.U1:0<; 0 MapoovtOe; £lneeaVEV, at j3ap/3apOt 1:PE"'&)..lEVOl de; 'to crtPCX't01tEOOV ouOEVt KOa!lCf! Eq)'UyOV. [ouo£n~pot, neither side a.p~at (from apxm) + gen., to begin 't11 •.. 8m8EKa.'tn, on the twelfth (day) 'tip IIa\)crav{~, to Pausanias JJ,EtaeJ1:i\v(Xt, to change his position eoeov1o + gen., they were in need of imo 'tau i1t:1ttlCOU, by I at the hands of the cavalry 'to a'tpa'to1t£ooY, the camp ep'llIlOV, deserted 8poJlCP, adv., at a run, at full speed lCap't£pit, mighty]

15

:.;n

Athenaze: Book II

34

8. What did Pausanias finally decide to do? Why? Cite three reasons. 9. What did Mardonius discover the next day? What did he do? 10. When the barbarians and Athenians engaged in combat, who fought most bravely and with what result? 11. What happened when Mardonius attacked the Lacedaemonians? 12. What did the barbarians do when Mardonius was killed?

Exercise 1811. Translate into Greek: 1. The Spartans, pursuing the barbarians to their camp, attacked the wall but were not able to take it. 2. When the Athenians came to help (use ~OtleECO for the whole verbal idea here), the barbarians did not flee but were fighting bravely. 3. And finally the Greeks climbed (went up onto) the wall, and the barbarians fled in disorder (in no order). 4. Mter the battle, Pausanias, being general of the Spartans, himself set up a memorial (P.VtlP.E'iOV) at Delphi (Ev AEA.qWt<;): 'EAA'1lvroV apXllY0<; (leader) E1td a"Cpcx"Cov U/A,EaE (destroyed) M1lorov, no:uao:vtac; IDoiP

\lvT\\ldov

Classical Greek Miracle Cures Eu<pavll<; 'E1ttoaupwe; naie;. ot"COC; At8uDV EVEKU8EUOE' £bo~e oTt au"t<9 6 8eoc; E1tUnae; etnElv, ""Ct \lOt omaetC;, et aE Ke UYlTl nOt'1laro;" au"Coe; oe, "oElea aatpaYcXAouc;," £
Ev£1((H)e'\)~£,

slept (was sleeping) in (the abaton)

E1'"O"ta~, standing near (him), appearing to (him) ei 0"£ 1(£ u'Ytil 7I:ouicsm, if I make you well ai)'tD'; 5£ ::; 68£ eqrllO'£ V1V (= cxu'tov) rcanO'Elv I said that he would stop

him (from suffering)

itJ.Lepa~

... Y£VOJl£vll~,

when day came)

navoapoe; 8eaO'ctAOC; a"CiY\lo:"Ca £'XOlV ev 1:<9 \le'tal1t &PcX"CO\) a
forehead~

'tUWtq,

18.

0

ALKAH

nI

0 L

(~)

35

with a bandage (or fillet) lCa1:a8i\cral (from 'KO'tUCEro), to bind V1V = (Xu'tov heet av ••• y£v tl'ta 1, when he was E~m + gen., outside of aCt.tpero, aorist middle, acpEtAoll1)V), having taken off va6v, temple E~aveO''t1), he arose and departed 7tpoO'm'ltov, face lCEVOV + gen., empty, free from]

New Testament Greek John 1.32, 33, and 49 Pronouncements about Jesus John the Baptist speaks in the presence of Jesus: "'tEeEaJ.lctt 'to 1tVEuJ.la Kct'tct~cttVOV

m<;

1tEptcr'tEpav

ES

OUpctVOU Kat EJ.lBLVEV En'

ctU1'ov." ['tEgealla1 (perfect of 9£0:0IlOt), I have seen 1:0 ltV EU Ila, the spirit me; O'tEpav, as a dove £J.1ElVeV, it came to rest Elt(l), upon all'tov, i.e., Jesus]

'Jt

e p t-

The one who sent John to baptize in water said to him: "e
riiv

i8n~,

en'

au'tov, oi)1'OC; eO"nv 0

EV 1tve:UJ.lan &ytCf>."

you see

I:> ~a1td~mv,

the one baptizing

aYlcp, holy]

Nathanael says to Jesus: "papp(, O"u 8t 0 u\'o<; ,[OU 8£ou, O"u pa(HAEu<; d'tou 'lcrpaitA." [pa~p{,

rabbi, teacher, master

I:> \)io~,

the son

tau

'IO'pa~A,

of Israel]

Epidaurus; the fourth-century theater

o

19 NOl:TOl: (ex)

VOCABULARY VOO''t'Eoo, I return home O''I.)A.A.E,,(Cll [= cruv- + A,f:Yro, I pick up, gather; I say~ tell, speak],

Verbs e09ioo, [ecS-] eOoJ,1oa. [cpCly-] ecpayov, [£8-] H'i11S0lCot, I eat i<J'tllJlt, imperfect, ICH11 v, [0'1:1'1-] o't11O'oo, eO'tll(Hl, I make X stand; I stop X; I am setting X (up) athematic 2nd aorist, ECJ1:11V, intransitive, I stood -lea. 1st perfect, £cnf\1Ca, intransitive, I stand -611- 1st aorist passive, [O'1:a.-] eot&91lv, I was set (up) QVtO'tl1l.Ll [== ava- + t(j'l:ruu ], when transitive, I make X stand up; I raise X; when intransitive, I stand up

a'l.)A.A.e~co, a'l.)VeA.E~a,

[A.o"{-]

(f'l.)veO.. oxa, [A,EY-] (J'I.)ve{A.E'YI.UXl, a 'I.) V EA.E'Yl1V, I collect, gather Nouns it eA.aa, 't11e;; eA.aa~, olive; olive tree b vOO'1:0e;;, 'tou voO''tO'l.), return (home) ndHov, 'tau 7teo{o'l.) , plain

'to

m~ bE EiC; 'tov Al/-LEva a
ilAlou, uno €Aflq. lCaerU1EVOt otvov 'tE E1tlOV KUt O't'tov E<payov.

8t'

oAt you OE 0 ~lKat61tOAt~ £t1t£v' "lei O£t nOtEtv, d) nut; ouo£vo~ yap 36

19.

0

N O:E T O:E

(a)

37

OV'tOe; n~tV apyuptou, Oill( e~Ecr'ttV n~tV Ka'ta 8aAa't'tav otKab€ Vo(j'tEtV . OEt o.()v 1tet;il lEval." 0 bE cI>iAl1t1tOe;, "J,l'h 1tEpt 'to{HOU iAlnnov avaa'tf}crae;, "avaa't119t o.()v," e
1I:£1;n, adv., on foot

10

't& epya, the tilled fields]

eXvaa'tav'tEe; o-ov EnopEuov'tO, Katnpro1:ov J.Lev btu 1tebtou ncrav, EV c9 nOAAa ~v epya av8pwnrov' nOAAOUe; be av9pronouc; £wprov EV 'tOte; aypo'tc; epyat;oJ,lEvoUC;, (bv Ot J-lEV 'touc; ~Ouc; T1Aauvov apouv'tEC; 't'hv apoupav, 01 bE 'tae; EAaac; cruVEAEYOV Eie; 1:a b£vbpa ava~aivov'tec;, roc; be 'tOte; opecrt npocrExmpouv, a~1t€Arovae; £CDProv, EV oie; 01 av9pronot 'touc; ~o'tp'Uac; cruVEAEYOV' Kat 'trov ~01:purov 'tOUC; J,lEV OtKabe £<j>EPOV OVOl EV J,lEyaAOle; Kav911AiotC;, 'toue; bE at yuvatKEe; btl 't11 Y11 E'tigecrav rocr'tE 'tip nAtql ~l1pa{vEaeat. 0 o-ov iAt1t1tOC; 1tOADV xpovov lC51:a'to nav'ta 8Ero~evOe;. [empoov, imperfect of opam apouv't£c.;,plowing 't'TtV apo'Opav, the plowland aJ.1n:£Awvac;, vineyards 'tone; 136'tp'Oac:;, bunches of grapes OVOt, donkeys 'lCav9tlAtOtC;, baskets ~tlP(X{v£aeat) to become dry]

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Labial Stems

(-P-, -1t-)

IJAax-'tO>, [~Aa~-] pAavoo, E~A(X'IIa. ~£pAaq)(X, ~EpAallllat, epAaq:l911V or epAo:Pl1v, I harm, hurt Aei1coo, AE{Vm, [At1t-] £AUCOV, [AOtn-] AEAonea, [Aetn-] A£A.Ell1llat (1 am left behind; I am inferior), EA.£lq:l9tlv, 1 leave 11:£1111:00, 1tEIlVO>, ihtEllva, [nof.L1t-] 1tE1tOJ.1q:l(X, [1tEf.L1t-] 7th:ellllat. £TtEIlCPB'qv, I send

WORD STUDY Explain the meaning of the following English words with reference to their Greek stems: 1. aristocracy 2. autocracy 3. plutocracy (6 1tA.o1hoC; :: wealth)

5

4. theocracy 5. bureaucracy 6. technocracy (11 1: EXVll , art; skill)

15

Athenaze: Book II

38

GRAMMAR 1. The Genitive Absolute Examine the following sentence: 96:A.1tovtOC; 'tou T,A.{ou, uno i;)...&"q. £1c&91lv'to. Since the sun was hot, they were sitting under an olive tree. The words in boldface consist of a participle and a noun in the genitive case. This phrase has no grammatical relationship to the rest of the sentence, i.e., the participle does not modify any element such as the subject, the direct object, or the indirect object of the main clause. This use of a participle with a noun or pronoun in the genitive case is called a genitive absolute. The term absolute comes from a Latin word meaning "separated" or "independent," and genitive absolutes are grammatically separate from the rest of the sentence in which they occur. Here are other examples: oi>8evoc; l:sv'coc; 1t,.L1V apY1lp{ou, oinc E~EO''ttV 'hIlLv Ka1a 9&Acx't1av OtKaO£ voO''tEtv. There being no money for us or Since we have no money, it is not pos~ sible for us to return home by sea. l) Ju!.pac; YEVO JlevllC;, 6 n:cx'tl1P 'tOY n:cxiocx KCXArEcrti<; E1tEI.L\J1E m<; Sll'tTtcrOV'tCX

-en 1tp6~cx'tcx.

When day came or When day had come or At daybreak, the father, calling his son, sent him to seek the sheep. In this sentence, the phrase 'hIlEpiiC; YEvoIlEVn<; is absolute, i.e., not part of the structure of the rest of the sentence, whereas the participle KaAEcrii<; agrees with n:CX1TtP, the subject in the main clause, and the participle sn'tTtcrov'tcx agrees with rc:alocx, the direct object in the main clause. With regard to aspect, present participles describe progressive} ongoing action contemporaneous with the action of the main verb in the sentence (see Book I, Chapter 8, Grammar 1, page 115). Thus, in the sentence above, 8aA.7tov1:oC; "tou f)A.{ou, uno eA&'q. eK&91lv'to, a present participle is used in the genitive absolute, but it is translated into English as a past progressive, Since the sun was hot, indicating ongoing action contemporaneous with the imperfect tense of the main verb, EKa9nv'to, they were sitting. Compare the sentence oi>8evoc; l:SVtOc; tULtV apY1lp{ou, OUK E~t(Jnv 'hIlLv K'cx'ta S&AIY't'tCXV OtKCXOE voO''tctV, and its English translation, Since we have no money, it is not possible for us to return home by sea. With regard to aspect, the aorist participle in a genitive absolute expresses simple action (see Book I, Chapter 11, Grammar 3d, pages 179180). Thus, the genitive absolute with its participle in the aorist in the sentence f)Jlepii; YEvoJ1EVl1c;, 6 1tcx'tTtP 10V 1taLocx KCXA,£cra~ E1tEIl'l'EV m~ Sll'tncrov'tcx 'to. 1tp6~cx'[cx may be translated simply When day came or even more simply, At daybreak. However, aorist participles in genitive abso-

19.

0

NOr T 0 L

(a)

39

lutes may often be translated into English so as to indicate time before the action of the main verb, e.g., When day had come, the father calling his son sent him to seek the sheep. Genitive absolutes can often best be translated into English with clauses beginning with "since," "as," "when," or "although." The choice of which introductory word to use will usually be clear from the meaning of the sentence as a whole, but sometimes a word such as K:atTC£P, although, will provide a helpful clue. J

J

Exercise 19a Read aloud and translate the following sentences. Pay particular attention to aspect in the Greek and to tense in English when translating participles: 1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

ECrrtepac; ytyvo)J.Evll<;, Ot ~EVot d~ '[0 acrt'\) acp'h.:ovto. tOU YEPOVtOC; opyt~O)J.EVOU, 6 nate; tq>o~d'to. neXv'!:ffiv btOt)J.cov oV'[(f)V, 6 tepeuc; 'tTtV 8ucrtfi,v Enotllcrato. 'tou avell0'\) Ild~ovo<; yevo)J.EvoU, i1 vau<;, OAlYll oUCfa, EV KtVOi>Vq> flv. Katnep t11<; nOAEco<; nOAl> uTCEXOUCfllC;, OUK ecr1CEuoo)J.EV. VUKtO<; YEVOIlEVllC;, £OO~EV 'hlltV tv 'tip &o'[et Il€Vetv. 1:rov autoupymv EX6prov YEVO)J.€Vrov, 01. veaVtal to TCEOiov Ka'taAl1tOV1:E<; eTCt 1:0 opOC; uvE~llaav. Kainep 6op'\)~ov nOtouv1:COV '[rov 1tpo~eXtCOV, 6 au''COupyoC;; OUK ECfnEuOEv. 'tou 1,AtOU uVatEAAov'[OC; (rising), 6 TCate; ilOllTCpOe; '[ov uypov 1:0U 1,AtOU Ka'[cxoDvtoC; (having set), nacrav t1,V 1,IlEpav epyamx)J.Evoc; 6 nate; olKaoe btCXVtEVat t~oUAe1:o.

nEt.

2. The Verb 10"tTH.l1: Formation and Meaning

This verb has both long-vowel [cHll-] and short-vowel [ata-] stems. iO''t11 1.11., 0't,,0'0), sigmatic 1st aorist, eo't11O'tt, athematic 2nd aorist,

e01:11V, ecr't11lCa, 80'ta911V, I make to stand; I stop; I set (up); athematic 2nd aorist, intransitive, I stood; I stood still; I stopped; perfect, intransitive, I stand

You have already studied the athematic 2nd aorist of this verb (ecr1:1l.v, I stood) in Chapter 15, and you have seen many examples of it in the readings. Formation of the Active: Present: t-a'tl1-llt Imperfect: t-O'1:Il-V Future: m:ll-Cf-ro

Sigmatic 1st aorist: e-(r'tll-cra Athematic 2nd aorist: e-cr'tl1-v

The present and imperfect are formed by putting t- (reduplication: 0'1-, cf. Latin sistO) before the stem and adding the personal endings, e.g.,

40

Athenaze: Book II t~cr'TI\-).u. In the imperfect the i- augments to In both the present and the imperfect, the long-vowel stem (cr't'l1-) is used in the singular, and in the plural, the short (cr'ta-). Compare bt-bm-J.Ll and 'ti-91l-lll. The future cr'tll-crm is formed regularly, as is the sigmatic 1st aorist cr't'l1- cra .

e-

Meaning of the Active: Forms in the active voice in the present, imperfect, future, and sigmatic 1st aorist are transitive and take direct objects. They mean make to stand, stop, or set up, e.g.:

onate; 'tOY K\lVa tcr'tl1crtV. t

....

\

}

!!

o nat<; 'tov Kuva tcr't'l1. 6 nate; 'tOY Kuva cr'tllcrn. 6 nate; tov Kuva ecr'tl1crEv. 6 vau'tlle; 'tOY icr'tov ecr'tllcrev.

The The The The The

boy is stopping his dog. boy was stopping his dog. boy will stop his dog. boy stopped his dog. sailor set up the mast.

The athematic 2nd aorist, ecr1:llv, means I stood) stood still, stopped, and the perfect, EcrTllKa, means I stand. These forms are intransitive and do not take direct objects, e.g.:

6 lCumv £cr1:11. The dog stood still / stopped. The woman stands near the spring.

nYUVT, 1tpOC; -ril KprWn ecrtl1KeV. Formation of the Middle:

Present: t-cr'ta- J.La 1 Imperfect: l-crta-Jll1v Future: cr1:11-cr-o-J.Lat Sigmatic 1st aorist: E-cr'tll-crO:-J.L'l1V Athematic 2nd aorist: none Meaning of the Middle: The present, imperfect, future, and sigmatic 1st aorist middle may be used transitively, e.g.: cpuAaKae; cpuAaKct<; cpuActKac; qruACXKct<;

icrtO:J.LE9a. 1crtalJ,£9a. crtl1aoJle9a. Ecr'tl1cralJ,e9ct.

We We We We

are setting up) i.e., posting, guards. were setting up, i.e., posting, guards. will set up, i.e., post, guards. set up, i.e., posted, guards.

The middle voice implies that the action is performed in the interests of the subject, i. e., here, for ourselves / for our protection. The present, imperfect, and future middle may also be used intransi-

tively, e.g.: icr1:alJ,e9a. lcr'talle9a. cr't1laolJ,e8a.

We are standing / standing still I stopping. We were standing/standing still I stopping. We will standI stand still! stop.

19.

0

N0LT0I

41

(a)

N.B.: The sigmatic 1st aorist middle is not used intransitively; the athematic 2nd aorist active is used instead, e.g.:

We stood I stood still I stopped. Passive forms are translated exactly as you would expect, e.g., the aorist passive BO"'tUSllV means I was set (up). The forms of to"'t1'"1I11. will be presented in the second half of this chapter.

Exercise 19P Translate each of the following forms, using set up or stand as meanings: Active Transitive

Present Imperfect Future Aorist Perfect

Middle Transitive

Intransitive

Passive

"iO"TI)v

Exercise 19y Read aloud and translate: 1. Ot nal:oee; 'toue; Kuvae; E(J'tllO"av. 2. 0 au'toupyoe; B~a{q>V1)e; (suddenly) BY 't~ eXyopq eO"'tT}. 3 . 6 naie; CtV E(J'tT}. 4. 0 na'tTtP 'tOY nUloa eXv EO"'tT}(JEV . 5. Ot vau'tut 'tov Alj.LEva Ku'taAt1tOV'tEe; 'tOY tcr'tov (mast) Ecr1:T}O"av. 6. 'toue; llEpcrae; vIK1}crae; 0 llcx:ucraviae; 'tponatov (a trophy) B(J'tncra:1:o. 7. Jln
Greek Wisdom Heraclitus BV 'to O"ocpov, £7tlCJ'tucr8at yvooJ..l1)V nne; £KU~£PVllcrE nav'ta OHX nav'tOlv. 41 Diels

Fragment

42

Athenaze: Book II

On their return journey overland, Philip and his father visit the famous ruins of Mycenae, which were not far off their route. The lion gate to the citadel is shown here.

Mycenae Mycenae stands on a hill skirted by two deep ravines. The site is a nat-ural strong point, dominating the plain of Argos. It was first occupied about 3,000B.C., and a new settlement was made about 2,000 B.C., which is generally believed to be the time when Greek speakers arrived in Greece. There is clear evidence for a sudden increase in the importance and prosperity of this settlement about 1,600 B.C.; two grave circles have been found, one inside the later walls and containing six shaft graves, excavated by Schliemann in the 1870s, the other rather earlier in date, outside the walls, discovered in 1950. These graves contained a mass of gold and other precious objects of great beauty, including imports from Minoan Crete and Egypt. The power and wealth of Mycenae increased rapidly. There was soon a uniform culture in mainland Greece, stretching from Thessaly in the north to the south of the Peloponnesus, with palaces at Thebes, Athens, Mycenae, Tiryns, and Pylos and probably at other sites not yet discovered. Although the palaces were the administrative centers of separate kingdoms, it seems likely that Mycenae was the leading, if not the dominant, kingdom. From 1500 B.C. the kings of Mycenae were buried in massive stone tombs outside the walls, of which the largest, the so-called Treasury of Atreus, is a magnificent architectural achievement. About 1450 B.C. the Achaeans, as the Greeks of the Mycenaean period were called, invaded Crete and destroyed all the Minoan palaces except Knossos, which they occupied. Succeeding to Minoan control of the seas, the Achaeans

19.

0

N O:E T O:E (a)

43

now traded widely throughout the Eastern Mediterranean and made settlements on the islands and in Asia Minor. The zenith of Mycenaean power and prosperity was in the early thirteenth century; in this period were built the walls, some of which still stand, and the lion gate. By about 1250 B. C ., when the defenses were renewed and improved, there is evidence of destruction outside the walls. Trade declined; a period of upheaval and deterioration had begun. The Trojan War is thought to have occurred about this time. The traditional date for the fall of Troy is 1184 B.C., but the American archaeologist Blegen, who made the most complete recent excavations and found clear evidence of a prolonged siege, dates the destruction of Troy to about 1240 B.C. It looks as though the Trojan expedition was the last united effort of the Achaeans. Mycenae was subjected to three successive attacks in the following years. In the first, the houses outside the walls were destroyed; in the second, the citadel was sacked; in the third, it was finally destroyed and not reoccupied. The other mainland palaces were all sacked around 1200 B.C., presumably by bands of invading Dorians.

The entrance to the Treasury of Atreus

44

Athenaze: Book II

During the Dark Ages a new settlement was made on the site of Mycenae, which developed into a miniature polis; this sent a small contingent to fight at Plataea, but in 468 B.C. it was attacked and destroyed by Argos. When Philip visited it in our story, the site was abandoned; the massive walls and the lion gate still stood, but the rest was overgrown and undisturbed until Schliemann arrived in 1876. Around Mycenae centered one of the most important cycles of Greek myth. The royal house of Mycenae was doomed. Its founder had been Pelops. His father Tantalus wanted to find out whether the gods were really omniscient. He killed his own child Pelops and served him up to the gods at a feast; none of the gods would touch the meat except for Demeter, who was distracted by grief and ate part of his shoulder. The gods restored him to life and replaced his missing shoulder with one of ivory. When he had grown up, he wooed Hippodamia, daughter of Oenomaus. In order to win her hand, he had to beat her father in a chariot race. He bribed Oenomaus's charioteer to remove the linchpin of the axle. In the race, Oenomaus was thrown and killed, but as he lay dying he cursed Pelops. Pelops carried off the dead king's daughter to Mycenae and founded a dynasty that was unremittingly haunted by the curse. His sons were Atreus and Thyestes. Thyestes seduced Atreus' wife, and Atreus banished him. Atreus then pretended to be reconciled and invited his brother to a banquet; at this feast he served up Thyestes' own children. rrhyestes found a human finger in his portion and, realizing what Atreus had done, kicked over the table and fled, cursing Atreus and all his family. Thyestes had a son, Aegisthus, by his own daughter; together they murdered Atreus. Agamemnon succeeded Atreus as king, and when he led the Greeks to Troy, he left the kingdom in the care of his wife, Clytemnestra. The Greek fleet, however, en route for Troy was held up by unceasing contrary winds. The prophet said that these winds would only cease if Agamemnon sacrificed his daughter to Artemis. Agamemnon sent for his daughter Iphigenia on the pretext that she was to wed Achilles, and with his own hand he cut her throat over the altar. During Agamemnon's absence, Clytemnestra took Aegisthus as her lover and planned vengeance. When, after ten years, Agamemnon returned, the lovers murdered him, entrapping him in a net while he was in the bath. Orestes, the young son of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra, escaped into exile, saved by his nurse; the daughters, Chrysothemis and Electra, remained in the palace. When Orestes grew to manhood, he consulted Apollo's oracle at Delphi and was ordered to avenge his father's murder. He returned to Mycenae secretly and with Electra's help murdered both Aegisthus and his own mother. He was then pursued by the Furies and took refuge at Apollo~s altar. The curse, which had haunted the family through four generations, was finally laid to rest when Athena acquitted Orestes of bloodguilt on the grounds that he had been ordered by Apollo to perform the murders.

19.

0

NO L T 0 L

(a)

Classical Greek Theognis Theognis laments the passing of youth and the prospect of death in the following sets of couplets (lines 1069-1070 and 1070a-l070b), which were probably composed as separate poems. The themes were common in Greek lyric poetry, For Theognis, see Book I, Chapter 10, page 163; Chapter 11, page 185, and Chapter 14, page 249. a
'tEP1t£O ).Lot,
= 't£pno1J,

't£pno~at,

please

present imperative of t£pno~at /lOt: not the usual dative with but a special dative used to solicit the interest of the addressee; I beg you or 9U/lE, here, heart 'tax' a.o, soon again yata, earth J,LEA,(Uv(a), black]

Pelops and Hi ppodamia

Athenaze: Book II

46

o NOLTOL

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs ayvo£ID, I do not know avancxuoJ.Lcu, eXVCX1tD.uO'OJ.LCXt, av£~aucr&J.Lnv,ava1t£

ItCXUJ.Lut, I rest acptO''tuJ.Lat [= ano- + tcr'[cxJ.Lat], [cr'[11-] a7toO''tTtO'0J.LCXt. a7tEO''tllV, I stand away from; I revolt from ev'tuYXeXvID + dat., I meet lCcx9iO''t'l1J.Lt [= lCCX'tCX- + lcr'tTH.n], when transitive, I set X up; I appoint X; + eL; + ace., I put X into a certain state; when intransitive, I am appointed; I am established; + ei~ + ace., I get / fall into a certain state; I become £i<; cl1tOptaV KCX't£O''tll, he fell into perplexity, became perplexed 1tapCXtVEID [= napa- + aivero], 1tCXPCXtVEO'ID or ItCXpatVEO'oJ.Lcxt,~ap~vEO'cx,~cxp~vEKa,

7tapnVllJ.Lat,~apnvE91lv

+ dat. and infin., I advise someone to do something O'llJ.LaivID, [crrll.1aVe-] 0'1HLcxvm, [crTlIlrtV-] £0''; J.L'rlVCX, [cr11J.Lav-] O'EO'TtJ.LcxO'J.Lat, eO'TlJ.LeXv9nv, I signal; I sign; I show Nouns b 1tOtJ.L"v, 'tou 7tOtJ.LEVO<;, shepherd 1) .fiA.'I1, '[11<; -t)A.'I1~, woods, forest b cpopo<;, 'tau cpopou, fear; panic b tt.J.LO~, 'tou mJ.L0u, shoulder Adjectives ~cxeUC;, -eia, --0, deep 8EtVO~, -Tt, -ov, terrible; clever, skilled; + infin., clever at, skilled at epllJ.Lo<;. -OV, deserted 'tP CtXuc;, -Eta, -U, ro ug h Adverbs ii8tO''tcx, superlative of f}beroc;, most sweetly; most pleasantly; most gladly

ou ,. tE,v'tOt Bta 1tOAAOU 'ta 'trov eXv9pronrov epya Ka'taAt1tOV'tEe;, eXv £~l1crav Ent 'ta 0P11' Kat cr1taviroe; 11D11 eVe'tuYXavov eXv9pro1tOte;9 notJl£vac;

Be

oAtyoue; Eroprov

Ot

'ta 1tpo~a'ta £Ve~OV.

ncrav

De

Dux

JlEYUArov tArov, ev ate; nOAAai 'te BpuEe; ~crav Kat nOAAat £AU'tat. 'tpaXEiae;

Be YEVOJl£Vlle; 'tlle; aBou

Kat OU pq.Biae; eUpetV, a Jlev AtKat-

5

01tOAle; etC; a1topiav Ka'tecr'tT\ ayvo&v 'tl,v aBov' a BE CPiAt1t1tOe; liv9poo1tov iBillv npocrtov'ta, "iBou, Cb1tu'tep," eq>ll, "&pa apCfe; EKetVOV 'tOY avbpa Ka'ttOv'ta 1tpOe; ft~&c;; <paive'tcu KuvTIYE'tT\e; eivat· Kumv yap AUKutva £1te'tat au'tcp. &p' ou pOUAet cr'tllcrat aU'tDv Kat Epecr9al e1 u ~\ \ KoptV ' 9ov
10

19. [O"ltaVtm<;, rarely lCUVTt'YE'tTt~,

hunte r

0

N 01: T 01:

47

au

ev BIlOV I were grazing p ec;, oaks £Aa'tIXt, pine s AalCcx tVa, Laconian, Spartan 0''t1) O'CJ)Il£v , subjunctive, let us

stop him!]

npocrxropoUV'tOc; Oe 'tou VEav lOU, ;, KUroV ayptroc; uAaK'tEl Kat

en'

(,pJ.Lu'Cat au'touc;' (, oe vEaviac; EC)'tll Kat ~OTtcrac;, "cr'tilEh, "ApYll," El1, "&p' otcrSa O'U ei au'tll ;, a'tparcoe; npoe; 't1,V K6ptv8ov epouO'av. pq:Otroc; oe yvroO'Ecr8E au'tTtv, 'troy ye ep!-la-crov 0'11 Jlatv 6v-crov . aAAa nOAu aniXEl KoptvSoc;, Kat Ot' oAiyou VU~ YEvTtO'E'tat· lO'roe; OE eie; Kivouvov Ka'taO''tYtcrEcr8E !-lOVOt ev 'totC; OPEO'l VUK'tEpEUOV1:ee;. epYtJlrov yap ovtrov 'trov op&v OUOEvl eV'tEu~E0'8e av8pm1twv Ei Jln 1tOtJ.LeVl 'ttVl. aAA' O:YE1:E, nroc; EXE'te 'tOU O'l-cou; aAAa Jleiva'tE' oroO'ro yap :GJllV Aayrov. iooU." Kat 'tau'ta Eircrov 'to porcaAov, 0 E1t! 'tOte; OOJlOtC; Eq>Epe, Ka'te811KEv' OUO yap 81lpia eK 'tou porcaAou EKpeJla'to, c1v £V A;)craC; 'tq, AIKatorcoAIOt napeocoKEv. (, OE OE~aJleVOe; rcAeiO''Cl1v XaptV a1tEoroKEV. (, vECtviaC;, "ouoEv ecr'ttv," e

15

n

oe

20

25

yiyvov'Cat EV 'LOtC; 0PEcrtV, eyro OE pq:oiroC; aipro au'toue;' oEtv6'ta't0c; yap eiJ.Lt KUVllYE'tELv. XaiPE'CE O-\)V Kat EU'tUXOt-tE." 'tau'ta 0' Ei1trov enopEUE'tO Ka'ta 'C1,V a'tpa1tOv! Ot OE ~paoEroc; av~O'av. [UAlXlC'f£t, barks &p' olaSa, do you know? cX'tpan:oc;, path 1:mv •.. eplla1:CJ)v, the stone heaps, cairns v'01CupeUOVtEc;, spending the night 1t&C; £X£'t'£ 'tOU 0'11:0'0, how are you off for food? iwCtycOv, hare p07tUlvOV I club, hunter's staff 9 TI P {a, beasts, animals £lCpE}J.a1:0 (from KPElltXj.HXl), were hanging ACXYCP: nominative plural 1(uvt}Y£'t£tv, to hunt (translate, hunting) e\)1;UXOt't£, optative expressing a wish, may you be lucky! good luck to youll

f.O'1tepiiC; OE YlYVOJleVT\e; not!-l£Vl 'ttvt EV£'tUXov, o~ 'to. np6~a'ta Ka'ta 1:1,V OODV nAauvEv. 6 OE iorov aU1:0Ue; npoO'l6v'Cac; Eie; q>o~ov Ka'tacr'Ct1e; ecr'tl1O'Ev aU1;OUe; Kat ~onO'ae;, "'ttvE<; EO''te,'' eq1l1, "01 Ota 'Cil~ VUK'tOe; 1t0PEUEcr9E; noSEv l1A8E'tE Kat nOt EPxe0'ge;" (, OE AIKatOnOAte; npoO't(ov naV1:a 'to. YEVO!-lEva e~T\yTtO'ato, 6 oE 1tOtJlnV EUJlEvroe; OE~aJlEvo<; aU1:ouc;, "bJ'IJAa 1taV"CEe;," E
30

35

Athenaze: Book II

48

VUK'tEPEUEtV £V 'tOt<; OPEO'tV.

aYE1:E b1l, £A9£'tE J.lE't' £J.lou Ei<; 1:ftV

n£~£O't1V tJ.ltV J.lEVE1V 'tftv vUK'ta."

KaAu~llV, £V

oi 0' oilv 'tou<; 'tou

1t01J.lEVOC; AOyO'U<; aO'Il£vros OE~aIlEVOt EtTCOV'tO au'tcp EiC; oAiYllv 'ttVel KaAu~llv. 6 O£ TtOtll"V, "tOou' EtO't1:£. eyOl J.l£v 'ta<; 't' atya<; allEA~ro Kat

'tel npo~a1:a, t IlEtS b£ 'tel O'KEUll Ka1:a8£vt£<; nup KauO'a'tE Kat

40

Ka9iS£0'9£. " ['JtpOI'; Atol';, under the protection of Zeus 1t't'mxo\ 't'E ~£'ivoi tE, beggars and strangers 'tt)v KUAU~l1V, my hut &aJ.1EVmt;, gladly aJ.1EA~m, I will milk 'ta aKe\)'y\, baggage]

6 J.l£V oilv
eV£'tuXO!lEV, 'tovO£ 'tOY AayOlv ;'!ltV £OroK£V. au'tov "

,

\

£TC1

~

uEtrtVq>; I

45

&p' oilv POUA£t orc'tav

s:: 0 u£, llal\.tcJ'ta YE' OUtO) yap llut(J''ta u£lrtVllO'0IlEV'

,,~~ I

"

I

'i

'

"

'!I ~

I

J.lE'tel O£ 'to bEtreVOV 0 reats !l£All q,O'E'tal." 'tOY oilv AayOlv (l1t1:"O'av't£s 'ho£ro<; eO£l1tVllO'av' £re£t'ta O£ C Il£V
o1l:'tav, to roast

)lEA1\

~auat

(from gSm), will sing

PRINCIPAL PARTS: More Labial Stems (-rc-, -cp-) lCl>1t-tc.o. lCo\jlm, elCO'llU, lC£lCOCPU, K£1C0J.1J.1Ut., £lCo'Jtl1V, I strike; I knock on (a door) 'tU'lt-t m, [-cU1t't€-] "C1l 11:1'11 am, I strike, hit ypacpm, ypa'llm, ~ypa'lllX, Y£'YPlXlpa. ye'YPCX)lI.UU, eypacp1\v, I write

WORD BUILDING From your knowledge of the prepositions at the left, deduce the meaning of the adverbs at the right: 1. avCx.

2.

d~

avro

3. h:. E~

£laro

4.

ev

e~ro

evoov

6.

1tp6c;

50

19.

0

N 0 L T O:E (~)

GRAMMAR 3. The Verb to''tTlJlt: Forms to'tTlJlh o"C';O'o), eo'tT\O'a, eO''tytv, EeJ'tllKa, £(J1:ci91lv, I make X stand; 1 stop X; 1 am setting X (up) io't'llJlt: Present, Imperfect, Future, and Aorist, Active Voice

Stems: o'tll-/o'tcxPresent: transitive, 1 make X stand; 1 stop X; 1 am setting X up Indicative

Imperative

Infinitive

t-o'tl1-J.1t t-cnll-C; t-cr'tll- crt (v) t-cr'ta-J.1EV t-O"'ta-'t'E i-cn&-O"t(v)

Participle i-O"'t&cra, i-cr'tav, gen., i-cr'tav't-o<;, etc.

(I

Imperfect: transitive, 1 was making X stand; I was stopping X; 1 was setting X (up) fudicative "~-cr'tl1-v ~-0"'t1l-C;

!-crt11

~-cr'ta-J.1£v

t-O"1:a-'tE " T-cr'ta-crav

Future Regular sigmatic future: atnam, a'tnan<;, cr'tTtaEt, etc., 1 will make X stand; 1 will stop X; I will set X up Sigmatic 1st Aorist Regular sigmatic 1st aorist: ecr'tl1cra. Ea'tl1aac;. Ea'tl1(J£(v), etc., transitive, I made X stand; 1 stopped X; 1 set X up

Athematic 2nd Aorist: intransitive, 1 stood Indicative ea'ty\v ecr'tllC; ea'tll ecr1:y\J.1EV ecr'tY\'tE Ea'tllcrav

hnperative

Infinitive a1:11-vat

Participle ,

crta<;, cr1:&cra. crtav, gen., crtav1:-0C;, etc.

Athenaze: Book II

50

to''t'ruu.: Present and Imperfect, MiddlelPassive Voice Stem: attxPresent: transitive, I am setting X (up) for myself; intransitive, I stand Indicative t-attx- J.Ltxt t-a'ttx-atxt t-()'ttx-'t tx t i-ata- J.LeStx t-cncx-oSe t-a'ttx-v1'txt

Imperative

Infinitive t-attx-aStxt

Participle i-(f1;a-J.LeV-O~~ -11, -ov

t-a't(X-ao

Imperfect: transitive, I was setting X (up) for myself; intransitive, I was standing Indicative l-a'ta-J.L1,v " i-attx-ao " l-(J'ttx-tO t-a't'<X-J.Le 0: l-a't<x-aSe " t-a't<X-v'to

, , e

to''t'run: Future and Aorist, Middle Voice Stem: atll-

Future Regular sigmatic future: (J't~(JOIlCXt, <J1'tl0' Et/n, (HtlaE1:<Xt, etc., transitive, I will set X (up) for myself; intransitive, I will stand Aorist Regular sigmatic 1st aorist: E<J'tllaa1l1lV, EO''ttla(t), I set X (up) for myself

E(Jt~<J<XtO,

etc., transitive,

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus avSp&)1tOU~ l1EVEt a1toS<xv6vt<X~ attva. otne EA1tOV1'txt 0-00£ OOKOUCHV.

Diels

Fragment 27

19.

0

NO I: T 0 I:

ia'tT\Jlt: Future and Aorist, Passive Voice

Stem: cr't"u-

Future Regular -6'11- future passive: cr'ta9ljcrol-lat, cr'tu9ljaEti'n, crtcx9ftaE't"CXt, etc., 1 will be set (up)

Aorist Regular -911- aorist passive: Ecr'tu6ytv, £at&9yt<;, Ea't"&9'11, etc., 1 was set (up)

Exercise 190 Make two photocopies of the Verb Chart on page 274 and four copies of the Verb Chart on page 275. Fill in the forms of lcn:rll.ll, except for the subjunctive and optative~ in the active voice (present) imperfect, future, sigma tic aorist, and athematic 2nd aorist), in the middle / passive voice (present and imperfect), in the middle voice (future and sigmatic 1st aorist), and in the passive voice (future and aorist). Keep these charts for reference.

4. The Verbs lCaEHO'-cTUlt and ci'PtO''tCXJ.Lllt A common compound of tcrt'l1l-ll is lCa6{a'tytllt, transitive, 1 set X up; I appoint X; + d~ + ace., 1 put X into a certain state. When intransitive this verb means 1 am appointed; 1 am established; + ei~ + ace., 1 get/fall into a certain state; 1 become Study the following examples carefully and translate them:

o lCDroV 'tOY ~EVOV et~ cp6~ov Ka'tECf't'l1crEV. (transitive) o ~evo<; d<; cp6~ov KatEa'tyt. (intransitive) o Sl1l-lo~ 't"ov IIEPllCAll crtpu't'l1Yov KU'tEcr'tytcrEV. (transitive) IIEptKAll~

Cf'tpa'tytyo<; Ka9ta'ta'tat. (middle; intransitive) (intransitive) Ot 'A9lwatot VOl-lOUt; KU'tEcrtncruV'to. (middle; transitive) ()

o I1eptlcAl1<; a'tpa'tTlYo<; KU'tEcr'tyt.

Another common compound of ta'tfll-lt is acpta't(Xllut, &'1toa'tna0l-lut, &'1t£cr't"flV, 1 stand away from; 1 revolt from, e.g.: 01. "IrovEt; &'no 'trov IIEpaoov a
Athenaze: Book II

52

Exercise 19£ Identify and translate the following forms: 1. crTIl8t 2.

lGtcX.VCXl

3 . cr1:llvat 4. tcr1:acrEk (2 ways) 5. cr1:~cr<xcreat

6. 6a1:llcrav (2 ways) 7. 1:0"·1:11 8. cr"Cilcrov , 9. <Jtd<;

10.

cr1:l1cra~eVO<;

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a
cr1:~crd<;

a
Exercise 19~ Read aloud and translate: 1. 01. 'Ael1vatot de; 1tOA£~OV Ka1:ea1:l1a<xv. 2. Ot 1tOAE~tot D~a<; £uYEtv epOUAOV1:0. 8. 1:ocrau1:a na8ov1:£<; OU8EJW'tE (never) d<; 1tOAejlOV a1')9u; Ka1:a<J1:11aOjlE8a. 9. 01, "ImvE:<; ana 'trov TIEPcrroV anocr1:ncrov1:at. 10. 01 "ImvEe; cmo troy TIEPcrroV anocr'tavtE<; 1:01<; "EAAllcrtv £po~ellcrav.

Exercise 19n Translate into Greek: 1.

2. 3. 4. 5.

The people appointed this (man) general again. This (man), having been appointed general, advised the people not to fight. He told us to cease from war and gave the city peace put the city into a state of peace). We advise you to revolt from the Persians at once. The Greeks, attacking the barbarians bravely, put them to flight.

01 EAAHNEI: TOYI IT PIAL KA T A 8AAA TT AN AEYTEPON NIKnIIN Read the following passages and answer the comprehension questions: The battle of Mycale took place, according to tradition, on the same day as the battle ofPlataea, in spring 479 B.C. The Greek victory eliminated the Persian fleet in the Aegean and was followed by a second revolt of the Ionians from Persia. The following passages are adapted from Herodotus 9.90-104.

19.

0

N 0 L T 01:

(XJla ~Pt apXOJlBVcr 'to 'trov 'EAATtVmV V(X\ytLKOV E1<; 'tllv A'tYIVaV OUVEAeYe'tO, VfjE<; apt8Jlov beKU Ka! EKa,;OV. EV'tEU8ev b£ d~ 1:llV AfjAOV E1tA.EUOaV, ~OUAOJlEVOt 1:0U~ "Imvac; EA.EU8epwoat. 1tapOV1:0C; b£ 'tou ValYttlWU EV 1:il ATtAcr, ~AeOV &yyeA01. 'tfje; Lallou, Ot ihlloav au'touc; npoc; LaJlov 1tAEucraV'tae; 'tOt~ ~ap(3apotC; Em.(rcpa'tEuOat· "ol yap ~apf3apot," ecpaoav, "ou 1tOA.A.tie; vauc; eXOUOLV, oi b£ '1mv£c; tlla~ ibOV'teC; eu8uc; a1too'tTtoov"Cat 'trov TIEPOroV. o{hOJC; 01)V E~EO'ttV tlllv KaL &vbpac; "EA.A.T\vae; eAEu8eprocrat Kat aJlUvat 'toue; (3ap(3apOue;." b o-ov cr"Cpa'tT\YOC; b 'trov 'EA.A1)VOJV 1:0U'tOue; "Coue; AOYOUC; bEsaJlEVOe; taic; vaua! npoc; LallOV Ttyet"Co.

areo

ano

[aJ.LCl ~Pt aplOJIEvcp, with the beginning of spring 't~v A tyivav. Aegina cipt9JIOV, in number 8v't£u9EV, from there 'tllv AllAOV, Delos 't1l<:; taJ,Lou, Samos]

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Where did the Greek fleet assemble, and how many ships were there? Why did the fleet sail to Delos? What did messengers from Sarnos ask the Greeks at Delos to do? What two facts did the messengers cite in urging the Greeks to act? What two things do the messengers claim that the Greeks could do? What was the response of the Greek general? ro~

b£ de; LallOV acptKOJlEV01. napecrKEuasOVto de; vauJl(xxiav, ot TIepaaL Eu8uC; anenAeucrav npoc; 'thv T\1tEtpov· fOOSE yap au'toie; Jlll vaullaxiav 1toLEtcr8cn' ou yap a~tOJlaXOt ~oav at Vl1e<; au'tc.Ov. anOnA.EucraV'tI~e; 01)V npoe; thv MUKaA.T\V 'tae; vauc; avetAKuO"av KCd. 'telXOe; E1willaav 1tEpt aU'tae;. Ot b£ "BA.A.T\vee; 'taiha YVOV1:EC; ebtmKOV aU1:0Ue; de; 'thv M'lllcaA.llV. roe; bE EYYUC; EYEVOV'tO 1:0U 1:rov nOA.EJltrov o'tpa't07tBbOU Kat oUbdC; EcpatVE'to avaYOJlEVOC; aA.A.a vauc; EtbOV aVEtAKUO"JlEV<.Xe; eO"OJ 'tou 'tetXOUe;, npc.O'tov IlEV 1tapanA.EOV'tf:C; 'toue; "Imvac; EKaA.EOaV, KEA.eUOV'tEe; ctt)'touC; a1toa1:fjvctt anD 'trov TIepcrrov, EltEt ta bE etc; 'thv yilv EK(3av'[EC; '[ip 'tdxet ltpoO"e~aAA.OV . [de; VCl'UJ,LaXtCXv, for a battle at sea 1:TtV il1t£tpov, the mainland a~t6J,Laxol) battle-worthy "Citv MUlCal:'I'\v, Mycale aVElA,1C'UO'av (from UV£A'KID), they beached 'tou ... G"Cpa"Con£lio'U, the camp aVlly6J,LEVO<:;,putting out to sea aVEtA.1(UO'JIEVCXC; (perfect passive participle of aV£A'KID, I draw up), drawn up (on the shore), 1ta;pa'Jt"'eovn:~, sailing past] beached eO'O) + gen., inside

7. 8. 9. 10.

What did the Persians do when the Greeks arrived at Samas? Why? How did the Persians protect their fleet? How did the Greeks respond to this maneuver of the Persians? When the Greeks saw that the Persians were not putting to sea and were continuing to protect their beached fleet, what two things did they do?

ltPro'tOV l1ev otv uVbpclroC; el1axov'[o oi ~apf3apot. End bE ot "EA.lvllVee; Jlt~ OPl-lll ltpoaqH:pOJlEVot 1:0 '[ElXOe; etA.OV, 'tpe'VaIlEVOt E<j>UYOV. ot b£ "IrovEC;, ro<; dbOV 'toue;

10

15

Athenaze: Book II

54

"EAAllvat; Vt1Cmv'tat;, ltPOt; au'tout; au'tO).LOAncrCXV'tEC; 'tOte; (3ap(3apotC; eVEltEo"oV. O'lS,:mc; 01)V

'to Of:U'tEPOV anEC)1:11crav 01. "Irov Et; ano 'tmv IlepcriOv.

[bpJ.lU, rush, onset

npoaq>£p0J.lEVOt, charging

ail'tOJ.1o},,~(Hxv'Cer:;,

deserting]

11. What action of the Greeks put the Persians to flight? 12. At what moment did the Ionians desert the Persians? 13. When the Ionians deserted the Persians, what did they do?

Exercise 199 Translate into Greek: 1.

2. 3. 4. 5.

At the Ionians' request (use genitive absolute with ai'tEm), the general decided to lead the fleet to Samos. The messengers said, "We will not betray (npo800aOIJ,Ev) you but will revolt from the Persians." The barbarians, having seen the ships of the Greeks approaching, fled to the mainland. The Greeks, having disembarked from their ships, attacked the wall and took (it). The Ionians, having seen the Greeks winning, revolted from the Persians and came to aid the Greeks.

The death of Agamemnon

ID

19.

0

N0LT0 L

(~)

55

New Testament Greek John 2.1-8 The Wedding at Cana Kat 't11 11)..LEpq 'ti1'tpi1:ll ya)..Lo~ eYEv£'to EV Kava 'tn~ raAlAa{a~, Kat ~V

ft

)..Ln'tYlP

'tou 'IYlaou eKct· EKA"ell be Kat 0 'Inaou<; Kat ot )..La6Yl'tat au'tou ti<; 'tov ya)..Lov. Kat U01:cPftcrav'to<; OlVOU AEyet 11 )..Ln1:YlP 'tou 'IYlaou 1tPO~ a1.l1:0V, "olvoy aUK exoucrtv." AEyEt aU1:116 'IYlcrou<;, ",rt E)..LOt Kat crOt, yuvat; OU1tffi tlKet it ropo. )..Lou."

[yaJlOe;, a wedding 'tile; raA.tA.utiie;, of Galilee ot. Jux9rl'cat, the disciples Pltcr(lv't'OC; OtV01), when the wine gave out oun:m, not yet ~ ropa, hour] AEY£t

·ft

)..LTt1':YlP autou 'tOte; btaKOvote;,

EKet At6tvat uOptat E~

K{Ua

"0

1:1

.oO''t8-

(iy Aeyu fJ)..Ltv 1totncra1:e." ~crav

be

'tOY Ka6aptcr)..Lov 'tmY 'IouOatrov Kct)..L£Vat, xropoucrat

Ctva )..Le'tpYl1:a<; ouo 111:Pet<;. A£Y£1 atl'to'ic; 0 'IYlcro\><;, "YE)..Licra'tE 'ta<; ubptii<; 15oo.'toc;." Kat eyE)..LtaaV o.U1:aC; £m~ aVffi. Kat AEyEt au"Cot<;, "aV'tAncra't£ VUV Kat cpepE't£ 'tip apXt'tptKAiv
be nYEYKav.

['tOte; ~t(n:6vote;, to the servants is 'tt av A£yn, whatever he says A.Hhv<Xt, made of stone lCu'ta 'tOY lCa9aptcrJlov, for the purification '[mv 'IouSctimv, of the Jews xmpouaat, holding ava + acc., at the ,'ate of, up to Jl£'tPll'tfle;, measures (one Jl£'tPf)'Ct1<; =about nine gallons or thirty-four liters) 'YEJ,J,{cr<x'tc, fill X (acc.) with Y (gen.) avm, up (Le., full) aV'tAltcr(X'tE, draw 'tip apXl'tpt'ICAivql, to the master of ceremonies ;;VE'YIC<XV: asigmatic aorist of
b 'I1'\CJoue;. 'tou 'ITtO'ou, 'tij) 'If)crou, 'tov 'Irt(1Quv, oi 'Io1)~aiot, 't'mv 'Iou~(limv, the Jews

iIl lncrou, Jesus

Terrace of Lions on Delos; ca. 610 B.C.

o

20 NOl:TOl: (ry)

VOCABULARY Verbs apeO"K£t, [ape-] apiO'Et, f\PEO£, impersonal + dat., it is pleasing 6eiX:VUllt, imperfect, eoei1l:vuv, [oeLK-] 6el;co, eoetl;a, 6i8£txa, 6io£ t'Yllal, eoelx91lv, I show x:a90paco [= KeY:ra- + oparo], [01t-] X:(X't6VOllat, [io-] lCfX'tdoov, I look down on Nouns 'to atfla, 'to-\) atfl(X'tOc;, blood o A.ECOV. 'to-\) A.£ov'toC;, lion 'to p,i'Ye90c;, 'tou fl£'YE90uC;, size 'to 'tEleVOV. 'tou 1:£leVOU, child b 't07tOc;, 'tou 't67tou, place

'h Il€ p El<;

Adjectives aacpaA.Ttc;. -ie;, safe A.£9tvoc;, -11. -ov, of stone, made of stone Adverb or Preposition EV'tOC;, adv., within, inside; prep. + gen.,. within, inside Adverbs l:ivm, up; above EsalcpvllC;, suddenly KatCO, down; below Particle 81\1&ou, doubtless, surely Proper Names ai 'Epivuec;, 'tcDV 'EplVUcDV, the Furies (avenging spirits) ai MU'lCf\vat, 'tcDV MU'lCl1VcDV, Mycenae

~£ y£vo)l€vll<; 'tOY 1tOt)lEVU xcdp£tv K£A.£ucrav'tE~ £11:0-

P£UOV'tO Kat 't€A.Oc; aq>iKov'tO Ei~ a,Kpa 'ta oPll, aq>' (bv Kat£l~ov 'to 't£ n£~{ov Ka:tCO K£()l£VOv Kat 'tElXll 'ttva

£1tl A.Oq>ou ecr'tllKO'ta.

0

~£

$(A.t1t1l:0<; 'tOY n:a't£pa (j't,,(jCXC;, "na1tna," eq>ll, "'tE(Xll 'ttVa ll£yaA.a opro ~ En: £KEtVOU 'tou /\'oq>ou £(jtllKO'ta. ,

" ,

,..

')

I

I

56

a'')')'" ' "£attv; " 0~~, /\,/\, EUtE )lOt, 1:1Va UE

5

20.

~tK(UOnOA-tC;

0

N0 L T0 L

(Y)

57

nOA-UV ttVa Xp6vov npoc; to. t£tXll ~A-£1trov, "£KE1Va EO''t tV ,

d} nat," etA-t1tnOe;,

"&pa aA-llail A-£yetC;;" £
KataPilvat Kat 'to. OWJ.1ata SEroP£1V;" 0 8E AUCa161t0A-te;, "£~£O'tl

10

Ka'taPftvaL, £t O'ot 801(£1. ou yap f.laA-a 1tOA-U ou, crest of a hill palace]

eo't1l1C6'ta, perfect participle, standing

1:Ct •. , 6oolla'ta, the

out roc; £1.nrov, t(fl natOl Ka'ta to opOC; nriloa'to. Ot' OA-iyou oilv tOte; 't£ixeO't £nA-lloia~ov Kat £nt 1:0V A-6<pov avaJ3&v'tee; tiC; 1:&e; 1tU A- ac;

15

atA-l1t1tOC; 1:0. 1:eiXll SewJ.1£voc; 1:0 /l-EY£SOC; £SauJ.1a~e Kat, "&J natEp," £
20

PA-E1t£ avro," 0 Se tA-L1tnOC; aVa~A-E1trov Suo A-£ov'tac; A-t9ivouC; etS£ ttxc; 1tUA-UC;
25

cpKo66llTlaav. built

£saitA-t1t1tOC; Kat tiC;
EYro OOt nytlO'o/l-at." Kat out roc; £l1trov, tip nat8;' roc; taXtO''ta

Ka'tro Yty'tlO'ato.

30

58

Athenaze: Book II

[Eqlpl!;ev (from cppl't"t'ro), shuddered lCpuepov, icy O~£t + gen., it smells of completely evil n:eptqlOl.'tQ)<Jtv, wander about]

1&aYK&~

1(0'0,

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Velar Stems (-y-, -lC-) ay-m, a;m, [6:yay-J tly£lyOV, [6:y-] ~x.a. ~YJ1£lt, iix9'f\v, I lead; I take cpeuy-m, qJ£u~oJ.iat, [cpuy-] ecpuyov, [
WORD STUDY Deduce the meaning of the Greek word from which the first part of each of the following words is derived. Then give a definition of the English word: 1. photograph (1:0 cproc;, 1:0U cpro1:6~ = ?) 2. seismograph (6 OEtO)lOC;; = ?) 3. telegraph ('tT1A.E ;;;;; ?)

4. paleography (na.A.a.t6c;, -Et, -ov 5. cryptography (lCp{mtro ?)

= ?)

Give two other English words beginning with tele- and explain their meanings and Greek stems.

GRAMMAR 1. The Verb 8£tKVU,.lt Stem: OEtK-, show liEi1C-VU-~t,

Set;m.

EOE1~O:,

oeoelXlX oeOEt'Y)llXt, eoe{xEhlv, I show t

In the present and imperfect tenses of this verb, endings are added directly to the extended present stem oel1c-vu-/-vu-. Note the nasal suffix -VU-/vU-. The other principal parts are formed regularly from the stem oelle-. The following verbs are conjugated like OetlCvul.n in the present and imperfect: Seuy-vu-Ilt. SEU~ro, Eseu~a, EseuYllcH, ESEUX9nv or eSuYl1v, I yoke avo{y-vu-)lt [= ava~ + oly-vu-)lt], imperfect, avef¥Yov (double augment), avo{~(O, avef¥~a, avef¥xa, aveCfJY)lat (I stand open), avec9xSl1v,

I open PTty-vu-)lt, pn~ro! Epp,,~a, epproya (intransitive, I have broken out), eppaYllv, aorist passive participle, payei~, I break af3ev-vu)lt, [Of3E-] crf3Earo, Eo(3eoa., eaf3nKa (intransitive, I have gone out), eo(3eaS"v, I put out, extinguish

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus uf3ptV Xpr, crf3evvuvat )lUA.A.OV 1\ 1tUpKat6:v. Fragment 43 Diels

20.

0

Nor T 01:

(y)

59

8ehcvuJ.Lt: Active Voice

Stems: OEtlCVU-/OEtlCVUPresent Indicative OetlCVUJlt OetlCVU<; Oet1CVUcn(v) Od1CVUJlEV OeL1CVU'tE Et1CVU(lCn(v )

bnperative

Infinitive OEt1CVUVlXt

Participle Oet1CV~C;, 8 Et1CVUO"lX, o EtlCVUV. gen., oet1(vuv'to<;, etc.

OelKVU'tE

o

Imperfect Indicative EOelKVUV eodKvu<; eOel1CVU EOel1CVUJlEV EOel1CVU'tE eOel1CVU(HXV

8d1CVfiJ.Lt: Middle lPassiveVoice

Stem: OEt1CVU-

Present Indicative 8et1CVUJllXt Oe.tleVUo"lXt 8el1CVU'tlXt oEt1(VUllEelX Oet1CVU(JeE 8eLleVUVtCx.t

Imperfect Indicative EOEtlCVUJlll V eOEtKVu(JO eOetKvu'tO EOEtKVUllEelX eOelKVU(Jee eoet1(Vuvto

Imperative

Infinitive

Participle

OetlCVucrelXt

8EtKVUJlevo<;, -11, -ov

Athenaze: BO'O'k II

60

Exercise 20 a Make two photocopies of the Verb Charts on pages 274 and 275 and a third copy of the chart on page 275. Fill in the forms of 'BVYVVj1l, except for the subjunctive and optative, in the active voice on the first set, in the middle voice on the second> and in the future and aorist passive on the third copy of the chart on page 275. Keep these charts for reference.

Exercise 20 (3 Identify and translate the following forms of 8eiKVtl!.U, avO'iyvul-lt, and ?nlyvtl Ill: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

b£u(v-Dc1<Jl(V) 8£tK::vu<J8cH (2 ways) e8eiKVu bE1Kvucra e8eiKvu<JC (2 ways)

6. 7.

8. 9. 10.

~£-DYVU!lt,

8et~(n (2 ways) II. avclyvutE (2 ways) 12. 13. £pPrt~av 14. ~£-D~a<;

Ml ~o\.)
av£q:>~£{v)

~e{),yvUJ.LEV

15.

avc{~av'tE<;

Pllyv-Dvat

Exercise 20y Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

() <J'tpa'tTlYo<; 'tOY a:YYEAcV fK£A,eUGe 'ta<; 1tuA,ae; aVct~cx.t Kat 'tcue; 1tpEU~Ele; (ambassadors) 8eXEU8at. 0 ayye:Ace; tCUe; cpUA,aKac; (the guards) TlPE'tC 1:t CUK avOtyvu(iut 1:ae; nUA,lic;. 0 autcupyoe; 1:CUe; ~cu<; SEu~a<; apcuv (to plow) TlPsa'tc (began). 'tOY 8CUACV KaA£uiie; Alecv J.L£ytutcv £8et~EV autip Kat EK£AeucrEv EKcpep£1v eK 'tCU aypcu. Alece; 'tCUCu'toe; apc1:pcv PflSEt· 8£t cilv 'tOY AiScv atpnv Kat EK<j>Ep£1V.

to

War Clouds The alliance fDrmed between Sparta and Athens during Xerxes' invasicn did nDt last. When the allies rejected the general whcm the Spartans sent to' cDmmand the fleet in 478 B.C. and fDrmed the Delian League under Athenian leadership, Sparta did nO't demur. HO'wever, she watched the successes Df the League and the grO'wth O'f Athenian pcwer with increasing anxiety. In 464 B.C. there was an earthquake at Sparta, and in the ensuing chaO's the helDts revO'lted. The Spartans asked their allies, including Athens, to' send help, and the Assembly was persuaded by CimO'n to' send a fO'rce under his CDmmand. When this fO'rce failed to' take the helDt strO'nghDld, the Spartans dismissed them. This rebuff resulted in a vO'lte-face in Athenian pO'licy. As SCDn as CimO'n returned (461 B.C.), an cstracism was held, and Cimcn was sent intO' exile fDr ten years. Pericles emerged as the dO'minant statesman, a PO'siticn he held until his death in 429 B.C. Under his leadership, Athens brO'ke with Sparta,

20.

0

NO E T 0 L

made an alliance with Argos, and soon became involved in a sporadic war with Sparta and her allies, which lasted intermittently for fifteen years. On the whole, Athens was successful, and at one time her empire extended to include Boeotia and Megara, but she was overextended. In 446 B.C. when Euboea and Megara revolted and a Lacedaemonian army advanced to the borders of Attica, she was glad to make peace. The Thirty Years' Peace stipulated that each side should respect the other's sphere of influence and not admit into her alliance an ally of the other. There followed a period of peace and retrenchment, during which Pericles eschewed imperialistic adventures, observed the terms of the peace, and built up Athenian resources. Sparta and her allies, however, especially Corinth, continued to distrust Athens and to fear her ambitions. The Aegean and Black Sea were already Athenian preserves; when she began to extend her influence in the west, Corinthian fears increased. In 433/432 B.C. the Corinthian colony of Corcyra (Corfu) was embroiled in a quarrel with her mother city and asked Athens for help. Athens agreed to make a defensive alliance, and when Corinth attacked Corcyra an Athenian squadron, which had been sent to "observe/' joined in the battle and routed the Corinthian fleet. Shortly after this, Potidaea, which was both a colony of Corinth and a member of the Athenian Empire, revolted from Athens and asked Corinth for help. The Corinthians sent "volunteers," and Athens laid siege to the city. In late summer 432 B.C., representatives of the Peloponnesian League voted that Athens had broken the terms of the peace and that war should be declared. Both sides tried to make the other appear the aggressor. Finally, the Spartans sent an ultimatum: "The Lacedaemonians desire peace, and there will be peace, if you let the Greeks be independent." Pericles advised the Athenians to reject this ultimatum and to call on the Spartans to submit their differences to arbitration under the terms of the peace. By now the Pelopon~ nesian army was mustered, and in early summer 431 B.C. it invaded Attica.

Corinth: the site of the ancient city, dominated by the remains of the temple of Apollo

Athenaze: Book II

62

o NOLTOL

(8)

VOCABULARY Verbs

someone's noticing; I escape the notice of someone OiK'tip£o, [ohc-rtpe-] oilct1.pm, [olxt:tp-] 4lKttpa, I pity 1tapepxoJ,1txt, I go past; I pass in, enter; I come forward (to speak) 1tpoepxoJltxt, I go forward, advance Noun il OPYft, 111; 6py11~, anger Adjective EVl.Ot, -at, -a, some Adverb or Preposition I!;m, adv., outside; prep. + gen., outside Preposition E1tl + gen., toward. in the direction of; + dat., at; of price, for; + acc., at; against; onto; upon Adverbs Jl~, with infin., not 1tOA.U, far, by far 't';llepov, today

B£t.1tVEm, I eat (dinner) 111llt, imperative, lEt, infinitive,

1:EVat, participle, idC;, imperfect, 11lV, [,;-J 110£0, r,X'a, imperative, [e-] ec;, infinitive, dvat, participle, €tC;, £tK(x, etJ,Ltxl, £Y9Tlv, I let go, release; I send; I throw; middle, lellat, imperfect, tEJlllV, I hasten a,illJlt [= C(1tO- + 111Jlt] , I let go, release; I send; I throw E,lTHu E1tt- + 11ll-u]. I throw; + E1tt + acc., I throw at (J'\>vtl1ll1. + gen. of person, acc. of thing, I understand KpU1t'tm, ICp'l.Hjl- KPUWCO, £1CpUwa, X'EKPUIlJ.Uxt, EKpucp 911 V , I hide A.av9av£O, [A,1l9-] A.ft am, [1a8-] EA.a9ov, [1118-] A.£A.119a + acc. and/or participle, I escape someone's notice doing something = I do something without ,

[

]

I

"

eoo~£v oilv au'tot~ ~l) eyyu~ 'trov Mt)1C11vrov VUK't£p£u£tV,

aAAa

'ta 't£iX11 Ka'taAtn6v1:£~ 1£V1:0 Ent Tl1~ Kopiv90u. at' oAtyou , 11a11 Ka'taouv'to~ 'tou flAtou, £i~ Kro~11v 1:tva a a1tEx£t. OUKOUV OUV(la9E EKEla£ a
\"

, \

...

I

5

" , _

10

20.

0

NOLTOl:

63

aU1:0upyOV XaiPEtV KEAEucrav'tEC; Ent 't11C; Koptv80u lEv'to. aAAa JlaKptx nv " 606<;~ Kat ecrnEpac; 11011 ytYVOJ.LEV11<; Ei<; 't'hv n6AtV acplKov'tO Kat Ka'tayroytov E~ n'touv. [vulCtepeu£tv, to spend the night lC<Xt<xbUV1:0C;, setting, having set avatEAAOV1:0C;, rising lCa:tayarytov, inn]

'KIDJ!l1v, village

npocrt6V1:E<; 01)V npo<; avopa 'LtVa 0<; OUX 't11<; 6001> nap~Et, nPOV1:0

15

oe

nou ea'Ll Ka'tayroyt6v 1:1. 6 OEtvoV ~AE'l/U<; Kat Ei<; 0PY'hv Ka'Cucr'Cci<;, "npo<; 'trov (nmv," E;" 'COt<; oe napouat ~o"cru<;, "o£upo epnE'CE," £<1'11, "
20

ana

'Entoaupou 'A8"vUSE lEJ.L£8a." aAA' nOll cruvl1A8EV OJ.LtAO<; Koptv8toov Ot aypioo<; £~6oov' €V101 oe Kat Ai80uc; EAaJ.L~aVOv Kat En' aU1:ou<; ,

1.

E
lia

6 01JV AtKat6noAl<; £ic; iAt1t1CE," EiAtnnoc; Kat 6 na'tnp 'toue; olroKovtac; ecpuyov Kat EAa90v EV 'tacppq> 'ttvt KPU'l/UJ.L£VOl, EV ft a,nucrav 't1,V vUK'ta EJ.L£VOV. ~J.LEpU<; O£ Y£V0J.LEVll<; £1>8u<; Enop£uov'Co Kat nav'ta<; av8pronouc; €Aa80v 'taX8ro<; lEJ.LEV01. roc; Ot: 'COt<; M£yapOl<; npocr£xropouv, OUK Etcrl1A80v d.c; 't1,V n6AtV aAACt rcapftA80v E~OO 'trov 't£txmv. O\)'tOO<; o.ov -e8AO<; EAa80v Eic; 't'hv 'A't'ttK1,V Etcr£A86v't£<; Kat EnEt npm'tov a
10te.; MeyapotC;, Megara]

25

30

35

Athenaze: Book II

64

PRINCIPAL PARTS: More Velar Stems

(-lC-, -X-)

Stal1CCO 8tID~CO or 8tco~0J.L(n, E~Hco~C(, 8e8icoxa, e8tcbxGllv, I pursue, chase cpu Aa't"Cco , [
WORD BUILDING The following table illustrates some ways in which nouns and verbs can be formed from a single stem. Define each word: Stem

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

'tt~&ro

'tt~et-

1, 'tt~Tt

aVet'fICet-

~ avaYKyt

aVaYKa~£O

opya.oh:ole-

~ OPYll

oPytSOflat olxE£O

cSou~o-

OOiKO<; (, cSOUM<;

KT)PUK-

oJci1pu~

cSouA.Oro

nolKT)CH<;

ncSOUAroCH<;

'to OtK1l~a.

GRAMMAR 2. The Verb trUlt Stems: long-vowel stem

n-; short-vowel stem E-, send

lfau, 110'£0, r11,a,

EtK(l, etp,(n, ei611v, I let go, release; I send; I throw; middle, I hasten (present and imperfect only)

This verb is particularly common in compounds. In the present and imperfect the stem is reduplicated, but its reduplication is linguistically more complex than that seen in cS{cS£o~l, 'tW'llI.n, and tCnrlllL.

truu: Active Voice

Present Indicative "111~L

Imperative

!l

"IEt

111<; ~'ll<Jt(v) "tetE

ta<Jt(V)

Infinitive ,

I

tEVCn

.-

tE1'E

Participle

leU;, !. "

lEma, !., LEV, gen., lev1'o<;, etc.

20.

0

NO L TO L

(8)

65

Imperfect Indicative

" Leaav

Future: flam, 11a£t<;, flaEt, etc. Aorist Indicative

Imperative

~lCa '(' 11 Ka C; ~Ke(v) ElIlEV ehe

Infinitive dv(n

Participle etc;,

daa, EV,

gen., EVtoC;, etc.

eiaav

tf1~t: Middle lPassiveVoice

Present Indicative

Imperative

"

!eJ.1tXt LEaat

" lEao

letaL lEIle8a

leaeE

" tEV'tat

Imperfect Indicative t£Il11 V

" tWO "let 0

lEJ-Le8a

leaee ItW1:0

lEaSe

Infinitive leaSat

Participle teJ,LEvoc;. -11. -ov

Athenaze: Book II

66

l11llt: Middle Voice

Future: T100J.l.al, nOEll1h nO£'t:rtl, etc. Aorist Indicative EtJ.l.llV Elao £1,;0 £lJ.l.EOa EraOe dv'to

Imperative

Participle

Infinitive Eaeal

eaee

Ylll.n: Passive Voice

Aorist Passive: dellV, dOllC;, dOll, etc. Future Passive: EtenaoJ.l.tXt, dena£vn, ei.6n(Je't:at, etc. For compounds OfTllJ.l.t, see page 62.

Exercise 20 I; Make two photocopies of the Verb Chart on page 274 and three copies of the Verb Chart on page 275. Fill in the forms of Trl/ll> except for the subjunctive and optative, in the active voice {present, imperfect} future, and aorist), in the middle / passive voice (present and imperfect), in the middle voice (future and aorist), and in the passive voice (future and aorist). Keep these charts for reference.

Exercise 20 £ Identify and translate the following forms of TfULl, eill' and Sifll: 1. TEOOCft (2 ways) 2. ouvtCxOt(v) 3. i£ll£vO<; (2 ways) 4. aeic;

aeC; a
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

aqJi11fll,

BqJil1 fl l ,

(J1)VrT7fll;

O:cpoU lev<xt £
Exercise 20 ~ Read aloud and translate into English: 1.

2. 3.

01, eJ.l.1tOpm 1tpOC; 'tov A-tJ.l.EVrt 1:E/leVOt v<xuv E~n't:ouv J.I.£A,A,oua<xv 1tPOC;; 'taC; 'A6nvu<; 1tAEUa£a6<xt. oU't'o<; 6 801)1.,0<; Seupo 1:ellEVOC; ~A,eev Krtt nJ.l.uc; EK KtvSUVOU e(Jro(JE. 01K:<xbe oilv lEJ.l.EVot'tov 1ta'CEp<x n't'na<X/lEV <xutOV EA-EuOEpov a
20.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9,

10.

0

NO 1: T 01:

(0)

1] lleV yuVTt, "J.1Tt acpEC; 'tov OOUAOV, 6) aVEp," BlPll. 0 oE aVTtp 'tOY OOUAOV acpdc; 'ABftva'E tE'tO lC<X:t aAAov OOUAOV Enpia'to (aorist of ffivEoll(n, I buy), &pa auvillC; ntlv't<X & d1tEV 0 yepOJv; ou ntlv1:a auvl1lC<X Eyro. &pa au 1t(xv'ta auv'iEVat Eouvacro; Eyffi, nav'ta cruvdc;, 1:4> yepov1:1.. Xtlptv aneoOJKa. 0 KUVT\YE1:T\C; Aaymv iomv 'tOY KUV£l aq>l1KEv. 1:0UC; Kuvac; aq>£V1:EC; 'tOY Aaymv Hi1..(lJlCOIlEV.

3. Verbs That Take Supplementary Participles: Aav eeX v co, "CU'YX uV co, ,9uvoo, and qHx{VOllcxt The verb AavBtlv(O, ATtcrro, EAaBov. AEAnBa, meaning I escape notice, escape the notice of, is used idiomatically with a supplementary participle. The participle contains the main idea of the sentence and is usually translated with a finite verb, while the form of AavB
,

I

",\

I

(,

Note that in the second example EAaBov takes a direct object, ntlv'Cuc; avBpronouc;, lit., they escaped notice of all men. Here are two more examples: EAaBov etaEAB6vtEC;. They entered without being seen. EAaB€v Eau'tov 'wu'to 1totTtaac;. He did this unawares. Some other Greek verbs may also be used with supplementary participles: a. 'tuYX
'C€u~ollat,

E1:UXOV, 'tE'tUXnlC£l, I happen to (of a coincidence)

I!1:UXOV 1tcxpovtec; 01. 1tpEa~GtC;. The ambassadors were present by chance. b. cpB6:v(O, cpBftaollUt, eq>9aaa or Eq>9nv, I anticipate; I do something before someone else

eq>96:a£lf,lEv tJlac,; aqnKoJ..LeVOt. We arrived before you.

Athenaze: Book II

68

c. q>aivollo.l, cpo.vncrojlo.t or cpo.voullo.t, 1tECP1Wo., Ecpavrtv, I appear; I seem You have seen this verb meaning I appear; I seem, and used with an infinitive} e.g.:

it

yuvh q>atV£'to.l crcOq>prov etv(X1..

The woman appears to be sensible. With a participle instead of an infinitive, it means I am shown to be; I am proved to be; I am clearly, e.g.: t

"

rt yuVrt crffiq>PffiV

l'

o'UO'a

,

c:po.lVe.'to.t.

The woman is shown being/to be sensible :::; is clearly sensible.

Exercise 2011 Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

ot Kopiv6wl EXBPOL yiYV£<J6al Eq>aivov'to. Ot Koptv9w1. EX9POt QV1:£e; q>atvov1:at. aYE, ¢>lAt1t1t£, "roue; OlcOKOV1:o.e; Aa9e. BV 'to.U'Ll1 tfl1:acppq> KpmjlajlEVOe;. 0 tAl1t1tOe; -rov m).1:Epo. eq>6acrE to opoe; Ko.'to.~ae;. 1tpoc:n6vwe; 'tou CtVOpoc; it yuvTte1:UX£ Ka8tsojlevrt BV 'tfl aUAU (courtyard). "q>o.ivEl &.pyoC; o-ocrct, c1 yuvat," ecprt· "'tt OUK BpyaS€t;" Ot nEpcrctl 'toue; "EAArtVW; eq>8acrctv Cm01tA£ucrctV'tEe; 1tpOe; 'tTtV ~1t£lPOV

(mainland), 8. 9. 10.

ot TIepcro.t Eq>cttVOV1:0 ou ~OUA,6jl£VOl vaujla.xciv. 0 o£cr1t6'trte; 'tuYXeXv€t Ka8£uorov. ecp9acrav 'tOY X£tJlmva £tC; 'tOY AIJlEvo. dcr1tAEovn~c;.

j

01 A9HNAIOI TOYI AAKEAAIMONIOYI AN AMIMNHIl:KOYIIN

Read the following passages (adapted from Thucydides 1.73-75) and answer the comprehension questions below: Nearly fifty years after the battle of Salamis, the Corinthians were urging the Spartans to make war on Athens. Athenian ambassadors, who happened to be in Sparta on other business, took the opportunity to remind the Spartans of what they owed to Athens.

on

AeY0!lEV ev 1:£ 'til> Mapa8rovl )l6VOl EKtVo:OvEucrall£v 'tolC; ~ap~
20.

0

NO 1: T O:E

Ot ~apfJapOt KC);'ta ]tOAtV btt1tAEOVtE~ 1:llV TI£AonoVVl1crov StacpedpEtV. 1:EK~"PtoV SE ~EYlcr1:0V 1:ounov aU'tot ot fJapfJapOt E1toll1crav' End yap 1:al~ vaucrtv EVtK"cra~£v, eKEtVOt roe; 1:(xXtcr'ta 't~ nAEOVt 1:0U crtpa'tou aVExropl1crav. ['tql Mapa9mvl, Marathon E1ClVliuvEu~all£v, we ran/took the risk of us together Ka'ta XOAtV, city by city 't ElC~ Tt P lOV, proof O"'t'patou, with the greater part of their army]

1tavB'l'\~Bi,

all

tip 7tA,£OVt 't on

1. Who were the only ones to risk fighting the barbarians at Marathon? When the barbarians came a second time how did the Athenians prevent them from destroying the Peloponnesus? 3. What proof did the barbarians give of the point that the Athenians are making here?

2.

Ot o£ 'AenvatOt BV 1:ou'tOtt; 1:pta 'ta m
ill

['ta mrpeAtllavr:a'ta, the most useful things a.pt9Ilov, number '1tpo9ulltav, eagerness, spirit aOKvOtt:l'tllV, most unhesitating, resolute 'ta Buo IlEPll, two-thirds ElCAt7tOV't£<;, having left behind 'ttl oi1ce'ia, our property, belongings En, still
4. What three most useful things did the Athenians offer in the struggle against the barbarians? 5. What percentage of the ships did they supply? 6. What was Themistocles responsible for? 7. By what four actions did the Athenians show their 1tpOeuJlla? 8. What was it that finally prompted the Spartans to send aid? 9. Whom do the Athenians claim to have saved? 1:oaaU1:l1v 1:E 1tpOeU~LaV 1:0tE Ol1/"rocr(lvt£~ Kat 1:0aaU1:llv yvroJ.111v, &p' l:i~to{ eO'~Ev, d) AaKeOatJlOVtOt, 1:0aa{ytll~ £XepiiC; 1:rov 'E/.,A:ftvOlV Ota 1:llV aPXllV llV eXOJlEV;

Kat yap aU1:llV 1:TtVOE apx~v E.Mj30JlEV ou fJtacrO:Il£vol, aA,Aa. -ilJ.1rov o\n: egeAl1aO:V1:OlV 1tapa~etvat npoc; 'ta -DRo/"Otna 'tOOv fJapl3o:pOlv, llllLV oe npocr£/.,eoVtOlv trov O'UJ.1llaXOlV Kat au'trov ai1:l1aav'tOlV ll~&<; lly£~6vac; Ka'taa'tl1 va t. [EX9paC;. hatred 'tT,V apXTtv, the empire I3lcxaallEvol, using force 1tapalle1Vat, to stand fast, stand your ground 'ttl Un:oAot'lta, the remnants, those remaining it11!J.lOVaC;, leaders]

15

Athenaze: Book II

70

10. 11 12.

What do the Athenians ask the Spartans? How do the Athenians claim to have secured their empire? Why did the allies of the Athenians choose the Athenians to be their leaders rather than the Spartans?

Exercise 20

e

Translate into Greek: 1. The Spartans, having heard both the accusations (ta S'Y'ICA.fUla'ta) of

2.

3. 4.

5.

(their) allies and the words of the Athenians, were debating (use POuAEUoJ1at 1tSpt) the matter alone. Many were saying that the Athenians were acting wrongly (use pre~ sent tense of aOl1ceco) and (that) it was necessary (use present tense) to wage war immediately. But Archidamus, being king, advised them not to get into war. "For," he said, "they have (use dative of the possessor) very much money and very many ships. We are not able to defeat them by sea. And so we will suffer terribly (use Ka1C& and ltcXGXm) ourselves more than we will harm them." But he was not able to persuade the Spartans, who decided to wage war.

New Testament Greek John 2.9-11 The Wedding at Cana (concluded) ms be €'YEucro:m 0 apXl'tpi'K:ALVOs 'to Ubrop otvov Y€:YEvrll.lEVOV lCcx.t OUK nOEL noOEV Ecr'ttV. 0;' be btcXlCOVOl nOEtOetV ot ';V'tAllKO'tES 1:0 uorop, cprovEl 'tOY vUI.upiov 0 apXt'tpl1(ALVOs Kat AE'YEl cx.1yccp, "n&s livOpoonos npol1:ov 'tOY KaAov otvov 'tiHllcrlV Kat (hav flEOUOOrocrty 'tOY €,A,O;crcroo' ou 'tE'tTtPlllCas 'tOY lCCXAOV otvov eros apn." tau'tllv £notllC5Ev apX't,v 'trov C511lldrov 6 'Inoous €.V Kavo. 't'l1s raA,lA,cx(a~ lCat EtpaveprocrEv 'tilY oo~av aU1:ou, lCat €'ntcr'tEucrav ei~ autov 01. flaOn'tat autou. [£YEUO'tt'tO, tasted 0 apX1.'tp1.1CA1.VO<;, the master of ceremonies yeyevllJl£VOV, that had become nliEt, he was aware (lit., was knowing) 115£to(Xv, were aware oi 1iv1A.1'l1C6teC;, the ones who had drawn «pmve\, calls tOY VUJl«P(ov, the bridegroom 'tHlllCHV, serves (lit., puts, places) (hav Jle9ua9mcHv, when they are drunk 'tov £AQ:aO'm, the inferior (wine) 'tE'tTtP'IllCa<;; (from 'tl1pero), you have saved apn, now 't'mv O''IlJl.ri.c.ov, of his signs/miracles Eq»avEpc.oO'EV, he showed 'tTtV lio~av, the glory exicr't£uaav, ingressive aorist, came to believe Ei.C;, in 01. Jltt91'J1:al, the disciples]

20.

0

NOLTOL

Classical Greek Tyrtaeus Tyrtaeus of Sparta (fl. 600 B.C.) composed poems to encourage his fellow Spartans to fight bravely in the war against the rebelling Messenians (see essay in Chapter 18). In this poem (12, of which we give lines 23-24,27-28, and 31-32) he says that the only virtue that matters is courage in war. cd:rtoc; 0' EV np0l-U1XOlCH nEomv q>lA.OV WA.EOE OUflov, (Xa'tu n: Kat A.(WUc; Kat na'tEp' EUKA.E·{aaC; .... 'tov 0' OA.uq>~pov1':at J.LEv oJ.Lroe; veOl";Se yepOV1':EC;, apyaA.ecp 'tE no9cp n&aa KeK1l0E nOA.tc; . . . ouSe nOTE KAEOe; EcrOAOV anOAA.U1':at ouS' aVOfl' aUTOD, aAA.' uno yile; nEp amv yiVE1':at a9&va'toc;. [cxu'to; S', and he (Tyrtaeus has been describing the ideal warrior, and he continues his description here) BV 1tPOJ.1tlxot(rt, in the front line cpiAov, here not dear, but his own (a Homeric usage) ihAEa(! (from oA1ullt, Attic, (moAAullt), gnomic aorist; translate as present, loses Gu116v, spirit; life 1cxouc;, the people EU1Cl.£{(Jii~, bringing glory to + acc. 'tov S', and him o/wUql'l1pov'tCXl., lament oJImc;, alike VEOI, young men itSe, and apycxlEql ... 1I:69q>, with grievous longing 1Ch~llSE (from 1('1)6ro), perfect lC1£0<; E0'9AOV, his good fame a1tol.A'U'tCXt, perishes with present sense, mourns 1tEP, although emv = mv yiVUCXt =: YlYVE'tUt]

New Testament Greek John 3.1-3 Nicodemus Visits Jesus nV Se av9po)1t0c; 8K 'tmv 4>aptcralrov, NtKoblllloC; DVOJ.La au1':i.p, apxrov 'trov '!ouSatrov' oi),wc; llA.Oev 7tpOC; au'tov VUK"COe; Kat etnev lXU'tql. "pal1l1i, OtSaJ.LEV on ano OeOD BA.flAU6ac; StSacrKUA.OC;· ouSelc; yap Suva1':at "CaD-cu -ca crl1flBta 1totdv a cru notdc;, sav !In 11 6 eEOC; IlE1':' aU1':OD ," anExptell 'IllcroDC; Kat d1tEV au'tip, "aJlnV clflnV Aeyro 0"01, sav flfl nC; YEvv1l6~ (Xvro6EV, ou buva-cat ibEtV 1':nV l1acrtA.dav 1:0D 6eou." ['troY 4>aptocximv, the Pharisees apxmv, a leader cxu'tov: Jesus pappi, rabbiJ EA"'A.UeCX~, you have come lhSaO"1CcxAoc;, teacher O'1\J.l.eia, signs, teacher, master mil'acles £ftV J.L~, unless ~, subjunctive, is aJ.LflV, verily y£vv1\9t\, is born avm9Ev, from above; anew 1:TtV PCXCHA.£lfiv, the kingdom] Concluded at the end of Chapter 21

21 H EKKAHrIA (a)

VOCABULARY b 7tPE(j~U<;, 'tou 1tpe(f~Emc;, old man; ambassador; usually pl., oi itpEO"~e1.(;. 'tmv n:pEapEmv, ambassadors b p,;-cmp, 'tou p,;-copo<;, speak.er; politician Adjectives Ilf,PtOl., -at, -ex, 10,000 J.1UptOt -at, -a, numberless, countless vEoc;,-a. -ov,young; new Prepositions EVEKCX + preceding gen., for the sake of; because of Conjunctions tav + subjunctive, if iva + subjunctive, so that, in order to (expressing purpose) Proper Names 01. IIEA.on:ovvit O"tOt, -cmv II EAOltovvTlo{mv, Peloponnesians it IIvuS, 1:1\<; II UKVO<;, the Pnyx (the hill in Athens on which the Assemblies were held)

Verbs ayopEum, I speak in the Assembly; more generally, I speak; I say ava.ytyvmO"1Cm, [yvro-] avayvmcroJ.1cu, aVEYvrov, I read pouAEum,pouAEuam,tpouAEucra, ~E~ouAEuKa>~E~ou AEUJ.1(U, e~oUAEU9Tlv, active or middle, I deliberate; I plan 9t>m, 9f>aro, E9ucra, [91)-] 'tE9uKa, 'tE9uJ.1Clt, t'tU911V, I sacrifice ltOAEJ.1ero, I make war; I go to war XpoKEtJ.1CXt, n:p01cdcroJ.1at + dat., I lie before Wl1CPit o llat, ['Vl1
21.

H

E K K A H L I A (0:)

73

ou 1tOAAc9 0' uatepOV avacr'tae; 0 LlucatorcoAtC; 'tc9 tAireTtql, "uvacr't118t, d) reat," E
5

E
10

OTtl-lql, cb YEPOV;" 0 OE, "aAAa 'tie; touto aYVOEt, ott XPll ~OUA€UE08al nO'tEpov nOAEI-l0V 1tOtll(HOl-le8a npoe; 'tove; TIEA01tOVvllcr{oue; 11 'tl,V EiPTtVllV crrocrroJ.leV;" [O"lteUOm~lI~V,

let us hurry

ch:oumIlEV, we may hear

1tOt'llO'cOIlE8a, we should

make]

o Oe LllKatOn:oAtC;, "aAAa 'tl VEOV EYEVe'tO;

reaAat yap EX8poi Ei(HV Ot TIEAOTtOvvl)atot aAA' OUK EiC; 1tOAEJ.lOV Ka'tEcr'tTlI-lEv aAAa !-LEVO'U(HV at (j1tOvoai. tl 01)V VUV yE Oet 1tEPl 'tOU TtOAEJlOU otaKpiVelV;" 0 oe YEProV, "aAAa Kat 'tOU'tO aYVOEtC;, o'tt repEcr~Et(; V€rocr'tl ETtE!-l\VaV Ot AaKEOat!-LOVlOl 01 'ta\l"Ca Etnov' 'AaKeOatlJ.0VtOl ~ouAov'tat 'tllv Etpl)VllV etvat· EiPTtVll 0' E(jtat, Eixv toue; "EAAllvae; aU'tovol-louc; a iilJiEV (from a
€u8ve; otiv roPJ.lllcrav Kat €ie; 'tEte; 1tU ACXe; a
£KE1 oe ~Ol1 cruvTlYEipE'tO 0 oftJlOe; Kat IJ.UptOt

15

20

25

Athenaze: Book II

74

1tapf\O'av, 'tous npu'tciv Ete; JlEVOVtES. 8t' OA1.yOU 8' EicrEASOV'tEC; Ot 'tE npU'taVEte; Kat. 0 £1ttO''ta'tlls Kat 01 aAAot ~OUAeU'tal EKaStt;ov. ercEl'ta o£ £O'lYllO'av JlEV 01 1tapoV'teC;~ 0 8£ tEpEue; npoe; 'tOY ~roJlOV npoO'EA8cbv 'to 1:E lEPEtOV eSucre Kat 1:0te; SEOt<; llu~a'to, tva 'tip bnJl<9 e:uJlEVete; 6)O'tv. £v'tauSa o~ 0 JlEV £nt(j'ta'tlls tOY Knp1)"Ka b(EAeUO'e 'to 1tpO~OUAeUJla

30

avayv&vat. 0 oE Kf\pU~ 'to 1tpO~OUAeUJla avayvoue; 'tOY oftJlOV llPE'to no'tepov 001(et ev8ue; 'Vllq>i~eO'Sat 11 xpn 1tpo'tepOV ~ouAeuE0'8at nEp! 'tou npdYJla'tOe;. 0 oE bf\JloC; £XE1P01:0VllO"e, bllA&v Ott rcav'tEC; ~OUAOV'tat 1tEPl tOU rcpdYJla'tOe; ~OUAEUe(jeal 'tOO'OU'tOU Qv'tOc,;. Ev'tau8a on 0 KftpU~ EtnEv' "'dC; aYOpeUelV pouAE'tat;" 'trov o-6v Pll'toprov nOAAol 1tPOC; 'to ~l1Jla naptOv'tEc,; nYOpEUOV, aAAOt JlEV AEYOV'tEC; 01:1 xpn 1tOAEJlEIV, CiAAOt be 01:1 Du8EV xpn EJl1t08tov Eiva1 'tfte; eipnvlle;. the presidents of the tribes of citizens a haO''to'1:llC;, the chairman aunv (from eillO, they might be 1:0 7tpO~OUA£UJ.La, the motion for deliberation 8XBtpot6v1'\0'£, voted (by sho w of hands) 1: 0 ~ i\ Jt a, the speakers' platform a/wlo" ... &llOt, some . .. others EJl1t68tov + gen., in the way r. 'touc; rcpu'teXVEtC;,

~ouAeu'tai, councilors

of]

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Dental Stems (-B-, -6-) o1tEu8m.O'x£ucrm,ea1t£uaa,£an£uKa,eO'7tEuoJ.Lat,I hurry 7tE19m, 1tetcrm, E1tEtaa, l&£1tEu:a (I have persuaded) or [rcot9-] 1t£11:ot9« (+ dat., I trust), [11:1::19-] 1t£1tEUJJ.L I obey

WORD STUDY Explain the meaning of the following English words with reference to their Greek stems: 1. anthropology 2. philanthropy 3. anthropomorphous

(n ~opq)ll ;:: ?)

4. anthropophagous (<pay- ;;;; ?) 5. misanthrope (/ltcrem ;;;; ?) 6. pithecanthropus (o1dellKO<;;:: ?)

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus avSpro1tmv 0 oocprotCttOC; 1tpOC; SEav n;{911Koc; <pavt'i'tat Kat cro
35

21.

H

E K K A H L I A (a)

75

GRAMMAR 1. The SubjWlctive Mood Verbs in the subjunctive mood are used in certain types of main and subordinate clauses (see Grammar 3). Subjunctives are usually very easy to recognize from the long vowels m or 11, which occur in all forms, except when obscured in some forms of the contract verbs. Here are some sentences with subjunctives taken from the reading passage above: a. EUeU~ 01)V tJ1CEUbm.JlEV 1tpo<; 'tljV 1tOAtV.

Let us hurry immediately to the city. b. cr1tEUOOJlEV to{YCOU EVEKa, tva tv 't11 EKKAllcrtg tmv Pl1'tOProv CtlCOUm.JlEV. We are hurrying for this reason, so that we may hear the speakers in the Assembly, C.

notEpOv 1tOAEJlOV 1COtl1adtJlE9u 1tpOC; tOUe; ITEA01tOVvl1crtOUe; +\ etpnVllV aOlJlEV;

am-

Should we make war against the Peloponnesians Dr should we keep peace?

2. Fonns of the SubjWlctive There are no imperfect or future subjunctives. The subjunctive of dJll, I am, is as follows: ril, n-~, ril-JlEV, ~-'tE, c1crt(v). These same letters are used to form other active subjunctives, as seen in the charts below.

n,

Present Active Indicative

Subjunctive

A.f5ro A.f5etC; A{jft A{j 0 IlEY AfiE'tE Afioucrt(v)

A-G-l1-<; A-G-l1, A~-c.O-Jlev A-G-ll-tE A-G-ffi-m(v)

<jnAm
qnAE-m > qnAE-ro-JlEV >

A~-m

<(>tAm <j>tA11~

<j>tArrrE cplAmcrt(V)

Athenaze: Book II

76

'tt)lw

L1~a.-ro

'tt~~~

't1~a.-11-C;

1:tJlq.. 'ttJ.LW)lEV ttJ.L<x-tE 'tt)lroc)t(v)

'tt~a.-l1

> 'tlJ.La.-ro- ~EV > 'ttJ.La.-11-'tE > 1:1 )la.-ro-cn( v) >

OTlAro o11 Ao1; OnAo! 011 AoUJlEV 011 AOU'tE OtlAoUcn(v)

811Ao-ro > 011 10-11-<; > 811 Ao -11 > 811Ao-ro-IlEV > 811 Ao-11-'tE > 811Ao-ro -cn(v) >

>

'tt~W

1:t)lCf~

>

'ttll(f 'tt~W)lEV

1:11l0:tE tt~ro(n(v)

011 1w OnAo!e; 011Ao! OtlArollEV 011 1ro'tE °tlAW(n(v)

Note that the usual contractions take place. Note that -cx- contract verbs have identical forms in the indicative and subjunctive, singular and plural, and that -0- contract verbs have identical forms in the singular in~ dicative and subjunctive. Present Middle (Contracted Fonns Only) Indicative

Subjunctive

Indicative

Subjunctive

A.f50llat ADEt or A.f511 Af;E'tCXt AUOJlE9cx Af;Ea9E A-GOV1:CXt

A~rollCXt

A~roV'tCXt

qltAoUIlCXt
qnAroJlCXt

ADl1 ADtl1:at Auro)lE9a AD11aSE 'ti~roIlCXt

OtlAoUj.1CXt

8tlAro)lCtt 0111..01 OtlAW'C(xt °tl 1 roj.1ESa. otlAroaSE °tlAroVtCXt

'ttIlWIlCX t 'ttJlct 1:t Il(b: cx t 1:l llroj.1E9cx 1:t)l&aSE 'ttj.1rov'tCXt

'ttllq.

OnAot

1:1 Ila:tCXt

811 AOU1:cxt 811 AOU IlEBcx 011AoUOSE OtlAouVtCXt

t1llroj.1ESa tllluaSE tlj.1roV1:cxt

Aorist Active and Middle Subjunctives Note that there is no augment in the SUbjunctive mood and that the middle voice uses primary endings. Sigmatic 1st Aorist (e.g., of A-Dro): Sigmatic 1st Aorist Active Indicative: EAua(X, etc. Sigmatic 1st Aorist Active Subjunctive: ADaro, ADane;, ADcrn, 1\1aroIlEV, A\1(J11'tE, A-DCHO(.n(V)

21.

H

E K K A H L I A (a)

Sigmatic 1st Aorist Middle Indicative: EA:GcraJll1v, etc. Sigmatic 1st Aorist Middle Subjunctive: A..ncrcojlat, A:G01l, A,ucrl1'tat, AucrOOjlE8a, A11al1cr6E, A11croov'tCXt

Asigmatic 1st Aorist of Liquid Verbs (e.g., of atpffi): Asigmatic 1st Aorist Active Indicative: npa, etc. Asigmatic 1st Aorist Active Subjunctive: apffi, apll~' apl1, apOOJlEV, apl1'tE, iipcocrt(v)

Asigmatic 1st Aorist Middle Indicative: lWaJll1v, etc. Asigmatic 1st Aorist Middle Subjunctive: apffiJlCH, aplh apl1'tcu, ti proJlE6a, ap11cr6E, apffiv'tat

Thematic 2nd Aorist (e.g., of A,d1tffi): Thematic 2nd Aorist Active Indicative: EA.t7tOV, etc. Thematic 2nd Aorist Active Subjunctive: A,{nco, Alnll~' A,1nn, At1tffiJlEV, A,1n11'tE, A,{nfficrt(v)

Thematic 2nd Aorist Middle Indicative: EA,t1tOjl11v, etc. Thematic 2nd Aorist Middle Subjunctive: A,t1tffijlat, A,L1tll, A.t1t11'tat, A. t1tro/-lE6a, A,t7tl1crSE, A,lncov'tat

Athematic 2nd Aorist (e.g., of

~a1vffi):

Athematic 2nd Aorist Active Indicative: EP11v, etc. Athematic 2nd Aorist Active Subjunctive: pro, Pn~,

Pil, P&/-lEV, ~l11:E, p&at(v) Aorist Passive Subjunctives

Verbs with -611- 1st aorist passives (e.g., A,11ffi): -911- 1st Aorist Passive Indicative: EA,u611V, etc. -611- 1st Aorist Passive SUbjunctive (note the -6£- stem and the accent; A,U-6e-ffi > A,u6&): A,u6&, A,uSft~, A,USf" A,U6&/-lEV, AU6111:E, Au8&at(v)

Verbs with -11- 2nd aorist passives (e.g., ypaqHTI): -11- 2nd Aorist Passive Indicative: eypa ypct<pro): ypwpro, ypcx
Greek Wisdom Heraclitus J..laXEa6cxt XPYt 'tOY 011JlOV unEp 'tOU V0J.10U (OonEp 'tEtXOU<;. Fragment 44 Diels

77

Athenaze: Book II

78

Exercise 21a Fill in the subjunctive forms on all Verb Charts completed for Book I except for the charts for Exercise 118. Keep the charts for reference.

3. Uses of the Subjunctive Mood a. The subjunctive (usually 1st person plural) is used in exhortations, as in example a in Grammar 1 above (page 75). This is called the hortatory subjunctive, and its negative is Ilf\, e.g.: av3pe{roc; llaxcOJ,1£9a. Let us fight bravely. Ill, euSue; iWIlEV. Let us not go immediately. Ill-} tOtOu'to nOl'riawllEv. Let us not do such a thing.

Note that the difference between the present and aorist subjunctive is in aspect, not in time; i.e., the present subjunctive is used when the action is viewed as a process, and the aorist is used when the action is viewed as an event. This applies to the other uses below as well. b. The present or aorist subjunctive (usually 1st person) may be used in deliberative questions, as in example c in Grammar 1 above (page 75) and in the following: 'tt 7t01COJ,1EV; 1tc"tepOV IlEVCOJ,1£V 11 olKa3e EnClvlcoJ,1£v; WOOt are we to do? Are we to stay or return home? Remember that the double question is introduced by 1tc"tepov, whether, which is not translated. c. The aorist subjunctive (2nd person singular or plural) is used with Ilf\ in prohibitions or negative c01nmands, e.g.: J,1Tt tou'to nOtftCJll~' Do not do this. d. The subjunctive is used in subordinate clauses introduced by tva, 01tCOC;, or mC; to express purpose, as in example b in Grammar 1 above (page 75). A negative purpose clause is introduced by tva. 1l1l, 01tco<; /l11, mC; /l1l, or simply 1l1l. The following are further examples: avopeiroc; llaxollcSa. tva t1,V rcatpi3a OcOaCOJ.LEv. We are fighting bravely so that we may save our fatherland save our fatherland). O"1tcU30UCHV 01tCO~ Wfl C)\V€ acptKCOV1:CXt. They are hurrying so that they may not arrive late rive late = so as not to arrive late).

to

lest they ar-

Note that several different translations are possible in English. Note also, however, that Attic Greek prose does not use a simple infinitive to express purpose as we most commonly do in English.

21.

H

E K K A H :t I A (a,)

79

e. The subjunctive is used in some types of conditional clauses, e.g.: EipYtVll B' ecr'tat, iii.v 'toue; "EAAllvae; a'lhov6/lou~ a'Pi\'t"E. There will be peace, if you let the Greeks go free. Note the use of eav (= c1. + av).

Exercise 21 f3 Change the following to the subjunctive: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

ADOIlEV eAuae(V) ti/l(}: OllAOUlleV ADov'tcu £Auaallllv EAa~ov (2 ways)

8.

dAOV'tO £YEVE'tO E
9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. e~ouAEuaa'to

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. "21.

llU~(X'to

eAu811aav £ypa
etiIlTt811~

aq>'h:o/lf8a e<pavll (J'{xv

Exercise 21 y Read aloud and translate into English; identify each use of the subjunctive: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

a'tTt'tE, 6)
n

Exercise 210 Translate into Greek: 1. The Athenians are deliberating whether they are to make war against the Peloponnesians. 2. Let us hurry to the city and listen to the speakers. 3. Are we to yield to the enemy or save the city? (Use aorist subjunctives in this and the next sentences.) 4. Don't listen to the ambassadors; they are not telling the truth. 5. Let us send them away immediately.

80

Athenaze: Book II

The Athenian Democracy The radical democracy of Pericles' time had evolved over many years. Solon, in his reforms of 594/593 B.C. (see essay, Book I, Chapter 8, page 118), had broken the old aristocratic (eupatrid) monopoly of power by making wealth, not birth, the criterion for political privilege. He also gave the Assembly a more important role in decision making; it elected the nine magistrates (archons) from the top two property classes and was supported by a new Council of 400, which prepared business for debate in the Assembly and which also formed a counterweight to the old Council of the Areopagus, which before Solon's reforms had been the governing body of Athens. The most democratic feature of Solon's constitution was the Heliaea; this was the Assembly sitting as a court of appeals from the decisions of magistrates. Solon's constitution continued to function throughout the following period of strife between factions of the nobility and throughout the ensuing tyranny of Pisistratus and his son Hippias. When Hippias was driven out in 510 B.C., the noble families began to compete for power once more. Herodotus (5.66) says, "Two men were preeminent, Cleisthenes the Alcmeonid and Isagoras. These were involved in a struggle for power, and Cleisthenes, being worsted, took the people into partnership." In 508 Isagoras was driven into exile, and Cleisthenes put through a program of reforms, which established a moderate democracy. First, he probably extended the citizenship, so that every free man, landless or not, had the right to vote. Secondly, to prevent the recurrence of dynastic rivalry, he instituted an elaborate system that destroyed the territorial basis of the nobles' power. He divided Attica into 139 demes (see essay, Book I, Chapter 3, pages 28-29), each with its own assembly and demarch; he abolished the four old Athenian tribes (cpuAcd), based on kinship, and replaced them with ten new tribes, which were artificial political units, so constituted that the political influence of clan and locality was ended.

This photograph shows the Acropolis from the west with the Areopagus (the hill of Ares, god of war) in the foreground; here the ancient Council of the Areopagus met.

21.

H

EKK AHLI A

81

The ten new tribes formed the basic administrative and military units of the state. Each tribe (
Athenaze: Book II

82

H EKKAHI:IA

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs apx Ol , ap;Ol, il p;a, ~ PYIlIXt. ;;PX91lV + gen., active or middle, I begin; + gen., active, I rule bnJ}oUA.EUCO + dat., I plot against VOlli~co, [VOJ.!lE-) VOlltm, [vo~u-] EVOJ.LtGCX, VEVOl1tlCCX, vEv6IltGIlCXt, evol1ia911V, I think 1£A,11 pOOl, I fill npoeX'YOl, I lead forward Nouns it aVcl'Y JC ll, t1l'i ava'Y1Cll~, necessity it 8ilCll, 't1l~ 8tJCl1<;, custom; justice; right; lawsuit; penalty it bUVullt<;, tii~ 8uVO:IlEOl<;, power; strength; forces (military) oi8tmtyt<;, 'tau Uhmtou, private person ..!.. """ ""' 11, GtPCXtUX, t11~ Gtpatta~, army it ttllTt, ti\~ tlll1l<;, honor otP01t0'i, tOU tP01tOU, manner; way

it xmpd, 'tii~ xmpa~, land Adjectives ci8uvcx'toC;. -OV, impossible; Incapable liuvu'toC;, -Tt. -ov, possible; capable bC&tEPO~, -ci, -OV, each (of two) 0IlOtOC;, -a, -ov + dat., like 'tEA,£utcxioe;,-a, -ov,last 'totoa8£, 1:ot&'o£ (note the accent), 'tOtOV8B, such (as the following) tOtOu'to~.totau'tll,totou'[o,

such xpovto<;,-a, -ov,lengthy Preposition lCCX1:a + acc., down; distributive, each; by; on; according to; of time, at Adverbs ibi'1, privately 1te~f\, on foot Expression civclYlCl1 EO"'[i(v), it is necessary

Spelling The following passage and the passage at the end of this chapter are adapted from the historian Thucydides. He used the Ionic spelling -O"O"~ in words that in Attic have -'t't-, e.g., npEtcrcrclv for npEt't'tctV; he used the Homeric and early Attic spelling ;uv (~uv-) for cruv (ouv-); and he used ec; (ecr-) instead of £1.e; (£1.0"-) and aieL instead of aci. We have preserved these spellings in the passages from Thucydides. In Chapter 22 when the narrative returns to Dicaeopolis and his family, we use the Attic forms. Chapter 23, based on Thucydides, again uses his spellings. Chapter 24 on the education of Philip, which includes a passage adapted from Plato, uses the Attic forms. In chapters 25 and 26 the readings are based on Herodotus, and Borne features of his Ionic Greek are preserved, e.g.) ee; for de; and np6:(JoO) for np6:t'tO). More features of his Ionic Greek are preseved in the readings in chapters 27 and 28.

21.

H

E K K A H l: I A (fl)

83

'teAOe; OE 1tapEA9rov I1£ptlCAile; (, Sav9i1t1tou, aVTtp KCl't' eK£tvov 'tOY XPOVOV 1tpiihoe; 'A91lVClirov, AEy£tV 'tE Kat1tp6;aaetV OUVlX'tcO'tCl'tOe;, 1tapnvet 'tola5E' "'tfle; JlEV yvroJ.Llle;, t1 'A91lVCltOl, aiel 'tfle; Clu'tile; EX0!-lCll, Jll, etKElv ITEA01tOVVllO'lOte;. OflAOV yap ea'ttv J.1tV 1tapalvro Jl1l5ev EtKEIV aAAa 'tTtV apxl,V O'4>~EtV Kat 1tOAEfl£tv 1tapacrKEua~Ecr9at.

5

10

[ExoJ,tal + gen., I cling to 'E'cti~ l;uv8Tt1CUl~, the treaty etPl1'E'O (from £tpro; see page 195) it was stated (lit., pluperfect, it had been stated) 3ixiili ... 'E'cDV 3lUq>OpcDV ... lh86vctlICUt 8Exea9cll, to give one another and to accept arbitration of {our} differences 'ta. eYICATtlla'E'ct lhaA;)e.o8ut, to settle their complaints £1tl1:UaOOU(nv, they impose, dictate]

"eav oE ee; 1tOA£J.10V Kcx'tacr'troJ.LEV, 'ta 'tou 1tOAeJ.10u OUK a0'9EVEO''tEpa e~o!-l£v' YVro'tE yap aKOUOV't£e;' au'toupYOt yap Eiatv Ot llEAo1tovvTtO'tOt Kat. ou't£ ioiq. ou't' ev KOtVi9 XPTtJla'ta EO''ttV au'tOte;. Kat. oi 'tOtou'tOt OU'tE vaue; 1tAT\POUV ou't£ 1t£~ae; a'tpa'ttae; 1tOAAaKte; eK1tEJl1tEtV 5uvav'tat· ou yap e9EAoucrtV a1to trov KATtPO)V 1tOAUV xpovov a1tEtvat, Kat 'ta XPTtJla'ta OEl a1tO 'trov eau'trov EO'
'tQ)V

"l

15

20

ICAilpIDV, their farms ,\,

,_

"Tt!-lEte; yap 'tile; 9aAaO'O'lle; Kpa'touJ.1£v. Kat eav E1tt 'tT\V xO)P av TtJ.Lrov 1tE~fl to) 0' tv , Tt!-lEte; E1tt 'tl,V eKEivO)v 1tAEuO'0JlE9a. !-l£ya yap eO''t1 'to 'tile; 9aAacrO'llC; Kpa'tOe;. 1tOAIV yap 01.KouJ.1EV VTtO'q> O!-loilXv i1v Ou5Ete; 1tOA£J.LtOe; ouva'ta1 ACl~etv. XPTt O-bV 'tl,v !-lEV yflv Kat 'tae; oi Ki ae; a
25

84

Athenaze: Book II

"vuv oE 'tou'tOt<; a1tOKplva~eVOt a1COnE~1tro~eV o'tt 'ta<; 1tOAet<;

au'tovo~ou<; ucp"ao~eV £av Kat EKelVOt acproa1 'ttx<; 1tOAet<; &<; U1tllKOOUC; £XOUO'tV) OtKa<; 'te O'tt E8EAO~eV ooUvat Ka'ta 'ta<; ~Uv81lKa<;, 1COAE~OU OE OUK ap~O~eV, e1 OE apsoucrtV £KetVOt, UJ-lUVouJ-le8a. [iUtT\1C6ouC;, subjected, obedient ~uveit1Cac;, the treaty]

30

lHlCCiC; ... ~ouva.t, to submit to arbitration

'rae;

"tau'ta OE E1ttO"'taa8at XP1l, (),[;t &.VUYKll £O''tt 1tOAe~elV, Kat o'tt EK 'trov J..Leyta'tffiV K1 v 0 1S v rov Kat 1tOAet Kat 1010)1;11 ~eyta'tat 'tlJ-lat 1tep1ytyvoVtat. 01 J..LEV na'tepe<; -DJ-lcDV 'tou<; 'te pappapou<; a.1terooav'to Kat E<; 'tl)V VUV ouvaJ.LtV npo1lyayov 'tl)V 1tOA1V, ~lJ,a<; bE ou XPl) au'tcDV KaKiova<; yiYVecr9at, a.AAa 'tou<; 'te EX8pOU<; nav'Lt 'tP01tC9 a.~ i>v eo8a t

35

Kat 'tot<; E1t1ytYVOIJ,EVOt<; 'tl)V nOAtV J-ll) EAaO"crova 1tapabouvat." [1CEP1.ytyvov'ta1., result a,1t£roaav'to (from <Xltffigeffi), they pushed back, drove off 'tOte; en:t'Yt'YVo~£VOL<;, those coming after, your descendants]

o IJ,EV au'tov

01)V llep1KATt<; 'totau'ta ei1teV, ot be 'A91lvalot vOJ-ltaav'te<;

ap1cr'ta 1tapatVelV,

E\lfllcptaav'to

a

EK€Ae'U£,

Kat 'tOt<;

AaKeOatlJ,oviol<; U1tEKpivav'to Ka'ta nav'ta ro<; ecppacreV. ot Oe 1tpEa~et<; a.1t£xroPllcrav E1t' OtKOU Kat OUKE'tt ua'tepOV E1tPecr~eUOV'tO. [lCtX'ta 1tavta, point by point

£1tp£cr~£uov'to,

were not coming as ambassadors]

-adapted from Thucydides 1.140-146

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Stems in

-~-

and

-l~-

9au~&~m,aau~aoo~at,£9au~a.O'tX,'t£eaU~a1Ca.,t£eau~a.0'~at. £ea'\)~aa91lv, intransitive, I am amazed; transitive, I wonder at,' I admire .pa~m,

cppaO'co, ecppacra. 1tEcppalea, 1tEcpP(J.O'~a1., EqJpaa91lv, I show; I tell (of); I explain; middle and aorist passive in middle sense, I think about; I consider 1CO~ {~ro, [1(0l1tE:-] lCO~ tm. [1(0l1t-] h::o~t(Ja KE1CO ~ l.lCa leE lCOJl to' Jla t, h:0~i0'9TJv, I bring; I take opy{~o~at, [oP'Yu:-l opytOU!laL or [6p'Yt<J-] opyta9Ttcro~a1., rop'Yt(J~at. mpy{ueT\v, I grow angry; I am angry; + dat., I grow angry at; I am angry at t

t

WORD BUILDING Deduce or find the meanings of the words in the following sets: 1. 2.

it bi'k':ll; bh:aw<;. -ii, -ov; ~ bllCuwcnlVn; &ouw<;, -ov; aOlKEro; 'to aohcllJla. 'h ~OUA:f!; ~ouAEuro; 0 ~OUA£U't'n<;; 'to ~OUA£UJlU; 1tpo~ouA,euro; 'to 1tPO~OUAEUI.HX

40

21.

EKKAHLI A

H

(~)

GRAMMAR 4. The Subjunctive of -J.Lt Verbs eiJ.1i, I am Present Active: (1,

Us. ft, &~EV, ~'tE, &cn(v)

£tflt, I will go Present Active:

8i8coJ.11, Present Active: 8tom,

8toip~,

Otoip,

OlO&~EV,

Present Middle/Passive: Ot8mj.lal, 018ip. 8t8c7l'tat, Aorist Active: 8m, Oip~, oip.

om~Ev,

8t8mtE, ot8mat(v)

8tOm~ESa,

8lomaSE, Otomvtat

oclytE, o&at(v)

Aorist Middle: 8m~at, oqJ, om'tat,

oro~ESa,

oma8E, 8wvtat

Aorist Passive: 008&, ooSnC;, 008n,

008&~£v,

oo8f\tE, ooSmat(v)

i9 111.1t Present Active: nS&, n8n~, n8n.

'r;

nS&~Ev,

ttSiltE, n8m(n(v)

Present Middle/Passive: n8&j.lat, nSn, nSiltat, nSm/l£Sa, nSilO"S£, nS&v1:at Aorist Active: Sm, Sn~, 8n, S&~EV, Sfp:e, Swen(v) Aorist Middle: 8&~at, Sil, Siltat, SmilE-Sa, Sila6E, SWVtctt Aorist Passive: 'tE6&, 1:ESil~, 1:E8n, 'tES&J.lEV, 1:E8il1:E, 'tE8&(n(v)

tCJ 1:11 fl t Present Active: iO"1:&, ta'tn~, ia1:fI,

ta't&~Ev, ;,a1:111:£,

iO"1:mat(v)

Present Middle/Passive: ia't&J.la1, iO"1:fI, 10"1:111:a1, ia'tmll£Sa, iO"1:ilaSE, ia1:ffiv'tat

85

Athenaze: Book II Aorist Active: 0'1:&, a1:nc;, a1:n, a1:IDf.lEV, a1:'I11:E, a1:ooat(v) Aorist Middle: a'tOOf.'un, atn, a1:111:at, cr'u.oIlE8a, crt11a8E, a1:oovt(Xt Aorist Passive: a'tCle&, a1:Cl8nc;. a"CClen, cr'tae&JlEV, a"CaSlltE, anxS&at(v) Sei1CV\lf.l l Present Active: O£tKVUCO, oEuevuuc;, OEtlCVUn. OEtlCVUCOJ.lEV OEUevull'tE, OEu:vuCOat(v)

Present Middle/Passive: oEtl(VU CO JlClt, oEuevuu, OEtlCVull'tClt, SEtKVt>cOJlE8a. OEtlCVtrnaSE, OEUeVUCOV1:Clt Aorist Active: od~co, OE{~W;. od~l1. OdSOlIlEV, OdSlltE, SEtscocrt(v)

Aorist Middle: Odl;rof.lClt, Sd;!!, od;'l1't<.lt, OEt;cOIlE8a,

oE{~'l1aSe, od~rov1:at

Aorist Passive: OEtxS&, o Etxenc;, OEtxen, oEtXe&J.lEV, OEtX8il1:E. OEtXS&O't(v)

lruLt Present Active: 1&, tn<;, In. tOOJ.lEV, tll'tE:, t&at(v) Present MiddlelPassive: i&JlClt, In't0:1, lWJ.lE8Cl, Tl1a8E, Ioov"Cat

In.

Aorist Active: iil, ~c;, ~. (bIlEV, n't£. (bat(v) Aorist Middle: 6)J.lat. ft. n'tClt, roll£8a, naeE, iilV'tClt Aorist Passive: £8&, £enc;, EOn, eS&J.lEV, £Ol1't£, eO&crt(v) N .B. Many verbs that are compounded with prepositional prefixes are sometimes found with recessive accent in the subjunctive and sometimes with the accent of the uncompounded form retained, e.g., 1tO:proJ.lEV or 1tClp&JlEV. We follow the latter accentuation in this book.

Exercise 21£ Fill in the subjunctive forms on all Verb Charts completed to date for Book II and on the charts for Exercise 11 e. Keep the charts for reference.

21.

H

EKKAHLI A

(~)

87

Exercise 21~ Identify the tense} voice, person} and number of these subjunctive forms: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

boecllllev btOcll'tE 8'9<; nen (3 ways) 9wllE8a

6.

7. 8. 9. 10.

n9ilaeE (2 ways) la'tcllcH(v) 0"-r a8ns a'tcll 8et~1l';

11. Oetl;,wllEea

12. 13. 14. 15.

bEtK'VUll (3 ways) 11 (2 ways) tcllat(v) fen

Exercise 21T1 Read aloud and translate into English; identify each use of the subjunctive: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

IlTt OtKOl IlEVIDIlEV fJ.AA& n:pos 'to aO"'tu lWlle8a ()rCID<; 'til EKKAllO"l'tn:aproj.lEv. d s 'tTtV TIuKva tOlj.lEV tva trov Pl1'tOPOlV aKouIDj.lEV POUAEuo/lEvmv 'tt noti}aIDIlEv. ot yap I1EAonoVVllO"tOl n:PEo"~Ets n:Enoll<paO"t (have sent) A£~ov'tas on nOAEllos £a'tClt eav JlTt 'tfiV apXTtv a
Exercise 219 Translate into Greek: L If (EaV + subjunctive) you give us money, friends, we will help you. 2. Let us stop and look at the temple. 3. Let us go to the temple (in order) to put up an offering (use 'to aY£xJ..f,J.a) to the god. 4. Are we to show (to) the priest the offering that we intend to give? 5. Let us revolt from the Persians and sail at once (in order) to come to aid the Greeks.

Athenaze: Book II

88

01 A YTOYPfOI ANltTANTAI Read the following passage (adapted from Thucydides 2.14 and 16-17) and answer the comprehension questions: ot be ·AOnVa'tOL E1td80vto t£ 1:cp TIEptKA.et Kat EOEKOIl{~OVtO EK 'trov ayprov 1to::'i8as Ked, y'OvalKcts Kat 'tT)V
1. 2. 3. 4.

What did the Athenians bring with them from the country? Why was the removal from the countryside difficult and distressing? What problem confronted them when they arrived at the city? Where did most of them settle? 5. In what other places did some of them set up their households?

Exercise 21 t Translate into Greek 1. As the enemy was advancing into Attica (use genitive absolute), obeying Pericles we all went to the city. 2. We were very distressed (use ~ClpflVOJ1at) (at) leaving (our) homes behind. 3. When (Enei) we arrived at the city, no house was ready (use u7tapxco) for us. 4. And so at first we lived in a tower (use 7tUpyoC;), but later we set up house (use 1C(lta(nceuci~oJ1(n) near the long walls. 5. But when (E7td) the enemy withdrew, we returned to (our) homes.

ill

21.

H

E K K A H L I A (f3)

89

Classical Greek Solon Solon, besides being a statesman who saved the Athenian state from revolution by his reforms (see page 80), was a poet, who used his poetry as propaganda to warn and inform his fellow citizens. In the following lines (fragment 9), he warns them of the danger of tyranny. His warning was prescient; thirty years later Pisistratus became tyrant of Athens. EK ve
New Testament Greek John 3.4-7 Nicodemus visits Jesus (concluded) AfYet npoe; au'[ov NtKOOT\)!Oe;, "nIDe; Ouva'tat av8pronoc; YEVVT\8nvat yep
to

22 H ANAl:TAl:Il: (ex)

VOCABULARY Relative Pronoun oCJ'ttC;, Tlne; (note the accent), 0 'tt, often in indefinite or general clauses with av and subjunctive, anyone who, whoever; anything that, whatever)' pl., all that; whoever; whatever Relative and Interrogative Adjective 00'0C;, -11, -ov, as great as; as much as; pl., as many as n:o:v't£C; OOOt, all that> whoever; n:Q;v'tcx oaa, all that" whatever Conjunctions EX£tBn, when; since E1t£1.0aV [= E1tUBn + av], in indefinite or general clauses with subjunctive, when (ever) ltp{v + indicative or + avand subjunctive, until; + infin., before

Verbs CtV8£0'tClJlctt. [= av'tt- + to''tCl,.Hlt], [O''t11-] QV'ttCJ't';aoJltt1., eXv'teO''tl1v. «ivgec:r'tl1lCCl + dat., I stand up against~ withstand ClVtO''tClIlClt. = avCl- + tota/-lClt [O'tl1-] Qvaa't,;aoJlat, avECS'tl1V. QveO'1:11lCcx, I stand up; I am forced to move; I move; I evacuate e1.CJllaAAQ) + d s + acc., I invade louro, AOUEtC;, AOUEt, AOU/-leV, A01he, AoUO't(V), imperfect, EA01}V, AOUO'Ollctt., eAOUact, AEAOUJlctt, I wash; middle, I wash myself, bathe u1tapxm [= uno- + apxro], I am; I exist; I am ready Nouns " avaO''tctatc;. 't11e; Ctvcxa'taCJEme;, forced move; move; evacuation , , ' 1C , 11"" Ot1Cl1O'te;. 1:11e; ot 11O'Emc;, dwelling " q>UACXlCn, 'tTle; q>UACllCijC;, guard; garrison •

I

[ '

"

]

I

90

22.

91

HAN A 1: T A:E I:E (0:)

tEA,eUtT!a&O'llC; OE tftc; fKKA,llcdaC; Kal trov nOA,ttmv (bttovtmv, /:) ~tKalOnOA,IC;, "aye oTt, c1na'i," eq:rr\' "OtlCaOe O'J'tEuOOOJlEv tva til Jllltpt

a,nav'ta ta YEvoJlEva E~llyffiJlEea." taXlO'ta o-ov EnopEuOVtO Kat 11(1) V1)KtOC; YEVOJlEVllC; EiC; tl,V otKiav a
5

-GYln t' QV'ta Kat j3A,EnOV1:a "ana~E'to Kat xatpoucra foaKpUO'EV, roc; 0' EtO'EA,8ovtEC; EA,OucraVto tE Kat fOElnvllaav, 0 !If:V
ocra EYEV Ei.O EV 'til 004> Kat EV t4> 'AO'KA,1)1tlEicp' 'h OE etEp1tEto

aKououO'a. [it(J1&a~£'to,

o of:

embraced]

~tKalOnOA,IC;

a,naVta E~l1YEttO ocra l1KouO'av trov PlltOpooV ev

til EKKA,1)O'tg aYOpEuOv'tooV.

10

"o1)i.OOC; o-ov," E
bA,iyou tiC; 1tOA,£!lov Ka'taO''tro!l£v.

xpn of: 'h!lCXC; t4> I1£PIKA,E'i

1t£t80JlEVOUC; anavta napaO'K£1)a~EO'eat roC; Eic; to aO'tu avaO''tllO'O!lEVOUC; . EnEtO flv yap ot I1EA,01tOVVTtcrlOl EiC; i.l,V 'A't'tIKnV el.crj3aAoocHv, avaYKll £O''tal t1,v Ot KLav KataAtnOVi.ac; 'A8~v avaO'tllval." 'h OE Muppivll, "OtIl01," E
c1 aVEp;

as £

15

nooc; yap

OUV1)O'OI-LESa i.tlV tE oildav Ka'taAt1tEtV Kat 'ta n:po~ata Kat tOUC; 13ouc;; Kat tiC; 'tilc; 'AS"vac; avaO''tav'tE<; nou 01, OlKTtO'OI-LEV; ouoEllia yap 1,JllV u1tapX£t OtK1)O'tC; ev 't4> aO''tEt. aAA' ou ouva'tov eO'tt 'tau'ta n:paSat."

o of:

L\lKaton:oAtc;, "aAA' avaYKll €O'tal,

c1

yuvat, i.au'ta npcx~at

20

'tou'toov EVEKa' e1tEtOtxv yap Ot I1£AonOVVTtCHOt EtC; t1,v rflv EtO'j3aAooO'tV, ;').1.EtC; ou ouvllcroJlE8a a{)'to'ic; !laXn av'ttO'tftva~ 'toO'outOtC; o-ocrtv' roO''tE OO'i.1C; &v ESffi i.rov 'tEtXOOV ).1.EVl1 , an09aVEttat

uno

'trov noA,E).1.ioov·

(j1)VEA96v'tEC; of: EtC; 't1,V n6A,lV, n:av'tEC; aO'<paAE1C; e06!lE8a Kat OUOEtC; KtVOUVOC; Ecri.at ).1.1, oi nOA,EJltOl 'hllac; j3A,a1t'tffiO'tv, 't1,v !If:V yftv a
25

Athenaze: Book II

92

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Liquid and Nasal Stems (-A.-, -v-) &YY£"'A,-m, [&11£AE-] &Y'Y B"'&, [ayyetA-] 1\ YYUA,CX, [ayy£A-] 1\Y'YEA 1C a, -ijY'Y£AJLCXt. ';'Y'Y£A91lv, I announce; I tell ~ciAA-CO, [~aAE-] ~aAm, [~aA-] £~a"'ov, [J1Al1-] ~£~lTpccx, ~£~ll1JLCXt. e~lTtGttv, I throw; I put; I pelt; I hit, strike cpcx{v-m, [epavE-] cpcxv& or cpcxvoUJltJ.t, [epl1v-] etpTlvcx, [epav-] 2tEtpcxallcxt, I show cpcx{v-oJ,Lat, [epav-] qUXVl}aOIlCXt (2nd future passive) or [epavE-] cpavoUllat, [epl1V-J It£CPl1vCX, [epav-] etp.xvllv + infin.) I appear; I seem; + participle, I am shown to be; I am proved to be; I am clearly

WORD STUDY Give the Greek words from which the following English words for subjects of academic study are deri ved: 3. geometry 4. physics

1. mathematics 2. arithmetic

5. biology 6. zoology

GRAMMAR 1. Clauses of Fearing Examine these sentences from the reading passage above: q>ojloUIl(U 1.1.11 St' ol{you Ei~ rcol£J.l0V lCCX'tcxO''tmJ.lEv. I am afraid that we will (may) soon get into war. ouSd~ KlVOi>voC; fatat 1.1.11 oi ltOlEJ.l.tOt TtIl&C; jlltlX1:OlO'tV. There will be no danger that the enemy will (may) harm us,

Subordinate clauses introduced by Iln state what is feared; such clauses of fearing may be introduced by verbs such as cpojloullat or expressions such as Ktvouv6c; Battv, and the verb of the clause of fearing is in the subjunctive (present or aorist, differing in aspect only). When the clause of fearing is negative, the introductory Iln is accompanied somewhere in the clause by ou, e.g.: E
Iln tV lCCXtpcp 01llC tl«p{lCCOJUxt.

I was afraid that I would (might) not arrive in time. Where English uses the infinitive, so does Greek, e.g.: <pojlouJ..l<Xt tOUtO fC01.TlaCXt.

I am afraid to do this. Note that if the introductory verb or clause is in the present tense, we translate the subjunctive with will or may, but if the introductory verb or clause is in a past tense, we translate the subjunctive with would or might.

22.

HAN A I: T A I: I I: (a)

93

Exercise 22 a Read aloud and translate into English: L ctp' OU <po~Etcr8E 11ft K(UCOV 't11ta8ffiIlEV; 2. Ktv8uv6e; ecrn 11ft XEtllcOV 8t' QAt'YOU 'YEVl1'tat. 3. Ko:i1tEp CPO~OUIlEVl1 Ill, XaAE1tn 'YEvl1'tat 11 .xvacr'tacrte;, " 'YUVTt 'tc? &'VOpt 1tet8E'to:t. 4. /) 'YEProv eAU1tEt'tO,
Exercise 22 ~ Translate into Greek: L

I fear we will (may) not arrive at the city in time.

2. There is a danger that the enemy will (may) soon come into the land.

3. We set out toward the city immediately, being afraid to stay in the country. 4. The farmers were afraid that the enemy would (might) destroy their homes. 5. Are you not more afraid (Don't you fear rather) to sail home than to go by land?

2. Indefinite or General Clauses In relative, temporal, and conditional clauses, the indicative mood is used if the clauses are definite, i.e., specific in reference or in time. If the reference or time is indefinite or general, av + the subjunctive (present or aorist) is used; av is placed after the relative pronoun or combined with some temporal conjunctions and with the conditional conjunction Ei. Relative: Definite: 1tav'tEe; EKELVOUC; 'tLllrocrtV ot BV taAuJ.Livt BJ.LCXXEO'(lV'tO. All honor the men who fought at Salamis ..

Relative: Indefinite or General: OO''tlt; <Xv e~Q) 'tmv 'tEtxmV J.Livll, c1no8avet'to:t U1tO 'tIDV 1toA.eJlirov. Whoever remains outside the walls will be killed by the enemy. (Present subjunctive :;;; ongoing process)

Athenaze: Book II

94

00'1:1.; QV 1:0U1:0 fC0t110n I

'ttj.111C; a~t6c; Ea'ttv.

Whoever does this is worthy of honor. (Aorist subjunctive::: simple action) Temporal: Definite:

EftEl ei'i 'to (i0''t'l.) CtepllCOJiE9a, 1tPOC; 'tftV ayop&.v Ea1tE:6a<Xj.1E:v. When we arrived at the city> we hurried to the agora.

Temporal: Indefinite or General: EftEtOaV (= E1tEt8ft + l:iv) Ei; anEuboj.1E:v.

'Co

&01:'1.) imJ.lEv. npoc; 'tTtV ayopf:t.v

Whenever we go to the city, we hurry to the agora. Temporal: Definite: ot L1t<xpna'ta t Ellaxov'to eOlC; lhcaV1:EC; EftEGOV.

The Spartans were fighting until all fell. After a negative main clause, 1tptv is usually used: ai yuVatlCEC; olne unUAeOV ftptV aqlllCEto b iepEu;.

The women did not go away until the priest arrived. Temporal: Indefinite or General: IldvatE emC; QV EfCCXV BAell b 1tcxti] p.

Wait until father returns. Again, after a negative main clause, nptv is usually used: at yuVatKEC; olne anttxat n:piv (Xv aq»{ 'lCl1't(Xt b tepe'll;. The women will not go away until the priest arrives. Conditional: Definite: ei tip ileptlCA.Ei 'lttO''teuEtc;, J.1WPOC;

d.

If you believe Pericles (now), you are foolish. Conditional: Indefnite or General: eav (= el + av) 'tip ileptlCA.Et 1ttatEumJiEv j.1&pOt EallEv. I

If we ever believe Pericles, we are (always) foolish. The last example above is also called a present general condition.

Indefinite Relative Clauses: Note that oa'tu;, llnC;, 0 1:1, anyone who, whoever; anything that, whatever; pI., all that; whoever; whatever, is commonly used with av in indefinite relative clauses with the subjunctive, as in the second example in the list above. Both halves of the word decline, as follows (but note the alternative forms):

22.

HAN A L TAL I L (a)

95

Masculine

Feminine

Neuter

O(J'1';1~

1)1:'1<;

on

~cr'ttvo<;

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.

ot't'tvO~ or mOD 7 0l1:tv1 or 01:ro, , " oV't'tva

11 v 'ClV a

ot'ttvo~ or mOD 6)nvt or O'tOl, , O'tl

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.

Ot't'tVE<; 6)V 't't v roy otcrtt
atnvE<; 6)V'ttv roy atcr'ttcn(v) " aonvo:<;

anva or at't'a 6)vnvrov otcrt1crt(v) V a Ct'ttva or at'ta

1.1

n'ttvl

The word OcrOl, ocral, Qcra, as many as, often reinforced by nciv'tE<;, naOlXt, nciv'tIX, all, is also used with av and the subjunctive to mean all that; whoever; whatever, e.g.:

o 1ta'tTlP 'tq, natot OtOrocrlv 1tclVta 00"

UV ai'1:U, The father gives the child whatever he asks for. [nciv't'IX ocr<x ::: lit., all the things as many as ; ; ; whatever]

Indefinite Temporal Clauses: Note the following words that may introduce indefinite temporal clauses. They all mean whenever and are used with verbs in the subjunctive: E1tElOtiv ::: E:n:E10~ + (Xv o't<xv = DU, + av O1to't<xV ;;;;; ono'tE + av t!

I

f

I

"

Aspect: The difference between the present and aorist subjunctive in indefinite clauses is in aspect, not in time, i.e., the present subjunctive is used when the action is viewed as continuous, and the aorist subjunctive is used when the action is viewed as a simple event (you will find this contrast illustrated in the two examples of indefinite or general relative clauses above and in the first two sentences below). Future Time: Note that relative, temporal, and conditional clauses referring to future time are usually treated as indefinite in Greek, although sometimes we do not translate with the indefinite ever in English, e.g.:

00''1:1.<; (Xv e~Q) tIDV tE1XIDV J.lEVl1. Cxn09lXvet'tlXt un:o trov 1tOA.EI-1LOlV. Whoever remains outside the walls will be killed by the enemy. EXEtgav e1taVEA.91l b 1tcx'tTtP, mxv'ta lla9,,001-1£9a. When father returns, we will learn everything.

Athenaze: Book II

96

fleivU'tEECO<; (Xv exuv£A.911 0 xati}p. Wait until father returns.

ai yuVatK'Ee; OUK a1tia(Jt 1tptV (Xv acptxllt(U 0 iepe{)(;. The women will not go away until the priest arrives. (Remember that repiv instead of Effie; is usually used after a negative main clause.)

Erxv OtXlXOe buxv El8coJlEV, reavtu flu811aO)..lE8a. If we return home, we will learn everything.

The last example above is also called a future more vivid condition, and it is in the form that future conditions usually take, with av and the subjunctive in the if-clause. Greek may, however, use Bt + the future indicative in conditional clauses referring to future time, but this is less common and is usually reserved for threats and warnings, e.g.: Bi tOU1:0 7&011)0E1.<;, clno8avEt. If you do this, you will die.

Note that in this kind of condition we translate the future tense in the ifclause (here, TC0t11(JEte;) as present in English.

Exercise 22 '1 Translate the following pairs of sentences. In the Greek sentences, identify subordinate clauses as relative, temporal, or conditional and as definite or indefinite: 1.

2.

3. 4.

00'1:1<; av £~w 'trov 1:BtXrov )..lEVl'. ev KtvS~Vf9 Ea'un.

Whoever arrives first will receive the money. E1tEtSaV Y£Vf\1:Ut ~ EKKAT\aia, oi reoAl'tul de; 'tnv n{ncvu (J1tEUSOU(jtv. Whenever the enemy invades the land, we all come together into the city. jlEVOUjlEV ev 1:~ ayop~ ewe; av E1tUVEA8n 6 aYYEAOe;. We will not return home until day breaks (use yt')'Vol-un). flll Ei(Jpf\1:e Eie; 'tftV vuuv 1tptv av K'EABU(Jll 0 VUUKAl1POC;. Don't climb that mountain until spring ('to eap) begins (use ytyvo!lcu) .

5.

6. 7.

faV oi nEAoreovvrtO'tOt Ettl 'tftv YTlv Ttjl&v 1te~i1 tW(JtV, TH.LeLe; £1t1. tl,v EKEtVWV vuu(Jt 1tA.eu(JoJ.le8u. If the farmers hurry into the city, they will all be safe. 00" av exw(jtV oi ttU1See;, 1tav1:a TtJ.ltV StSOVUt E9EAOU(JtV. We must do whatever the king orders. E1tnS'h 0 au'toupyoC; 'toue; ~oue; Ete; 'tOY a:ypov ei(JrtAa(JEv, St' OAtyou apouv (to plow) 1lPSU1:o. When the boy (had) gone into the field, he immediately called (his) father.

22.

8.

9.

10.

11.

HAN A L T A Ir I!: (a)

Ot noqlEvEe; 1:a 1tpo{1ata £V 1:ote; 0PECHV au VEI.LOUCHV (will pasture) nptv av YEvTp:at 1:0 eap (spring). We will not set out for home until the shepherd shows us the way. 01:W ann 0 OE(m01:11e;, ot OouAot n:auov1:at epyaso/lEVOl. Whenever the master approaches, the slaves, getting up (use aorist), work. de; KtVOUvov KatacrtTtGEG9E, i1ncdoEe;, d 1l1, notTtGE1:E OG' (Xv napa tV E(j(U /lEV. Unless you listen to me, you will suffer terribly (terrible things). Ot)'tOl at naioE<;, Ot tOte; na1:pacrt cruvEAall{1avov, eipyasov1:o effie; eYEVEtO vU~.

12. 13. 14. 15.

faV ne; 1:0Utou nin, an09vncrKEl. OUK CX:ntl..lEV 1tptV (Xv btavEA911 6 1ta1:TtP. Ot aU1:0upYOL EiC; 1:0Ue; aypouc; OUK £nav11ABov 1tptV Ot nOAEIlLOl 'A't1:lKflC; aVEXroPllGav. 1l1, ano t11e; ayopac; a1tEABll1:e nptv av 'tou aYYEAou aKOUGll1:E.

ano 1:11C;

Athenian Democracy in Action The Assembly ('Ii EKKAllcria) was sovereign. Consisting of all adult male citizens, it had forty regular meetings each year, four in each prytany (a period of time equal to one-tenth of a year). It met on the Pnyx (1) I1vul;), the slope of a hill opposite the Acropolis. All eligible citizens were expected and required to attend, but in fact an attendance of 6,000 (the legal quorum for an ostracism) out of a citizen body of about 50,000 was probably a respectable number for a routine meeting. It must be remembered that the majority of the people lived in the country and could not possibly have come into the city for every meeting. The Assembly decided all issues by direct vote, by a show of hands. The Council of 500 (11 (1ouA~) formed the steering committee of the Assembly. No matter could come before the Assembly that had not first been discussed in the Council. It presented motions to the Assembly in the form of "preliminary decrees" (npo~oUAEUlla1:a), which were debated in the Assembly and passed, rejected, or amended by the people. If passed, the motion became a "decree" ('I'~cptGlla), which was recorded, usually on stone, and set up in public for all to read. Hundreds of fragments of such decrees survive, some fairly complete, which show the democracy in action. All begin EOO~E 1:11 ~oUA11 Kat 1:(9 OTtIlCP and then give the name of the prytany and chairman. When the Assembly met, proceedings were opened by prayer and libation. Then the herald read out the preliminary decree (1:0 npo~ouAeulla) and asked whether it should be accepted without debate or debated. If the people voted for a debate, the herald then asked "1:tC; ayopeuEtv {1ouAEnu;" and any citizen could come forward to the platform ('to Pfllla) and address the people. The Assembly did not tolerate the foolish or ill-informed, and in practice the

Athenaze: Book II speakers were usually drawn from a limited number of politicians (0 l pT\1:ope<;). The regular meetings of the Assembly had a fairly standard agenda. At the first meeting of each prytany (Le., of each one-tenth of a year) a vote was taken on whether to continue the magistrates in office or to depose any of them. Then the grain supply and security (especiallY the state of the navy) were discussed. At the second meeting of the prytany any citizen could bring up any topic of public or private interest (provided he had first introduced his proposal to the Council). At the third and fourth meetings current problems were dealt with under the headings of sacred affairs, foreign policy, and secular affairs. Besides the regular meetings, extraordinary meetings could be called by the Council in any emergency. The 500 councilors (~OU/"'E'\)'tcxO were selected by lot in the demes from citizens over thirty years old. They served for one year only and might not serve more than twice in a lifetime. It follows statistically that most citizens would sooner or later have to serve their turn on the Council. Each of the ten tribes (cpu/"'a{) provided fifty councilors, and each group of fifty served in rotation for one-tenth of the year (Le., for each prytany) as "presidents" (prytaneis, 1tpU1.:aVE1<;). Every day a "chairman" (6 E1tlCJ1.:O:1:T\<;) was selected by lot from those serving as prytaneis for that one-tenth of the year, and for twenty-four hours he held the seal of state and the keys to the temples where the public moneys and archives were stored. The chairman and one-third of the prytaneis were on twenty-four hour duty and slept and ate in the Tholos (06/"'0<;), the round building next to the Council House (BOU/"'EU1.:~pWV). The Council had a "secretary') (6 'YpaJ.1.J.1.CX1.:Eu<;), who was responsible for recording all business. The Council met daily, and the public could attend as observers. Any citizen could ask for leave to introduce business, and, possibly, the generals could attend ex officio. The Council was divided into committees, usually of ten, each responsible for a different sphere of business. One was in charge of shipbuilding, another was responsible for the dockyards, a third for the upkeep of public buildings, and so forth. The audit committee checked the accounts of all magistrates who handled public moneys. All magistrates on entering office were scrutinized by the Council to see that they were fit and proper persons, and on resigning office they had to submit to a public examination of their record by the Council. The Council was in fact the linchpin that held the whole constitution together, and it is worth reflecting on the fact that at any given time there may have been 15,000 citizens in the Assembly who had served on the Council with all the political and administrative experience that this entailed. This gives substance to Pericles' claim that "we are all concerned alike with our personal affairs and the affairs of the city, and, despite our various occupations, we are adequately informed on politics." It is remarkable that the Athenian democracy worked so well, considering that all offices, except for military commands and offices entailing technical expertise, were filled by lot and that all important decisions were taken by direct vote in a large and emotional assembly. Its success in the Periclean period may be ascribed to the dominance of one outstanding statesman, who

22.

HAN A }: TAr I r

(a)

99

could control and guide the Assembly by his eloquence and his known integrity: "it was (in Pericles' time) in theory a democracy but in practice rule by the leading man" (Thucydides 2.65). Thucydides, however, overstates his case. Pericles could have been dropped at any time (he was in fact deposed for a short time in 430 B.C.), and credit must be paid to the average Athenians, who had the political acumen to follow a great leader. Thucydides says that Pericles' successors as leaders of the people, because they did not have his influence and powers of persuasion and were motivated by personal ambition and the pursuit of private gain, gave the people what they wanted and made a series of political blunders that led to the downfall of Athens. Failures in the war certainly did result in the growth of an antidemocratic party (Ot OA.tYOt) and eventually to revolution and counterrevolution. After the war, however, the restored democracy continued to function throughout the fourth century without any outstanding leaders and with good success on the whole.

New Testament Greek John 5.1-9 The Healing at the Pool Called Bethzatha !lEta talha ~V eopt~ trov 'Io\)oatrov Kat aVE~l1 'IllO'OUC; ei~ tIEpoaoA:u!la. EattV OE ev tOte; 'IEpoaoA.u!lotC; E'ltl tn 1tPO~attKn KOA.\)I-l~ftepa. " e1ttA.Eyollevl1 'E~patatt Blle~aea 7teVtE otoa~ exo1.)oa. ev tautcnc; KatEKEtto 1tAJleo~ trov aOeEVOUVtrov, t\)
tOUtov iScbv () 'Illaou~ KataKd).lEVOV Kat yvoile; Ott 1tOA:UV 11011 xpovov exet, A.eYEt CtutqJ. "SeA.EtC; uyt'h~ YEvEa8at;" c'me1Cp{ell autqJ 0 acreevIDv. "Kf>ptE, (ivepm1tov OUK EXro tva otav tapaxen to uorop jiaA.ll I-lE Ei~ t~V KOA.\)).lji~epav· EV cp BE ePXOllat EyeD. (lA.A.Oe; 1tPO elloU KatajiatVEt." AeYEt autqJ () 'Ill00UC;, "Eynpe &pov tOY Kpa~a:tt6v ao\) Kat 1tEpt1tUtEt." Kat EUSero; eyiVEtO uyt1,; () {Xvepro1tOC; Kat ~PEV tOV Kpajiattov autou Kat 1tEptEmltEL £I!%£1.: supply EV 't11 CtaHlw£ttt aU1:ou from the previous sentence; translate, he has been in his sickness 9EAElfi :::; leU,etC; Xi>PtE, lord; sir tapax91\ (from 'tllpa't't'ID), is disturbed, is stirred up £'YEtPE, here, get up! 1Cpa~a't't6v, bed, cot 1tEpUtatEl (from 1tept'ltll'tEW), walk! EUe£m~, immediately]

100

Athenaze: Book II

(~)

H ANAl:TAl:Il: VOCABULARY

'to O''tpcx'to1teoov, 'tou at pa'to-

Verbs evlH8rop,1" I give in, yield

1tEoo'U, camp; army

~E1>'YVUp,tt ~£u~m, e~eu;lX. £~eu'Yp,at,£~e1>XenV or

Adjectives 1:00'000£,1:0(1)8e (note the accent), 'tooov8e, so great; pI., so

£~ 1>ytlV,

I yoke 6B{,pOp,lXt, rare in tenses other than present, 1 grieve np0O"oEXOp,Ut, 1 receive, admit; I await, expect Nouns it &p,cx~o:, 'til; ap,&~tl;, wagon 11 ~OUA.", 'til; po'UA.f\c;, plan; advice; Council 'to eap, 'tou ~pOC;, spring oi OilCEiol, 'tIDV Ot lCeimv, the members of the household; family; relations b 1tU pyoC;, 'tOll 1t1> pyo'll, tower

many == 'tocrOtytoC;. 'tocrCtU1:Tl. 'tocroi)'to, great~·

so

pl., so many

cf. tOtoUto<;, 't01tXUtTl, t01oUtO,

such; of this kind Preposition £lC1:6<; + gen., outside Adverb ouoe1COtE> never Conjunction OXIDe; + subjunctive, so that, in order to

'tat)"~a o{)v aKoucr(Xcra ~ Muppivll crlyTtcr(Xcra 1:ip avSpt £1t£i8£'to, Kai1t£p cpo~ou~evll ~1, XaA,£1t1, yevTp:at ;, ava(j1;acrtC;. 1tav'ta o{)v 'tov

X£t~rova 1tap£O'K£ua~ov'to roc; 'A81lv(X~£ avac}1:11O'oll£vOl £1t£tSaV £icr~aA,oocrtv Ot II£A,01tOVVTtO'10t.

a~a

s'

llPl apxo~Evcp &YYEAOC; a1to

'trov 'A81lvrov acplK£'to AEYroV o'tt ilSTl O'uAAeyov'tat ot 't£ AaK£SatIlOVtOt

5

Kat ot O'u~~aXOt EiC; 'tOY 'Icre~ov' 6 o-6v iltKat01tOAtC; 'tov <; av£~i~aO'£v.

~OUC; <;eU~(xC;

'tOY 1ta1t1tov nOA,Aa oS\) po ~eV ov

'tEAOC; Se 11 't£ MuppiVTl Kat

it

MeAl't'tu alnat ave~lloav.

o{)'{;ro<; o{)v E1t0P£UOV'tO oaKp-6oV'tt~c; Kat oOUPOIl£VOt,
nv£~i~a.aev

(from

ava~t~a~(i)),

put (him) onto (the wagon)]

10

22.

HAN A L TAL I L

(~)

101

JlaKpa 8' nv n 680e; Kat XaAE1tn. e8Et yap Ka'ta 1:l,V aJla~t"Cov tEvat, 1tOAAOte; 8' EV E1:UYXavov aU1:ou pyOte; Ot1t£p 1tpOe; 1:ftv 1tOAtv ()1tEu80v't£e; aAAnAOte; EV£1to8tSov. 'tEAOe; 8£ £cr1tEpae; 11811 ytYVOJlEVllC; Ee; "Cae; 1tUAae; a
15

20

OtK£tOUe; E1taVEAScOv nYllcra'to au'to1:e; 1tpOe; 'tOY 1tUPYov, EV ~ eJl£AAOv 8ta nav"Coe; olxncrEtV, ecoe; 01 Jl£V I1EA01tOVV,,()tot a1ttot£v, au'tot 8£ 1tpOe; 'Coue; aypoue; E1taviotEv. ['t~v aJ.1a~t'tov, the wagon road aAAT,Aou;; Ev£lt6Bt~ov, were getting in one another's way TtPtP'P, shrine of a hero Xmpt,ClEt, would (lit., will) hold ECD ~ • • • alttOlEv ... eltav LOtEV: the optative without av is used in indefinite or general clauses when the verb in the governing clause is in the imperfect tense.]

-The following is adapted from Thucydides 2.12:

EV b£ 'Cou'CCfl K11 puS a
25

30

35

102

Athenaze: Book II

PRINCIPAL PARTS: More Nasal Stems (-v-) a1tOKtelV-ro, [K'tEVE-] an:oKtEVm, [K't£tV-] axE1I.:tEtva, [K'tOV-] a1t£IC'tov<x, I kill The passive of a1toK'tdvO) is supplied by a1t09vncrKo), I die; I am killed. lCplv-m, [KptVf:-] lCpwm, [KplV-] llCP1.V<X, [Kpt-] lCElCPl.lC<X, lC£1CpqJ.cn. lKP(911v, [judge &n:olCpiv-o~J.(lt, [KptVE-] an:olCptVOUIlCXt, [Kplv-] cl1tEKplvaJ.1'rlv, [lCptV-] a1tOlCElCptJ.1<Xt, [Kpt-] cl1tElCpte1'\V (New Testament), [answer !lev-ro, [1l£V£-] J.1EVm, [IlEtV-] EJ.1£lva, [1l£V£-] J.1£!lEV'rllCa, intransitive, I stay (in one place); I wait; transitive, I wait for

WORD BUILDING Verbs with present stems ending in -''[1:- are formed from stems ending in IC and X, e.g., npCiIC- > npih1:co, I fare; I do; 1:aIC- > 1:a1:'tO), I marshal; I draw up; 1:apax- > 1:apa't1:co, I confuse, and cpuAalC- > cpuAa't1:CO, I guard.

Give the meanings of the words in the following sets: 1. npa1:1:o) 2. 't eX 't 1: 0) 3. t ex p a 1:1: 0) 4. tpu/...a1:tco

ft npa~t~ ft 't&st~ ft texpaxit 0 tpuAaS

1:0 1tpay~a

npaKtt1c6~, -it, -ov

'to

'taK'to~,

't&y~a

ft (hexpa~{a +t cpuAalCi)

-it, -ov NOV

(i'tCX1(1:0~,

NOV

a't&paK1:0~,

GRAMMAR 3. Indirect Statements and Questions Indirect statements and indirect questions have been used in the sentences of the stories from nearly the beginning of this course. Indirect statements may be introduced by Ott or ffi~, that, and have their verbs in the indicative. You may have noticed that in indirect statements and indirect questions, Greek, unlike English, retains the tense of the original statement or question, even when the main verb is in a past tense. Study the following examples: Direct Statement:

"ft E~ft

~it't1'lP 1tPO~ t~V ICpnv'llv epX£'tat."

((My mother is going to the spring."

Indirect Statement: ft 1texpeEvo~ d1teV it J.1ll'tllP 1tpo'i 'tTtV KPTtVllV epx£'tcxt. The girl said that her mother was going to the spring. (The present tense is retained in the indirect statement in Greek but is changed to the past in 'English.)

o'tt

Indirect questions may be introduced by the same words that introduce direct questions, e.g., '[{C;, who? Usually, however, certain indefinite

22.

HAN A L TAL I L

(~)

103

forms are used instead, as in the third row of the following chart: whence? n68Ev; on6BEv

whither? not; cmot

how much? when? n6ao~; n01"E; On6tE <'m6croc

where? nou; <mou

who? 1"1C;; oone;

Direct Questions: "1I:6't£ £naVEt(HV;" ((When will she return?" "n6crov Xp6vov an£(J'tat;" ((How long will she be away?" Indirect Questions: o natr)p l1pno 07to'tE/n;o'tE En:aVEtCuv. The father asked when she would return. (The future indicative is retained in the indirect question in Greek but is changed to would return in English.) "OUK EtnEV it !l~tllP on:oaov/n:ooov Xpovov altEo'tat." ((Mother did not say how long she would be away." Indirect Statement with Indirect Question: it nap8Evo~ anEKp1va't0 roc; OillC Ein:ev lJ.u'tnp on:ooov/n:ooov :U,6vov a7tEOtat. The girl answered that mother had not said how long she would be away.

n

Exercise 22 a Read aloud and translate. Identify indirect statements and indirect questions. Give in English the original direct statement or question:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

6 na'tllP '[Ttv ncxpBevov l1PE'tO ono8Ev/n6BEv ~A8EV.

11 oe anOlCplvCX!l£Vll dnEv on ~A,eEV cmo 't11e; Oi.KlUe; Kat 01' OAlYOU h:ElcrE Enavncrtv. 6 aYYEAoe; ctnEv on 01 npEcr~Etc; t101l npocrxropoDcrt Kat 01' oAtyou napecrov'tal. 0 OODAOC; d7tEV Ott ou Ouva:rov Ecrtt AWov tocrolhov atpEtv. 0 O£ OODAOe; etnEv ott EaV !lTt cruAAa!l~aVn 0 oEcrnOtlle;. ou ouv~crEta1 alpELV 'tOY At80v. ouode; TjYVOEt on olnoA£!lot Ot' oAlyou de; t~V YllV dcr~aAoDcrLV. 6 dtKat07tOAtc; 1"f1 yuVatKt dnEv WC; OEl dc; to acrtu avcxcr t l1VCXt. " yuvll liPE'tO ono'll/7tOD Eie; 'to aatu avacrtav'tEe; oiKftcroucr1V. Cmf'.KplVato 0 ~tKatOnOA1C; on £7tE10aV dcr~aArocrtV Ot nOA£!lto1, EV 'tep aa'tE1 acrq>aAEte; eaov1"at. 11 o-DV )'uvT) d7tEV on 7tavtcx not~cr£t ocr' KEAEUll 6 av~p.

av

104

Athenaze: Book II

H NO:EOI Read the following passages (adapted from Thucydides 2.47-48) and answer the comprehension questions: In early summer of 430 B.C., when the Peloponnesians invaded Attica for the second time, plague struck Athens. The city was crowded with refugees from the country, and living conditions were not healthy. 'tOU oE eepouc; Eu8uC; aPX0j.1EVOU ITEA01toVV~atot Kat oil;ullllaXOt E:cre~a.Aov e<; 'tYtv til 'A't'ttKil ou n:OAAa<; nllepae;, 'h voaoe; 1tprotOV f\p~a.'to YEvE0'8cn 'tOte; 'A81lvatotc;. A£YOUO'tV on n:pOtepOV 1tOAAaxocre EYKa'teO''Kll'V£v, ou llev'tOt 'tocrou'toe; yE AOtIlOC; eYEvE'to ouoe 'tocroihot avepro1tOt a1tl~eavov. 'A't'tt~V' Kat QV'trov o:o'trov ev

['tou ... gepo\)~, the summer ,; v60'o~. the disease, plague 7toA.Aa.x60'e~ onto many places £YlCat£<J1Cl1lj1EV (from e'YKa.'ta.O'1(~1t1'(o\ it had fallen (lit., fell) upon ou J1£VtOl ... Y£, but (that) ... not A01J!()(;, plague]

1 What did the Peloponnesians do at the beginning of summer? 2. When did the plague begin in Athens? 3. How were the plague and its effects different in Athens from elsewhere? OU'tE yap ta'tpot cOqleAoUV 'to 1tpOl'tOV, ayvooUV'tEe; 'tYtv voaov, aAA' autot IlUAuna e8v1\<J1mv ocrcp Kat J.1UAtO''ta 1tpoailaav 'tOte; vocrouatV, OU'tE aAAll avepro1tda'texvll cOqleAEt oUOEllta. iip~a'to oe 'h voaoe; 'to IlEV 1tponOV, roC; AeyoUatV, E~ Ai8to1ttae; 1:fte; lmEp Aiyum:ou, e1tl~t'ta OE Kat Ee; AtYU1t'tov 1C(l'te~ll 'Kat Ee; 'tYtV ~aatAeroc; yftv 'tYtv 1tOAAtlV. [if9vnO'lCOV, they were dying oO'tp, in as much as 1tpOCrnallv, were going near, eXv9pCll1tE1ii, human 'tEXVl1, skill, art A Wt07t{ii<;, Ethiopia were consorting with imEp + gen., above, here, south of J3(lO'lA£Cllt.;, the king of Persia Yllv 'tltV 7tOAATtV, the greater part of the land]

4. 5. 6. 7.

Why were doctors of no help? Why did they, especially, perish? To what avail were other human efforts? Where is the plague said to have originated? What countries had it already ravaged? e~

OE 'tYtv 'Aellvatrov 1tOAtV e~at ITetpatd ll'VC(to trov clv8pcfmrov· U<J1:t:pov Kat E~ tYtV avro nOAtV a 1tAEOVt:~ +lOll avSpro1tot. eym OE olav eyiyvetO AE~ffi, au'toc; 1e vO(j~(JaC; Kat au'to~ iomv CiAAOUe; 1t
oe

9,

10.

Where did the plague begin to ravage the Athenians? What happened when the plague reached the upper city of Athens?

10

22.

11.

HAN A L TAL I L

(~)

105

What two reasons does Thucydides give for why he is a reliable source of information about the plague?

Exercise 22 e Translate into Greek: 1.

2.

3. 4. 5.

The doctors are afraid to approach the sick (use participle). For whoever touches (use a1ttoJlcn + gen.) a sick man (use participle of voaem), himself catches (falls into-use aorist participle of EJlxtx'tm + et~ + acc.) the plague and dies. The doctors said that they could not help, not knowing the disease. Although we are afraid that we may become sick (fall into the sickness), we must stay in the city until the enemy goes away. If they go away soon, we will hurry to the country to escape the plague.

Classical Greek Solon In the following lines Solon proudly defends the reforms he has put through (fragment 5): oit~cp !lEV yap eOOYKa 'tOClOV YEpa~ ocrcrov U1tapK£tV

'tTJlf)~

oi51:' acpEAcDV 0'51"

E1tOpe~a!leVOC;'

Ot 0' dxov OuvalltV Kat XPT1llacrtV ~crav uYT1'tO{, Kat 'tOte; et~aAmV KpatepoV O"aKo~ ullo'tEPotO"t, vt:Kav 0' otne Etacr' OUOe'tEpOU~ aoiKro~.

[t6crov 'YEpac;, as much privilege ocraov (= Qcrov) a1CaplCE'iv, as to be enough (from E1topiyro), giving too much ot 0(£), and (for those) who aYl1't'Ot, admired lCai tOte; etppaaaJll1V, I contrived for them too 1l1l~Uv aEt1C£C;, nothing improper allqnf)al.mv, having put around lover Kpat£ pov cralCoc;, my mighty shield eXll
Solon's reforms replaced the aristocracy (rule of the nobles) by a timocracy, in which political privilege was related to property; he divided the people into four property classes, each of which had appropriate political status.

23

H EI:BOAH (a)

VOCABULARY

it 7tPOcr~OA.1"

tilt; XpO(J'~OA:i1t;, attack to 'PPOUP10V, 'tau 'Ppo1Jpio1J, garrison 'to XmptOV, 'tau xmptO\), place; district o xmpot;, 'tou XroPO\), place Adjective E1tlt1,8El0t;, -a, -ov, friendly; + infin., suitable for Adverb ltXEP, where Conjunctions 01£01:£, when oxo'tav onOtE + av] + subjunctive, when{ever} Proper Names and Adjectives ai 'Axapvat,1:mv 'Axapvmv, Acharnae oi 'AxaPVi\t;,'tIDV 'AXaPVErov, inhabitants of Acharnae, the Acharnians

Verbs e1te..,EPX0ltat £l£t- + EK- + epxo~u:xt] + dat., I march out against, attack lCa9£~olta1. [= Ka1:tX- + ESOllat], [eOE-] lCage80uJ.Lat, I sit down; I encamp 1tEpl0paro,1 overlook, disregard 1:a't'tro ('ta(f(Jro), [1:O:K-] ta~ro. £'taSa. 't£taxa, t£ ta 1I-1a 1., EtaX91lv, I marshal, draw up in battle array; I station, post t £J.L v ro, ['t£Il£-] t £ IlID, [1:EIl-] £'tEltOV, ['tlle-] 't£'tltTtlCa. tEtJ.L"J.Lal, Etlt1,9Ttv, 1 cut; 1 ravage Nouns it at'd a, tile; ai'!:iae;, blame; responsibility; cause o8ilIlOe;, 'tOU 81,lt0\), the people; township; deme it eicrJiolv1, (ell-), 'tilt; £icr~oA.ilt;, invasion ft 1t£ipa, 'tilt; rcdpat;, trial; attempt; test ,

~,

! ,

106

23.

H

E :E BOA H

(ex)

."...~""")

~.

""-,~

107

o 'oe O"'tpa1:o<; 1:rov nEAonovvllO'{COv ltpotrov acp:ilc£'to 'tlle; 'A't1:tKlle; ee; Oivol1v 1tpO?,'EOV , ~1tEP EJl£UtV eO"~aAElv. '~~i' i (be; EKaee~o~~~,

cP

,!:pocr~oAa5J 1tapEO"KEuat;oV1:o 1:EtXEt 1totllcroJl~~\JJ~l1~avale; 'tE Ked 'a~Acp 'tponcp' ;, yap OivOll 01),cra ev JlE80piok11e; "A1:'tlKl1e; Kat B OtCO'ti~€'tE'tEiXtO"'to, Kat au't~ oi 'A911va'iot €Xprov'to ono'tE , "l.

I

Df ¥.!.

';'

R

'1

~

'''''''f;

r

\

""l. '1

1t0J\.,EJ.!0C; YE~.~,,~~?,,' 'tae; 't~.~V 1tpoO"poJ\.,ae; 1tap!crKEua~OV1:0 Kat aJ\.,J\.,co<; evote't Pt'!'O:;~ XPOVOV ~~Pt au'tTtv. ai1:t&~· 'tE OUK oAiYll V 'APXioClllo<; ~ I -t'-". ----EAa~Ev an' 'a;{;''tou ~ oi yap 'A91lvalot rcav'ta ecrEKOJltt;ov'toLev 'tip Xpovcp 'tou't21 ;.'-"')

~

~

-Il:)

r; '-

»

['tile; tA't'ttlC;;C;, gen. of place, in Attica 1tPOUPOAttC; ... 'tep t£{XEt 1tOll1a0I1£V01, future participle expressing purpose, to make attacks on the wall l111xava'ic;, siege engines aAAql1:p01tcp, otherwise J.L£9optotC;, borders £tE't'e(XtcJ1;o (pluperfect, from't£lxism), had been fortified with a wall autq" it CPPo1.)picp, as a garrison ()'It61:E 1tOAEIlOC; yeVOttO (optative), whenever war occurred aAAr.oc;, in other ways Evlhhpi\jlllV (from eVOta'tpt~(j}), they spent, wasted aU't'ftv, i.e., Oenoe auton, from wasting tiJpe there] • J...~ t ~.f",....t'" /' -..JI

€nEtOl, Jlev'tOt tcpocrpaAov'tEC; 't~ Oivo1t.jKal l2:&crav to eav #;tp &crav'tESl OUK eOUvav1:0 lEAEtVt Ot 'tE 'A811vatol OUOEV e1tEKl1-

10

PUKEUOV'tO, OU'tCO 01, oPllitcraV1:£<; arc' O:;U1:11<; ecrepaAov e<; 'tl,v 'A't'ttKTtV' ~Y£t'to

oe 'ApXioaJlOC; AaK£OatIlOVtCOV Po:;crtAEU<;.

[i~£iiVt sort; form,' way proposals]

£7tElCl1pulCEuov'to, were sending ambassadors to make peace . '\ww\J

~~? ~

KUt Ku!kSO/lEVOt e~¥'ov ltpiOJ~V /lev 'EA,EUcrivu KUt 'to 8ptacrtov ltEi)ioV. EnEt1:u oe acplKoV'to Xmpiov Jleytcr'tov 't11<; 'A't'ttlC11<; 'trov OTtJlcov KaAou~evcov, Kat Ka8Et;o~£vOILec; , , \ '-"'~~ ... ~-\ " ''\In! '" au't~ p'tpa'tO'1tEOOV 1:£ E1totllcraV1:o ,~vov 1:£ 1tOAUV EIl~£tvav't£e; E1:E~VOV. Aey€'tat o'tt yvro~n 't~t(fO£ 0 'APXioaIlO{1t£pi'tE1:a<; 'Axapvfxe; ~c; ee; JlaXll V 'ta~aJlEvo<;l£Jl£tV~ Kat ec; 'to n€Otov eK£ivl1 't~ ecrpOAll ou Ka'te~ll' llA1ttt;€ yap 1:0Ue; ,A811valOU<; E1tE~teVat Kat 'tl,V yllV

ltpoufmpou~E~~

E~ 'Axupv&~,

15

oe

Ill, 1t£pto'!'Ecr8at 1:E~VOJleVllv. ec; au'to, [lC a A.m} Il£V r.ov , so-called m~ E~

J.UXXTlv, as for battle march out against (him) being ravaged]

in it, there £J1J.LdVaVtE~, remaining there tOUC; •A9t\valouc.; bI:E~tEVat, that the Athenians would 'tTtv Y1lV ... 't'EllvOIl£Vt\V, (the fact) that their land was

20

108

Athenaze: Book II ~"""'''''

e1t~tOn

fI"'I,

o.ov au.:,ot\p e<; 'EAEU'atVa

aMv'tl1aav,

1tetp~~

K~t, \La

8plaatov

e'tcOtEt'tO 1tEpt 'AXcipv'fx<; Ka8iH1EvO<;

1teOiO~ OUK £1 E1te~{aatv'

"'-

&Jla Jl€V yap au'to) 0 Xffipo<; E1tl'tnOetOc; e<patVE'to eva'tpa't.01teOEUaat, ~,

~t ...\,-",

.

e

&Jla O€ evoJltl;e tou<; 'AXapv a<; \J.teya Jl€po<; ov'ta<; 't11<; lCOAEro~

25

('t ptO"X1A to t yap 01tAl'tat ey€vovto) ou 1tepto\jlEa8at " ta , a
'l"

/.", ".:"

e<; JlaX~v.

,H,

i\Al't''\t

[a.1I:';v'C1l0'uv (from cl1tav'tcXro) + dat., they went to meet x:tl9';JlEVO<;, sitting, i.e., encamped &JlO Jlev ... aJl<X ~£, at the same time EvO''tpa1:o7te:3EUQ'Ut, to encamp in 'CPtCl'XiAtOt, three thousand 'ta OCPE'CEPO lhacp9upO),LLWtl, (the fact) that their own property (lit., things) was being r;jeftroyed ,,~." oPJl,;ae\\! ,,.tqoulc{ urge on, rouse 'C01><; 1taV1a<;, everyone] ,

-adapted from Thucydides 2.18-20

PRINCIPAL PARTS: More Liquid Stems (-p-) aipID, [apE-] ixpm, [ap-] llpa.llPX:<x.llPJltlt. llp9t}v, [ lift, raise up; with reflexive pronoun, [get up; intransitive;' 1 get under way, set out ~tacp9eipm, [q>gepE-] ~t<xcp9E~&, [cp9up-J ~u!cp9etpa, [cp9ap.:}'~·l:£cp9apx:a or [q>9op-J ~tEcp90p{t, [q>9o:p-] 3l£cp9apJlat, lhecp9apllv) I destroy £YElpm, [eyepe:] ETEpm, [£'YEtp-J iiyEtpa, [thematic 2nd a~rist middle; eyp-] Tt'YPOJlt}v (l awoke), [Eyop-] E'Ypfl'Yopa ('1 am awake), [eyep-]' £Y';Y£PJlat, TtYEp91lv, active, transitive, I wake X up; middle and passive, intransitive, [wake up

.

,.'

WORD STUDY Give the Greek words from which the following E~glish political terms are derived: 1. politics 2. demagogue 3. ' rhetoric 4. democracy

5. mon~rchy 6. tyranny 7. ochlocracy (0 0XAOC;, mob}. 8. a~tonomy

GRAMMAR

1. Indirect Statements with Infinitives Indirect statements may be expressed with the infinitive instead of with 01:1 or mC; and the indicative (see Chapter 22, Grammar 3, pages 102103). a. When the subject of the infinitive is different from that of the leading verb it is in the accusative, e.g.:

:;'

\

23.

H

109

E LBO A H (ct)

(} nCl1:TtP J.LQl, £
the young man would help the old man. b. When the subject of the infinitive is the same as that of the leading verb it may be unexpressed in Greek but it must be supplied in English, e.g.:

o vEo:v{iiC;

)lOt £
The young man said to rne that he would help the old man. If the subject of the infinitive is the same as that of the leading verb and is expressed or modified by an adjective or participle, it will be in the nominative case, e.g.: 6 vEavitxc; 11m e
The young man said to me that he himself would help the old man.

6 vEtxviac; J.Lot E
Indirect statements with the infinitive may be introduced by other verbs as well as 'PllJ.Lt, especially verbs of thinking, believing, and hoping, e.g.: EVOblt'E 'tou<; 'Axctpveo:c; ou nEp16vecreat 'fa crcpe1:epct btacp6EtpollEVCl. He was thinking that the Acharnians would not disregard (the fact) that their own property was being destroyed. E1tt01:EUEV 1:ou<; 'AXctpveiie; 6p)lftonv 1:ou<; navra<; ee; llaXllv. He was believing that the Acharnians would rouse everyone to battle. ijA,1tt'e tOUe; 'Axapveiie; OPIlTtcrElV 1:0Ue; navtct<;

)laXllv.

He was hoping that the Acharnians would rouse everyone to battle. ~~

d. The negative is usually the same in the indirect statement as it was in the direct statement, e.g.: Direct:

't'9 yepovn au ~01l6TtcrOl. I will not come to the old man's aid.

Athenaze: Book II

110

Indirect: oil1c E'Pl1 1:ip yepov1:t ~0118TtcrBtv. He said that he would not come to the old man's aid. He denied that he would come to the old man's aid. Note that in the indirect statement the negative is placed before e
yap fKet BupncrBtV aU10v ta 1tpo~a'ta (l1tOOtOOllevov. 6 veavtae; E1ttcr'tBUE 'tOY 1ta'tepa aU1:ou TlOTl OtKaOe E1tavEA8dv. 6 nate; £ avacr'tllvat. noe MupptVl1 OUK E
23.

H

E LBO A H

(a)

111

2. Indirect Statements with Participles After verbs of knowing, learning, and perceiving indirect statements may be expressed with a participle, e.g.: O'l'OV'tCH 't;'v 'Y11V 'tEp.VOIl£VnV. They will see that their land is being ravaged. O\jlOV1:at 'tel ocp£'t£pa Otacp9.npoll£va. They will see that their own properly is being destroved. In the following examples note that, as with the infinitive construction, the subject of the indirect statement is not expressed if it is the same as that of the leading verb. Note also that in this case the participle is in the nominative case. Also, at)1;OC;, alYtl1, auto may be used in the nominative case to emphasize the subject of the indirect statement. Note the following: enl<J1:av'ta1 ei<; p,£,,{tO''tov ICtVOUvov lCtX'tcxCJ'tav'te(;. They klWw that they have gotten into the greatest danger. oloa au'toc; /lEV 6 pa&~ 'Ytyv cOOICOlV, h:eivouc; of: &~ap1:avov1:ac;. I know that I myself am right, and that they are wrong. The rules for tenses and negatives are the same for the participle construction as for the infinitive construction.

Exercise 23 JJ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

0 aU1:poupyOC; dOE toV OOUAOV imo 't<9 oevopf{llCaSEUOOV1:a. 0 OOUAO<; eyvro 1:0V oEcmo'tl1v ~aAa opyt~o~evov. at yuVatlCEC; doov AUlCOV ~Eyav npoc; 'tnv 'KPTtVl1V npocnov'ta. "h j.LTt'CllP eyvro tnV Suya'tEpa 'tOY AUlCOV j.LeXAa <po~ou~evl1v. "h ~Tt'tT1P nnta'ta'to autn ~EV acr<paAnc; ot)oa~ 'tTtv oe euya'tEpa etc; KtVOUvov Ej.Lnl:n1:0ucrav. Ot' oAiyou doe 'tOY AU1I:OV 1:pe'l'a~evov npoc; 'tft OPll anocpeuyov1:a. 'Cnv o{)v Suya'tepa lCaA£afioa, "E1taV£ASe," £
Greek Wisdom Heraclitus EK 'trov ouxcpePOVtrov lCaAAt01:11V aPJlovtfiV yiyveaSat 6 tHpeXlCAettOc;
112

Athenaze: Book II

The Peloponnesian War: First Phase (431-421 B.C.) The events that led up to the war are briefly outlined in Chapter 20, pages 60-61. Pericles was convinced that war was inevitable and, while observing the terms of the Thirty Years' Peace to the letter, he was not prepared to make any concessions to the Peloponnesians. He believed firmly that Athenian naval and financial superiority would bring victory in a war of attrition and that the war had better be fought now than later. He had a clearly conceived strategy, which he outlined to the people in the speech from which you read extracts in Chapter 21~. The Athenian army could not risk battle in the field against the Peloponnesians, whose armyoutnumbered theirs by two to one and included the best hoplites in Greece. But the Athenians with a fleet of 300 triremes controlled the seas and the empire, so that Athens was invulnerable, provided that she was prepared to abandon Attica: '~You must make up your minds to abandon your land and houses and keep guard over the sea and the city." At the same time, he intended to use the navy to make landings on enemy territory in the Peloponnesus and would attempt to regain control of Megara and its ports and to win over northwest Greece, so that a blockade of the Corinthian Gulf would bring Corinth to her knees. Whether this Periclean strategy of a war of attrition, undermining the determination of the enemy, would have been successful, we cannot tell; for Pericles' calculations were upset by unforeseen factors, in particular by the plague that swept the city in 430-429 B.C. and by the cost of the war, which proved far higher than Pericles had calculated, so that by 422 B.C. the huge financial reserves on which he had relied were exhausted. The war lasted from 431 to 404 B.C. with an intermission from 421 to 416. In this essay we will outline the events of the first half only, the Archidamian War, as it is called. In early summer 431 B.C. the Peloponnesian army under the Spartan king Archidamus invaded Attica, staying for about a month, while the Athenians withdrew behind the walls of Athens and saw their land ravaged. As soon as the Peloponnesian army withdrew, Pericles led the Athenian army out and devastated Megara. At the same time a fleet of 100 triremes together with allied contingents sailed around the Peloponnesus, landing at various points and causing havoc. In the autumn this force joined up with the AtheRian army for a second attack on Megara. The operations of the next few years followed a similar pattern with the northwest of Greece seeing more activity. Both sides had allies in this area and sent expeditions to help them win control of the approaches to the Corinthian Gulf. The outcome was inconclusive except in the Gulf itself, where the brilliant victories of the Athenian admiral Phormio over a much larger Peloponnesian fleet finally established Athenian naval supremacy beyond all doubt (see Chapter 29). In 425 B.C. a minor operation nearly brought the war to an end. An Athenian fleet sailing around the Peloponnesus was forced by bad weather to land

23.

H

E L BOA H

at Pylos, on the west coast of the Peloponnesus. When the fleet continued on its way, it left behind a small force that fortified the promontory of Pylos and held it against Spartan attacks until reinforcements arrived. In the course of this operation, 420 Spartans were cut off on the island of Sphacteria. Eventually, the surviving 292 Spartans surrendered and were taken to Athens. The Spartan authorities in their eagerness to recover the prisoners sent an embassy to Athens to negotiate peace; the generous terms offered were rejected by the Assembly on the advice of Cleon, who had succeeded Pericles, who had died in 429 B.C., as the most influential speaker in the Assembly. The following year the war took a new turn when a Spartan officer named Brasidas led a small force overland through northern Greece to Thrace. There he fomented revolt among the cities of Chalcidice, which belonged to the Athenian Empire, and succeeded in taking Amphipolis, a city of great strategic importance on the river Strymon. The historian Thucydides was one of the generals commanding in this area. He arrived with a fleet just too late to save the city, and for this failure he was brought to trial and exiled. The Spartans were still eager for peace, and the Athenians were weary of the war. There was now a strong peace party, led by Nicias. In 423 B.C. a one-year truce was agreed upon, during which time negotiations for a permanent settlement were to go forward. When the truce ended, however, Cleon persuaded the Assembly to send him in command of an expedition to recover Amphipolis. He scored some initial successes, but then Brasidas attacked him outside the walls of Amphipolis. In the ensuing battle both he and Brasidas were killed. " With their deaths, the chief obstacles to peace were removed, and in 421 B.C. a treaty was negotiated between Athens and Sparta, which is known as the Peace of Nicias. Each side agreed to abandon nearly all the gains they had made in the war and to observe the peace for fifty years. The outcome of these ten years of costly and bitter struggle was thus a return to the position that had existed before the war. It proved to be a stalemate, nor were the prospects for long-term peace good. Nothing had been resolved. The basic reason for the war, the Peloponnesian fears of Athenian power, was still valid, nor, as events showed, was Athenian ambition quenched. Five years later the war was to start again, this time with consequences disastrous for Athens.

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus ~eo<; civ6polTcq> Sat).Hov.

Fragment 119 Diels

114

Athenaze: Book II

H EI:BOAH

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs

Nouns '" eA,7ti~t 'tfi~ EA,1ttOOe;, hope; expectation it e;oooe;, 'tfie; e;680'U, going out; marching forth; military expedition 'to 0''tu8toV, tou 0''tcx8io'U, pI., 'tel (J'taOta or 0\ O''Cao1.ot, stade (1 stade = 607 feet or 185 meters; 8.7 stades = 1 mile; 5.4 stades = 1 kilometer) Adjective

8tcxA,~co, I disband (an army);

I disperse (a fleet) Eam, imperfect, eLrov (irregular augment), ecic:sco (note a instead of 11 after the E), Etaacx (irregular augment), EtlilCCl, £lliIlClt, da9nv, I allow, let be EfJ.J.LtVCO [= ev- + IlEVro], I remain in e~oqJ.Clp't&V co [:::; eK- + (xllcxPtavro] , I miss; I fail; I make a mistake OtOIlCU or otllUt, imperfect, cp6J111V or 4l1l11V, [OiEM] oiitcrollal., cptl9nv) I think

o

EKClatOe;,-n.-ov,each Proper Name oi Botcotot, trov Botm'tmv, Boeotians

'AeTlvcdot OE, !-lEXpt !-lEv oi) TCEPI 'EAEuO'tVa Kat 'to 8pIaO'tov 1t£8~ O''tpa'toc; ~V, EA1tioa 'ttVa £txov aU'tour; Ee; 'to EYYU't£pCO !-lit npollvat. "t

En£toit OE n£pt 'tae; ,AXapv at; Et80v 'tOY O'''Cpa'tov £~{rKOV1:a 0'''Ca8iout; 't1lt; nOA£COt; a1t£xovta, o1)"K£1:t avaO'x£'tov E1tOtOUV1:0, aAAa, 'tftt; yf\c; "C£IJ,VO!-l£VTlt; EV 't(9 EJ.l<paV£t, OEtVOV aU'totc; E<paiv£1:o Kat EOOK£t 'tOtt; 't£

5

aAAott; Kat IJ,aA10''ta 'tote; vEaviatt; E1t£C;l£Vat Kat J.ln 1C£ptOpUv. Ka'trX ~uO''taO'£te; "C£ ytYVOIJ,£VOt EV TCOAAn eptot ~O'av, 01, J.l£V KEA£UOV't£t;

E1t£C;t£Vat, oi O£ "CtV£t; OUK EroV't£t;.

Ot 't£ 'AXapvftt; OiOIJ,EVOt au't01

J.l£ytO'''COV J.lEPOt; Etvat 'trov ' AeTlvairov, rot; au'trov " yft E'tEJ.lV£'tO, EVftyoV 'tnv e~ooov J.laAtO''ta.

10

ou,

[J.L£Xpt •.. as long as E<; "to lhyu'tepm, closer IXVcx,O'XE'tOV, tolerable exotouv'to, they were considering EV tq, e~cpcx,vet, visibly, within eyesight lCcx,'t a ~uCJ't&CJ£tc; ... ytYV6J.L£V01, assembling into groups ept8t, contention, strife EVllYOV (from EV- + ii10)) , were urging]

nav'tt 1:£ 'tP01tcp aVTlpee10''tO " 1tOAtt; Kat "COV TI£ptKAEa EV opyn £txov, Kat EK£tVCOV dlv 1tap~V£O'e npo'tEpoV EJ.l£J.lVTlV'to ou8ev, aAA' EKaKtsOV (lu'tOV 0't1 O'''CpatTlyot;

roy

OUK E1t£~ay£t, al'ttOV 1:£ EVOJllSOV

23.

H

EI:BOAH

(~)

115

a:l)'tOV Elvut ncXv'tffiv c1v enucrxov. n£ptKAnr:; BE oprov JlEV a-lytou<; 1tpor:; 1:0 1tUPOV 6pyt~oJlevour:; Kat OU 1:a aptcr1:u CPPOVOUV1:u<;, Tttcr1:EUIDV BE op9ror:; ytyvrocrKEtV 1tEpt 1:0U Jlf) ETtE~leVal, EKKAl1criav OUK E1tOlEt ouOe ~UAAOYOV ouoevu, tVu Jll, opy1t J,lCtAAOV 11 yvroJlll ~UVEAe6V1:EC; e~aJlcXp1:rocri 1:1, aAAa 't~V 'tE 1t6A1V ecpUAacrcre KUt Ot' 'hcruxlar:; J,lcXAtcr'tU ocrov EOUVU'tO EiX£V. [av" pe9ul'to (pluperfect passive of

15

avepeEH~w),

had been stirred UP. was excited £lCalcttov, they were abusing on, because out against (the enemy) 1tpO; 'to 1ta p ov, at the present state of affairs 1tepi 1:0U e1te~l£v«l, about not going out to attack ~UAAO'YOV, gathering, meeting 8t' 1}(J'UXia.; ... etX£v, he was keeping (it) quiet] £~£fJ.V11V'tO + gen., they remembered £1tE~a'Y£t, he was (not) leading (them)

11"

Ot OE TIEA.onOVVltcrlOl, £1tEtOf) OUK e1tE~llcrav au'tot<; ot 'A9'l1vatot e<; JlcXXl1 V, apav'tcC; eK 'tmv 'AXapvrov eOnOUV 'trov OltJlffiV 'ttvac; aAAouc; Kat eJ.LJ.L£lVaV1:Er:; EV 'tIl 'A't'tt1cU 1tOAUV 1:1Va xp6vov, aVeXropllcrav Ola B01ID'troV, OUX U1tEP ecrE~aAov. acplK6Jl£VOl Oe Er:; neA01t6Vvllcrov OLEA ucrav 'tOY cr1:pa'tov Kat £Kacr'tOl E<; 'tf)V EUU1:roV n6A1V ETtaVnA90v. [«,;,'t01';: dat. with e1tl~~nO'av

e8nouv (from 811tOW), were laying waste, ravaging]

-adapted from ThJlcydides 2.21-23

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs with Present Stem Suffix -avau ~-av -CD [au~e-] au ~1l(Jm, 11 \S~"(Ja, 11 U~l11Ca, '1u~l1 Ila i, 11 u ~1l 9"v, I increase Aa~ll-av-co, [A-111l-] A1l'V o fL a t, [A-all-] ~Aa~ov, [A-llll-] eiAllCPa, etAl1~llal. EATtCP9"v, I take; middle + gen., I seize, take hold of llav9 .. av-CD. [J.1a9E-] fJ.a91\0'0~ai, [flae.. ] flla90v. [flaee-] 1l£~aall1Ca, I learn,' I understand Note that AaJ!ll
WORD BUILDING Verbs and nouns are formed by adding suffixes to a stem. Give the meaning of the verbs and nouns in the following sets:

1.

Stem

Verb

NOWl

A.E'Y 'tPE1t'Ypacpll a X-

AE'Y- ro 'tPE1t-ro 'Ypacp-ro l1 a X- o ll ctt

6 A'()'YO-C;

I

6 'tp61to-C; ;, 'Ypacp-n ll aX-ll

n

20

116

Athenaze: Book II

2. The following noun suffixes denote agent: -tll (nominative -tlls) -E1) (nominative -EUe;) -tll P (nominative -tll p) -LPO (nolllinative -1:po~)

1totE-htOtllKpt-hcptyplXq>YV-/YEV -/yov0' roOro-/Oo-

Ia-

notE-ro KP'l-Vro ypaq>-ro Y{-yv -0 Jlet t J

O'cp-~ro

Ot-ero- Jl t > nX-OJlett I

o 1&otl1-tnc; o Kpt-tnc; o ypo:q>-EUe; o YOV-EUe; o O'ro-'tnp o eo-'tnp o ra-'tpoe;

3. The following noun suffixes denote action:

-O't (nominative -CHe;)

-)111 (nominative -JlT})

it Au(ne;

)...'o-/A1)-

nOtE-i1totT}KpI-IKptq>l1-/cpayv ro-/yv 0 -

nOte-ro , Kpt-Vro CPll-)1t y t -yv ro-a K ro

~ ~

nOtl1-<JtC; Kpt-<JtC;

it q>~-Jll1 it yv ro- Jlll

4. The following noun suffix denotes result of action: -)1ett (nominative -Jla)

1&otE-/nOtllnp aKypacp-

notE-ro 1tpduro ypaq>-ro

to notll-JllX 'to 1tp&Y-JlO: 'to ypaJl-JllX The suffixes illustrated above are the most common ones, but there are many others.

GRAMMAR 3. Indirect Statements with l.htlroc;, Infinitive, or Participle? After

Expect usually

a. Verbs of saying: i . <j>1lJli 0 r eq>llv II. Aeyro iii. et1&OV

infinitive infinitive or on/roc; on/wc;

b. verbs of thinking and believing OOK&, vOJlll;ro, OtOJlo:t, 1&tO''tEUro

infinitive or sometimes cht/roc; infinitive (negative usually Jl~)

d. verbs of knowing and learning ytyvm<JKO), En:: tQ''ClX Jlat , JllXv8avro, olea

participle or on/we;

e. verbs of perceiving aKouro,op&

participle or, of intellectual perception, on/roc;

23.

H

E LBO A H

(~)

117

4. The Verb
Exercise 23 Y Translate the following pairs of sentences. Grammar 3 above each sentence exemplifies.

State which pattern in

1. 6 a.YYf}"O~ £
6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

The old man said that the boy had already returned home. 01 v Euvio.l VOJ.lt~ou(nv o.U1:0L 'toue; noAEJ.llOUC; pg3iroC; vt:K"f}aEtv. We think that we ourselves will easily take the city. 01 no.t3E~ etnov on/roc; 'tDV na1:Epa EV 't11 a:yop(j: dSov. The foreigners said that they had found the money. opro -DJ.lac; nOf...Aa Kat 1(o.Ka naaxov'tac;. We see that they are mistaken. XEtJ.l&VO~ 'Yt'yvoJ.levou ot valhat I£yvroaetv on/roe; J.l6At~ de; 1:0V A1J.lEVa a 01Kq> a
Athenaze: Book II

118

5. The Articular Infinitive The infinitive can be used as a verbal noun in any case, simply by introducing it with the neuter of the definite article (the negative is Jl:ll), e.g.: tOUtO ean 'to aa1.1C£iv~ 'to nA£ov '[roY aAA,COV ~ll't£iv EXetv. This is wrongdoing, seeking to have more than others. (Plato, Gorgias 483e) (Here 'to aOtK"EtV is nominative, subject of E.a'[l, and 'to ... ~1),[EtV is another nominative, in apposition to '[outo.)

o IleptK"All£; ntateuet op8ro£; ytyvrom(Etv nepl 'tou Ilit E7t£~tEVat. Pericles believes that he is right about not going out to attack. '"

I

•

I

,

,....

,

..!

1:'9 'tax£m~ ut7t£U£1.V EV Katpq:> a
The infinitive may have its own subject in the accusative (see sentence no. 5 in Exercise 230 below) and its own complement (such as a direct object), e.g.:

'tip 'taXEcoc; 8UOlC£tV 'to 9np{ov~ Ot' OA,tyou Ka'[aA;rt\jlOJlE8a. By quickly pursuing the wild beast. we will soon catch (it).

Exercise 23 a Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

b 8eJllatOK"Af\e; JlaA,la'ta at'ttoe; ~v 't01) ev 'tOle; a'tEvoie; vauJ!axllaat. '[t eon 'to OtKCttOV; 'to 0{x:al0v ean '[0 '[oue; J!£v
Greek Wisdom Heraclitus ou OEl romtep lCu9£uoov'[ae; 1tOl£lV Kat ABYEtV. Fragment 73 Diels O'uvtoJ!COtO:'CT)v boov EAeyev eie;

EUOo~tliv

'to YEveaOal aya96v. Fragment 135 Diels

23.

H

E LBO A H

«(3)

119

6.. Relative ITonouns and Their Antecedents: Some Special Cases a. Attraction ofRelative Pronoun to the Case ofIts Antecedent Examine the following from pages 114-115, lines 11-14: 1:0V TIeptlCA£fi EV opyft etxov, Kat e1Ceiv(Ov COV naPTtvecre 1tpo'tepov e/le/lvllv'to DuSev ... atnov te evo/ltsOV aU1:ov etvat 1tav"C(Ov 6>V E1tacrxov.

They were angry with Pericles and remembered nothing of those things that he had formerly advised . .. and they thought that he was responsible for all that they were suffering. In this sentence the relative pronouns, which would normally be accusative, have been attracted into the case of their antecedents €KetV(oV and mxv't(J)v respectively. Such attraction to the case of the antecedent often occurs when the relative pronoun would normally be in the accusative case and its antecedent is in the genitive or dative case. The attraction is optionaL

b. Antecedent Incorporated into the Relative Clause Sometimes the antecedent does not precede the relative pronoun but is incorporated into the relative cla,use, e.g.: -

"

o cr'tpa'tllYo~ E1tOPEUE'tO cruv it etxe-Su\,O:y.£t

uuv SuvaUEt"i\V/n"Etxe).

The general was marching with the (military) forces that he, had. c. Oin'ission ofAntecedent Where the antecedent is a demonstrative pronoun, it is frequently omitted and attraction takes place. For example, instead of E1tatvro cre E1tt 'tOUtOt<; a/ot~ A£YEtC;.

I praise you for these things that you say. the antecedent would usually be omitted, as follows: E1tatvro cre E
otl\i A£yetC;.

I praise you for what you say.

Exercise 23 £ Read aloud and translate. For each relative pronoun, give the form in which it would have been if attraction had not taken place, and give (where applicable) the omitted demonstrative pronoun antecedent. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

}.tn ictcr'tEU(O}.tEV 'to'i~ npecrf3ecrtv ote; E1tQnjlaV ot Aa1CeOatJlOvtot. cis,wt EU'tE, ro civSpee;, 'tfle; €Aeueepio:c; n~ 1CEK'tl1uee (you have won). Set t,/l&C; acp' (bv lote (you know) atHol, 'tn npaYJ.1a'ta Kp'ivat (to judge). 6 cr't pa'tl1Yoc; acplKe'to ayo)V trov 1tOA.EmV (bv E1tEtcre u'tpanav. a}.taeeota'tot (most ignorant) EU't£ (bv tyro otSa 'EA.A,T1V(OV.

ano

Athenaze: Book II

120

7"

Prepositional Prefixes and Euphony Certain changes in spelling take place when prefixes are attached to verbs (see Book I, Chapter 5, Grammar 4, pages 58-59), Note what happens with prefixes that end in v: Before ~,1t, EJ..l1tl1t"Cro (cf. EV e1t€<Jov, EJ..l1t€crOOV). Before y, K:, ~J and X, v becomes y, e.g., <J'UV- + ypacpro > cr'l)yypa<pro and EV- + K:CX/"'Eoo > EYK:aAsro. Before A or Il, v is fully assimilated, e.g., <J'UV- + /"'£yoo > <J'l)/"'AEYro and EV + !lEVro > EJ..lJ..lEVoo.

o

TIEPIKAHl:

Read the following passages (adapted from Thucydides 2.65) and answer the comprehension questions: The plague undermined Athenian morale. The people blamed Pericles for their sufferings and sent envoys to Sparta to discuss peace terms. Pericles made a speech to try to raise their spirits. Thucydides here summarizes the achievements of Pericles. \.. .~ ~'- ... L~'\j ~-.....: "CO l(xU"CCX, 0 TIEPU(A.:lle.; AEymv btetp&"CO toue.; 'AEhlVaio'Uc; tfte.; ec; U1Y&OV opyfte.; ~\ ~., 1tCXpaA;)Etv. ot o£ 011~ocrta J..l£V tOt~ AoyotC; E1td6ov"Co K:at OUtE 1tpOe.; "COUC; , .... ~ A(XlCeOCXtJ..lOVto'UC; 1tPE<J~EtC; en enEJ..l1tOV ee; tE tOV 1tOAe~OV !la/..,/..,ov roPJ..lllV'tO, 1:0t
"""'.,

I

[ec; + ace., against 1totPotAf>uv, to rid X (ace.) of Y (gen.) BllJ.LoO'iCf, publicly OU't'E mpJ.Lllv'to (pluperfect passive of apI.Hxm), they had been aroused, were in a state of eagerness 'to\~ 1C ot(:hl J.L(X 0' tV , sufferings 1CptV, until £~T\lliCJ)O'(Xv) they penalized, fined XPTtllotO'tV, dat. of XPlllla:ta, money) with e~'l1lllO)crav etA.ov'&'o, they chose] = au

1. 2. 3. 4.

What was Pericles attempting to do? What three things did the Athenians publicly do in response? What did they do in private? What did the Athenians have to do before they could stop being angry at Pericles? ~ 5. What did they do shortly thereafter? V"'~

\,'"

ocrov "Ce yap XPOVOV 1tpou<J"Cll "Cf\e;1tOA£roe; EV ttl eipf}vTI' IlEtptooc; 'hyeito Kat U<J
23.

H

E LBO A H

(~)

121

OE Ouo E'tT1 Kat ES 1J.:f\vw;· Kat enEt8~ cmE8avEv, Ent nAeov eyvooa8T1 ;, npovOta IlU'tOU it ee; 'tOY nOAej.lOV. [OO'ov ... XPOVOV, as long as 1tpoiSO''tll (from 1tpotO''tlH.lt) + gen., he was at the head of, in charge of IlB'tptCJ)t;, moderately Eft' E1CEivou, in his time r::a'tEatl1, began

10

1tpoyvouC; (from 1tpoyt'yvmO'K())), having foreknown E1t£P{CI) (from e1tt~t6())), he lived on, survived flllVat;;, months £1t1.1tA£OV, more, further fyvma911 ~ 1tpovota aU1:'011, his foresight was recognized i~ 'tOY 1tolEIlOV, with regard to the war]

6. How did the city fare with Pericles in charge of it during peacetime? 7. When war came did Pericles appear to be right or wrong in his thinking about the city? 8. What was recognized even more after Pericles' death? 6 IlEV yap Eqrl1 itauxa~ov'tac; tE Kilt 'to VaU'tlKOV qmAaaaoV'tae; Kat apx~v 111, E1ttK1:(OIlEvouC; ev tip 1tOAEIlCf> 1l,,8e 1:11 nOAEt KtVOUveuovtac; IlU1:0UC; VLtctlaEtv. Ot Oe tau'tll nav'ta ec; 'to evc£v't{OV EnpiXsav Kat KIl'ta ti:a; io{aC; q>tA01:1IltaC; KC£t tOta KEpOT1 KaKroc; f.noA'i'tEuaav. o.tnov of: nv on f.lCEtVOC; Ouva1:0C; mv OUK 11y£tO uno tou 8ftllou Il&AAOV 11 au'toc; ~YE. f.yiyve'to te AOYCP IlEV o11llolCpa1:ia, EPYql OE uno tOU npro-cou avOpo~ apxft. [e,t'LK'tCl)lleVOU~, increasing, adding to 1:'n 1tolEt KtV~;;:)VEuov'ta~, putting the city at risk oi 8e, but they (i.e., his successors) e~ 'to Evav't{ov, in the opposite way 1: &C; i8iac; cptAo'tilliac;, their private ambitions X£P811, profits 1(a1C&~ e1tOA1.1:Eua(Xv, pursued bad policies

atttov, the reason]

9. What four things had Pericles said the citizens should do if they were to be victorious? 10. Did the Athenians do as Pericles said they should? 11. What two things motivated the Athenians? 12. How did they conduct themselves as citizens? 13. What reasons does Thucydides give for Pericles' success as a leader? 14. How does Thucydides describe the system of government under Pericles?

Exercise 23 ~ Translate into Greek: 1. 2. 3.

4.

When Pericles died, his successors (01. iSo't£pov) were not leading the citizens but were being led by them. For each wishing to be first said, "I will give the citizens all that (whatever) they want." But they made many mistakes (use 2tOlA& + cXJ1cxp'tavm) and sent away the expedition to Sicily (use .q In:£A.ia), hoping that they would thus oblige (use xap{~oJ1at + dat.) the people. But when they heard that the generals were being defeated by the enemy, they did not send aid (use it pO'I;G£ta).

15

122

Athenaze: Book II 5.

Competing (use aycovi~oJ1(n) against each other about the leadership (use 1) xpoeJ'tuaia) of the people, they were being persuaded to neglect (use aJ,LEA.EID + gen.) the war.

Classical Greek Solon Solon's poems were not confined to political themes. The following lines come from a long poem in which he reflects on men's desire to win wealth; ill~gotten gains earn punishment from Zeus. He here lists some ways in which men try to make a living (fragment 13.43-44,47-50, 53-54): cr1teuoet (5 lXA.A.o8EV lXA.A.oC;· b jlev KO:1:& 1tOV1:0V aA.&1:cu ev Vll\)(jtV XP~~O>v 011(0:0e KEpOOe; lXYElV .... lXA.A.oC; yiiv 'tEJlVCOV itOA.U8EV8peov de; evtau1:ov A.O:1:peuet, 'tOtO'tv KaJl1tUA.' apo'tpa JlEA.et· lXA.A.oc;; 'A9TlvatTle; 1:e 1(at 'Hq>atO'1:ou 1tOA.U1:EXVeCO epyo: Bo:de;; xetpoiv ~UA.A.Eye'to:t ~io'tov .... aA.A.OV Jluv'ttv g8TlKev avas EKaepyOC; 'AxoA.A.o>v, eyvo> (5' o:v(5pl KaKov 1:T\A.ogev epxojl£vov. t

[aAAogev liAAO<;, one man one way, one another lCa'ta 1tOVtOV, over the sea eXAchat, wanders vTt'l)(Jiv = va.u(JtV xp~tQ)v 1 longing 1C£p6o~ ('to), gain, wealth 'tEJ.Lvmv, cutting 1tOAUOEV6peov, with many a tree, tree-clad Ei~ EVtautov, year in, year out Aa'tpeuEt, slaves 't'o1.(nv, for whom lClXJ.L1tUA,(a) , bent IlEA,et, are a concern •A9Ttva{Tt~ = 'A9l\vii~ 1tOA.u't£xveco (gen. of 1tOA.'tEXVl\~), of many crafts (Hephaestus was the god of fire and crafts) 6ad(;, knowing, skilled in XEtp01.V, with his (two) hands ~io'tov, his livelihood ,.ui.v'ttv, a prophet i!9Tt'KEV, made «val; £1Caep'Yo<;, the Lord, the far-shooter (lit., far-worker) Hyvco, gnomic aorist, he (the prophet) knows 'tt'lA,6gev, from afar]

New Testament Greek John 6.47-51 Jesus the Bread of Life Jesus speaks to the Jews. "aJlnV aJll1v AEYro iljltv. 6 'ltHJ'tEUO>V EXEt ~roilv cdrovtov. Eyffi dJlL b lXp'to~ '[fie; ~0>f\C;. oi 1ta'tEpe~ flJlrov eq>ayov tv 1:11 epYtJlql 'to Iluvva Kat CtxE8avov' oi>1:o<; EO''ttV 6 lXp1:ot; 6 EK 'tou oupavou 1CO:1:a~o:ivo>v, tva 'tlC; E~ 0:\)'[01) a'Y11 h: 'to{noTI 'tou lXp'tou sncret de; 'tOV a.irovo:, Kat /) ap1:o~ Be OV eyro 8rocrco ;, craps Ilou €O''ttv imep 'tile;; 1:0U KOcrJ.L01) ~o>f\<;."

23.

H

E LBO A H

(~)

123

[afJ.f)v, verily ~ronvJ life cximvlov, eternal b ap'toc;, the bread EqJCXYOV, ate -en eprnup, the desert 'to Ilavva, the manna aimva, eternity 'Kai ... Se, moreover also (J&:p~, the flesh 'tou 'KoO'Il0U, the world]

n

Departure of a warrior

24

EN

~I~ALKAAQN

(ex)

£V oloumcaAffiv' En' apta'tep~ Ilev 6 nu't<; KtOUp{~EtV otoacYlc£'tut uno KtOUP10"'tOU' Ent BE beSlq: KaOrrtat 6 nUtOuYffiYOC;' 1l£'tUSU of: 6 'Ypulllluna'tnc; 1:ex. 'YPaIlIlU'ta oloacrK:El.

VOCABULARY

oypaJ!J!cx'ttcr'tTtr;, 'tou ypCXJ!-

Verbs OtOacrlCm, [oloax-] oto«H;m, Eo{oa~a, oEoioaxa, oeoioaYJ!at, iotOax911v, I teach someone (ace.) something (ace.); passive, I am taught something (ace.) *~&ro (unattested, hypothetical form) (~&, ~f1c;, ~f1, etc.), infinitive, ~ftv, imperfect, E~(J'>v, £Sl1~, £Sl1, etc., ~1\crro or ~1\ cr0J!{U, I live J!EAE1:&ro, I study; I practice natoeum. 1HXtOeucrm, E1taioEucra.1tE1taioeUKa,ne'Jtaioeu l.1(xt, Encxtoeu911v, I educate cpottum, I go; I visit Nouns to 'YpaJ.LJ!a, 'tou 'YPalllltl'tO<;, letter (of the alphabet); pl., writing

J!atu]"tou, schoolmaster

it 'Yullvacr'ttK";. 'tfie; YUJ!va<J'ttKf\C;, gymnastics

o oto&o1(a"'o<;. 'tou OtOaCilcalou, teacher b 1C19aplo't";c;, 'tOU lCt9aptCf'tou, lyre player it 1l0UCfl1CTt. tfiC; J!ouCfl1Cfic;, music it naioeucnc;, 'tfir; 1t(UOEUCfEmc;, education b (JOcptCf'C";<;, tou O'OcptCf'tOU, wise man; sophist o teteIDV, tOu 1:f:.te6vtoC;, parent ouioC;. tou uiou, son Adjectives &011COC;, -ov, unjust aiCfXP0<;. -cit -ov, shameful aO'lleVOC;, -11. -OV, glad(ly) ollCatoc;.-a, -ov,just O'J!llCPOC;, -a, -ov, sma II II

124

I ,

24.

EN

Ll I Ll A L K A AnN

Conjunction 01tIDt; + subjunctive> so that, in order to; + future indicative, (to see to it) that Expressions Kae' TtJ..L£plXv, every dajj

(a)

125

n:ept 1tOAAOU fCO\OU,UU, I consider of great importance 1tEpt 1tA.eiO"'to'U 1t01.ou,J.(Xt, I consider of greatest importance

v... . . . t" \,....\\ ~,"" .. \. ~ :-'" v""\c .... I.U3XPt lleV ot Ot 'tE I1EAonoVVYt(HOt £V 'tft ' A't'ttKft £IlEVOV Kat 01.

'A811Vatot £noAtOpKOUV'tO, 6 Ot'tfi. De Kat Ei~ 'tou na100'tpiPou onco<; 'Citv Y'UJ.lVaO''CtKitv ,.u:AE'tg,.

EnEt 0' 11YYEA911

5

O'tl 01. ITEA01tOVVYtO'tOt a1t~A90v, a1tav'tE<; 01. au'touPYOt cpopou AEAU IlEVOt £i~ 'tou<; aypou<; EnaVnO'av. 6 J.lEV oilv AtKa101toAt<; 'tilv 'tE yuVatKa Kat 'toue; 1tatoa<; £J.l£AAEV otKaOE

KO III EtV ,

6 DE aOEAq>o<; 1lPE'tO

ail'tov £i EBEA£t 'tOY tAtn1toV nap' eau't(9 AEt1tEtV tva J.lit 1tau11'tat nato£u0J.l£vo<;. b J.lEV oi)v AtKatOnOAt<; 'tau'ta aO'IlEVO~ OE~aIlEVo<; Kat

10

'tOY uiov 'tql aOEAcp(9 e1tt'tPE'Va~ E1tOPEUE'CO, 6 DE , as long as 'tmv aV£\j11mV, his cousins 'tou Kcn6otpipo'U, trainer A£A'UJ1£VOt, perfect passive participle + gen.) freed from n:ap' eautip, at his house]

anoia 0'

~v au't11 il1taioE'U0'1~ ouva'tat 'tt<; ytYVroO'KctV OUXAOyOV

'ttva 'tou I1Aa'tOlvo<; O'Konrov, EV

(9 O'oq>tO''CYt<; 'tt<;,

ITpOl'tayopfi.<; QvoJ.la'tt,

a

eVOEtKvu0'8at nEtpu'tat o'tt OtOaK'tov £O''CtV il apE'tYt.

yap

15

IT pOl'tayo pa<; AEYEt o'tt anaV'tE~ oi 'tEKOV'tc<; 'tOU'to ncpt 1tAEtO''tO'U 1totouv'tat, onOl<; aya90t YEV'tlO'ov'ta1 oi natOE<;. [b'ltoia., of what sort OUXAOYOV, dialogue a teachable thing]

ev6eh:vua9al, to show, prove

~h6a-

lCtoV,

"EK natOOlV O'Il1.KProv," q>l1O'tV, "ap~aIlEVOt, IlExpt ot1tcp UV Sro(HV, Kat OtO&O'KO'U0'1 Kat vouB£'toUO'tV.

e:n:E10aV 1tPro'tOV (j'UV1.11 't1<; 'Ca

A€y0J.lEva, Kat 'tpoq>o~ Kat llil't11P Kat 1tatOayOlYo~ Kat au'to<;

a na1:itp

ncp! 't01>'tOU 01aJ.laxoV'ta1, onOl~ cb~ ~EA'ttO''tO<; EO''tat 6 1tat<;, nap' EKacr'tov epyov Kat AOYOV OtOaO'KOV1:E<; Kat eVOEtKVU!lEVOt 01:1 'to !lev OtKatoV ~ 'to DE aOtKOV, Kat 'CODE J.lev KaAov, 1:00E DE aicrxpov, Kat 1:00£

20

Athenaze: Book II

126

Jl€V ocrtoV, 't60E O€ aVO(HOV, Kat 'eft Jl€V 1tOlEt, 'La OE Jli11tOtEt. Kat Jl£V 1tEi81l'tat-,

et

e&v

OE JlT}, rocr1tEP ~UAOV Otacr'LpE
KaJl1t'tOJlEVOV EUSi>VOuc)tV a1tEtA-ate; Kat 1tA-llya1:<;." [VOU9£'tOU(JLV, warn, advise 'to. A.£yOIlEVU, things being said, speech 'tpocpor:;~ nurse 1tatOayroyo~, tutor Otallaxov'tat, strive hard ·oor:; ~£A.'tta't'oc;, as good as possible 7tap' + ace., in respect of EVO£tICVUIlEVOt, pointing out, showing 'to !lEV ... 'to O£ ... , this is ... but that is eXVOO'lOV, unholy mO'1t£p l;uA.oV Otaa't'p£«pO!l£VOV lCat lCfXlilt'tOIl£VOV, like a piece of bent and warped wood Eu9;)vou(JtV, they straighten (him) out a1t£tAc:xi.~, with threats ltA'llyai<;, with blows]

-The last paragraph above is adapted from Plato, Protagoras 325c5-d7.

PRINCIPAL PARTS: More Verbs with Nasal Present Stem Suffixes: -V-, -V£-, and -vu-I-vu1Call-v-m, [Kct/lE-]lCaliouJ1at, [lCct/l-J E1CUliov, [Klll1-] 1C£lCJ1'lllCU, I am sick; I am tired acpllC-V£-OJ1al, [ilC-] acpi;o!lat, acp1.lColl'llv, a.cpt'Y!lUt, I arrive; + d,~ + ace., I arM rive at liE:i1c-vU-llt, [OEtK-J odSro, iO£tSu. O£O£tXu. OeOetYJ1ut, Eoeix9nv, I show

WORD STUDY See page 134.

GRAMMAR 1. Comparison of Adjectives Review: Book I, Chapter 14, Grammar 1: Adjectives have three degrees, e.g., "beautiful" (positive), "more beautiful" (comparative), and "most beautiful" (superlative) or "brave" (positive), "braver" (comparative), and "bravest" (superlative). In Greek the comparative and superlative of adjectives are regularly formed by adding -1:EPO<;, -tepa, -1:f::pov and -1:(Xto<;, -1:eX1:1h -t(x1:0V to the stem of the positive: Positive

Comparative

Superlative

av8petoc;, -lX., -OV, brave Stem: av8petOav8peto-tepoc;, -ti, -ov braver

av8peto-1:(J,1:0C;. -11, -ov bravest

X<XAe1tOC;, -fl, -ov, difficult Stem: X<XAe1tOX<xAe1tcO-1:EpOC;. -ti, -ov

X<xAe1tcO-t<xtOC;, -11, -ov

more difficult

most difficult

25

24.

~

EN

I

~

A I; K A A .Q N (a)

127

Note that in 1st and 2nd declension adjectives as in the examples above, the 0 at the end of the stem of the positive is lengthened to ro if the syllable preceding it is regarded as short (e.g., contains a short vowel). 3rd Declension: aA110ftC;, CtA110EC;, true Stem: CtA110ecrCtA110ecr-1:EpOC;, -ft, -ov

truer

uA11 0 Ecr-1:a't:O<;, -11. -ov

truest

Note what happens when the stem ends in -ov-: aro
more prudent

most prudent

The endings -ecr-1:Epo<;, -a, -ov and -Ea-1:cx'to~. -11, -ov are constructed by analogy with aA1)OEa-1:epO~, -iX, -ov and tXAl1SEcr-tCX1:0c;, -11, -oV. Remember that comparatives can mean rather / somewhat X and super1atives~ very X, e.g. Ot ~&p~apot OtvBpeto'tepot daLv. The barbarians are rather/somewhat brave. Ot fi.O&va1:0L av8peto'tatOt eicrtv. The Immortals are very brave.

2. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives Review Book I, Chapter 14, Grammar 2, and then study the following: Comparative

Positive

Superlative

tXyaSo<;, -1), -ov tXJ.lElvrov, <XJl,EtVOV

aptcr'to<;, -fl, -ov

good

best

better (stronger, braver, preferable, superior) ~EA'ttrov, ~eA1:;:ov

peA1:tcr1:0C;, -1), -ov

better

best

(more fitting, morally superior)

1(I'lKO<;,

bad

-Ti,

-OV

KPet1:1:ffiV, Kpet1:1:0V

Kpa1'tcrtoc;, -fl, -ov

better, stronger

best; strongest

.!

I

_

KCXKtrov, KaKWV

KaKtcrtoc;, -11, -ov

worse

worst

(morally inferior, more cowardly) xetProv, Xetpov

xEt ptcr1:0C;, -11, -ov

worse

worst

(inferior in strength, rank, or quality) o

~

1)t1:ffiV, 11ttoV

inferior; weaker; less

Athenaze: Book II

128

Exercise 24 or. Read aloud and translate into English: 1. ot ~ap~upOt, Kal1tEp 1tOAA!p 1tAEOVCe; ovn:<;, l11:1:0vce; 1l0"uv 1:&v 'EAA",vooV. 2. ot yap 'EAAllVce; de; 1:& atEV& t:XVbpEt01:a1:U 1tpoX,oopoUVtEe; Kat aptO"'ta J.laxoJ!cvOt tOUe; ~ap~apoue; de; KpEinovEe; ov'm; EcpaVllO"uv. 4. 6 TIEptKAlle; avl,p aptO"1:o<; rov ecpavll' til yap 1tOAEt O"OO1:0e; ~eAncr'toe; Eattv' 'toue; yap nU'i8cxe; apt(J'ta 1ta18EuEt. 9. EKEtVOe; be 8tBacrKnAoe; xeiptO"1:6e; eanv' 1:0Ue; yap 1tcx'iBae; ouBEv 8tOO:O"KEt. 10. Ot OtOcX01CaAOt Ot apta1:ot 'toue; 1tu'iSuc; KUS' ftJ.lEpdv PcA. riovae; 1tOtDuO"tv.

3. o1tmt; + Future Indicative in Object Clauses after Verbs Expressing Care or Effort Note the use of omoe; + future indicative in the following sentences: 8tuJ.laxov1:ut, 01t0l~ m~ P£l'ttO'to~ £O'tCXt 0 'Jtai~. They strive hard (to see to it) that the child will be as good as possible.

The negative is 01tOO<; Ill], e.g.: ot StBaaKaAOt 1tav'tu npchtoucrlv, (lrtOl~ J.L1l8ev KCXlCOV 7totTtaoualv ot

xatotc; . The teachers do everything (to see to it) that the children will do nathingbad.

Exercise 24 Ji Read aloud and translate into English: 1. m::pt 1tAElCnOU 1tOLOU 01tooe; aCt 'toue; Seoue; 'ttJ!TtcrEte;. 2. 1tEPl. nOAAou 1totDuJ.lc8u onooe; 1l1l KadovE<; 1:rov 1tU'tEProv ycvllcrollcBu. 3. ot StbaaKaAOt StuJ.laxov'tcxt (strive hard), 01tOOs 1l1l tXJ.lap'tllcrovta.t ot ncx1Sce;. 4. nav'ta 1tpa't'tooJ.lcv, c.1
24.

EN

Ll I Ll A L K A AnN

129

At the trainer's: boys practice boxing, throwing javelins and the discus, and running

Exercise 24y Translate into Greek: 1. Do everything (to see to it) that you become better, boys. 2. Let us consider it of great importance (to see to it) that we not get/fall into danger. 3. The shepherds were striving hard (use 5taJ.L<xxoI,HU) (to see to it) that they would guard the sheep welL 4. They were considering it of greatest importance (to see to it) that the sheep would not flee into the hills. 5. They were doing everything (to see to it) that they would kill the wolf that was attacking the sheep.

Greek Education The Greeks divided education into "music" and "gymnastics.'J Music meant everything concerned with the Muses, including literacy, literature, and music in our sense. Gymnastics meant physical training. It was com~ monly said that "musidJ educated the soul and "gymnastics" trained the body. Girls did not, as far as we know, attend schools. Their education was at home and centered on the domestic arts but must have also included music and dancing. Boys went to school from about the age of seven and usually had three different teachers. The writing master (6 YPO:Il!.lJ.Y1:t(i1;~~) taught basic literacy, numbers, and literature, the latter consisting of the traditional poets, especially Homer. The music teacher (6 Kt8apt(j''[~~) taught the lyre and sometimes also the double pipe, singing, and dancing. The trainer (6 1t(noo'tp{~llC;) taught exercises such as running, jumping J throwing the javelin and discus, and wrestling.

130

Athenaze: Book II

There were no state schools, though the state did pay for the education of some children, in particular the sons of those who had died fighting for the city. Other parents had to pay the teachers a small fee. A boy was usually accompanied by a slave called a natbaycoyo<;, who was responsible for his safety on the way to and from school and for his good behavior. It is impossible to say confidently how large a proportion of the citizens received this education or how widespread literacy was. It seems likely that the vast majority received schooling. The Athenian democracy functioned on the assumption that all male citizens were literate. Officers of state were selected by lot, and an illiterate could hardly have carried out the duties of a councilor, let alone act as chairman of the Assembly. Moreover, laws and decrees were displayed in public places for all to read, and at an ostracism it was assumed that every citizen could at least write on an ostracon the name of the politician he wished to see exiled. The education we have described was elementary. There was no higher education until the sophists arrived on the scene (see below), and, as Protagoras says in the passages quoted in this chapter, the moral element in education was considered quite as important as the intellectual. In fact, the purpose of the educational system was not to train the intellect at all, but to impart basic skills that would be essential in adult life and, above all, to hand down the traditional values of piety, morality, and patriotism, which were enshrined in poetry, especially in Homer. Plato says of Homer: "This poet has educated Greece." Boys learned extensive passages of the Iliad by heart and in so doing imbibed Homeric values. With the development of democracy there arose a demand for a new sort of education. Birth was no longer the passport to political power. The aspiring politician needed the ability to persuade others, especially in the law courts and the Assembly. It was this ability that had given Pericles, for instance, his pre-eminence. This demand was met by the sophists, who were itinerant teachers who began to appear on the scene in the second half of the fifth century. They offered to the sons of the rich a form of higher education in return for large fees. Different sophists included different topics in their courses, but common to all was rhetoric, that is, the art of speaking persuasively, especially in public. One of the earliest and greatest of the sophists was Protagoras, born in Abdera on the coast of Thrace about 485 B.C. He was extremely successful and had such a reputation that wherever he went rich and clever young men flocked to hear him. In Plato's Protagoras, Socrates takes the young Hippocrates to meet Protagoras. When they arrive at the house where he is stay~ ing, they find Protagoras walking around in a portico accompanied by some of the richest and noblest young men of Athens, including two sons of Pericles. They see other famous sophists who have come to meet Protagoras, including one who is teaching astronomy. They then approach the great man, and Socrates explains the purpose of their visit: "Hippocrates here wishes to make a mark in the city and thinks he would be most likely to achieve this if he became your pupil; and so he would like to know what he will gain if he

24.

EN

A I A A 1: K A A a N (a)

131

comes to you." "Young man," replies Protagoras, "this is what you will gain, if you come to me; on the very day you join me you will go home a better man, and on the next day the same will happen, and every day you will continually progress toward the better." Socrates answers that this may well be so, but in what particular sphere will he become better? Protagoras replies that anyone who comes to him will not learn irrelevant subjects such as arithmetic, astronomy, or geometry, but will learn precisely the subject for which he has come, namely good judgment in managing both his personal affairs and the affairs of the city, so that he may be most capable in political action and speech. Socrates asks: "Do I follow what you are saying? I think you mean the art of politics (ft 1toA.l'ttKil 'tEXVl1) and profess to make men good citizens." "That," replies Protagoras, "is exactly what I do profess." Prot agoras accuses other sophists of teaching "irrelevant subjects/' such as mathematics. Those who did teach such subjects would have said that they provided an intellectual training that was an essential preparation for further studies. The idea of training the intellect had come to stay. The next century saw the foundation of institutes of higher education. Socrates' pupil Plato founded the Academy in 387 B.C. to train statesmen by teaching them philosophy; for only the philosopher knew what was really "good," and only one trained in philosophy could know what was good for the city. He believed in a rigorous intellectual training, based on the study of mathematics. Soon other schools were founded, such as Aristotle's Lyceum, which was a center for research in the sciences as well as a school of philosophy, and schools of rhetoric, such as that of Isocrates.

At school: (from left to right) a boy being taught to play the double pipe, a teacher examining a pupirs exercise, and a seated ncHoa:yroy6c;

132

Athenaze:

EN

II

~I~ALKAAnN (~)

VOCABULARY Verbs EEtll£A.EOllat, E1CtIlEA.it ao llat, e1CtlleJ.1el~J.1atIE1C£llelfte~v

+ gen., I take care for; + 01t0l<; + future indicative, I take care (to see to it that) tiS0I-UU, 1t0'8.q ao ll(Xt, lla91lv, I am glad, delighted; + participle or dat., I enjoy Kt9apitm. [1necx:ptE-] ICt9aptro, [lneapt-] EKt8aptaa, I play the lyre Nouns it aplloviu, 'tii; aplloviac;, harmony 'to pt{JA,lOV, 'tou PtPliou, book it ouxvota, 'til; Btcxvo{at;, intention; intellect o £1tatVOe;, 'tou Erccxivou, praise b lla9Tl1:itC;;, 'tOll IlCXell,'ton, pupil ft 1tovllpta, 'tile; novllpiuC;, fault; wickedness it 1tp&;tc;;, 't11C;; 1tpa~Em<;, deed

"~.u:1:a

8£

b ,lUellae;, 'tOll ,lu9Ilon, rhythm

'to aoolla, 'toil acOlltl1:0C;;, body

it amCPPo(Juvll"

'tftt; (Jmcpp ot1uvll<;;, soundness of mind, prudence; moderation, self-control it cpmvTt, tile; lpOlVf\C;;, voice; speech Adjectives OA.fJtOC;, -a, -ov, happy; blest; prosperous naA.atOc;, -&0, -av, old; of old XPTtatIlOC;;, -11, -ov, useful XPll(J"C6c;, -it, -ov, useful; good Prepositions £rei + gen., toward, in the direction ot QJl; + dat., at; of price, for; + ace., at; against; onto, upon xpOC;; + dat., at; near; by; in addition to: + ace., to~ toward; upon; against Adverb a{" again

1:(1)1:a EiC; OlOaC)1(aArov Tt£f.lTtovt£C; TtOAU f.l&AAov 1:01>C;

OtOacrKaAou<; K£A£uoucrtv £TtQ1EAEtcr9at EUKocrf.lla<; trov natOffiV ypa!-f,!-f,atcov

1:E Kat Kt9apicrEcoc;'

11

01. oE oloacrKaAol 1:0U1:COV 1:£

£Ttlf.lEAOUV1:at, Kat £TtEtOaV a-o ypaf.lf.la'ta f.la8cocrt Kat f.lEAAffiO' 1 cruvncrEIV 1:a YEypaf.lf.lEVa manEp 1:6't£ 1:TtV cprovnv, napa1:tgeacrtv aU'tot<; £nt 'trov ~a9pffiv avaYlyvrocrK£lv TtOlll'trov aya9rov nOlnf.lata Kat £Kf.lav9av£lV avaYKaSoucrtV, £V otc; nOAAat f.lEV vo'U9£'tna£t~ EVElalV, nOAAot of. EnatvOt naAau))v a.voprov aya9rov, tva

6 nat<;

I-lt!ll1'tal Kat

~OUAll'Lat 'tOtou'tOC; y£vEa8al. [euKoO"J.1iac;;, good behavior Kt8apiO'Emc;, lyre-playing -ea YEypaJ.1Jl£va., thing s written, writing 'ltapan9icxcnv, they (i.e., the teachers) set X (ace., n:orrH.ta'ta) in front ofY(dat., aU'WlC;) 'tmv (3&.9pmv, the benches 'ltott\)J.ata, poems EKJ.1(lv9«VEtV, to learn thoroughly vouget'l\auc;, warnings) advice J.1iJlntat, may imitate]

5

24.

EN

A I A A L K A AnN (13)

133

"Ot t' ai) Kt8aplCf1:at C)(u
10

KaKouPY110'0\)CHV oi VeOL npoe; bE to,)'tOte;, E1CEtbav Kt8api~Elv ~a,erocrtv, uAAroV (1) TtOt11'trov eXya8rov nodU.la'ta btOa,crKO\)Cn ~eA01tOtrov,

Eie; 'ta Kt8ap{0'~a'ta EV'tetVOV'tEe;, Kat 'toue; p\)8~0,)e; 'tE Kat

'ttxe; apJloviae; eXvaYKa,~ouO'tV OiKEtO\)0'8at 'tate; \!luxate; 'trov rcatbrov, tva 1,J.lEpro'tEpoi

1:'

6)crtV, Kat Eupu8J.lo'tEpOt Kat E:uapJlocr'to'tepOt ytyvo-

15

~EVOt xpnO'tJ.lOt 6)crtV de; 'to AeYEtV 'tE Kat rcpa'ttetv. [lCalCo'UPY1lcro'Ucrtv, (will) do wrong j.LeAOKOtIDV, of song writers (the word here stands in apposition to a'A.J..mv . . . 1tOtTl't'IDV &'ya9IDv) de; 'ta lCt9apicr).LCl'tCl E.V1:eivOV'tE~ (from 'tdvm, I stretch), setting them to the music of the lyre OilCE1.0u0'9al + dat., to be made familiar to itJ.LEpronpOt, gentler £UP'U9flO't£POt, more rhythmical, orderly, graceful £uapflo<J't6'tepot, better joined, more harmonious de; 'to l£YEtv 't£ lCat 1tpa'tt£'I.V, for both speech and action]

"£'tt bE TtpOe; 'tOUtOt<; Ete;

rcatbo'tpt~O\)

rcEJ.l1tOUO'tV, tva 'to.

O'cO~a'ta

~ eAtlov a £xov'tee; U1t11 PE'troO't 'til otavottt XP11O''til OUO'l1 , Kat J.ln eXvaYKa,~rov'tat

eX1tObEIAt&V Ota 'tnv 1tov11piav 'trov

O'co~a,'trov

Kat £v 'tOle;

1tOAeJ.l0te; Kat £v 'talC; uAAate; 1tpa~Ecnv."

20

[de; 1talBo'tpifio'U, to the trainer's ~EA'd.ova) better serve tX1tOBEtAtiiv, to play the coward]

u1tl\petro<Jl + dat., they may

-adapted from Plato, Protagoras 325d8-326c3

'tOtau'ta o.()v £natOEuE'tO 0 CP1At1trcoc;, Kat 'tau'tl1 'til natOEucrEt 1,OOJ.lEVOe; ou'tcoe; aya80e; J.la811'tnC; E<paivE'to O)O''tE 6 oloa,O'KaAOe; ~t~Aia 'ttva au'tcp ebroKEv tva au'toe; rcpoc; eau'tov avaytyvroO'Kl1. 'to')'tcov OE

n

'trov PtPAirov EVt 'ttVl J.la,AtcS"ta 110'811, 't11 'tou tHpobO'tou auyypacp11, EV o 'Hpooo'toc; 'to. M110tKa E~11yet'tat· 0 yap ~Hpobo'tOC; ou JlOVOV 't6v 1:£

25

npoe; 'toue; Mnoouc; nOAEJ.lOV auyypa,
'tflV ouva~Llv 11u~11aav Kat 'tlva £9v11 e
be uno 'tou Kt>pou,

paO'lAEroc; Qv'toe; 'trov M,,8rov, 'tEAOC; £V1K,,911. [cr'Uyypaq)'n, history. book

1:« MTtOllCa, Median

affairs, i.e., the Persian Wars

<J'Uy-

30

134

Athenaze: Book II

'Ypaq>£t, writes about (bto~£h::v\)(JtV, reveals e9vll, nations, peoples succession OUVIl'trotatO~, very powerful Kcx't£(np£\jfcx'to, overthrew]

Eq)(!.~i\t;,

in

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs in -({)OlCOl a1COeV~ -<JlCm, r9avE-] cl1co9avou J1a t, [9ctv-] aft e8av OV,

r9VTl-] 1: e8vlllCa, I die; perfect, I am dead ytyvm-alCm, [yvoo-] yvm(Jo~at. Eyvmv, EyvCJ)'lCa. EYVOlOJ1CU, £yvcOa8rtv, I come to know; I perceive; I learn eup-{olCOl, [eupe-] EupT,aOl, [EUp-] rt{,pov or e.upov, [eupe-] rtiSp1'pca or £t>PTl1CCX, rtUPrtJ1CXl or EUpll~at.llupe8Tlv or Eupe9Tlv, I find

WORD STUDY Give the Greek words from which the following English musical terms are derived: 1. music 2. harmony 3. rhythm

7. melody 8. chord 9. diapason

4. orchestra 5. chorus 6. symphony

WORD BUILDING Many verbs are formed from the stems of nouns. They are called denominative verbs.

Note the following six different types of formation and give the meaning of each noun and verb: 1. il 'tt~Tt > 'tt~aro 2. 0 011(0<; > olKem

3. 4.

0 OOUAO<; > oouAom 0 ~a(nAE:6<; >

~WnAE,Um

5. "llvaYKll > avaY1(asm 6. "opYl1 > opytsoJlat

GRAMMAR 4. More Irregular Comparative and Superlative Adjectives Four of the following were given in Chapter 14, and six are new: Positive j

I

.!

i

awxpo<;, -a, -ov

shameful EX8pOC;

-a, -ov

hateful; hostile

Comparative

Superlative

cdO'X-truv, a'laXlov more shameful

<Xt<1xtO''to<;, -~, -ov most shameful

ex8imv, ex8tov

Ex8t<1'toc;, -11, -ov most hateful, most hostile

more hateful, more hostile

24. ftoil~, not'ia, ftoil

sweet; pleasant lCaAo~, -~,

-ov

beautiful

ftMolV, f\8t:ov sweeter; more pleasant

f\Otcr'toe;, -11, -ov sweetest; most pleasant

lCCXAAlrov, lCaAAtOv more bea utiful

lCaAAtcr1:0~,

IlEyaATh lleyC( !-ld~rov, !-lEt~OV bigger

Ileya~,

big

135

A I A A :E K A A Q N

EN

-11, -ov most beautiful !leytcr'to~,

-11, -ov

biggest 6Alyt(j1:o~,

6A.,{yo~,

-11. -ov small; pl., few

EAaT'[OOv, EAattOV smaller, pl., fewer

-11, -ov smallest; least EA&Xtcr'tO~, -11, -ov smallest; least; pl., fewest

nOAil~,noAA~,noAU

nAE trov InAeoov, nAt'iov htAeOv more:! rather much

nAEl.crto<;, -11, -ov most, very much; pI., most, very many

P~rov.

pq.cr'toe;, -11, -ov easiest

much; pI., many p~8to~,

-a, -ov

pq.ov

easier

easy 'taxu~!

'Caxt'ia, 'tc(Xu ea't'toov, e&'t'tov quicker, swifter quick, swift
-11, -ov

dear

qnAc({ TEpOe;. -a, -ov dearer

Taxtcr'to<;, -11. -ov quickest, swiftest
5. Declension of Comparative Adjectives Note that comparatives have some alternative, contracted forms, shown in parentheses in the following chart: Plural

Singular Nom. Gen.

Dat. Ace.

Voc.

M. &F.

N.

M. &F.

N.

~EAti:rov

~eA'ttOV

~EA'tlovE<;

~EA'tiova

(f:)eA:tlOtlC;) (3EA'Ct:ov(Ov (3EA'tlocn(v) (3 EA't1ovw; ({JEA-rloue;)

«(3EA'tioo) (3EA't'ioV(oV (3 EA't1ocrl.(v) {JEA'tiova. ({3EA'ti(O)

f3EATlov E<;

(3EA'tiov C(

(3EA'C1ovo<; (3EA't{OVt (3EA-riova. ((3EAT1ro )

(3EA'trOVO,;

{3eA'ttOV

(3CA'ttOV

~EA'trOVl.

(3EA't'iOV

136

Athenaze: Book II

Exercise 24 8 Read aloud and translate into English: 1. 2.

3. 4, 5. 6,

7. 8,

9. 10.

enq.LeAOU, (b
o HPOAOTOI THN IITOPIAN AnOAEIKNYIIN Read the following passages (adapted from Herodotus's introduction to his history-l.1-6) and answer the comprehension questions: 'Hp0801:oU 'AAucapvaaaEwe; ta'toptac; areo8et~te; £auv li8E, GTCWe; 1l111:E 1:a YEvoJ.LEva e~ av8pronwv 'tc? Xpovcp e~l'tllAa YEvlltat, J.Lllu. epya J.LeyaA(l n: Kat 6auJ.Laa'ta, 'ta j..lEV uno trov 'EAAllvwv, 1:a 8£ uno 'trov ~ap~apwv epyaa8ev'ta, aKAeu YEvll'tat, ta 1:E lJ.)"Aa Kat 8t' 11v aitiav £noAEllllaav aAA1lAOtC;. ['AA-1.1mpvacrcrEIDC;, of Halicarnassus tcrtopiac;, of the inquiry &1t60et~{Iii, display J.11l't£ •.. IlntE, neither . . ,nor £~{'tt'lAfl, faded 9fluJ.1flO''ta, wondrous aKA-Ea., without fame Ot' 1\v al:dav, for what reason]

1. What four words in the sentence above would best serve as a title for Herodotus's book? 2. For what two purposes is Herodotus publishing the results of his investigations? 3. What are at least four of the subjects that Herodotus indicates that he will treat in his work? Herodotus first gives a semi-mythical account of the origin of the feud between Europe (the Greeks) and Asia (the barbarians, including the Persians), Persian chroniclers, according to Herodotus, said that first some Phoenician traders carried off a Greek princess (10) to Egypt; in retaliation the Greeks stole a Phoenician princess (Europa); then Greeks, led by Jason, carried off Medea from Colchis. Finally, the Trojan prince Paris stole

24.

EN

A I A A 1: K A AnN

(~)

137

Helen from Sparta and took her back to Troy; Agamemnon led the Greeks to Troy to recover her. outCO J.LEV 01.. TIepO'at AEyOUO't, Kat btu 't'i'tv 'lA-tou aAroO'tV EUptO'KOUO't
'toue; "EAAllV ae;, 1tept 'tou'tou eSllY1lO'(XllcVOe; 1tpo~"O'oJ.Lat ee; 'to 1tpoO'co 'tOU

['trav ... (lAmO"tV, the sack ·IM,ou, of Ilium, Troy O"cptat, lit., for themselves; translate with 't'fl~ Ex9pa~, of their hatred Et; + ace., toward epxoJ1ut EP£nlV, I am going to say «AAmc.; )tnlC;, in some other way n:poj3t1O"0J1(l1,l will go forward l' (, 1tp6am, the further (part) + partitive gen.] 4. What do the Persians say was the origin of their hatred of the Greeks? 5. Does Herodotus commit himself as to the truth of the Persian account? 6. How will Herodotus begin his own account? KpoiO'oe; ~v AUboe; J.LeV yevoe;. 1tate; oE 'AAua'tteCO, 1:upaVVOe; bE E9vrov trov EV'tOe; "AAUOe; 1to1:a).Lou. ot'toe; 0 KpotO'oe; rcpiihoe; EKdvcov oue; +tJ.Lde; to').LeV 'toue; J.Lev tEAAftvcov Kate(npe'llato, toue; bE
[A u~(,C;, Lydian y£vor;, by race •A AUa.'t't em, of Alyattes 'tupavvoc;, ruler t9VIDV, of the peoples "AAUOr; (gen. of "AAUC;), Halys iaJ1£v, we know lCCl,;e(J'tpe'Va't'o, subdued apxfir;, reign £AEugepol, free]

7. 8. 9. 10.

What four things do we learn about Croesus in the first sentence? What was Croesus the first to do? Whom did Croesus subdue and whom did he make his friends? In what condition were the Greeks before the time of Croesus?

Exercise 24 £ Translate into Greek (these sentences are based on Herodotus 1.27): 1.

2.

3.

When his father died (genitive absolute), Croesus became king, who, waging war against (use (J'tpatEUOJlCn + ext + acc. throughout this exercise) the Greeks in Asia, subdued (use lCCltcxatpetpoJlat) (them). When all the Greeks in Asia had been defeated (use genitive absolute with aorist passive participle), having built (made for himself) very many ships, he prepared to wage war against (m~ + future participle) the islanders (use 0 vTlOtcOtll~. tou VTlGU()1;ou). But a certain Greek (man) having arrived at Sardis ('t6:e; l:apb;:e;) and having heard what Croesus was having in mind, said, "King, the is-

10

138

Athenaze: Book II

4.

5.

6.

landers are gathering very many cavalry (ht1Cea~), to wage war (use chr; + future participle or purpose clause) against you." And Croesus, thinking that the Greek was speaking the truth, said, "I hope that the islanders will wage war against me; for they will clearly (a(X,mr;) be defeated." But the Greek answered these things, "Don't you think that the islanders hope that you will wage war against them (0,(1<;;) by sea, believing that they will defeat you?" So thus Croesus was persuaded not (,.1:1\) to wage war against the islanders but to make (them) friends.

Classical Greek Resiod Resiod (fl. 700 B.C.?) was a farmer in Boeotia who composed a long poem in which he intermingled practical advice on farming with moral homilies and myth. In the following lines (Works and Days 109-110, 112-118, ed., M. L. West) he gives an account of the Golden Age, which was followed by the Silver, Bronze, and Iron Ages, each worse than its predecessor: xp{)erEov /lev nponto'ta yevoC:, /lEp6nffiv uvSpron(l}v liSava'tot n:olllaav 'Olu/lltta Oro/la't' exov'teC:,. ma'te Seol 0' e~(I}ov, aK1l0ea SUJ.LOV exov'tEC:" v6mptV a'tEp 'te n6vo'\.) Kat 6t~uoC:,' OUOt 'tt OetlOv rllpac; £nllv, aid oe n68ac; Kat XElpac; 6~101ot 'tepnovt' EV Salfnat KaKrov eK'toaSEv an:av'twv' SVllaKOv 0' werS' unvCfl OEOJ.LllIlEVOt· EaSAa oe navta 'tOlOW ellv' Kapn:ov 0' eq>EpE ~do(l}po<; apoupa an'tol.Hl'tll n:OAA6v 1'£ Kat acpSovov .... [Xpf,CJ'£ov, golden y£vo~, race J.LEp61tmv, of mortal speech 1tOtTtCHXV = e,tOt'll(J'(lV ·OAUJ.L1tta l)mJ.La't(a) , homes on Mount Olympus ma'tE, like, as though £~(Qov £~o}V alC'IlOea, free from sorrow 9uJ.LQv, heart v6aquv au:p tE, away from and without Oi~uo~ (gen. of 6i:~uC;), woe, misery OEtADV I yflpac;, sad old age E1tf\V, was present 1tD8a~ lCa1. XEipcx~ 0).1010t, the same in feet and hands t£p1tov't' = £'t'EP1tOV'tO eCXAtnC:n = 9aAtat<;, festivities ihc'toc:r9EV + gen., outside of; far from 9Vf\O'lCDV = an:68vU<JKOV OE~Jl'tl).1£VOl (from 8al.ux~0), subdued, overcome £ae,Aa, good things 'Cotaw = 'tOt<; EKHVOtC; £TtV = ~v lCCXPXQV, fruit td~mpo~ apoupcx, the bountiful earth cxu'toJ.ul't'Tt, of its own accord (as in the Garden of Eden, earth produced food spontaneously) '1tOAADV = n:OAUV ufP90vov, plentiful] Concluded at the end of Chapter 26

24.

EN

~

I

~

A 1: K A AnN (fl)

139

New Testament Greek John 8.12 Jesus the Light of the World Jesus speaks to the Pharisees. 7teXAtv oilv a{ytote; £AaAlleJEV 0 'h\ O'oue; AEyOlV. "£yro dill 'to q>roc; 'tou 'K60'1l0u' 0 a'KoAou8rov £1101 ou Il'h 1tEpl7ta'tncrn £V 'tn eJ'Ko'tiroc; 't11e; ~ffi"e;." [n:aA.tv, again £A.a.A.llO'EV, spoke 1.'0 cpmc;, the light 0 aKoA.ou6&v + dat., the one following ou 1-1.'" n:EPUUXt1\O'll> will never walk O'Kodq., the darkness]

'tn

John 8.31-32 The Truth Will Make You Free Jesus speaks to Jewish believers. EAEYEV o-6v 0 'lncroue; 7tpOe; 'toue; 1tE1ttcr't€UKo'tac; au'tqJ 'IouSaiou<;, "BaV -t!lE.t<; lletVl1't€ tv 'tip AOYot 'tip BllqJ, aA1l8roe; lla81l'tat !lOU £cr'tE Kat yvrocrEcr8E 't~v CtAft8EUXV, Kat 11 aA1l8eta EAEU8Eprocr€t -t1l&C;." [1te1CtO''t'£uK6ta~ +

dat., who had come to believe in

't",v aA.1\9nav, the truth]

John 9.1-7 Jesus Heals a Man Born Blind Kat 7tapa:ywv dSEV {iv8pw1toV 'ttJq>AOV E'K YEV£'tllC;. 'Kat i}pro'tllaav au'tov oi lla8n'tat au'tou AEYOV'tEe;, "paflfli, 'tiC; 1lIlap'teV, 01)'to<; ~ ot yovEle; au'tou, tva tUq>AOe; YEVv118n;" Ct1tEKp{8n 'IlleJouC;, "o-U1:£ o:OtOe; ll!lap'teV OU1:E oi yOVEte; au'tou, CtAA' tva cpavEpw8n 'ta epya 'tOU 8EOU BV ai.l'tip. n!l&<; Set epyasEcr8at 'ta epya 'tou 1tBIl'Vav'tOe; IlE Ewe; nllEpa £(ntv' epXE'tat vu~ {hE ouSde; 8uva'tat epya~Ea8at. (hay EV 1:qJ Koalll{> (i), q>roe; dllt 'tou 'Koaj.totJ." [n:apa.'Ycov: the subject is Jesus, passing along 'YEvetflc;, birth oi f..La91l'tal, the dispappi, rabbi, teacher, master oi 'YovEiC;, the parents 'YEvv1l6ll, he was born ciples tXAA' tva cpavepco9n (from <pavEporo) but (he was born blind) so that X might be shown £co~, while]

'tau'ta et1tfhv E1t'tucrEV xallat Kat £1totl19aA"lOu~ ih:a'YE, go vhVa\ (from Vt1t'tro, aorist middle imperative), wash yourself 't~v 1COA'\)I-I.~TtapaV, pool epf..LllVE'IJe:nu, is translated ·An;ecr'taAf..LEvo~, Having Been Sent £v{\j1al0, he washed himself]

o

25

KPOII:OI: TON I:OAONA SENIZEI (a)

VOCABULARY () Oepa1tmv, 'tou gepa'Jtov'toe;, attendant; servant it gempia, 'tile; gempiaC;, viewing; sight-seeing <> 9110'(l1}pOe;. 'tou OT}O'uupou, treasure; treasury it ao
Verbs (X1co5TUJ.£m, I am abroad; I go abroad 9a1ttm, [Saq>-] O&'I'm, E9u'Vu, 'teOaJlJ.l.ut, [ra,q>-] £'ta
n

n

140

25.

0

K POI It 0 L

TON

LOA Q N A

:=: E N I Z E I (a)

141

'teAEu'tl)(HIV'tOr.; OE 'AAua't'tEro, EOe~atO t1)V ~acrtAeiav KpOtcror.; 0 'AAUattEro, £t11 yeVOJlevor.; nevtE Kat tptaKOVta, or.; (1) tOtr.; EV 'Acriq. vEAA11(H E1Ctcrtpateurov EV Jlepel Katecrtp£'¥ato. me; OE tour.; EV 'Acriq. ~'EAA11var.; Katecrtpe'¥ato, (UptKVouVtat Er.; 't&.r.; l:apO"ir.; aAAOt te EK tftr.; 'EAAaoor.; cro
ige'to (from 1:f.8n.l1t), he enacted for them]

Ka't-

E'tlJl11crav JleyaAror.;." O'K01l:£(0),

10

O"
eEacraJlEVOv OE autov ta navta Kat crKE\lfaIlEVOV llPEto 0 Kpotcror.; taoe' "~EVE 'Ae11vaie, napa 'hllur.; rcepi crou A6yor.; 11KEt reoAVe; Kat cro
5

having examined

1tAaV1\'i, wandering

E1tEATtAU-

15

20

25

142

Athenaze: Book II

9a~, you have passed through 1:)1t09m1CE,sO'a~. flattering 1:0 A£X9iv) what was said Kaya90l. = Kat &Y1l90t h':YEV6J.1£va., being born (having been born) from Ito + dat. 1tapaJ.l£tvav1:a, surviving, remaining alive Yeltovac;, neighbors 1:pon:llV, rout 811J,1ocst9, publicly]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.26 and 29-30

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Three Deponent Verbs 8UVIl-J,11l1, 8uvTtaoJ,1llt, 8eouvl1J.1llt, e8uvTt911v, I am able; I can £XtO'''t'cx-J.1(U, ExtO'tTt(JOJ.1lll, Tt'JtlO'''t'.q9nv, I understand; I know KEI-Illlt, Ket(JOJ.1(Xt, I lie; also used in the present and imperfect instead of the perfect and pluperfect passive of'tiSrHlt, with the meanings I am laid; I am placed

WORD STUDY Give the Greek words from which the following English terms used in the study of history are derived: 4. genealogy 5. paleography 6. archaeology or archeology

1. history 2. chronicle 3. chronology

GRAMMAR 1. The Optative Mood Used to Express Wishes The last mood of the Greek verb for you to learn is the optative, so called from its use in wishes and named from the Latin word for "to wish," opta.re. The suffixes for the optative mood are -1- or -111-, which combine with other vowels in the verb to give forms that are immediately recognizable by the diphthongs Ot, at, or ro or the long-vowel digraph £t, I' e.g., A.UOt~t, A.uO"at~t, 'ttll.4mV and A.Ue einv. ' One use of the optative in main clauses is to express wishes for the future (the negative is 1111), e.g.: chqn~A.o{r, ae 0 ee6~, ib '/tat. May the god help you, son.

IlTt

ei~ KO'.KU 1I:£001:t£,

ib
May you not fall into trouble, friends. I hope you don't. ... Both the present optative (ro
25.

0

K POI :E 0 ITO N

:E 0 AnN A

SEN I Z E I (a)

143

Exercise 25 €X Read aloud and translate: 1. Et8s 'taxemt; 1tapa 'Y£Vot'tO ;, J,Lft'tl1P. 2. toUt; 1tOAEJ,Lt01l<; V1K1lcratJ,LEv Kat titv 1tatp{oa crcp~ot!lev. 3. d 'Yap !lit tOOtJ,Lt 'toue; KaKOUe; E1) npattovta<;. 4. EtaE J,LT) otwp8apdl1 ;, vau<; 'tip X£t!lWVL. 5. K(xKroe; Ctno86.votEv 1t6.VtEe; ot 'totatl'ta npat1'OVtE<;.

2. The Potential Optative The optative (present or aorist) with the particle av in main clauses expresses a possibility or likelihood, sometimes dependent on a condition, stated or implied. This is called the potential optative; compare English statements with "would," ushould," and "may," e.g.:

I would like to see the doctor (if I may). po'OloiJ,111V av tOY 1ti'tpOV iOEiv. There is no one way of translating such clauses; the following examples illustrate some of the uses of the potential optative (the negative is ou): OUK <Xv ~Ol1aohlV aot. I wouldn't come to your aid. tame; (lV ;'J,L1V ~0110oLlle;. Perhaps you would come to our aid. aUK <Xv ouvaLJ,L£86. crot f)o118E'iv. We couldnJt come to your aid. xropOte; <Xv Etcrm; Would you go in? = Please go in.

Exercise 25 ~ Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

OUK (Xv f)ouAoLllllV 1'0 1tatOtov ~A&1t'tEtV. OUK (Xv OUV(XtJ,LllV 1'ou'to 1totf\cra1. noeme; av CtKoucr(XtJ.1t 'tt ~ouAE'tat b VEaVLae;. tame; <Xv apyuptOV 'tt nJ,LtV OOL-Il b f)acrtA-EUe;. !lOAte; <Xv 1tf1.80tJlEOa tep crtpa'tll'Yip 'totau'ta KfAEUOV'tt. Et1&Ol:t£ <Xv !lOt 'ti E'Y£VE'tO; 'tie; av 'tounp 1ttcr'tEUOt, Oa1tEp l1J,LtV 1tOA-AO:Kte; E'I'Eucra'to; OUK (Xv A&Oote; 'toue; aEOUe; 'totOu'to 1totrov. EX8POt QV'tEe; OUK &V f)OUA.otv'to llJltv auAAaJlf)avEtv. Ote; de; 'tOY au'tov 1to'taJ.1ov OUK &V EJ,Lpaii')~ (from EJlf)aLvro, I step into). (Heraclitus, as quoted by Plato, Cratylus 402a10)

3. The Optative Mood in Subordinate Clauses a. In some subordinate clauses, the optative may be used as an alternative to the subjunctive. This option is available only if the verb of the main clause is in the imperfect, aorist, or pluperfect tense. The SUbH ordinate clause is then said to be in secondary sequence. (If the main

144

Athenaze: Book II verb of the sentence is in the present, future, or perfect tense or in the present or aorist imperative, the subordinate clause is said to be in primary sequence.) In the following examples of sentences with subordinate clauses in secondary sequence, the optional optative verb forms are given after the slash. Note that the translation into English is the same regardless of whether the optative or the subjunctive mood is used in Greek; Greek authors seem to have used the subjunctive or optative indifferently in secondary sequence, with no difference in meaning. Primary Sequence (Purpose Clause):

o LOA-COV

unobUJl£t tva IlTt 'ttva 1:rov VOJ.lCOV eXvaYlCaa8'ft A:ucrat Zlv £8£1:0. Solon goes abroad in order that he might not be compelled to repeal any of the laws that he enacted.

Secondary Sequence: 6 LOA-COV cXnEoUbLncr£ tva J.lTt '!:tva 1:rov V0l-HOV eXv<XYlC<xaSu/eXv<xylCtX0'getl1 A-ucrat Zlv e8£1:0. Solon went abroad in order that he might not be compelled to repeal any of the laws that he had enacted.

Primary Sequence (Clause of Fearing): ot nOA-l1:at q>o13ouv1:at J1tt 01 1tOA-EJ.ltot d~ 1:ilv rflv Ei(J~aACll(Jtv. The citizens are afraid the enemy may invade the land.

Secondary Sequence: oi 1tOM't(U eq>013ouv1:0 J1tt ot nOA-E)ltOt d~ 'tnv yflv eia(iaACllcHv/eia(iaAoLEv. The citizens were afraid the enemy would invade the land.

b. In secondary sequence, indefinite or general clauses regularly have their verbs in the optative without (Xv, e.g.: Primary Sequence (Indefinite or General Temporal Clause): 01, 'A8T\vatot aU1:<¥>
Secondary Sequence: 01 'A811VCXlOt aut<¥> cppou ptcp EXproVto, (mo'tE 1tOA-EJ.lO~ yEVOt'to. The Athenians used to use it as a garrison, whenever war occurred.

25.

0

K POI L 0 L

TON

LOA Q N A

.2 E N I Z E I (a)

145

Primary Sequence (Indefinite or General Relative Clause): ot 'A611Vatot lCa1:Exov'tcn XPllcr6at VOJ-lDt<; oU<J'Ctvac; (Xv cr
9,,'CClt. The Athenians are constrained to use whatever laws Bolon lays down for them. Secondary Sequence: 01. 'Aenva'iot lCatdxov1:o XPllcreat V0l-lot<; oua'Ctvac; mptO't LOArov 9£1-to. The Athenians were being constrained to use whatever laws Bolon laid down for them.

4. The Forms of the Optative The optative, associated with secondary sequence, uses secondary endings, -1l11V, -0'0, -to, -IlESa. -cr6E, -VtO, in the present middle and passive and in the aorist middle; the cr of the 2nd person singular is lost between vowels. The optative suffixes -t- or -t11- produce forms that are recognizable from the diphthongs Ot, at, or

Pres. Act. Pres. M.IP. Aor. Act.

Aor. Mid.

Aor. Pass.

A{}OlIlL ADot<; ADot A{}otIlEV A110ttE ADOtEV

Aucral ll11v A;)crCXto A;)crat1:0 AucrcxtJ-le6a A;)cratcrSE A;) cratv1:O

AUed11V AUSEtrle; AuSd11 AU 6etllEV AuSEl:tE AUeetEV

AUOtl-l11V A{jOlO A{jOtto AUOtl-lEea ADOtcrBE A{jOtVtO

At1cratl-lt A~(jEUX:<; (-crate;) A:6crEU:(V) (-crat) At1cr al llEv A~crat1:£ A~crEt(XV (-crau::v)

ypa
aipOtll11V aXpOto
" &.patJ-ll fipEta<; (-cue;) apEtE(v) (-at) " apatllEv "apat'tE fipEUYV (-au::v)

apatJ-l11 V " apalO " apat1:o apatJ-lE6a apatcrSe &'patv'to

q)tAncratllt

'I

, SEt11v ap ap ed11<; apSd11 ap6etllEV apeE'i1:E ap6etEv I

Contract Verbs:

Athenaze: Book II

146 'ttllc?l1V 'tlllc?l1C; 'tlllc?l1 'tlIlCP).1EV 'tt).1CP'tE 'tt).1CPEV

'ttllt?llllV 'ttllipO 'tlJ.1CP'to 'ttJ.1c?Il-E6a ttJ.1ipcr6e 1:tIl-lpv't0

'tLIlTtcra11lt ttllncreta<; (-crate;) 1:1 IlTtcrElE(V) (-crat) ttJ.1Ttcrat llev ttJlTtcrattE 't'illncrEtaV (-cratEV)

ttll-llcratJ.111V tlJ.1ncralO 1:iIlTtcrat1:o 'ttll-l1cratll-E6a 'tlIl-TtcraUJ6E tlll-TtcratVto

tlJ.1116etl1v ttll-11 6dl1s 'till-11 6dl1 tiJ.111 6dll-EV tlll116d1:E 'tiIl-116EtEV

011 ActllV 011 Actll<; brtAclll 011 AotlleV 0l1AOl'tE 0l1A.otEV

On AotllllV OnActo 011 Aot'tO 011 AO{J.1e6a OnAolage brtAotV'tO

011 ArooatJ.1t 0l1Arocretae; (-crat<:;) 011ArocrEte(v) (-oat) 011 AOmalJ.1EV 011 Arocrcn 'tE ol1Arocrnav (-cratEV)

011 Arocrat1l11V 011 ArocraLO 0l1ArocrattO 011 Arocr at llE6a 011 Arocrat0'6E 011 AroO'<X1V 1:0

011 Aro6 d l1v 011 Aro6dl1C; 011 Aro6dll 011 Aro9etllEV ol1ArogettE 011 Aro6EtEV

Active

Middle

At1Cotllt At1Cot<; Atreot Ai1Cotllev At1tOttE At7tOtEV

At1COt)ll1V At1CotO At1tottO At1tOtJ.1E6a Ai7totcr6e Al1COtVtO

Thematic 2nd Aorists:

Athematic 2nd Aorists:

~at11V, ~atlle;, ~alT), ~atIlEV, ~ahE, ~<XtEV

O''t<Xll1V, crtail1e;, O''tatll, crta'tll-EV, cr'tat'tE, atatEV yvoil1v, yvoille;, YVOtll, YVOtJ.1EV, YVOttE. yvotev Future Active and Middle Optatives: The future active and middle optatives are formed from the future indicative stem, and their endings are the same as those for the present optative of A~ro, except for liquid stem verbs, which have the same endings in the future as -E- contract verbs have in the present, e.g.: A;}O'OtJ.1t / At>crOt)ll1v qnAnaotJ.1t I qnAllcroi)ll1V

'tt)lncrotllt I tt)ll1crOt)ll1V ol1AroO'Otllt I ol1A.roO'oilll1V

Future Passive Optatives: At>6J,O'Oi)ll1V ypa
Exercise 25y Fill in the optative forms on all Verb Charts completed for Book I, except for the charts for Exercise 118. Keep the charts for reference.

25.

0

K POI I O}:

TON

}: 0 AnN A

.;: E N I Z E I (a)

147

Exercise 25 a Change the following indicative forms first to the subjunctive and then to the optative: 1. A:l1oUatv A~E1:at

2. 3. 4. 5.

£Af><JuJ.1Ev £AUell J3oUAoJlat

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

V'ilC&JlEV q>tAet £7&0tT\<Javto eYbe"CE tiJl~

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

AUO).lI~eU

EAaJ30v (2 ways) EY£VetO ecptATtO"aJlEv acpl:lCOVtO

Exercise 25 £ Rewrite the following sentences, changing the main verbs to the designated past tenses and the subjunctives to optatives; then translate the new sentences: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

01. VEOt 7&UtOEUOV"CCH (imperfect) tva o:ya90t yEvroV'tUt. (, LOArov 0:7&00llJ.1El (aorist) tva Il'h o:vaYKaO'e~ "Cou<; vOflou<; AUcrcXt. Ot 7&U'ibE<; cpopouv"Cat (imperfect) fl'fl 6 1tat'hp opyi~ll1:at. Ot o7&A'i1:at cpoJ3ouvtUt (imperfect) fl'h OUK UIlf>vroO"t "Cou<; 1tOAeflLOU<;. (, AtKuto1tOAt<; 1tpo<; "Co &<J'tu 1tOPEUE'tUt (aorist) 01tro<; 'tou<; xopou<; SEatat. q>0J30UJlEVO<; 'tOY KtVOUvov, "Co-o<; cpiAoU<; KaAm (aorist) 01tro<; -bIlLv J30119&atv. BV 1:£9 &o"1:Et J.1EVOUJleV (aorist) tva 't<1<; "Cpayq:>oit'i<; 8Ero1lE9a. Ot uu'toupYOt Ei<; 'to aO''tu <J1tEUOOUO'tV (aorist) tVU Jl'h U1tO 'trov 1toAEJlirov All q>8&<JtV. cpoJ3ouJlE9a (imperfect) Jl'h OUK BV Katpip OtKaOE £1taVEAeroIlEV. (,1to"Cav Eap YEvll"Cat, Ot 1tOtJlEVE<; "Co. 1tpopu'ta 7&po<; to. oPll £AauvoucHV (imperfect) .

Exercise 25 ~ Translate into Greek: 1. The Greeks used to send their children to school to learn writing. 2. The children were always afraid that the teacher might be angry. 3. Whenever winter came, the shepherds were driving their flocks to the plain. 4. The slaves were always doing whatever (their) master ordered. 5. We hurried home to find our mother.

Bust of Herodotus

148

Athenaze: Book II

Henxlotus Herodotus was born at Halicarnassus, on the southern fringe of Ionia, some years before Xerxes' invasion of Greece. As a boy, he must have seen the queen of Halicarnassus, Artemisia, lead her fleet to join the invasion force. As a young man he joined the unsuccessful uprising against the tyrant Lygdamis, Artemisia's grandson, and after its failure went into exile in Samos. From there he embarked on his travels, which eventually took him around most of the known world. He visited Lydia, including Sardis, and Syria, from where he reached the Euphrates and sailed down the river to Babylon. From Babylon he went on to the Persian capital, Susa. In the North he sailed right around the Black Sea (Pontus Euxinus), stayed some time at Olbia at the mouth of the Dnieper (Borysthenes) and traveled up the river into the wild interior of Scythia. In the South, he visited Egypt twice, staying for several months, and sailed up the Nile as far as Elephantine. In the West he knew Sicily and south Italy. Whether he traveled as a merchant or, as Solon, simply for sightseeing (gerop{ac; EVElCa), he continually amassed information, seeing and listening, gathering oral tradition, and studying records and monuments, all of which he was to use in his history. During this period he settled in Athens for some time. He became a friend of the tragedian Sophocles, who wrote an ode to him when he left Athens to join the panhellenic colony of Thurii in south Italy (443 B.C.). Thurii became his home thereafter, though he continued to travel and returned to Athens to give recitations of his history in the 430s. He lived through the first years of the Peloponnesian War (he refers to events of 431-430 B.C.), and his history must have been published before 425 B.C., when Aristophanes parodies its introduction in the Acharnians. He has rightly been called the "father of history." He had no predecessor except Hecataeus of Miletus (fl. 500 B.C.), who wrote a description of the earth in two books, one on Asia, the other on Europe. Herodotus knew this work and refers to it twice, when he disagrees with Hecataeus's statements. It is hard for us, with books and libraries at hand, to imagine the difficulties that confronted a man who set out to write a history of events that took place a generation or more earlier. The only written sources he could consult were local records, e.g., temple lists and oracles, and in some cases official documents, e.g., he must have had access to some Persian records, such as the Persian army list. Otherwise he had to rely entirely on what he saw on his travels and what he heard from the people he met. He was a man of infinite curiosity with an unflagging interest in the beliefs and customs of foreign peoples. Free from all racial prejudice, he listened to what strangers had to tell him with an open mind, and he could never resist passing on a good story. Not that he believed all that he was told. He had a healthy scepticism: "1 am obliged to report what people say, but I feel no obligation to believe it always; this principle applies to my whole history" (7.152). He was a deeply religious man, and his interpretation of history is theological. He believed firmly that the gods did intervene in human affairs and

25.

0

K POI :E 0 1:

TON

LOA

nNA

:=: E N I Z E I

149

that no man could escape his fate. In particular, he believed that human pride (u~Ptc,;) resulted in divine vengeance (V Ej..lEcru;). This is clearly seen in the story of Croesus and on a larger scale in the whole treatment of the pride, defeat, and downfall of Xerxes. Dreams, signs, and oracles play an important part in his narrative. These are the means by which man might know his fate, which could not be changed but which might be postponed. Myth permeates his work. He moves in a world where mythical explanations of phenomena are commonplace; he is not a thoroughgoing sceptic, nor does he swallow the mythical tradition whole. Before telling the story of Croesus, he goes back to give an account of the kings of Lydia, from whom Croesus was descended, and the whole section ends with the words Auoot J,.lEV on U1&O TIepcrncH EOEOOUA(oV'tO, "the Lydians had been enslaved by the Persians." One of the major themes of the history is freedom and slavery. There follows a description of the rise of Persia, including the subjugation of the Greeks in Asia Minor and the defeat and capture of Babylon, ending with the death of Cyrus. Book 2 opens with the accession of Cyrus's son Cambyses, who invaded and conquered Egypt. The remainder of Book 2 is then taken up with a description and history of Egypt, the longest of Herodotus's digressions from his main theme. Book 3 starts with the conquest of Egypt and Cambyses' subsequent madness and death. After a digression on Polycrates of Samos, we have an account of the accession of Darius and the organization and resources of the Persian Empire. Book 4 is devoted to Darius's invasions of Scythia and Cyrene; Book 5, to the reduction of Thrace and the Ionian revolt. The Persian menace is seen to be looming larger and larger over Greece. Book 6 centers on Darius's expedition to punish the Athenians for helping the Ionians in their revolt, an expedition that culminates in the Marathon campaign. Book 7 opens with the accession of Xerxes and his decision to invade Greece. It ends with the Thermopylae campaign. Books 8 and 9 continue the story of the invasion and end with the battle of Mycale and the revolt of Ionia. Within this broad framework, Herodotus continually makes digressions wherever a topic that interests him crops up. He is particularly fascinated by the strange customs and beliefs of the remoter peoples he met, but he also tells us a great deal about the earlier history of Greece, as occasion arises. The whole story moves in a leisurely and expansive way, not unlike Homer's Iliad in this respect, and like Homer he also continually uses speeches to heighten the drama of events and to illuminate the characters of the leading actors. Despite the poetic qualities of his work, he is usually found to be correct on matters of historical fact where we can check them from any other source.

150

Athenaze: Book II

o KPOIl:Ol: TON l:OAnNA SENIZEI

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs £A,lCCO, imperfect, dAKOV (irregular augment), £ASCO, [eAKu-] elA,1Cl1Gcx, ei1lCl1lCcx, ei1lCl1GJUXt, eiA,lCUa91lv, I drag lCCX'tCXCPPOVECO + gen., I despise Nouns 11 euocxq.Lovia, til~ euoatJ.Lov{a~, happiness; prosperity; good luck

it eux1\, tile;

£uxi1~, prayer b 1tA,o'ho~, 'tOU 1t1ou'tol1, wealth 11 PcOJ.Lll, tile; proJ.LTI/;;, strength Adjectives cXJ.Lcpo'tepo~, -a, -OV, both i lC(XVOe;, -1\, -ov, sufficient; capable Proper Name oi AeAcpoi, 'tIDV AeA,cpmv, Delphi

ror; oe 'tau'ta nEpt 'tou TeAAot) (, LOArov EinE, (, Kpotaor; 11 PE'tO 'tlva OEU'tEPOV J.1e~' £KEtvov OA~tcO'ta'tov 1001, vo~i~rov n:ayxu OEU'tepEta 01aEa8at. (, OE, "KAEO~iv 'tE Kat B hcova. 'tOU'tot<; ynp o-\)al YEVO<; 'ApYEtOtr; nAOU'tOr; 'te ~v lKavor; Kat npo<; 'tou'tCfl PcO~l1 acO~a'to<; 'tOtaoE' clESAO
5

AOYO<;' ouall<; EOP'tl1<; 'tft "R Pet 'to 1:r; 'ApYEiotr;, EOEt nav'tco<; 't1)V ~l1'tE:pa at)'trov ~EUYEt KO~lcrSftval £<; 'to lEPOV, 01 oe ~OE<; £K 'tOU aypou ou napeytyvOV'to £v Katp
10

I

lEpOV. [1tcXYXu, certainly oEu't£peia (neut. pl.), second prize olo£o9at (future middle infinitive of
'tau'ta Oe au'to1:<; nOtT,acXal Kat ocp9EtO't

uno 'troY napov'trov 'tEA€U'tT,

'tou ~iou apia'tl1 EY£VE'tO, £OEt;£ 'tE EV 'tou'tot<; 0 8EO<; o'tt a~€tvov Etl1 av9pcOnql 'tE8vavat ~&AAOV 11 l;l1v. Ot Jlev yap ApYE10t 1tEpta'tav'tE<; 9

e~aKapll;ov

'troY VEeXVtroV 'trw PcO~l1V, at oE 'ApYEtat 'tl-tv ~l1't£pa au'trov

15

25.

0

K POI 1: 0 L

TON

1: 0 AnN A

.3 E N I Z E I

(\3)

151

E~aKcXpt~OV,

Ot61:1 1:010U'tCOV 1:EKVCOV EKU Pl1cre. it oe 1.l:rl1;"p cr1:acra aV1:tov 1:0U aycXA~a1:0e; 1:11<; SEOU 11UXE1:0 KAEO~Et 1:E Kat Bi1:covt 1:ot<; €au't11C; 1:EKVOtC;, Ot aU1:~v E1:1~l1crav ~EycXACOC;, 1:llV 8eov bouvat 0 1:t av8proncp 1:uXetv aptcr1:0V El11. ~E1:a be 1:au1:11v 1:llV EUxnV, ro<; e8ucrcXv 1:E Kat eucoxit811crav, Ka1:aK01~118ev'tE<; EV aU1:ep 1:ep tEPip ot v Eavia t Ot)1(E1:t avecr1:11crav aAA' OU1:Ole; £1:EAE1>1:11crav. ' ApyetOt oe autrov Ei1(OVac; nOtl1crcX~Evol avtSecrav EV AeAq>ote;, roe; aVbprov apia1:rov , " YEVOJ.lEvroV.

20

[()(pGeiO't: aorist passive participle of opaoo "CE9vQVCH, to have died = to be dead 1tEpUnavn:c;, standing around £~aKapt~ov) called blessed, praised £1CUPllCJEV + gen.,obtained had av'ttov taU a'YaAJ.1atO~, in front of the statue £UOlXit91lCJUV (from E:umXEro), had feasted 1Ca'tu1COtJL1l9£vt£~ (from l(Cl'tClJ(Olllaro), having gone to EiKOVCl<;, statues} sleep J

LOArov ~£V oilv EUbatJ.loviac; bEU1:EpEta EVEt~E 1:01>1:0te;, Kpotcroe; be 0pYlcr8ete; Eine' "3) stv' 'A8"vatE, 1:11e; be it~E1:epac; euba t~ovtae; OU1:00 Ka1:aq>pOVetC; rocr1:E ouSe iOlCO'troV avop&v asioue; it~ae; £1tOil1crae;;" [eVElJ.1E (aorist of VEIlOO), gave

UhCl)"Cmv (adjective here), private]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.31-32

25

152

Athenaze

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs that Augment to ei- in One or More Tenses Bam, imperfect, ELroV, l&O"O) (note a instead ofl1 after the E), £tl'icra, e1l'ilCa., Ela~a.t, eiaGrtv, I allow, let be EAlCm, imperfect, etA.KOV, EA~Q), [H,KU-] etA1CUUa.. eLAlCUXa.. EtA.1C\)O"~al, dAICua911v, I drag EPya~ofLat. imperfect, it Pyctl;0lll1v or eipyal;0lll1v. epyuaov.a. t, 'Ii pyaaullllV 0 r Eipy(XO"alll1v, Ei pyacr J.lat, £i pyaae1lv, Iwork; I accomplish £2tov.at, imperfect, ei1tOIl11V, £\jI0J.lat, [a1t-J EaX6111\V + dat., I follow EXm, imperfect, aLXov, E~m (irregular) (l will have) or [ax£-] O'xftam (l will get), [crx-] EO'XOV, [crxe-] eaX1l1Ca, EO'XllJ.lat, I have; I hold; middle + gen., I hold onto

WORD BUILDING Nouns formed from the stem of another noun or of an adjective are called denominative nouns. Give the meanings of the nouns in the following sets: 1.

Suffixes -1:11<; and -EUe; (nominative) denote the person concerned or occupied with anything, e.g.:

6 nOAl-'t11e; (11 nOAt-e;), 6 vau~'tT\C; (il vau-e;) 6 inn-EUe; (6 lmt-oe;), 6 l.EP-EUC; (tEp·Oe;, -a, -ov) 2. Abstract nouns denoting qualities are formed by adding suffixes to adjectives, e.g., -ta/-ta (nominative)

-crUVT\ (nominative) -'t'l1<; (nominative)

q>LAOe;, -T\, -ov uA118nC;, -ec; BtKatoC;, -a, -ov crrocpprov. crroq>pov-oe; to'OC;, -11, -ov veoe;, -a, -ov

11 q>tAta ft uAn8E-ta ;,

5tKatO~auvl1

1) crroq>po(v)-crUVT\

11 10'0-1:11C;, 'ttle; tcro't1l'toe; 11 VEO-'t'l1C;, 1:11<; VEO'tl1'toC;

3. Patronymics, i.e., nouns meaning "son of . ," "descended from.. " are most commonly formed with the suffix -tOl1e; (nominative), e.g., 6 AAlCflEWV-t5T\e;. t

4. Various suffixes are added to nouns to express smallness; the resulting words are called diminutives. The most common are: (nominative) -tBtov -{mcoe;

'to natB{ov (6 nate;, 'tou nato-oc;) 'to OiK-tOtoV ('h obd-a) 6 natO-tcrlCoC; (6 nate;, 1:0U nato-oc;) ovEuv-icrKoe; (0 vEavi-aC;) Diminutives can express affection, e.g., n;a1:piotOv, daddy dear, or contempt, e.g., avSpc.Ontov, wretched little man. -toy

25.

0

K POI I. 0 I.

TON

I. 0 AnN A

SEN I Z E I

GRAMMAR 5. The Optative of -Jl\ Verbs ei~i,

I am

Present: EtT\V, Ell1~, etT\, dJlEV/EtrU1Ev, EttE/etl1'tE, ciEv/etT\crav

dJ.lt, I will go Present or Future: toqllJioiT\v, tot~, lOt, '(otIlEV, lot'tE, totEV

8{8 mllt Present Active: ot80hlV, 8t80iT\~, ot80tT\, 8t8011lEv, Ot001tE, OtOOLEV Present Middle/Passive: OtOOtllT\V, 8too'io, olooho, OtOOiJlE6a, Otooicr6E, OtOOtV1:0 Aorist Active: OOt-flV, OOtT\~, ooiT\, OOlJlEv, OOhE, OOlEY Aorist Middle: OotJlT\V, OOlO, OOttO, 00tJle6a" 00t0'6e, 00tV1:0 Aorist Passive: 006dT\v, 006EiT\~, 006etT\, 006EtJlEV, 006El1:E, 006dEV 't'£91lJ.lt Present Active: n6eiT\v, n6eiT\~, nedT\, n6EtJleV, n6ette, neeteV

Present Middle/Passive: n6eiJlT\v. n6eio, nedro, 1:teetJlE6a" tt6eicr6e, n6eiv1:0 Aorist Active: 6eiT\v, 6eiT\~, 6eiT\, 6etJlEV, 6ei1:f:, eeLev Aorist Middle: eeiJlT\v, eeio, eetto, 6dJle6a, 6etcr6e, 6eiv't0 Aorist Passive: n:6dT\v, 'teedT\C;, 'teedT\. 'te6eiJlEv, 'teeehE, tE6dEV ia'Cl1J.lt Present Active: icr'ta,iT\v, icr'tatT\~, icr'ta,tT\, icrtatJlEV, icr'tahe, iO'ta'iev

Present MiddlelPassive: lcr'tatJlT\v, icr1:aio, ic)'tat1:o, icr'tatIlEea, icr'trucreE, icr'tatv'to

(~)

153

154

Athenaze Aorist Active: o'tcx{l1v, o'tai1l';. o'tcxil1, O'tCXt~EV, O'tCXt'te, O'tCXtEV

Aorist Middle: O'tCXllll1V, o'tCXtO, o'tcxito, o'tallle9a, o'taloge, o'talv'to

Aorist Passive: o'tcx9dllv, o'ta9dl1<;, o'ta9dl1, o'ta9e.tllev, o'ta9eitE, o'tagetEV

8 ad 'lCV i>

,.n

Present Active: bEtKVtlOt)lt, bEtKVtlOl<;, betKVUOl, OEtKVuOt~EV OetKVUDt'te, bEtKVUOtEV

Present Middle/Passive: OelKV'I.}Ql)ll1V, OEtlCvuOto, OEtKVuOt'tO, OEt1cvuoi~E9a, OEtKVtlDto9E, OEtKVuOtV'tO

Aorist Active: od~at)lt, Od~Et(I<;lbd~atC;, Od~etE/od~at, bd~at)lEV, od~at'te,

OE (~etav lod~atEV

Aorist Middle: OEt~a{)lTlv, od~atO,

od1;at'to, oel~atlle9tX, 8E{~alo9E, bd~alv'to

Aorist Passive: OE1X9dllv, OEtX9ELl1<;. 8elx9dTl, oelx9eiJ,t£v, oelxgeitE, oEtx9dev " ... tTU1

Present Active: tdl1v, iELl1<;, tELll. tEt~eV, leitE, l:eteV

Present Middle/Passive: 1eilll1V, letO, 1:etTo, idJlE9a. leto9E. leiv'to

Aorist Active: ftTlV, etl1<;, etll, £t)lEV, Ei'te, dev

Aorist Middle: et)ll1V,

do, eho, et~e9(X, doge, dv'to

Aorist Passive: None Future Active:

Future Middle: eOOt)ll1V (deponent)

Future Passive:

8i8mfJ.1. 't i9 11JLt

offioOtJ,Lt

iO'tl1fJ. t

m:T\<mt)ll

O(O(JolJlllV 9'laOtJlllV m:T\OOt)lllV

8ei'ICvt>J.L1. .,

oe{~OtJlt

Oet~O{Jll1V

809,,oOlJlllV 1:e9t1oolll11v o'tatmaOl)ll1V bEtX911crolJ.Ll1V

eiJLi

tl1llt

GtlaOt~.il I

tl

l100 tJlt

nOOtllllV

no future passive

25.

0

K POI 1: 0 L

TON

LOA

n NA

EENIZEI

(~)

155

Exercise 251') Fill in the optative forms on all Verb Charts completed to date for exercises in Book II and on the charts for Exercise 11 B. Keep the charts for reference.

Exercise 259 Identify the person, number} tense, and voice of these optative forms: 1. 2. 3, 4. 5.

£tll tottE oOLfle9a OtOOlllV OtOOLo (2 ways)

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

n9etto (2 ways) n9£lev U:9etEV toto,tto (2 ways) icr'tet1llV

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

crtCt1:I1e; oei~ettflev

OetKVUOtEv dEY

h:iT}

6. The Optative Mood in Indirect Statements and Indirect Questions In indirect statements and indirect questions the optative may be used as an alternative to the indicative in secondary sequence, or the indicative may be preserved. If the optative is used, its tense is the same as the tense of the verb in the direct statement or direct question. In the following examples, the optional optative is given after the slash (in the examples from Herodotus we do not use the movable v). Direct Statement: aflELvov EotL av9pO:)7t(p 'tE9vavett flUAAOV 1\ ~f1v. It is better for a man to be dead than to be alive. Indirect Statement, Primary Sequence: oEh:vucrt 0 9EOs on aflElv6v eon cXv9pom

156

Athenaze Indirect Question, Secondary Sequence:

o KpotO'o~ UPE'tO ttva odyrepov J1E1:' £1~etvov 6A~tro1:a'tov £tat/{aOt. Croesus asked whom he had seen second most happy after him. Remember that it is only in secondary sequence that indicatives may be changed to optatives. The only use of the future optative in Greek is as an alternative to the future indicative in indirect statements or indirect questions in secondary sequence, e.g.:

o1t(XLTlP d1tEV o'tt 'to'i<; 1tatatv 1tpO~ to aa'tu fty'llaE'tQtJil'y1laot'to. The father said that he would lead his sons to the city. Ot n:a'ioE<; UPov'to 1t01:E OtKaOE btavtaatv/e,tavtOtEv. The sons asked when they would return home. Note that En:aVtOtEV is here regarded as future, substituting for the future E1taVto:atv of the direct question.

Exercise 25 t Rewrite the following sentences, making the leading verb aorist and changing the verbs in indirect statements from indicative to optative. Then translate the new sentences: 1. il yuvl, nJ.La~ epo}'"c(f d 't41 1tatol au'tllC; ev ~ 6041 £VE'tUX0J.LEV. 2. a1tOKptVoJ1ESa on ouOEva flVSPO:mrov etOoJ1Ev aAA' EUSU~ ImavtJ1Ev m<; · , 'r:111 'tllaov'tE<;. ' awwv 3. 'tip natO" EV'tuXOV'tEC; AEYOJ1EV o'tt 'h 1.t11tllP au'tov STltEl. 4. 0 aYYEAoc; AEYEt on 'trov 1tOAEJ.Ltrov a1tEASov'trov 'tOtC; au'toupYOtC; eSEO''ttv OtKaOE £n:avtevat. 5. 0 TIpro'tayopo:c; AeYEt on 'tolho 1tEpl TCAetO''tOU Ttowuvtat Ot na'tEpE<;, onro<; uyaSot YEVTtO'ov'tat 01 1tatoec;. 6. 6 'Hpooo'to<; ESllYEl'tat OTCro<; d<; 1tOAeJlOV Ka'tEO''tllO'av Ot 1:E ~ap~apOt Kat Ot "EAAllVEC;. 7. 0 I:OAroV £1ttO''ta'tctl. on Ot 'ASllVatOt ou A~O'01.)O't 'tou<; VOJlOUC;. 8. 0 KpotO'o<; 'tOY I:oArova epro'tCf 'ttva oA~ui)'ta'tov dOEV. 9. 6 LOArov Aeyet on ot v E ltv tat, 1:~V Jlll1:epa El<; 'to iEPOV 1i:OJl to'aV1:EC;. a1tESavov. 10. oUtro OdKVUO'ty 6 Seoc; on aJ.LEtvov ean avSpamqlu:Ovavat J.L&AAOV 11 ~llv.

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus (Ot "EAATlVE<;) oatJlovrov llyaAJlaO'ty £1.Sxov'tal OUK fl1i:OU01.) 0' lV, Fragment 128 Diels

{oO'1tEP

flKOUotEV.

25.

0

K POI L 0 L

TON

LOA Q N A

SEN I Z E I

(~)

157

o I,OAnN TON KPOIION oprIZEI Read the following passages (adapted from Herodotus 1.32-33) and answer the comprehension questions: Solon explains to Croesus why he does not count him happy:

6 DE LOArov e11t£v' "c1 Kpoia£, tpro't~C; JlE 7t£pt Ctvepro7tivrov 1tp&.YJl(x-rrov, EYID De t1tiata.Jl(H no:v 'to edov
5

[civ9pClln:lvCtlV, human 'to 9eiov, divinity «p90VEPOV, jealous tlXpaxiOBee; (cf. 'tapa't'tro), troublemaking opov, boundary, limit 'tile; ~Q)ile;, of the life 1Cap~XE'ta1., offer B1.a1CoO"{Il~, 200 £~aKl(JttA.(at;, 6,000 81.0"J1up(ar;, 20,000 Tt ... £'tepa ... 't11 h£p~, the one . .. to the other n:poO"aYE1., brings]

1. 2. 3. 4.

What two realms does Solon distinguish? How does he characterize divinity? What do men see and experience in the length of their lives? At how many years does Solon set the limit of a man's life? At how many days? 5. What does each day bring?

"eJlOt DE au Kat 1tAmnel.V IlEya <patVn Kat ~uaLAEUe; etvaL nOAAmV eXv9pOO1trov' eKEtVO De 0 epro'tq.e; 11£ ounro a£ AEYro, nptv av aE 1:£AEutnaaVtu KaA&C; f3iov lla9ro. ou yap 6 IlEya. 1tAOUaWC; 6A~tdn£poc; ecrn tOU eXE\t;, lucky, happy n:av't'oc; xpnJ.La'to;, of every event cin:o~1\O'E'tal, it will turn out un:08g{~ae;, having shown, having given a glimpse of (sA.~OV, happiness 1tpOppi.~oue;, by the roots, root and branch aVE'tp£lJIEV, overturned]

6. How does Croesus appear to Solon? 7. What does Solon need to know before he can answer Croesus's question with certainty?

10

158

Athenaze

8. What, according to Solon, does the rich man need in order to be called truly happy? 9. With what Greek words does Solon describe the men whom he contrasts with the nAoU{Hot? 10. What Greek word does Solon use as the opposite of avoA.~ot? 11 When assessing men's lives, what, according to Solon, must be examined in each case? 12. What two things does Solon say that god often does to men? o LOA.roV 't<xu'tt:X AEYrov 'tip Kpoicrcp olHdn EXt:Xpi~£'to, aAA.fx 0 Kpoicro<; anonEIlTCEt <xu'tov, SOSa.<; <XU1:0V allaOft £lvt:Xt, 0<; 'ta 1tt:Xpov'ta ayaOa Il£OEtC; 'tltv 'tEA£1)'t1,V TCaV1:o<; xp~lla''CO<; op&.v EKEA.E1)E. [ixapitEtO + dat., was finding favor with B6~iiC;, thinking (aorist participle of IlEelruu), letting go, ignoring]

clJ,1a9i\, stupid

11£9£1.t;

13. What two things resulted from the "lecture" that Solon gave to Croesus? 14. What opinion of Solon did Croesus have? 15. What did Croesus think should be considered when judging a man's happiness?

Exercise 25x Translate into Greek: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Croesus was thinking that he was the happiest of men, but Solon said that he had seen others happier. Croesus asked Solon why he judged that the others were (use infinitive) happier. Solon answered that he called no one happy until he learned that he had ended his life well. Croesus having grown angry at Solon, sent him away, thinking that he was stupid. Mter this Croesus, having suffered terrible things, learned that Solon was right.

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus o avaS. ot> 'to llaV1:EtOV EO"n 1:0 EV AEA
Fragment 93 Diels

15

25.

0

K POI L O:E

TON

1: 0 A Q N A

SEN I Z E I

(~)

159

New Testament Greek John 10.2-4, 9, and 11-16 The Parable of the Sheepfold Jesus addresses the Pharisees.

"6 be daepx6~evo~ bta '[il~ 9upa~ 1tOtIlTtV fattV 'trov 1tpO~O;1:rov. 'tOU1:«:p 6 9upropo~ aVotYEt, Kat 1:a 1tp6pa'[a tfl~ <provilc; cdnou aKOUet Kat 1:a tbta 1tp6pa'ta q>roV£t Ka"C' ovo~a Kat e~ayEt au"CO;. 01:av '[a t8ta navta EK~UAn, el-L1tpo0'9EV aU1:rov 1tOpEUE'[at, Kat ta 1tp6f)a'[a autcp &KOAOuSet, on otbaatv t1]V <proV1,V au'[ou .... EYW eillt" 9upa· 8t' EIlOU e&.v tt~ da£A9n O'roS"aE'tat Kat daeAeuaEtat Kat e~EAeUcrE'tat Kat VOlll1V eUpTtaEt. ... eyoo dill 6 1tOtIl1]V 6 KaA6~. 6 1totll1]v 6 KaAo~ t1]V '1lUxnv autou 'tt9llCHV U1tEP trov 1tPO~ut(ov 6 ~taSo)'[o~ Kat OUK rov nOtIlTtV, 01) OUK ea"Ctv 'teX npopata ,{8ta, 9Eropet "Cov AUKOV epxollEVOV Kat aeuyetKaL 6 AUKOC; apnaset auta Kal crKOpnlSEt-Ott I.LlO'erot6~ ECS"CtV Kat ou IlEAEt au'tcp 1tep! 'trov 1tpO~Utrov. EYW dJll 6 rtotllnV 6 KaAo~ Kat ylVcOO'Kro 1:a E~a Kat YlvmaKo\)(!l Il€ 1:a EJ,tU, KaScbe; ytvwO'lcet J,te 6 1tCt1:np KfrYro ylvwaKro 'tOY nCt1:epa, Kat 't1,V ,¥UXTtV J.Lou 't{9rUlt U1tEP 'trov 1tPOPO;1:rov. Kat aAAa 1tp6pa1:a £xro ex OUK eattv EK 'tile; aUAlle; 'taU1:llC;' K&KElva Bet ~e ityayetv Kal1:ile; <provlle; J,tOU aKouaouO'tV, Kat YEVTtaoVtat Ilia 1to{~vll, ete; 1tot~ftv." [0 eiaepx6l1Evo~ = 0 eioubv 1COtI1TtV, shepherd 0 9upmpoc;, the gatekeeper avoiYEt, opens 'ta tlha, his own qlQ)VEl, he calls eK~aAn, he puts/leads out EI11tpocrgev + gen., in front of Ch':OAou9£'i, follow (In, because OtOaCHv, they VOJ,1.qv, pasture 'I1UXTtV, soul; life d91l 0' tv , know eicrEAe'llOE'tat = EtO'f.tO't puts /lays (down) I1toOCO'toC;, hired laborer epx611Evov ;::: iov't'O'. ap1ta~Et, seizes (perhaps attacks) (J1COpn:{~Et, scatters ou I1E.Ael au-cip, there is no care to him, he has no care yivcOoKm =ytyvcl}(Y1Cm '!CaOm~, just as '!Caym ='Kat eyro aUAf)c;, sheepfold '!Ca"IC£1.va = 'KO'.t e'Ketva, and them aKouO'ouCuv =Ct'KoucroV1:O'.t 1to{~vl1, flockl

New Testament Greek uses EAEuO'0llat as the future of epX0!1at, for which Attic Greek uses dill. New Testament Greek also uses EPXOJ,teVOC; as the present participle of epX0J.Lat, for which Attic Greek uses iolY,

o

26

KPOI}20}2 TON I1AILlA AI10AAY}2IN (a)

VOCABULARY 2tUV8ftVO).LlXL, [1tEu6-] 1tEucroIlClt, [1tu6-] e1tu8oll"V, 1tE'1tUO).Lat, I inquire; I learn by inquiry; I hear; I find out about X (ace.) from Y (gen.) cpa. 1. v CD, [
Verbs arcoAAuJ.1t [== ano- + o/..,/..,u/lt], [0/"'£-] a1tOAm. an mlEcHx, I destroy; I ruin; I lose Middle: anoAlu ).Len, [O/"'E-] o:n:oloullaL, [0/"'-] a1tCDlol.1:l1v, I perish Perfect: [OlE-] a1tOlmAEKtt, I have ruined, [0/"'-] cl1l:o/"CDla, I am ruined oeoll<Xt, [OE8-] 8EtlO'oJ.Lat, £()Eft9"v, I ask for X (ace.) from Y (gen.); + infin., I beg; + gen., I want ecptcr'tlXJ.Lat [;;: Ent- + lO''tuJ.u'n], [(}"t11-] E1teotllV + dat.) I stand near; of dreams, I appear to lCo:9o:ipCD, [Ku6upE-] lCa9apm, [KU61lP-] EKuS"pa, [Ku6up-] KEKu8ap).Lcxt, ElClX9ap9"v, I purify

t

6volla~0l,OVOJ.LacrCD,mvollacra,

mvo).Lcxx:cx,mvollao).LCXt,mvo).LftcrS"v, I name; I call

160

I

.....

,

26.

0

K POI L 0 L

TON

ihep0'i. -ii. -ov, one or the other (of two)

o !LEV e'tEpoc; ... () Be

e'tEpoc;, the one . . . the

other Prepositions Ext + gen., toward, in the direction of; on; + dat., at,' of price, for; + ace., at; against; onto;

n A I Li A

A n 0 A A Y LIN (a)

161

upon; of direction or purpose,

tQ,/Qr. + ace" down; distributive, each, every; by; on; according to; of time, at; through; with regard to Adverb omj8ev, indirect interrogative, whence, from where K(J/tcX

me; Oe anflASe 0 LOArov, EAape EK 1:0U Seou v EJ.lecrlC; J.leyaAl1 Kpolcrov, Oto"Ct EvOJ.ltoe Eau"Cov etvat avSpronffiv anav"Crov 6A~l(ina'tov. Ka8euOov'tt yap au'tCf> EnEcr'tll ovetpOC;, OC; au'tCf> "Cnv aAn8etav E<patVE 'trov J.lEAAOV'trov yevEcr8at KaKrov Ka'ta 'tOY naiOa. ~crav Oe Kpotcrep Ouo naiOEe;, {bv 0 Ilev £'tEPOC; }(ro llV "A 'tue;. 'tothov o-ov 'tOY "A'tuv ol1J.lat VEt 'tCf> Kpotcrep 0 ovetpOC; an08aVEto8a1 aiXlll1 crt011PE TtatOt yuvalKa, ETtt Tt6AEJ.lOV Oe OUKE't1 E~ETtEIJ.'I'eV au-cov, aK6v'tta Oe Kat Oopa"Ca Kat Ttav-ca ote; xprov-cat ee; nOAeJ.lOv iiVSpro1t01 EK 'trov avOpErovcov

5

10

EKKOJ.ltcrUC; EC; 'tOue; saAallouC; cruvEv11crE, Iln 'tt "CCf> natOt EIJ.TtEcrOL [lCmtpoc;, dumb, mute 'trov ;'Ab::mv, of those the same age Ilix~n O'tOl1peq., an iron a1Covnll, javelins 'trov aVOpEcOVQlV, the men's chambers 1: 0 U C; spear point 9(xAa~ouc;, the storerooms O'UVEvl1(J£ (from (ruvvero), he piled up]

€xov'tOC; Oe ev Xepot 'tOU TtatOoe; 'tOY ya/-lOv, aqnKVEt'tat ec; 1: fte; 1:ap01C; avi,p ou Ka8apoe; roy "C{xC; XElpae;. napEA8mv Oe oi)'toe; ee; 'ta Kpotcrou oiKta KaSapcrtou EOEe'to €7tlKupflcrat· 0 Oe Kpolcroe; au'tov EKaSllpev. ETtEt Oe 'ta vOlJ.1~6llEva £TtotllcrEv 0 Kpotooe;, £1tUVSaVE1:0 on69Ev tE l1Ko1 Kat 'tte; Et11, AEYrov 1:aOe' "(h iiv8pro1te, 'tte; -c' roy Kat noSev llKcov £e; 'ta £J.la ohda napEYEVOU;" 0 Oe aTteKp1va'to' "(h ropo{ou IlEV eillt nate;, 6voJla~0J.la1 Oe "AOPllO''toC;,
15

~acr1AEu,

l1Kete;

ec;

20

162

Athenaze: Book II

[,die; xEiprxe;, with respect to his hands lCa9apcrlou, purification 28i£'t0 = £OEt'tO, from O£Of.LlXt E1tt1Cup'ijaat + gen.) to obtain 'tel v0J.1t~6J.1£va, the customary rituals e~eA.flA.aJ.1ivoe; (perfect passive participle of eSEA.lXuvro), having been driven out ElCYOVOC;, offspring aJ.111xaVllaEtC; + gen., you will lack mC; KOUqlo't'a'tcx, as lightly as possible]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.34-35

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs with Present Reduplication yi-yvOJ.Lcxt, [YEVE-] YEv.qaOJ.LCXt, [YEV-] EYEVOJ.1f1V, [yov-] yiYOVfl, [Y£VE-] YEyeVllJ.1CXt, I become; I happen yt-yvm-cu:m, [yvro-] yvIDO'OJ.1at, eyvmv, eyvoolCcx, £yvOOCJJ.Lcxt, Eyvc:ba91lv, I come to know; I perceive; I learn 8t-8&-O'lCOO, [OlOlXX-] 8toa~m. Eo{ocx~a, oeoioaxa. oeoiocxYJ.1CXt, iot8&X9f1v, I teach someone (ace.) something (ace.); passive, I am taught something (acc.) 1tt-1t'tm, 1t£CJOUJ.1cxt (irregular), £1t£CJov (irregular), [1t'tro-] 1tB1t't'oolCcx, I fall

WORD STUDY Give the Greek words from which the following English literary terms are derived: 1. epic 2. lyric 3. drama

4. tragedy 5. comedy 6. biography

What genre of modern literature is missing from this list?

GRAMMAR 1. Conditional Sentences Conditional sentences, in both English and Greek, may be organized under two broad headings: a. Simple conditions, in which nothing is implied as to whether the condition was, is, or will be fulfilled These may be of two kinds:

i. Particular conditions General conditions, in which the conditional clause is a type of indefinite clause (see Chapter 22, Grammar 2, pages 93-96).

11 .

b. Contrary to fact and remote conditions, in which it is implied that the condition was not fulfilled, is not being fulfilled, or is not likely to be fulfilled in the future

26.

0

K POI L 0 L

TON

II A I A A

A II 0 A A Y I I N (ex)

163

u. Simple Conditions:

Past Particular: If Philip said this, he was lying. d 0 4>O..t1(1(o<; 'tolyto Ei1tEV £V£UliE'tO. (a past tense, i.e., imperfect, aorist, or pluperfect, of the indicative in both clauses) I

Past General: If Philip (ever) said this, he was (always) lying. Ei 6 4>{A,t1t1t0<; 'rolho I..E,,{Ot, £",£-68E1:0. (ei + optative, aorist or present; imperfect indicative) Present Particular: If you believe Philip, you are foolish. d 'tep 4>tA-t1t1t€P 1tl.O''t£uel.~, l1ooPO<; E1. (present or perfect indicative in both clauses) Present General: If you (ever) believe Philip, you are (always) foolish. Eflv't& 4>tA-trmq> 1ttCJ'C£ul1C;, l1&po<; d. aav + subjunctive, aorist or present; present indicative) Future Minatory: If you do this, you will die. d 'tOlJ'tO notTtO'£tc;, «Xnoeavet. (d + future indicative; future indicative) (Conditions with the future indicative in both clauses usually express threats and warnings, hence the term minatory.) Future More Vivid (Particular or General): Particular: If the doctor does this, he will receive his pay. General: If the doctor (ever) does this) he will (always) receive his pay. eav 0 ia'tpo<; 'rOU'tO 1tOl:rial1, 'rov I1tO"SoV 8£~E'tat. a/iv + subjunctive, aorist or present; future indicative) The imperative may be used in the main clause, e.g.:

If you see father, tell him what happened. sav 'tOY 1ta'tEpa t8nc;, tinE a:\l't!p 'tt f:yEVE'tO.

164

Athenaze: Book II

b.

Contrary to Fact and Renwte Conditions:

Past Contrary to Fact: If the doctor had done this, he would have received his pay. (It is implied that he did not do this and did not receive his pay.) d 61a'tpOC; 1:0UtO £'JtOtl1a£v, E~E~(l'tO (Xv 'tov J.Lto86v. (aorist indicative; aorist indicative with av) Present Contrary to Fact: If our father were living, he would be coming to our aid. (It is implied that he is not living and is not coming to X's aid.) d e~ll 6 7t<Xtnp, ~JllV liv £~oita£t. (imperfect indicative; imperfect indicative with av) Future Remote or Future Less Vivid: If the doctor should do this, he would not receive his pay. (If the doctor were to do this, ... ) (If the doctor did this, . . . ) (It is implied that the doctor is not likely to do this.) d 6 iatpoc; tOUtO 1&OtTtaEt£V, OUK liv 8£~at'to 1:0V J.Lta86v. (d + optative, aorist or present; optative, aorist or present, with av) In contrary to fact and remote or future less vivid conditions, the potential particle avalways appears near the beginning of the main clause, although not as the first word; it is often next to the verb. Note that in these clauses the aorist indicative refers to past time, the imperfect indicative to present time, and the optative to future time. Note that the difference between aorist and present subjunctives and optatives in conditional clauses is in aspect, not time. The aorist subjunctive or optative is used when the action of the verb is looked on as a simple event, the present, when it is looked on as a process. In all conditional sentences, the negative is J.L11 in the conditional clause and ou in the main clause.

Exercise 26 a Translate the following sentences and identify the type of condition each represents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

e&.v J.Ll, 7tEpt dpnvllC; A.EYiln:, OUK (xKouaolJ,at tll&v. Ei 'toue; ~ap~a.po\)<; EV1KftaaIlEV, 7ta.V1:£C; (Xv hlllrtaav ~llaC;. d 0\Ka8e a1tEu80t!.u::v, tame; av a
26.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 ]2.

0

K POI L 0 ITO N

n A I Ll A

An 0 A A Y I I N (a)

165

d 1tapllcrav oi crullllaxOt, nlttV &v e~ollSouv. £ixv toue; aultlluXOue; 1tapalCaA&}lEV, D}ltV ~OllSllcrouatv. d 'tou'to 1tOtTlcrELe;, EYID aE a1tO K't EV&. d EUSUe; rop}lllaa}leSa, ~OTj &'cptKX)}leSa &v de; to aatu. d -ea aA.TjSll AEYot<;, 1tLcrn::uoL}lL av aOt. eixv tip 1ta1:pt cruAAu~l1e;, e1tatVro ae. d oi)-eo<; 0 KUroV A.UKOV tOOL, anEcpeuYEv.

Exercise 26 P Translate the following pairs of sentences: 1. d EUSUe; 1tpo<; 'to am:u crneuOotllEv, tcrroe; &v (XcptKOt}leSa nptv yevEcrSat ecr1tEpCiv.

If you should lead me, I would gladly follow. 2. Et}ln tip 1tOL}lEVL EVE'tUXOIlEV, n}lup'tOIlEV &v 'tlle; ooou. If we had not hurried, we would have arrived home late. 3. eav }lOU aKoull'tE, nav'ta Ot' oJ\,iyou yvrocrEcrSE. If you (pl.) follow me quickly, we will arrive before (use npiv + infin.) night falls. 4. d oi 1ta'ioec; 'tip 1ta'tpt e1telcrSllcrav, OUK av Ka'tEcr'tllaav ec; 'tocroU1:0V KtVOUvov. If we had stayed at home, we would not have seen (use Oeaol-un) the contests. 5. d Ilft (Jot £nta'teuov, aUK (XV 'tautu (JOt £J\,eyov. If father were here, he would be helping us. 6. d 1-111 e~oftSllaev 0 1tOt}lftV, aneSavev &v nuva ta 1tp6~a'ta. If the shepherd had not hurried to the sheepfold (1:0 QUAtOV), he would not have saved the sheep. 7. eixv 't11v }lll'tEpa EV 'til ayop~ to'W;, at'tll(Jav a\YCnV OtKaOe aneuoetv. If mother does not come home soon, I will go myself to look for (use mc; + future participle) her. 8. d}ln 0 aoeAcpo<; KaKa £1tacrxev, OiH( <Xv 0151:ro EA.tl1tO'l) }lllV. If mother were here, she would know what we must (use oet) do. g. EaV oi 1tOAEIlLOL et; 'tT]V Yllv Ea~6:A.rocrtV, oi au-eoupy01. to acr'tu av{cr'tavtat. If the farmers (ever) remove to the city, they are (always) safe within the walls. 10. ei 1tpocr~uA.Otev 01. 'ASTjvatOL, 01. 1tOA.EIlLOL avexmpouv. If the Athenians (ever) withdrew, the enemy (always) attacked them.

166

Athenaze: Book II

Shame and Guilt When Solon explained to Croesus why he would not call him the happiest man he had seen, he said: E1tlcr'ta~c(t nav 1:0 GEiov refusal to fight when Agamemnon has insulted his honor. Life was a competition in which honor was the prize. Achilles' father told him: aU:v apta'tEUEtv Kat imElpoxov Efl~evat lfAAroV, "always to be the best and to excel over others" (Iliad 11.784). The honor ethic (a shame culture, as the anthropologists call it) persisted throughout Greek history, but in the time of Herodotus there was alongside it a very different ethic, which was based on a different view of the gods and the whole human predicament. According to this view, to court the preeminence that Achilles' father recommended to his son was positively dangerous and wrong. In Herodotus and the poets of his time, Zeus is the agent of justice (8lK'l1). Man is helpless before the power of the gods and the dictates of ~oipa (one's allotted portion, fate), and all who offend must suffer. The surest way of offending the gods and bringing down VEflECHC; (divine vengeance) on yourself is to become too prosperous or too great. Such excess leads to pride (u~PtC;), a condition in which you may think yourself more than mortal and so incur the jealousy (
26.

0

K POI :E 0 L

TON

n A I AA

A n 0 A A Y :E I N (a)

167

What of those who have not offended but still suffer? One answer was inherited or corporate guilt. If a righteous man suffers, he must be paying for the offense of one of his kin (so the family curse is a prominent theme in Greek tragedy, e.g., Aeschylus>s Oresteia or Sophocles' Antigone). Such corporate guilt can infect not just one family but whole societies: "Often a whole city reaps the reward of an evil man who sins and plots wicked deeds" (Resiod, Works and Days 240-241). So man is helpless (aJ.li}xavo~) in a frightening and unpredictable world, governed by gods who are jealous and troublemaking. What could man do to avoid disaster (crul.L<popa)? The only way was to refrain from offending the gods and if offense occurred, to seek purification, a cleansing of guilt. Purification (K&9apcnc;) was a ritual washing away of pollution, as Christian baptism is a symbolic washing away of sin, and was regularly performed on all occasions that brought man into contact with the gods, e.g., before sacrifice or feasting (which was a meal shared with the gods). Rituals, of which we know little, were prescribed for various occasions, e.g., after childbirth. The greatest pollution (j.ltctcrj.la) was blood-guilt. Adrastus arrived at Croesus's court ou Kcx9apoc; roy 1:lxC; xt'ipac;. He had involuntarily killed his own brother. Whether the act was voluntary or involuntary was beside the point as far as his family was concerned. He had to go into exile, since otherwise he would have infected the whole family with his j.ltcxcrJ.1cx. He comes to Croesus as a suppliant (iKe'tl1C;), and Croesus, a god-fearing man, is bound to accept him. Such were the rules of supplication, which had its own ritual. Suppliants were under the protection of Zeus. Croesus, although he does not know Adrastus, at once understands the situation and purifies him, using the customary rites. We do not know precisely what these rites were, but they involved the sacrifice of a suckling pig, in the blood of which the guilty man was cleansed. Pollution could infect a whole people. In the opening scene of Sophocles' Oedipus the King, the whole land of Thebes is devastated by plague. Oedipus sends Creon to Delphi to ask Apollo what he should do. Apollo's answer is that they must drive out the pollution of the land (J.llct()J.1a xropac;); ((By what sort of purification (1tOt

168

Athenaze: Book II

o

KPOI}:O}: TON IIAI~A AIIOAA Y}:IN

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs O:'JtQ(patVOl, I show; I reveal; I prove l.u~8il1l.u [= IlE:ta- + ~llllt], I set loose; I let go J.1EA.Et, [1l£A-£-] J.1EA..qaEt, EJ.1EA.l1at, J.1EJ.1EA.llKE, impersonal + dat., X is a care to; there is a care to X (dat.) for Y (gen.) J.1E'tIl'JtEJ.1'JtOJ.1llt, I send for Xllpt~OJ.1(lt, [xapt£-] Xa Pl0UJ.1Clt, [xapt-] ExaptaaJ.111V, KEXaptaJ.1(lt + dat., I show favor to; I oblige Nouns it uyplX, 'tfle; uypae;, hunt; hunting it &:SuJ.1ta, 'tile; a9uJ.1tae;, lack of spirit; despair it ~EtA.tlX, 'tile; ~EtA.tlXe;, cowardice 'to 811PtOV, 'tOU 911PtOU, beast, wild beast

o Kl)1CA.Oe;, 'tou KUKA.OU, circle it CPl}J.111, 'tile; CPTtJ.1ll<;, saying; report; voice; message

ocpovo<;, "tou cpovou, murder o q)'t)Aa~, 'tou q>UA.IlKO<;, guard Adjective 'JtOtOe;; 'Jtota; 'JtOtOV; what kind of? Preposition 'Jtpoe; + gen., from (i.e., at the hand of); + dat., at; near; by; in addition to; + ace., to, toward; upon; against Conjunction £1tEt, when;'since Proper Names oi Muaot, 'tIDV MuaIDv, Mysians o "OA.U J.1ltOC;, "tou 'OA') J.1ltOU, Mount Olympus (here, a mountain in Mysia)

o /lev

O-DV "AbPllcr'tOC; btCH1:aV etXe £V Kpotcrou, £V b£ 'tip aU1:cp XPOvcp £V 'tc{l 'OAU/lncp 1:ip Opet -Dc; /lEyac; ytyve'tat . 0p/lro/leVOC; bE o-o'tOC; e'K 'tou opOUC; 'tou'tou 'tit. 'trov Mucrrov epya bt£
.oC;, a wild boar

tit ... epya, the tilled fields

aV£(jlavll (from

5

26.

0

K POI LOr

avcrqHl:tVQ)), appeared lected]

TON

n AI

I:::,.

A

An 0 AAY r I N

npoOu).LoUJiEVOt, being very eager

(~)

169

AO'Ya8ac;, picked, se-

KpOtO'oe; of: !l£!lVTnuivoe; 1:0U OV£tpOU 'to. E1t'll EA£y£ 'tab£' "1:0V Ttatba OUK CSEAro TtEJ.!\f1at· v£oya!-lOe; yap £O'1:t Kat 'tau'ta aU1:ip VUV !lEAEl. A uorov !lEV'tOt Aoyabae; Kat Kuvae; TtE!-l\jlffi Kat K£A£UO'ffi 'toue; iov'tae;

10

£~EAEtV 'to 91lPiov £K 't11e; xropae;." [).LE).LV1'\).LEVOc;, remembering

'ttl e1t;fJ, the words

V£O'Yalloc;, newly married]

E~£A96v'tE~ E1tOlOUV lleV KaKov DuSEv, E1tacrxov SE KClKa 1tpo<; cru'tou.

Ot Mucrot E1tt 'tOY tv

6 of: nate; axouO'ae; a £in£v KpotO'oe; 'tote; MuO'otc;, npoc; au'tov npoO'llA9£ Kat, "ib 1ta't£p," oe; be reOlal !lEV EiO't xEtpEe;, nota oE aiXJ.!Tt en 011 pEa; €1t£t 0-0V ou npoe; avopae; ;'!llV yiYVE1:Cll n J,!aXl1 , J.!eSEe; J-LE." Ctll£ip£'ta t KpotO'oe;' "cbnat, V1K~e; J.!E yvro/J:C\Y anocpaivrov 1tEpt "Cou oVEipou. !-lE"CaytyvroO'KOl 0-0V Kat J.!ESillJ.!i O'E leVat bet "Citv aypay." [axapt, unpleasant, objectionable O'l'U;, sight, vts'tDn, apparition ilA.1'Y0XPOVtOV, short-lived aiXllilc; (Jt811PEii:~) an iron spear-point O'u'Y'YvmJ11'\ ••• scrd crOt, yo u have an excuse, you may be pardoned UOC; (gen. of t~), of a wild boar alldpE'tat, answers JiE'tIl'YlyvmGlCm, I change my mind]

15

20

25

170

Athenaze: Book II

£i1tcOV be 'tctu'tct 0 Kpo'iaoc; 'tov "AbPlla'tov !-Le'ta1te!-L1te'tctt Kctt ctu'tC9 AeYEl 'taoE' ""AbPlla't£, eyoo aE EKa811pa Kat EV 'tOtC; OiKiotc; £bE~a~l1V' VUV 01)V uAaacrov'toc; EV£Kct 1tpOaOOKct aot

30

voo'tna£tv." [lpn~m, I wantJ need O'1t£uBEtC;, you are (so) earnest toU cp'\)Aa.CfO'OV'tOC; £vElCa, as far as his guardian is concerned 1tpoa861Cli (imperative of 7tPOcr80KcXro), expect]

ncrav ~£'ta 'tctu'tct £~llP'CUJ.levot Aoyaat 't£ vEiXvicttC; Kctt Kuaiv. a
35

0 J.lEv 01)V ~Alle£tC; 't~ ctiX!-Lll

e~e1tAllaE

'tou ov Etpou 'tnv
1tctl00C; ~OpOV Et1tEV ainC9' [£~llPtUIlEVOt (perfect passive participle of Esap't~ro), equipped £0'1l'IC6vn~ov, they were throwing their javelins at (it) 0 lCa9ap9dc; 'tov cpovov, the man who had been purified with respect to murder a. KOV -d ~cov, throwing / aiming his javelin at ESE1tAllO'£ (from EK1ttfl1tArUH),fulftlled 'tov ... J.LOpOV, the fate, death]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.36-43

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs with Three or Four Variations within Their Stems [yv-] yt-1V-o-J.Lat, [YEVE.-] lEv.qO'OJ.Lal, [YEV-] EYEV6flllV, [yov-] 'YE'YOVa., [y£VE-] lE1EvllJ.Lal, I become; I happen 8tacp9eipco, [ql9£pe-] 8to:cpgepm, [cp9up-] Bu~q>9£tpa, [ql9ap-] 8tE4p9aplCa or [ql9op-] 8tEq>90pa., [cp9ap-] 8tEcp9apllat, 8teq>9a.Ptlv, I destroy Eyeipm, [EyepE-] E'Y£pm, [EYUp-] 111etpa, [thematic aorist middle; EYP-] TalP6WIlV (l awoke), [EYOp-] E'YP.qlopa (I am awake), [eyep-] £Ytl1ep J.La t, Ttyep 9tlv, active, transitive, I wake X up; middle and passive, intransitive, I wake up Aehtm, AEhvco, [A.\7t-] BAt1I:OV, [AOUt-] AEAOt1l:a, [A.E11t-] AEA£lflllal (I am left behind; I am inferior), EAdcp9tlv, I leave

40

26.

0

K POI L 0 L

TON

n A I L'1 A

A IT 0 A A Y LIN

(~)

171

WORD BUILDING Adjectives are formed by adding suffixes to verb or noun stems. Study the ways in which the following are formed and give their meanings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

A.et1t-ffi f1S-0l-Lat 'l'EUO-Ol-Lat () 1tOA.el-L-OC; it StK-1) () OtIC-OC; 6 1tOA.EI-L-OC; 1I:pa'['[oo (1&pt'iK-)

A.om-oc;. -ft, -ov itS-UC;. -eta, ",e'08-ftc;, -ec; 1tOA.£)1-1Oc;, -iX, -ov olK:a-1OC;, -a, -ov oh:e-ioc;, -a, -ov 1toAe)1-a.:oc;, -Tt, -ov 1tpliK-'tt1COC;, -ft, -ov

-u

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

() Ate-oc; it ,.HxX-11 xpa-o/-lat A.al-L1t-oo cpope-o/-lat 1t01£-OO 'YP a
A.te-woC;, -1), -ov I·UXX-t)1oC;, -1), -ov XPTt-(H/-lOC;, -1), -ov A.al-L1t-P0C;, -a, -ov <pope-poc;, -a, -ov 1&0111-'[0C;. -ft, -ov 'Ypa1t-'toc;, -ft, -ov XP11-C)'[oC;. -ft. -ov

GRAMMAR 2. Adverbial Accusatives and the Accusative of Respect The neuter accusative of adjectives is often used adverbially, e.g., the comparative adverb is the neuter accusative singular of the comparative adjective; thus, 8cxooov ;::;; more quickly. The superlative adverb is the neuter accusative plural of the superlative adjective; thus, 'taXl
t! ,[OU,[O 1I:01eic;; Why are you doing this? Another kind of adverbial accusative is the accusative of duration of time or extent of space, e.g.: "

Ie'

_

E)1eW<X.)1ev 7t EV'tE Tl J.1Ep ac;. We stayed five days.

'[0 aO'1:'O 1tOAA,O-UC; G't(Xo{o'U'i u1texet. The city is many stades distant. A new adverbial use of the accusative case is the accusative of respect, e.g.:

KpotooC; flv A u80e; 1-11v 'YEVOC; •••• Croesus was Lydian with respect to his race, i.e., by birth. ... CtVnp 'ttC; a
172

Athenaze: Book II

3. The Accusative Absolute Another adverbial use of the accusative case is the accusative absolute, used with participles of impersonal verbs instead of the genitive absolute, e.g.:

oo;av 'Cov 1taioa E<; 'Citv aypCiv 1tEJ,Hllat, 6 Kpot<Jo<; J.uXAt<J'ta E<po~d'to. When he had decided to send his son to the hunt Croesus was very afraid. (The word oo;av is the accusative neuter of the aorist participle of oOKd = it having seemed best = it having been decided.) 7

E;OV E<; 'CTtv aypCiv iEval, 6 "A'tu<; Eu8n<; 6pJ.l
it

otov 'to 811PtoV aipdv, 'to opo<; E<J1tE'OOOV. Since it was necessary to take the beast, they hurried to the mountain. (The word OEOV is the accusative neuter of the participle of OEt =it being necessary. )

Exercise 26"( Translate each sentence and explain the uses of the accusative case in the underlined words and phrases: 1. avftp 'tt<;, puytOC; 'to YEVO~, EC; tfi<; 2:apoI<; a1:ov, "ijKEt<; E<; q>tAOU<;," Eq>ll. "IlEVE oilv EV 'tOt<; TlllE'tEP01<; oiKtotC; o(Jov (iv Xpovov ~OUAll'" 5. ayyeAoi nVEC;, MU(Jol to ')'EVOC;. E<; LapOI<; a0J30UJlEVOC; 't'hv aypliv, 'tOy 1ta'tEpa E1tetcre £autov 1tEJl\j1at· "ou yap,"
26.

0

K POI L 01:

TON

n A I AA

A n 0 A AYE IN

(13)

173

4. The Verbal Adjective in - 't B0 ~ The suffix -teOe;, added usually to the verbal stem of the aorist passive, may give a passive adjective, e.g., A.U-tEoC;, -ii, -ov = to be loosed, which expresses obligation or necessity and is often used with the verb dJ.Ll, e.g.:

A'U'tEOt daiv 01 (36ec;. The oxen are to be loosed. The oxen must be loosed. The person by whom the action must be performed is in the dative, e.g.:

mrpEA.11'tEa (Jot it nOA.tc; ea'ttv. (Xenophon, Memorabilia 3.6) The city must be helped by you. You must help the city. The person is often omitted in the Greek, although we prefer to express it in English, e.g.: aA.A.Clt vf1ec; EK trov ~uJ.LJ.Laxrov JlEtcxn:E~n:'te(n eierlv. Other ships must be summoned from the allies ~. We must summon other ships from the allies. The verb dJ.LL is often omitted, e.g.:

A.'\)1:£ot Ot j36E<;. The oxen must be loosed. The neuter verbal adjective of intransitive verbs is used impersonally with an active sense, e.g.:

i't£ov fU.ltv. It is necessary for us to go. We must go. The neuter plural is often used in this way instead of the singular, e.g.:

EI-LOt PCX5tCJ'tE<X eo't1.v 1tpOC; 'tllv ayopav. It is necessary for me to walk to the agora. I must walk to the agora. The neuter verbal adjective of transitive verbs is also used impersonally with an active sense and an object, e.g.: UA.Tt8EtaV yE 1tep\ 1tOAA.OU 7COlll1:EOV. (Plato, Republic 389b2) It is necessary to consider the truth ofgreat importance. We must consider the truth ofgreat importance.

Exercise 26 a The following examples are all taken with minor omissions of words from Plato, Republic, Books 2-5, in which Plato is discussing (a) the education of the guardians of his ideal state (1-3), (b) the selection of the rulers from the guardian class (4), and (c) the education of women (5). Translate the sentences and see how far you can reconstruct Plato's views on the education of his "guardians":

Athenaze: Book II

174

1. &p' 01)V ou J,lot)(nK~ 1tpon:pov ap~oJ,le9a 1UXtOeUOVtee; i1 YUllvaO"nK~; AOYrov (of stories) oE Ot't'tov dooe; (two sorts), 'to J,lEv aA1lgee;, 'lIeUOOe; (falsehood) 0' E'tEPOV; 1tatOeU'tEOV 0' Evall
o

AAPHITOI EA YTON IfIlAZEI

Read the following passages (adapted from Herodotus 1.44-45) and answer the comprehension questions: The story of Croesus and Adrastus concluded: 6 oe Kpo'icroe; 'tip J,lEV 9avcXtq> 'tOU mnOoe; auvE'ta.pax91l, £tt oe Il&AAOV ffiO:6 PE'tO oton 'tOY 1ta.'ioa. a1tlh:'tEtvE EKetVOC; OV au'toe; <povou EK&91lPE. AtmOUIlEVOe; oE 't~ O"UIl
[GUV E t(x P6:X911 (from cruv't'apa't'tCll), was thrown into confusion, confounded lCa9tip(J'lov, of purification (a title of Zeus) J.l.aptup6J1£vo~, calling (him) to witness £cp£O''t'lOV, who presides over the hearth (E(j't'ia) and hospitality (a title of Zeus) j3oO'1cmv, feeding, sheltering 'tov cpov£cx, the murderer EtalpEtOV, presiding over companionship (a title of Zeus)] 1. 2. 3. 4.

By what was Croesus confounded? Why did he grieve even more? With what three titles did Croesus call upon Zeus? To what irony does Croesus call attention when invoking Zeus as Ka6a.pO"we;? 5. To what irony does he call attention when invoking Zeus as E
1tapl1O"av oe ~E'ta 'tou'to Ot AUOot 1tPO'telvrov 'tae; xet:pae;. E1tt1Ca'ta.O'cpa~a1, eau'tov KEAEUroV 'tip VEKPip, Af:YroV ott OUKE'Ll XP1] ~wUv.

5

26.

0

[ll7uage, behind b;tx:(Xta.O'qHi~at,

7. 8. 9. 10.

K POI L 0 L

TON

nAI dA

A IT 0 A A Y LIN (P)

175

'ltap£B{Bou, tried to surrender 1tpo'teiv(Ov, stretching forth to slaughter X (ace.) over Y (dat.) PtoUV, to live]

Who follows the corpse of Croesus's son? With what gesture does Adrastus attempt to surrender to Croesus? What does Adrastus order Croesus to do? What reason does Adrastus give for ordering Croesus to do this?

KpotO"oC; oE 'tau't'a aKoucru<; 't6v 1e "AoPl1O"'tov OiK't'tpet. KatnEp rov ev KCX1Cip oi1Cet
OVEUC; JlEV 'tOU Ecm'tOU &'OEAaSel 'tip tUJl~

11. Why is it surprising that Croesus pities Adrastus? 12. How does Croesus explain that he has received full justice from Adrastus? 13. Who, in Croesus's view, is responsible for what has happened? 14. What does Adrastus do at the end of the story? 15. What hints does Herodotus give in the last sentence as to why Adrastus did what he did? 16. Does Adrastus seem to have been able to accept Croesus's explanation of who was responsible for what happened? 17. Is there any indication in the story of Herodotus's own views as to who was responsible for what happened? Can Croesus himself be held responsible in any way? Look back at the beginning of the story at the beginning of this chapter.

Exercise 26 e Translate into Greek: 1. A foreigner, Phrygian by race, arriving at Sardis with impure hands, asked Croesus to purify him. 2. When the Mysians asked Croesus for help (use ~oft9£ux; use two accusatives), at first Croesus was not willing to send his son. 3 . But his son said, "Our (use dative of the possessor) battle is not against men; and so fear nothing but send me,"

10

15

176

Athenaze: Book II 4. So Croesus was persuaded by these words, but, having sent for the foreigner, he told him to guard his son. 5. Being allowed to go, Atys, having set out immediately, arrived at the mountain on the third day. 6. When they found the boar, the foreigner threw his spear (use a1Cov'ti~w) and missed the boar but hit Croesus's son.

Classical Greek Hesiod (concluded from Chapter 24) Hesiod wishes that he had not been born in the Iron Age (Works and Days, 174-181). 'When the fifth, iron, age is destroyed, the world cycle will begin again with a new Golden Age; hence Hesiod's wish to have been born later. JlT\lCe't' E1tet't' roq>EAAOV EYoo TCEJl1t'totO't jlE'tEtVUt CtvopaO'tV, aAA' l11tpoO'OE Oavetv 11 E1tEt'ta yeveoOat. vuv yap oTt yevor;, Eat! atOTtPEoV' ouoe 1tO't' iiJ.lap 1tuuaov'tat KaJltX'tou Kat oU;Uor;, oube 'tt VUlC'tWP 'tUpOJlEVot· xaA-E1ta; be OeOt OOOO'OUO't Jlep{JlVa~. aAA' EJl1tT\~ Kat 'tOtOt JlEJlei~E'tat eaOA,& lCaKOtatV. ZE\)r;, 0' OA-EO'et Kat 't01)'to YEVO; Jlep01tWV CtvOpammv, E1)1:' (XV YEtVOJlEVOt 1tOAt01CpOtaq>ot 'tEAEOmatV. [J.1ll1C£t(t) .•. mqn:AAov •.. J.16'tEtVa1. + dat., I wish I were not among . .. any longer EEJ,L1ttOtO"L = XEJ.l1t'tOlt; 11:pocsSe, before SaVElV = ct1to9cxVelV yevoc;, race 0'1.8';peov, of iron ~J.1cxp, in the day KtlJ.La:tOu, from weariness Ot~Uo~ (gen. of Ot~uC;), woe, misery VU1C1:OlP, in the night 't'EtpOJ,1£V01., being distressed (supply xcxuO'ov'tcu) J.1EpiJ.Lva.C;, anxieties lJ,11CllCi, all the same toicn = 'tot<;, for them J.1eJ,Lei~E't'(n, rare future perfect passive, will have been mixed eaSAa, good things lCCXlCOtC:nV = KCXKO'iC; OA£O'£1. = cmOAEt JU,P01tOlV, of mortal speech eU1:(e) liv = E1tElOaV yetvoJLevot, being bornJ at birth 1tOA10KPO"CCX(j)Ol, gray-haired 1:eAESOlO'1.V, they are]

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus 1tOA:ullaO{a vouv EXEW ou btOaaKEt· fHcriobov yap (Xv Eo{ba~E teUt HuOayopav ai>SLC; 'tE Eevocpavl1 'tE Kat 'EKU1:UtOV. Fragment 40 Diels

26.

0

K POI I: 0 L

TON

II A I Ll A

A II 0 A A Y LIN

177

New Testament Greek John 11.1,3-5,17,19-27, and 38-44 The Death and Resurrection of Lazarus ~V oE nc; aa8evrov, Aa~apo~

ano

B118aVta<;, t:K 'tile; KOO!ll1<; Maptac; Kat M6:p8aC; 't11e; aOeAcp11C; aU't11e; .... anEcr1:etAaV O{)V at &OEAcpat npoe; uu'tOV AEYO\)aUt, "KiptE, tOE QV cptAete; aa8EvEl." aK01)acXe; O£ 0 'l11aOUe; cinEV, "au'tll 'h aa8Evna OUK Eanv npoe; 8avu'tov aAA' U7tEP 't11e; 06~11C; 'tOU 8EOU, tva 00~aa81) 6 U10e; 'tOU 8EO\> lit au 't11 e;. nyO:7ta Oe 6 'I11aoue; 'tllv Map8av Kat 'tllV aOEAq>nV aut11e; Ked 'tov Aa~apov ... . eA8mv o{)v 6 'Illaoue; etpev au'tov 'tEaaapac; nOll 11IlEpae; EXOV'tU £V 'tip !lVlllldcp... . nOAAOt oE £K trov 'Iouoatrov EAllAU8EtaaV npoc; tllV Map8av Kat Maptall tva nupallu8Tjarov'tut au'tf1c; nEpt tOU aOEAcpo\>. l

[aa9Eviilv, being sick 't1\~ Kc.OJ.1T\':;, the village afteO''tEtA,ClV (from &:rcOO''tEAAro), they 8v, (the one) whom So~a0'911 (from (5o~a.t;c.o), may be glosent autov, i.e., Jesus 1\yafta (from &yct:rcaro), was loving, loved Exov'ta, here, being (with acrified cusative of duration of time) tip J.1V'llJ.1Etcp, the tomb EA,11A,u9£l.O'av Attic EAT\AUeEcrctV, pluperfect of epX0)lat), had come tva ftapallu9t)(J(llvtat, to console]

'h o{)v Map8a roe; l1KouaEv on 'I11aoUe; epXEtat un:Tjv'tllaEv a:lyc(9' Maptall oe £V 't(9 OtKq:> eKa8E~E't0. et1tEV o{)v Map8a npoe; 'tOY 'Illaouv, "KipLE, d ~C; (boe OUK av un:e8avEv 6 UOEAcpOe; !lOU' Kat VUV OLOa o'tt oaa av aitrtall tOV 8EOV Oooan aot 68eoe;." AE"{et a1nil 0 'IllaouC;, "ava(J'trtO'e'tat 6 aOEAq>oc; aou." Ae"{Et uu't(9 Mup8a, "oioa on avaa'trt<Je'tat ev 't1) avaa'taaEt ev 't11 £axa'tll 'hlleP€f'" et7tEV au'til 6 'Illaoue;, "£yro fdjlt 11 uvaataate; Kat ~rort· 6 7ttateurov de; e!lE KaV un08uvll ~rtaE'tat, Kat n:at; 6 Srov Kat 7ttO''tEUroV de; E!l£ OU Illl cmo8avl1 dC; 'tOY ai&vu. 7tta'tEUete; "COUtO;" AE"{Et aU't(9, "vat Ki>pte, tyro n:E1tla'tEuKa on au ei 0 XptO''toC; 6 uioC; 'tou 8EOU 6 ei<;; 'tov Koajlov epxOjlEVOe;.JJ

n

n

n

[U1tflv'tl1O'EV (from u1tav1:aro) + dat., met Map·dill: nominative here d 1t~ mOe (~~ = Attic ~O'ea., here used in a past contrary to fact condition), if you had been here liv axe9av£v, would have died oaa av ai'tflO'll, as many things as you ask avaG"C";O'£'tClt, will stand up avaO',;i,ae"CBt, he will be resurrected 1:11 avaa"CacsEt, the resurrection £O'Xa"Cll, last 'IC&v a1to9avn (KaV = Kat eav), even if he dies ~ilO'£"Cat (from *~ac.o), he will live ou flY) an:09avn, will never die ei; 'tOY aiiilva, into eternity, forever vat, yes 1t£X1.o'tEU'lCa, I have come to believe 0 Xpla'to;, the Christ (i.e., the anointed one)] And having said this, she went away and called Mary her sister secretly, saying, "The Master is here, and he calls you." And when she heard this, she got up quickly and began to go to him. And Jesus had not yet come into the village, but was in the place where Martha had met him .... Then when Mary had come where Jesus was, having seen him, she fell at his feet, saying to him, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died." Then when Jesus saw her weeping, . . . he was deeply moved (Ev£~P1I.l:rl(J(X'to) in his spirit and was troubled, and said, "Where have you laid him?" They say to him, tlLord, come and see," Jesus burst into tears ....

178

Athenaze: Book II

'hlO"OU~ oilv naA.tV e!l~plJlroj.lEVO~ EV euu't

n

n

[n:UA1V, again £1l~ptllmIlEvo; (from f.Jl~pt)l&o)l(n), being deeply moved a1ttlAalov, a cave 'tou 'tE't'EAE1.>'tTtXO'toc;, of the one who had died O~EL, he stinks 'tE'tap'tu'ioc;, (dead) for four days EUXap1.O''tco, I give thanks on, because ~3EtV, I knew 7tav'to'tE, always 'tOY 0XAOV, the crowd 'tov 1teplea't'co't'u, the one standing around a7t£Cf't£tAac;, you sent ElCpauyaaev, he shouted 0 n:9vT\Kmc;, the one who had died, the dead man K£1.ptCnc;, strips of cloth it O~I1.c;, his face oouSapicp, handkerchief, cloth used to wrap the face of a dead person 1tEp1.£oi3£'t0, had been bound around a«pE'tE (from a
Aerial photograph of Delphi, showing the stadium, the theater, the temple of Apollo, and the Sacred Way lined with treasuries

27 o KPOILOL EllI TON KYPON LTPATEYETAI (a)

Herodotus's Ionic Dialect Herodotus wrote in a literary version of the Ionic dialect; in the preceding chapters we changed most of his Ionic forms to their Attic equivalents, preserving only e~ (eO'-) , ~O'O'-, and a few others, but from now on in the readings we leave more Ionic forms as Herodotus actually wrote them. Note the following: 1.

Ionic has 11 where Attic has a. after

E,

t, and p, e.g., Ionic ftllePl1 = Attic ftllepa; Ionic

1tpi)StC; = Attic 1tpaS1.~·

2.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Contraction does not take place in Herodotus's Ionic with verbs and nouns, the stems of which end in -f.-, e.g., Herodotus has qnA£fl), q:nAe.et~, qnAeEl, etc., instead of the Attic qnA&, q)tAEt~,
179

180

Athenaze: Book II

VOCABULARY Verbs ay£{pro~

[ayepe-] aYBpm, [aynp-] tlYEtpa, I gather ayOlv {~o J..LlX t ~ [ayroVte-] tXy co ~ vto-uf,Lat. [ayrovt-] ftyroVt(fCXJlrtv, ftymVtO'f,Lcu, I contend tXv'ttOOJ1Ut, av'ttmO'OJ1lXt. ilv'ttmartV + dat., I oppose 8UX(1lXtvOl, I cross E7tEPXOJ1Ut [= btt- + epxoJ.l(Xl.], I approach; + dat., I attack lCa1:a1\1(O , I dissolve; I break up; I destroy J1E~.lCpOJ1lXt, J..LEJl'l'oJ,Lat, £).L£J,L'I'aJ,Ll1V or EJ,LEJ,L~81lv + dat. or acc., I blame~ find fault with 1tapalCalEco, I summon cpcovEm, I speak Nouns 'to eXv&911Jlu, 1:0U cXva8ftJ,La'toc;, temple offering oapt8J1oc;, 'tou apt9J,Lo-u, number 'to 8mpov, 't01) 8mpo'U, gift 'to J1avt£tov, 1:01) J1cxv1:etou, oracle 'to JlE'tpOV, tou J,LE'CPO'U, measure 'to OPlCtOV, tOU OPKtOU, oath; pI., treaty 1:0 O''tpa't£uJ,LlX. 'Cou CJ'tpat£u)1a1:0C;, army it au JlJ.LaXia, 'tile; (JuJlf,Laxiac;, alliance b xPrtO'J.LOC;, '(01) XPl1O'J1o-U, oracular response

'to XPl1(J't,;ptOV, 'tou XPllcn:l1ptOu (often pI. with sing. meaning), oracle (either the seat of the oracle or the oracular response) Adjectives .! , lCap'tEpoc;, -a, -OV, strong; fierce O-UOE'tEPOC;, -ii. -OV, neither Prepositions E1tt + gen., toward, in the direction of; on; + dat., upon:} on; at; of price, for; + acc., at; against; onto, upon; of direction or purpose, to; for; of time, I

W:.

+ gen., from (i.e., at the hand of); + dat., at, near, by; in addition to; + ace., to, toward; upon, onto,' against; with (Le., in relation to) Adverbs alloa£, to another place; to other places au'tlKcx, straightway, at once ltavu, altogether; very; exceedingly Expressions allot CXA.A.OCJE, some to some places . .. others to other places Proper Name it Ilu9iii, tTl; Ilu9iiiC;, Pythia (the Delphic priestess of Apollo) 1tpOC;

Kpo'iaos Oe E1tt Ouo E'tEa EV 1t£VeEt fJ.EyaAC9 £"Ka811'to 'tou 1tatOOs ea'tEprHl£vo~' fJ.E'ta

be 'tClU1:a, E1t£1- 0

Kupo~ ~a(nAEU~ Y£V6J1EVO~ 'trov

TI£paecoy 'tou~ t£ Mnoou~ EV1"Kll()e "Kat 'ta 'troy IIepcrecov 1tpnrfJ.a'ta llu~av£,

li8EAE b Kpolao~, et 1tco<; ouvat1:o, 'tily OuVafJ.1V atnroy 1taucrat

1tptV J1eyaAou~ YEvecr8at. £bo~e o.()v au'tip xpfta8at 1:(9 J1avtEtC9 't(9 aptatC9, tva fJ.a80t £i beot E1tt tOUs IIepcrii<; 0''tpat£uEa8at· 1tpro1:0Y

5

27.

0

K POI L 0 L E II ITO N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I (a) 181

,. u~,V'tOt £OEt ytyvrocrKEtV 'tt ,. HXV'tEtoV £cr'tt Ciptcr'tov. 1tav'toov oilv 'trov f.!aV1:EtOOV UnE1tetpa.'tO, UYY£AOUr; 1t£Il'VUe;, 'toue; llEV Er; ~ooOroVllV, 'tour; OE Er; ~EAcpOUe;, CiAAOUr; OE CiAAOcrE.

'toue; OE UYYEAOUe; £K£AEUE 't~

£Ka'tocr't'n Ttll£Pll ucp' ~e; av 0Plll1Srocrt £K LapOtOOV, XPllcrSat 'tote; XPl1cr'tl1ptote;, epco'trov'tae; 0 'tt 1tOlroV 'tuyxavot (; A uOrov pacrtAEUe;

10

Kpotcroe;, Kat ocr' UV A£Yll 'tel XPl1cr'tTtpta ypa'JIav'tar; avacp€pEtV nap' £au'tov. t

J

[nEveu, Borrow £(JtEPl1Jl.EvoC; (perfect passive participle of cr'tepem) + gen.~ having been bereft of a1t£1tEtpa'Co + gen., made trial of 'tou~ 8£ a'Y'YEA.OU~ ElCEA.£UE: the infinitives with the construction are XPllcr9at (10) and r1vacpepEtv (12) inca'toO''tTI, hundredth XPl1cr9a1. + dat., to consult (an oracle) civacpep£tV, to bring back, report)

o 'tt llEV 'tel CiAAa XPl1cr't"pta

e8£cr1ttcr£ ou A£YE'tat U1t' OuO£voe;~ ev OE ~eAcpOtcrt E1t£t 'taxtcr'ta £icrflA80v ot A uOOt XPllcroll£Vot 'tip 8£ip, it Hu8tll A€yn 'taO£ .

15

olOa 0' tyro 'JIall!lOU 't' apt8f.!ov Kat IlE'tpa 8aAacrcrlle;, , "'" " Kat, KOOCPOU,.... cruVtl111t, Kat" 0'0 cpcov£uv't0e; aKOU(O.

60 11" 11' ee; CPPEvae; l1 AS£ Kpa'tatpivoto XeAroV l1e; £'VOIlEVl1C; ev xaAKip all' apveiotcrt KpEeOcrtV.

20

[egeon:un, prophesied EnEt 'c(lX1.O''tCl, as soon as 'l'al1l1ou, of the sand(s) lCOlCPOU (gen. with cruVtll1lt), dumb, mute O'\)vl:ru.L1 = cruvl-rHlt, with short l, as is usual in dactylic verse q>COVEUV'tO<; = Ionic for cpmvouv'to<; 68111\, smell 11' !lot cpp£va~, mind lCpa'tCltpivOlO XEA.mVl1C; £'IIol1ivl1C; ev x,aA.x4\ all' apvetotcft lCpieoO'tV, of a hardshelled tortoise being boiled in a bronze (kettle) along with the flesh of a lamb]

'tau'ta 8£crntcracrl1e; 'tile; nuSil1e;, Ot AUOot ypa\jlav't£C; anl1ASov ee; 'ttle; LapOtc;. roe; OE Ked Ot CiAAot ot 1tept1tEIl
a au'tor; e1to 111 cre.

('teX 'YE'Ypal1l1£va, perfect passive participle, the things that had been written]

!l£'tel OE 'tau'ta 0 Kpotcroe; 'tOY EV LlEACPOtcrl SeOV e'tillii, ADOOUe; 't£ nav'tae; EKEA£UE S'lS£tV 0 'tl £XOI EKacr'tOe;. Kat 1tA£tcr'ta Kat KaAAto'ta 8ropa E1tef.!'V£ Ee;

~eAcpoUr;

Kal. 'toue; ay£tv !l£AAoV'ta<; eK€AE'U£ epro'ta.v

25

182

Athenaze: Book II

'ta XPllcrtl} pta ei liEot Kpol:crov 0''tpa'tEue:cr9at 8nt llepcrae;. roe; lie acpl1('OJ..LEVOl ot A uliot avegeO'av 'La avaBn J..La'ta , 8XPl}crav't0 'tOte;

30

XPllO''tllplOlt;. i1 oe II uBin 'to:oe a1teKplva'to, O'tl 8&.V O"'t pa't EUll 't at KpotO"oe; 8ft! llepcrac;, J..Le:yaAllv apxnv Ka'ta/\';)O'EL E1tet oe 'tOY XPllO'J..Lov E1tuBE'LO 0 KpotO'oc;, flO'Bl1 , no:v'U 8A.1ticrac; Ka'taA ;)O'Et v 'tnv K:6 pO'U apxl}v. O-otroc; o.ov eA.1ttcrac; 8cr'tpa'teuE't0 EC; 'tnv nEpO'Eoov apxl}v. Kat roc; acpllCe'to ec; 'tOY ~IAA'UV 1to'tal-Lov Ota~aC; O'UV 'LC9 O''tpa'tC9 'trov II'tEpirov

35

elA.E 'tnv 1tOA.tv . KupoC; oe ayeipac; 'tOY £CX'U'tou O'tpa'tov nV'ttOu'tO KpotO'ql. J-lO:XllC;

oe

lCcxp'tepl1C; yeVoJ-leVllC; Kat 1teO'ov'trov aJ..L'Po'teprov noA.A.mv, 1:e/\'oc; ouoe'te:pol VtKl}O'av'tee; ouicr'tllO'CXV V'UlC'tOC; EfteABouO'llC;. Kat 'ta J-leV

40

cr'tpa't01tEOa aJ-lcpo'tepa o{hroc; nyrovtO'a'to. KpotcroC; oe J-lEJ-lcpBelc; lCa'ta 'to TtA.l1Boc; 'to £au'tou O'tPO:'tE'UI-LCX (flV yap ot O''tpa'toe; 1t0A.A

11 0 K;) pO'U),

'tou'to J..Lel-Lcp9Eic;, roC; 'tft UO'tEpatn OUK £1tEtPUtO £TttCOV 0 Kupoc;, a1tl}Aa'UvE £C; 'taC; EapotC;, 8V vOql exrov touc; 'tE Aiyunttouc;

1tapaKaA.EIV Ka'ta 'to oPlCtOV (£1totl}cra'to yap npoc; "AJ..Lucr tV ~CXO'tAe:uov'ta

AiYU1ttou 0''0 I-L l-LaX tll v) Kat f,1E'tCX1t£J..L'VcxcrBcxl 'tOUC;

Bcxi3'UAOOVtOUC; (Kat yap 1tpOC; 'to{)'touC; au'tC9 EnE1totll'tO 0''0 J..LJ..LaX lr\), KaAeO'ac; 'te on 'to')'tO'Uc; Kat 'tnv £au'tou cr'UAA.e~ae; crtpa'ttTtV, €V VOql EtXE aJ..La tC9 ~Pl cr'tpa'tEUEtV £1tt 'tOUC; IIepcrac;. [81EO't1latXV, they parted

't eX

••. O't patox e('ia, here, the armies

lCata

't' (,

2tA:i\9oc;, with regard to its size marching away

oi, tolfor him, his cln:TtA.tXUV£, intransitive, he was tXutcp, by him 21t£2toiwto, pluperfect, had been made]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.46-50, 53-54, and 76-77

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus uv9pooTtott; yiYVEcr9at onaa-a geA.Oucrlv

OiB( &~EtVOV.

Fragment 110 Diels

45

27.

0

K POI :E 01: E IT ITO N K Y P 0 N 1: T PAT EYE T A I (0:) 183

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs from Unrelated Stems aipEm. aiPtl(Jm, [EA.-] d).,ov (irregular augment), [atpe-] npTl1ca, llPllJ.lat, ft pi91lv , I take; middle, I choose epXOllat (present indicative only in Attic), I come; I go Stems grouped for convenience with epXOllat: [i-]: present subjunctive, tOO; present or future optative, tOll.!t or ioirlv; present imperative, t9t; present or future infinitive, iEvat; present or future participle, troy [d-]: imperfect, [ei-/i-]: future indicative, dJ!t [tW-]: aorist, .q)"9 ov [eA.uS-]: perfect, E).,TtAu9a (for the Attic reduplication, see page 235) Note: Ionic and New Testament Greek use £A.EucrO/iat for the future. 't P Elm, [Bpalle-] 6 pa/io\) ~J.(n, [Bpcxll-] e5 P aJ!ov, [BpaIlE-] Se5 pall1pca. 5 E5pap:qJ1at, I run; I sail

na

WORD STUDY From what Greek words are the following English philosophical terms derived: 1. philosophy 2. logic 3. ethics

4. epistemology 5. metaphysics 6. political theory

Explain the meaning of the terms with reference to their Greek stems.

GRAMMAR 1. The Perfect Tense: MiddleIPassive Participles The perfect tense has the same forms for middle and passive voices, just as do the present and the imperfect. Deponent verbs are, of course, in the middle voice; the context will tell whether other verbs are being used as middle or passive. You have met a number of perfect passive participles in the stories. In the Greek sentences quoted below, all perfect passive participles are in boldface; they all have one of the following: a. Reduplication: repetition of the first consonant of the stem + E, e.g., lCAEt-, shut, reduplicates to lCE1(AEt-. h. Temporal augment: e.g., E,AlCU-, drag; draw, augments to el,A1('\}-. c. Syllabic augment: e.g., O''t'EPE-, deprive; bereave, augments to Ecr'tEPE-.

184

Athenaze: Book II Note the perfect passive participles in the following sentences: 'I11lPOV 'ttxc; 1tUAcXC; lCElCAEql£vac;. (17~: 7) They found the gates having been closed = closed. They found that the gates had been closed. ot 'EAA11Ve:C; ... vauc; etoov aVE1A.1C\)CSJlEvlit; £0(0 'tou 'tdxoue;. (19 tail: 1215) The Greeks saw the ships having been drawn up (on the shore) beached inside the wall. The Greeks saw that the ships had been beached inside the wall. Kpoiaoc; ... BV 1tev8n l.u::yaAq> £lC&811'to 'tou 1tatOOC; EO''CepllJiEVOt;. (27a: 1-

2) Croesus was sitting in great grief, (having been) bereft of his son. Croesus was sitting in great grief, since he had been bereft of his son. The actions described by these participles in the perfect tense were necessarily completed prior to the action of the main verb. When the main verb is in a past tense, the perfect participles can often best be translated with the word "had" in English, as in the second translations of the examples above. Here are sentences with a pefect middle participle of the deponent verb acpt1(veo/-lat (with temporal augment: itc- augments to llC-, which becomes in aqiiY/-levcXC:;):

tr-

op&Ot "Cae; vauc; 11011 de; 'tov At/-leva at:ptYJi£vac;. They see that the ships have already arrived at the harbor. doov "C&C; vauc; 110'11 dC; 'tov At).1Eva acptYJlEvac;.

They saw that the ships had already arrived at the harbor.

2. Perfective Aspect Perfect participles describe enduring states or conditions resulting from completed actions. Let us say that the gates were closed by the gatekeeper at one moment in time; Greek would use the aorist tense here for simple action in past time. When Dicaeopolis and Philip arrived at Epidaurus, they found the gates closed (lC£K'A£l/-lEVtxC;, the enduring condition produced by the action of the person who shut them); Greek uses the perfect tense to describe this enduring result of a completed action. Greek thus distinguishes clearly between progressive, aorist, and perfective aspects: While closing the gates, the gatekeeper slipped and fell. (Closing would be translated with a present, progressive participle in Greek.)

27.

0

K POI

I:,

0 L

E IT ITO N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I (a) 18.5

Having closed I After closing I Closing the gates, the gatekeeper went home. (Having shut I After shutting I Shutting would be translated with an aorist participle in Greek, expressing a simple action, here one that took place just prior to the gatekeeper's departure for home.) Dicaeopolis and Philip found the gates having been closed I closed. (Having been closed I closed would be translated with a perfect passive participle in Greek, expressing the enduring result of the action completed by the gatekeeper.) The term perfect comes from a Latin verb meaning ~·to complete." The reduplication or augment in the perfect tense indicates that the verb expresses the enduring result of an action completed in the past. Here is an example that you are familiar with of a perfect active verb: oubEv 6p~ 6 q,{j"utTCOe;' 't,\)(pAOe; yap y£yovev. (10~:34) Philip sees nothing; for he has become =he is blind.

3. The Perfect Tense: MiddleIPassive: Indicative, Subjunctive, Optative, Imperative, and Infinitive a. Perfect Indicative Middle (Deponent):

11 vaue; de; 'LOV A.lflEVa 11011 acph:1:<Xt. The ship has already arrived at the harbor. b. Perfect Indicative Passive: n:av'L<X 'tip Kpoicrcp f\011 ~epouleu't<Xt. Everything has already been planned by Croesus.

c. Perfect Subjunctive Middle (Deponent):

n·

d. Perfect Subjunctive Passive:
n.

We are afraid that everything has not been well planned by Croesus. e. Perfect Optative Middle (Deponent):

ei"

llPE'tO vane; dc; 'tov A.1 I1 EV a f\811 acptYJl£Vl1 et11. He asked whether the ship had already arrived at the harbor.

f. Perfect Optative Passive: 11PE'tO ei ncrv'tCt 1:~ Kpoiaql 11011 ~EpouleuJlEva £111. He asked whether everything had already been planned by Croesus.

186

Athenaze: Book II g. Perfect Imperative:

Very rare in either middle or passive. J,l8J,lVl1CJO. Remember! Jlit 7tEtp6~1l0'ge. Don't be afraid! The perfect imperative is so rare that forms are not given in the chart below.

h. Perfect Infinitive Middle (Deponent): AEYEt 't'hv vauv dC; 'tOY AtJlEva 1101') acpix9a'l. He says that the ship has already arrived at the harbor.

i. Perfect Infinitive Passive: e!p11 mlv'ta 'tip KpotcrqJ tlOl1 ~epo'\)A,euG9at. He said that everything had already been planned by Croesus.

4. The Perfect Tense: MiddleIPassive Forms To form the perfect middle/passive of Afiro~ reduplicate the stem (i.e., put the first consonant + Ebefore the stem, which appears here with short u), and add the primary middle/passive endings with no thematic vowel (0 or E) between the stem and the ending.

Indicative

Infinitive

Participle AE-AU-J..LEVOC;, -1'), -ov

AE-AU-JlIXt AE-AU-OIXt AE-AU-'tIXt AE-Au-JlE8a AE-Au-a8E AE-Au-v'tat Subjunctive

Optative

AEAUJlEVOC; (b AEAUJlEV oc; 11 C; AEAUJlEVOC; ft AEAUJlEVOt (bJ..LEV AEAUJl€VOt ~'tE AEAUJlEVOt (b01.(v)

AEAU JlEVOC; Etl1V AEAUJl£VOC; £t1')<; AEAUJlEVO<; El1') AEAUJlEVOl etJlev/Et1')J..LEV AEAUJlEVOl el'tE/EtTl'tE AEAUJlEVOl etev/etl10lXv

The above forms may be either middle or passive in sense, according to the context, e.g., AEAUJlIXt may mean either I have ransomed (middle sense) or I have been loosed (passive sense). Note: I. There is no thematic vowel (ole) between the stem and the ending. 2. The reduplication is retained in all forms. 3. The accents of the infinitive and participle are always on the next to the last syllable. 4. The perfect middle/passive subjunctive and optative are per-

27.

a

K p a I I: a 1: E fI I TaN K Y paN k T PAT EYE T A I (a) 187 iphrastic, that is, they are formed from the perfect middle/passive participle plus the subjunctive and optative of the verb E1J..lL

Note that contract verbs lengthen the stem vowel, e.g.: <{nA£-ro > 1tEq>tAT}-!lal 'tt!lcX-ro > 'tE'tl!lT}-J..lat b11AO-ro > bEbllAro-!lat

(For q>tAE- reduplicating to 1tEq>tA.E-, see Grammar 8, page 196.)

5. The Pluperfect Tense: Indicative Only Look at these examples from the stories: EV !lEV yap 'tait; ~uV9TtKate; EtPl1'to on XPTt btKiie; !lEV btaq>oprov «XAATtAOte; btboVat Kat o£XEcr9at, eXEtV be EKa'tEpouc; & exoJ..lEv. (21~:5-7, with pluperfect of Etpro, I say; for principal parts, see page 195)

For in the treaty it had been stated that (we) must give and accept arbitration of our differences, and that each side should keep what we hold.

'Ii

yap aiv011 o-ocra ev !lE90piotC; 'tTle; 'A'tnKTle; Kat BOtro"Ct<xc;, e'tE'te1Xt(;n;o. (23a:4-5)

For Denoe, being on the borders of Attica and Boeotia, had been fortified. Kat yap 1tpOC; "Cou"COUC; aU"Cql SR£JtO{ll'to cru!lJ..laxtll. (27a:47) For an alliance had been made by him with them, too. The pluperfect records a state that existed in the past as the result of an action completed at some time more remote: £AEAullllV =I was free (at some time in the past) as a consequence of having been freed (at some earlier time) = I had been freed I was free. Only indicative forms appear in the pluperfect tense; there are no pluperfect subjunctives, optatives, imperatives, infinitives, or participles.

6. The Pluperfect Tense: MiddleIPassive Fonns To form the pluperfect middle/passive indicative of Ai,ro, augment the reduplicated stem and add the secondary middle/passive endings with no thematic vowels. Again, the same forms serve as middle or passive.

Indicative e-AE-Au-Wllv e-AE-Au-cro £-A£-AU-'tO e-Ae-Au-J..lE9a e-Ae-Au-a9E e-Ae-Au-v'tO

188

Athenaze: Book II Contract verbs: ~tAEoo > cne~tAn~~v 1:1,. l.(ioo > he1:t~n~~v 8rtAooo > c8e8rtAcb~llv The augment here indicates past time. The perfect tense describes an action as completed as of the present: I have come; the pluperfect describes an action as completed as of some time in the past: I had come. Verbs that augment in the perfect do not add an additional augment for the pluperfect, thus, {J'tepEm, I deprive; I bereave; perfect middle/passive, C(J't:EPrt~CXt, pluperfect middle/passive, ccr1:epllllrtv.

7. The Dative of Agent with Perfect and Pluperfect Passives Note that with perfect and pluperfect passive verbs the dative case without a preposition is usually used to designate the person or agent by whom the action is carried out, instead of the preposition imo with the genitive case, as is usual with passive verbs in other tenses, e.g.: iipya IlEyaAcx 1:a JlEV 'toiC; tIE A.A.Tt(H , 1:a oE tOte; {.iapl3apot<; etpycxcr1:at. Great deeds have been done. some by the Greeks, others by the barbarians. Compare 24 tail:2-3, where the aorist passive and imo + gen. is used.

Exercise 27 ex Make four photocopies of the Verb Chart for the perfect and pluperfect tenses on page 276 and fill in the forms of TCOpeVOj1al (middle voice) and of q>tAtro, rIj1cXm, and ol1A6m (middle / passive). Keep these sheets for reference.

Exercise 27 ~ Change the following present forms to the corresponding perfect forms: 1. A.f>ov't(x,t 2. A.UOIlEVO<;

3. 1totettat 4. viK:Cta8at

5. 1t<xtOeUolle8a 6. oh.:da8at

7. atpoullEVO<; 8. oioo1:cU [00-]

Exercise 27 'Y Change the following present forms to the corresponding pluperfect forms: 1. A.f>e1:at 2. 1tOtouv1:at

3. vh:Ct1:at 4. aipeitat

5. 6.

~01JAeuE'tat

CtyyfA.AE1:CXt

27.

0

K POI L 0 LEn ITO N K Y PO N L T PAT EYE T A I (Ct) 189

Exercise 27 0 Read aloud and translate into English (remember that the pluperfect is a secondary tense and that dependent subjunctives may be changed to optatives; see Chapter 25., Grammar 3a, page 144): 1. 0 Ctiytoupyo~ et~ 'tOY a:ypov aCj)ty~.u£vo~ 'tou~ ~O\l~ eSEU~eV. 2. trov J3o&v ESeUYJ.leVOlV 'tOY a:ypov llPoaEv (plowed). 3. 'tou epyou 1tE1ta\lJ.levo~ OtKaOE E1raVteVCtt EIlElvAEV. 4. 01. ~6e~ 'tq:, OOUAqJ AElvUJ.leVOt BK'tOU aypo\l nAauvov'to. 5. 0 aDtoupyo~ ttiyto~ U1tvqJ vEvtK11J.levo~ 1tpO~ 'til 00«9 h:&6eu8EV. 6. tep Kpota
ot<; 1:q:, KpoLaqJ tEtIJ.llj1:Ctt. 9. aUllllCtxia tot~ AUooL<; E1tE1tOtrrCO 1tpo<;; tOY "AJ.lttatv. 10. 0 Kpoiao~ tq:, llav1:elqJ £1tl1PJ.lEVO~ (from £1taipOl, I raise; I induce) Kupov (HpateUEaSat EIlEAAEV.

ent 'tOY

Exercise 27 £. Translate into Greek (note that the perfect is a primary tense and that dependent subjunctives do not change to optatives; see Chapter 25., Grammar 3a, page 144): 1. Freed (use A;}m) by (their) master, the slaves were all delighted.

2. 3. 4. 5.

We have journeyed to the city to see the dances. Have you used the plow that I gave you? Many ships had been built (made) by the Athenians. The general told us what had been planned (::: the having been planned things; use neuter plural definite article + perfect passive participle).

The Pythia sits on the sacred tripod, veiled and holding in one hand a bowl of lustral water and in the other a branch oflaurel. The suppliant who is consulting Apollo is separated from her by a pillar.

190

Athenaze: Book II

The Charioteer of Delphi

Signs, Dreams, and Oracles In a world that was dangerous and controlled by gods who were arbitrary, the Greeks needed means of ascertaining the will of the gods. There were several ways of trying to do this. First, the gods were thought to send signs to men, particularly in the behavior of birds and in dreams. Interpretation of these signs was open to anyone, but throughout Greek history there were always prophets who were especially gifted in this sphere. In the second book of the Odyssey Telemachus, Odysseus's son, addressed an assembly of the people of Ithaca, complaining of the behavior of Penelope's suitors: Zeus sent two eagles from the top of the mountain, which flew down close to each other on the breath of the wind. And when they reached the middle of the meeting place, they wheeled around and flapped their wings. They went for the heads of all who were there, and they foreboded death, tearing with their talons at their cheeks and necks; then they flew off on the right over the houses and city. The people were amazed at the birds when they saw them and wondered in their hearts what was destined to happen. The old hero Halitherses spoke to them, for he excelled all his generation in understanding birds and expounding omens: "Listen to me, men of Ithaca, I speak particularly to the suitors. Great trouble is rolling toward you, for Odysseus will not be long away ...." (Odyssey 2.146-164)

27.

0

K POI :E O:E E nIT 0 N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I

(a) 191

Such prophets were not always believed; on this occasion the leader of the suitors, Eurymachus, replied: "Old man, go home and prophesy to your children, in case they get into trouble. I can make a much better prophecy on this than you; lots of birds fly under the rays of the sun and not all bring omens: Odysseus died far away, and you should have died with him." (Odyssey 2.178-184) Dreams were also thought to be sent by the gods. In the first book of the Iliad, when the Greeks are struck by plague, Achilles called a meeting and said: "Let us consult a prophet (J.lavn<;) or a priest (tepeu<;) or an interpreter of dreams (for dreams also come from Zeus), who may tell us why Apollo is so angry with us" (Iliad 1.62-64). In the story of Adrastus, Croesus was warned by a dream, which revealed the truth of the disaster that was going to strike his son. If either states or individuals were in some serious dilemma and needed to know what to do, they had recourse to oracles. There were many oracles in Greece, but by far the most prestigious and wealthy at this time was Apollo's oracle at Delphi. It was consulted by inquirers from allover the Greek world and beyond. Apollo, god of light, music, poetry, healing, and prophecy, was a comparative latecomer to the Greek pantheon. He seems to have arrived at Delphi early in the eighth century, and his oracle rapidly acquired a high reputation. Grateful states and individuals showered gifts upon it, and by the sixth century the sanctuary was an elaborate complex. The Sacred Way wound up the hill toward the great temple. On either side of the way stood treasuries (little temples in which states stored their offerings) and dedications of statues and tripods. Above the temple was the theater, and high above this again was the stadium. Every four years games second in importance only to those of Olympia were held in honor of Apollo. The wealth and beauty of the sanctuary in its remote and awe-inspiring site on the slopes of the foothills of Mount Parnassus must have made a deep impression on all visitors. There were full-time priests or prophets (npoq>l1'tal) at Delphi. The priestess (ft ITu9iu) was chosen from an ordinary family, a woman past middle age and of blameless life. She received no special training, since, when she prophesied, she was simply the mouthpiece of Apollo. The procedure for consulting the oracle was elaborate. Consultations were held only nine times a year. There were consequently always many state embassies and individuals waiting for their turn. At dawn the Pythia purified herself in the water of the Castalian spring. The priest then prepared to sacrifice a goat and tested the omens by sprinkling it with water. If the omens were satisfactory, the day was declared auspicious, and the Pythia was admitted to the inner sanctuary of the temple. There she drank sacred water and may have chewed laurel leaves (the laurel was sacred to Apollo) before ascending the sacred tripod. Inquirers purified themselves in the water of Castalia and offered a sacred cake on the altar outside the temple. On entering the temple they

192

Athenaze: Book II

sacrificed a goat on the inner hearth where the eternal fire burned. They were then conducted to the inner sanctuary. They were told Uto think holy thoughts and speak well-omened words." The priest put the inquirer's question to the Pythia and brought back the answer, usually in verse form. The Greeks believed that when the Pythia sat on the sacred tripod, after completing the rituals, she was possessed by Apollo and "filled with god" (ev8eoC;). Descriptions certainly suggest that she fell into some kind of trance, in which her voice changed, like modern spiritualist mediums. It is probably true to say that the vast majority of Herodotus's contemporaries believed firmly in the Delphic oracle and that in a serious crisis they would choose to consult it, if they were rich enough to afford the procedure. Individuals went for advice on religious questions, cult and pollution, and on practical questions, "Should I marry?" "Should I go abroad?,~ These individuals must have far outnumbered the deputations from the cities, but it is of the latter that we hear most in our sources. One of the most famous was the deputation sent by the Athenians when Xerxes' invasion was threatening. The moment the deputies had taken their seat in the inner sanctuary, before their question had been put, the Pythia exclaimed: "Unhappy men, why do you sit here? Leave your homes and flee to the ends of the earth.... For fire and war strike you down. . .. Be gone from my shrine, and steep your hearts in woe." The deputies were aghast, but, on the advice of a prominent Delphian, they went for a second consultation as suppliants and said: "Lord, give us a better answer about our country, respecting our suppliant branches." The second reply was ambiguous: "Pallas Athena cannot propitiate Olympian Zeus, though she prays to him with many words and all her skill. All else will be taken, . . . but far-seeing Zeus grants to Athena that only the wooden wall will be unsacked. Do not wait for the host of cavalry and infantry that come from the mainland but turn your backs and flee; yet some day you will face them. 0 divine Salamis, you will destroy the sons of women, when the grain is scattered or gathered in." (Herodotus 7.140-141) The answer was brought back to Athens, and a debate followed in which its meaning was discussed. Some of the older men said that the wooden wall meant the wall with which the Acropolis had once been fortified. Others said it meant their ships, and this view prevailed when Themistocles argued that the last two lines foretold the death not of Athenians but of their enemies, for Salamis is called "divine Salamis." If the oracle foretold their own destruction, it would have said "unhappy Salamis." This story illustrates the difficulty of interpreting some of Apollo's oracles correctly and the seriousness with which the oracles were treated. It is impossible for us to distinguish which oracles quoted by Herodotus are genuine and which forged later to suit past events (the first oracle given the Athenians in the case above certainly rings true). In any case the prestige of Delphi survived, and states and individuals consulted Apollo throughout Greek history until the oracle was closed in A.D. 390 by a Roman emperor in the name of Christianity.

27.

0

K POI L 01: E II ITO N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I (a) 193

New Testament Greek John 20.11-18 Jesus, Risen from the Dead, Appears to Mary Magdalene

'tC9

Mapla De Eta1:rrKet npo<;

j.lV11j.lElcp E~ro 1(A.atouoa.

m<; oilv EKA.atEV

nupEKU'I'eV dC; 1:0 j.lV11j.lE10V Kat 8c:ropEi DUO fxYYEAOU<; EV AeUKOt<; Ka9ES0j.lEVOU<;, eva

npoc; 1:Tl Ke<paA.U Kat eva npoc; 1:01C; nocrlv, ono\) EKEl1:0 1:0 amj.la 1:0U 'IrtcroU.

Kat

AEYOUcrtv aU1:U £KEtVot, "yuvat, 1:t KA.atElC;;" AEYEl aUto'i<; on ('~pav toV K~PtoV j.lO\), Kat OUK oLba nou E911KaV autov."

1:aU1:a elnoucra Ea'[paCP11 d<; tCt 6ntcrro Kat

8Eropci tOY 'I11crouv ecr1:iiha Kat OUK ~bEt Ott 'I11O'OU<; Ecrnv.

AEYEl aU'tn 'lrtcroue;,

"yuvcn, '[{ KA.atElC;; 'tlva ~Trr;E'i<;;" EKElV11 b01(ouaa on 6 K11nouPOC; £crnv AEYEt aU1:<$, "K:Gpte, ei. cru e~ao'tacra<; ai)'[ov, dnE j.lOt nou E911Ka<; au'tov, KfxYro au'tov

fxpw."

AeYEt aut11 'I11crol:)C;, "M ap 1 &j.l." a'tpa

'I11oou<;, ((lltlIlOU iX1t't01), ounro yap

ava~E~11Ka npoc; tOY na1:Epa· nopEuou bE npo<; '[ouc; &bEAQ>OUC; lloU Kat ei.nE au'totC;,

"&va~aivro npoc; '[ov natepa 1l0U 1(cxtna't£pa :f>j.lWV KCtt 8eov j.lOU Kat 9EOV :f>llrov." EPXE1:Ut Mapt6:1l ~ MaYDCtATWft aYYEAAoucra 'tOte; IlCt811ta'i<; on "hopaKCt 'tOY

K~PtoV ," Kat 1:aU1:a dnEv aU1:11. [eicl1;rpCEt, pluperfect, was standing llVTlIHd.CP, to m b leAa iou O'a, weep i ng XapElC\HjI£V, she stooped to look aY,,(£Ao'UC;;, angels A..£u1(oie;, white (garments) 'tote; ltoa1.v (from 1t0\)<;, 1toB6<;), the feet eG'tpacp1\, she turned £i.e;; 'rex. on:iO'
b 1Cll1tOUP0'i, the gardener E ~ aotBa), she was not aware (was not knowing) O'taauc; (from (}a(1'ta~ro), you took away !Cit:yeo = Kal eym 'B{ipalO't{, in Hebrew 'Pa~~ouvl = pa~~i. rabbi, teacher, master AEy£tat, is said, means &n:tOU (from a1t'to/-1ctt) + gen., touch o\)n:m, not yet ava~E~Tpca, I have gone up cO p a 1C a (perfect of oparo\ I have seen]

e

The stadium at Delphi

194

Athenaze: Book II

o

KPOILOL EllI TON KYPON LTPATEYETAI (~)

VOCABULARY Verbs civaa'tpiquo, I turn around tXvixo)lttt avo:- + exoJ.lat]' imperfect, 1]VE1XO)lflv (double augment), civiC;oJ.l.txt, [crx-J itv£axoJlTlv, I endure; I am patient •

I

,

I

~

t7t7t£'\){ll, t7t7ttmaco, 1.1t1t£UCJ(X,

active or middle, I am a horseman; I ride a horse lC't eiv co , usually compounded with ano- in Attic prose, [K1:EVE-] K''C£vii.t, [K1:EtV-] ih::'t£tvtt, [K1:0V-] £K'tOVfX, I kill XPO(J'teX't'tco, I command cpeH)oJ.l.txt, cpetaoJ.l.ttt, EcpetaaJ.l.TlV + gen., I spare

Nouns 'to £9voC;, 't01.) e9vo'Uc;, tribe; people , « , "" , 'to t1t7ttKOV, 'tou t7t1ttlCOU, cavalry ;" i1t7to~, 'to-\) in:nou, horse it t1t7tOr;, 'tilt; 1n7t01.) , cavalry it KeXJ.I.'lll. o C;, 'tnc; KttJ.l.Ttl.01.) , camel (, 7tE~Or;, 'Co\) neeou, infantry Adjectives aXPllO''toC;, -OV, useless SetA,OC;, -Tt, -ov, cowardly Preposition and Adverb cltnoge(v), adv. or prep. + gen., behind endow, backward Expression Kct'teX 'teXxor;, quickly A

Kupoc; Oe u\)'tt"Ka a1tEAUuvOV'toC; Kpotaou JlE1:O: 1:'hv JlaXllv 1:'hv YEVOJleVl1V ev 1:11 n1:Ep i l1, €1tla1:aJlEvoc; roc; a1tEAaafiC; JlEAAOt Kpotaoc; Ota(rlceO(iv 'tOY a'tpa1:6v, e~oUAcUaa1:0 €A..a:uvctv roC; 'taXtO"1:a Ouvat'to e1tt 'tile; r,apblC;. roC; Oe ot 'tau'ta ebo~E, Kal €1tOtEe lCa'tO: 'taxoe;' eA..aaae; yap 'tOY a'tpa'tov ec; 't'hv Auoil1V aU1:oc; aYYEA..OC; nA..8c Kpolaq>. Ev'tau8a Kpotaoc; ec; anoptl1V 1tOA..A..1,V aq>lY!-l£VOe;, OJlCOe; 'toue; AuOoue;

5

JlaXl1v. ~v oe 'tot)'tov 'tOY xp6vov e8voe; ouOev €V 't11 'Aatl1 OU'tE avOpEt6'tcpov OU'tE aA..Kt!-lro1:EPOV 'tou Aubio'\). it be !-laXll aU1:IDV nv a
ec;

[a7t£A.auvov'toC;, marching away 31.aO'1Ce3iXv (from OtacrlCeoa.vVUl1t), to disperse EAa:uv£1.V, to march 1Cal £7toiEe, he also began to do (it) &AlCtl1mtepov, more stalwart]

ec; of: 'to 1tcOiOV a'l)vcA..86v'tffiV aU'tIDV 1:0 npo 'tou aa'tECOC;, /) Kupoc; roC; Etbc 'toue; AuoouC; ee; JlaXllV 'taaao!-l£VO'l)e;, CPO~OU!-lEVOe; 't'hv t1t1tOV,

10

27.

0

K POI :E 0 LEn ITO N K Y P 0 N l: T PAT EYE T A I

(~)

195

£notllae 'totOVbe' 1taaCie; 'tae; KaJ-LYtAOUe;, at 'tov 'te at'tov e
n

15

20

'tc9 Kpotaep it tATtLe;. [tflv i'Jt'Jtov, i.e., of Croesus Cl'lC£UEa, baggage 'til~ aA,A,fl<;; Cf'tpani\<;;, the rest of his army avtiov + gen.) opposite 'tTtV i5Ellv, the form, appearance 'tTtV o(]'j.L~V oO''Ppatvoj.LEVOC;, smelling its smell EO'EcrOcptCl''to (pluperfect of croq>tS0f.Lat), he had devised me; 't'a.XtCl'1a, as soon as mO'cppov'to (from oO'
OU Il£v'tot 01 yE Auoot OEtAOt ~aav. aAA' roe; EllaSov 'to ytYVOIlEVOV, a1toSopOV'tee; areo 'trov 1n1trov TtEsOt 'tOte; IIEpal1at auvE~aAAov. Xpovcp OE 1t£aov'trov allepo'tEprov nOAArov, E'tpa1tOv'to 01. A uool Kat Ka'tEtA118Ev't£e; ee; 'to 'telXOe; ETtOAtOPKEOV'tO UTtO 'trov IIepaErov. [axo9opoV'tEC:; (from (uw9p£\lO'xro), having leaped off E1PU'JtOV'to (thematic aorist middle of 'tPE1tffi), turned tail lCa'tEtA,1lgev'tEC:; (from xf.l'tftA,£m), cooped up]

-adapted from Herodotus 1.79-80

PRlNCIPAL PARTS: Three Verbs of Saying I say; I tell; I speak: A,Eym A,£ l;m etpm**

[ipe-] € p OJ

[Pll-]

N.B. The boldface forms are used in Attic. *very rare; not Attic **Homeric

E

i p Tpca

25

196

Athenaze: Book II

WORD BUILDING If you know the meaning of each part of a compound word, you can usually deduce the meaning of the word as a whole. Give the meaning of each part of the following compound words and then the meaning of the whole: Compound words formed by prefixing an adverb or a-privative:

1. euyevft~, -E~ 2. o'Uayevft~, -e~

3. Eut'UX"~, 4. atUxft~,

5. allt:X9ft~, -E~ 6. &ElIlVl1(nO~, -ov

Note that compound adjectives have the same form for masculine and feminine. Compound words formed by combining the stem of an adjective with another word:

1. 2.

cpt1av9pro1to~, -ov

3. 4.

cptA.Ocrocpo<;. -ov

CPt~Ottllo~.-oV

61tyOXpovto<;. -ov

5. 6.

IlEYt:X1owuxo<;, -ov 0 w£u86Ilavtt<;

Compound words formed by combining the stem of a noun with another word:

1. 2.

11 v<X'UIl<XXia 0 va'U~a't11~

3. 4.

11 8rll.to1<:pa'tia

5.

0 Ttatoayroy6<;

9a1atto1<:patEro

GRAMMAR 8. Perfect Reduplication and Augment Most verbs form their perfect and pluperfect by reduplication or augment as described in Grammar 1 above, but note the following: a. If the verb starts with one of the aspirated stops, cp (labial), 9 (dental), or X (velar), the reduplication uses the unaspirated equivalents of these consonants, namely, Tt, t, and 1<:, e.g.: cpt1Ero > 1tEcp{111llat 9a1ttro > te9allll<xt xpaollat> 1<:EXPl1IlCn b.

If the verb starts with a vowel or double consonant (~, ~, or W), it does not reduplicate but augments, e.g.:

&yye1/"'ro > llYYE/"'llat acpt1<:VEOj.lat [1.1<:-] > acpt'Yllat Oi1<:Ero > '91<:l1llctt ~ll'tero > e~ft'tl1llat ~EV{~ro > E:~EVtcrllat \II EUOOllat> eWeUcrllctt The augment, just as the reduplication, is retained in all forms, e.g.: Tt'Y'Ye/"'j.lEVO<;, c9Kllcr9at. £WEUaj.levo<;.

27.

0

K POI :E 0 LEn ITO N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I

c. If the verb starts with two plicated, e.g.:

consonants~

(~)

197

in most cases the first is redu-

)'p&cpro > yeypa)..q.w. t f3AO:1t1:Ol > f3ef3AajlJlat

In some combinations, there is augment instead of reduplication, e.g.: OK01tEOl [oKe1t-] > eo Ke jl Jla t yv- yt'yvc.OO"KOl [YVOl-] > eYVOlOJlat 01t- cmeubOl > EO"1tEUO jla t 01:- 01:epeOl > e01:€Plljlat ()1(-

KpOlOO~ ... tv TCeVO£t JlEYO:Aql EK&Orl1:0 1:0U mxtbO~ elT1:epl1 J1EV Ot;. (27 a: 1-

2)

Croesus was sitting in great grief, bereft of his son. d. For Attic reduplication~ see the list of principal parts on page 235.

9. Perfect and Pluperfect Middle/Passive of Verbs with Stems Ending in Consonants When the stem of the verb ends in a consonant, sound and spelling changes take place. The 3rd person plural of the indicative and all the subjunctives and optatives are periphrastic and consist of a perfect middle/passive participle and a form of the verb "to be." The extremely rare perfect imperative is not given in the charts below. Be sure you are able to identify the markers for voice, mood, person, and number of these forms when you see them. Labial Stems (-~, -1t,

-
Dental Stems (-b, -0, -1: and

s)

Velar Stems (-)"

-K,

-X)

Aet1tOl

1tdOOl

o exoJlat

Stem: AEt7t-

Stem: 1tetO-

Stem: OEK-

1tE1tElOJl<Xl 1t£1tEtO"IX t 1t E1t £t01:IX t 1tE1tdoJ.lEOIX 1t£1tEtO"O£ 1t£1tEtcrjlevot Etoi(v)

oebEYJlat

Perfect Indicative AEA£1 jljla t A£AEt,¥Cn A£AEl1t1:at AEAetJlJlEOa A£AE t
beD£~at

b£b£K'tat bEoeYJl£Oa oeoExOE DEOEYjlEVOt eio{(v)

Subjunctive AEAEljljl€VOC;

etc.

c1

1tE1tEtO J.levoc;

etc.

c1

bEbE),JlEVOC;

etc.

i1

198

Athenaze: Book II Optative A,EA,et~~evo<; EtTlV

ltE1tEla~EVO<; EtllV

8E8EY~EVO<; Ell1V

etc.

etc.

etc.

Infinitive A,eA,el
ltEltEta8at

Participle A,eA,et~~EVO<;, -11, -ov

1tE1tEtO'J.lEV 0<; , -11. -ov

Pluperfect Indicative £A,EA,e{~~l1V

enE1teia~l1v

e8E8eY~Tlv

EA,EA,et'l'O eA,EA,e tlttO

EbEbE~O E:bebeKto

A,eA,Et~~EVot ~aav

E:ltEltEtO'O E:1tEnEtO'tO E1t E1t da ~E8 a E1te1tEta8E 1tE1tEtaJ.lEVot ~crav

Liquid Stems

Nasal Stems

(-A"

(-J.l. -v)

E:A,EA,d~~E8a

E:A,EA,Et
-p)

aYYEA,A,ro Stem: ayyeA,-

EbEOey~e8a

EbeoEx8e bE8eYJ.levot ~crav

,

cpalvro

Kplvro

Stem: cpav- (v retained) Stem: Kpt- (v dropped)

Perfect Indicative llyyeA,~at

1tEcpacrJ.lat

llyyeA,aat tlyyeA,tat 1iYYEA,~E8a llYYEA,8e

ltEcpacr~evoc; ltEcpav'[cu ltecpaaJ.lE8a 1tecpuv8E

tiYYEA,~EVOt eiai(v)

1tecpaO'~EVOt eicri(v)

ei*

KEKptllat KEKptO'at KEKPUCU KEKp t llE8a KElCpta8E lCelCptllEVot eicri(v)

Subjunctive

c1

KEKpt~eVo~ (b

tiYYEA,IlEVO<; (b

rtEq>ucrIlEVO<;

etc.

etc.

etc.

tiYYEA,J.lEVO~ ElllV

rtecpacrllEVO<; E'tTlV

KEKptIlEVOC; EtllV

etc.

etc.

etc.

Optative

*hypothetical form

27.

0

K POI

~

O:E E nIT 0 N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I

(~)

199

Infinitive tlYYEA9at

1tecpav9at

Participle tlYYeA~EVO~, -111 -ov

1tecpaaIlEvo~

-11, -ov

Pluperfect Indicative tlyyeAIl11 v llYYEAao llYYEA1:0 tlyyeAJle9a TlYYeA9E tlYYEAJ..LEVOt ~aav

£lCelCpiJ.lll v £lCElCptaO ElCElCpt1:0 ElCElCP i,.u:9a tbcElCptage 'i' KEKptJ.lEVOl llaav

E1tecpacr j.111V 1tEcpucrllevo~ na9u*

E1tEcpaVtO E1tI::cpacr j.1e9 a E1tEcpuv9E 7t1:~cpaaJlEVOl~auv

I

*hypothetical form

Exercise 27 ~ Locate four perfect or pluperfect verb forms in the reading above} translate the sentences in which they occur" identify each element of each verb form, and explain why each form is used in its context.

Exercise 2711 Make two photocopies of the Verb Chart for the perfect and pluperfect tenses on page 276 and fill in the forms of A,a/-LfJ&vm in the middle I passive (elA,1J/l/lal, perfect stem, A,1JfJ-) on one chart and the forms of TCpfx-rrm in the middle I passive (TCETCpaY/la l, perfect stem, n:paK:-) on the other. Keep these charts for reference.

Exercise 279 Change the following present forms to the corresponding perfect forms: 1. 2. 3. 4.

OEXOV1:Ut ayyeAAOJ.lEvCX acpllCY e'ia9at OtffiKOIlEV01

5. ypacpE'tUt 6. AEtnEage 7. 1tpt'it'tOVtUt 8. aYYEAAE'tCX t I

9.

10. 11. 12.

VOJ..L tSE1:al ",Euoecrge nei9oJ..Lat 1tEJ..L1tOV1:CXt

Exercise 27 t Change the following present forms to the corresponding pluperfect forms: 1. 1tEJl1tEage 2. oexov1:ut

3. 1teWll 4. a.yoJlat

5. 6.

acp Hev Et1:U t napaalCE\HX S°j.1at

200

Athenaze: Book II

Exercise 271C Read aloud and translate into English: crUJ.lJ.laXta: 1tpO~ 'toue; Ba~uArovioue; E1tE1tOtll'tO 'tip Kpot(j(p. ot anAitat EV tip1tdH£9 tE'taYJ.lEvOl 'tOUe; 1tOAEJ.lLOUe; EJ.lEVOV. miv'ta 'tip crtpa'tllyipllS11 E~E~OUAEU1:0. a Kpotaoe; 'tip XPllcrJ.lip E1tE1tEta'to £~ t1)V tOU K~pou apxhv eicr~aAetv. oi A{)801 de; J.lclXllV £~l1YJ.lEVOl ~aav tva 'toue; 1tOAEJ.ltOU~ aJ.l~vOlEv. ai 1tUACU aVEqY(J.lEvCU dO"tv' eO"€A9ffiIlEV o{}v 'taxEOl<;. &pa 1te1tElaat 'tip iatpC? 'tOY 1ta'iSa Ee; 'EntSaupov KOllt~EtV; &pa O"uvllle; 'ta YEYPCXJ.lJ.lEVCX; eyro yap SuvaJ.lat auta. O"uvlevat. 9. 6 eJ.lnopo~ OUK E
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Exercise 27 A. Translate into Greek: 1. The children, left at home, were distressed. 2. The ambassadors had already arrived at the gates. 3. The messenger said that the king had been persuaded to spare C«peiSEeJ9cXl. + gen.) the old man. 4. We have been sent to tell (use m<; + future participle) you that the ship has already arrived at the harbor. 5. Have you received the money that I sent you?

H AABdA IOIZEI TO nAIAION Read the following passages (adapted from Herodotus 5.92) and answer the comprehension questions: The following story from Herodotus is concerned with events a hundred years before the time of Croesus. In the seventh century a family called the Bacchiadae ruled Corinth. They received an oracle that the child born to Labda, wife of Eetion, would overthrow them. They decided to kill the child as soon as it was born. The child survived and became tyrant of Corinth about 650 B. C .

n

roc; Se E'tEKE Acl~8a, oi BaKxuiSal 1tEIl1tOucrt 8eKcx avSpae; 'tOY 811J.lOV ev ~ cpKEE 6 'HE'ttroV, roe; a1tOK'tEvEOV'tCXC; 'to nal8{ov. aqnKoJ.lEVOt Se oi)'tOt Kat 1tCXpeA96VtE<; EC; 't1)v aUA1lV, Thv Aa~Sav ~'tEOV 'to natS{ov. ft Se OUK E1ttcr'taJ.lEVT\ 'tt llA90v Kat SOKEouaa au'tOu~
5

27.

0

K POI L 0 LEn ITO N K Y P 0 N L T PAT EYE T A I

(~)

201

a1tOK'ttLVCtt. oi>v AciJjoa cpepouoa eoroK£, 'to 1tatO{ov edl1 tuxl1 1tPOcrE'YEA,excrE 'tOY A,ex~6vta 'trov Ctvoprov' 0 OE OiK'tipfi.~ OUK eOUva'to CXU'to cmOK'tetVat, CtA,A,a. 'tip OEutepC{> 1tapeOroK£v, 6 oE 1:ip 'tphcp' oihro 1:£ OtE~nA,eE Ota. 1tav'trov 1tapexOtOOIlEVOV, OUOEVO~ ~o'OA,o!levou 'to epyov EP'Yaaaa9at. [£'tEle£ (from 'tiK'tffi\ gave birth it A&~Su, Labda oi BalexuxSat, the Bacchiadae (, 'Hutcov, Eetion 'to 1tatS{ov) the baby ti}v exu A,,, v , the courtyard 'tOtCH, dative plural pronoun in Herodotus, by them EJl£~OUA,£'UtO (from ~ot)Aeuo).lul), it had been planned that + acc. and infin. edll, divine npoO'£'Y£Auae (from 1tpocry£A.affi), smiled at ou~l;flAe£, passed through]

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

What do the Bacchiadae send men to do? What do the men do when they enter the courtyard of Labda's house? What does Labda know of the men's purpose? What had the men agreed upon among themselves? What did the baby do when one of the men took it? To what does Herodotus attribute the baby's action? Why was the man not able to kill the baby? What did he do with it? a1to06vte~ o{)v 1:~ !ll1'tpt 'to 1tcxto{ov Ka1 e~EA,86v'tf;~, eOtrotE~ E1tt til 8uPll

aA,A,itA,ou~

nttroV1:0, Kat llaAtOta tOY npro1:0V A,ap6v'ta, ott OUK E1toLl1ae Ka'ta. ta.

OEoo'Y!lEVa, Ero~ /lEta 1tOA,UV ttvex xp6vov eooSEV aU1:0t~ ai>et<; ecreA,eoucrt 1tCtcrt !le1:EXElV tau <povou. ft OE Aa~oa 1tav'ta 'tau1:a llKOU£, EOtroaa npo~ aU1:il 'til eUPl1' cpof)oullEvll BE !lft 1:0 OEU1:EPOV Aa~6vte~ 1:0 1taLOtOV a1tOKtEtvrocrt, uyrov, K6'11eAO~ rovollao8rt

ano TIl<; K'O'II£A,l1<; ev 11 EKpu
[iO''tmn~~, standing Tl'nrov'to (from ainao).lul)) they were accusing on, because 'tel: ~£6oYlleva., what had been decided 1l£'t£XEtV, to share in + gen. E:0''troO"a, standing a1tOlCp{)1t'tEt, hides lCmYEA,llV, chest epEuv';O'EtV (from epeuvam), to Ku",eAo~, Cypselus] search 6uupuymv, having escaped

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

10

When they left the house, where did the men stop to talk? Whom did they especially accuse? What did the men decide to do now? What did Labda hear and why was she able to hear it? What did she do with the baby? Why did she do it? What did the men do when they returned into the house? What did they decide to tell those who had sent them? Why was the child named Cypselus?

15

Athenaze: Book II

202

Exercise 271-1 Translate into Greek: 1.

Cyrus has already arrived at Sardis. We must prepare to fight (use participle). The army of the enemy, having been drawn up by Cyrus, is waiting on the plain before the city. The camels have been drawn up before the rest of the army. Why has this been done by the Persians? The horses, overcome (use perfect passive participle of viKcXm) by fear, are fleeing; we must fight on foot (use 1te~6c;). We have fought bravely, but we have been defeated by Cyrus's trick (use 'r:o 0'6~10'Jla).

me; + future

2. 3. 4. 5.

Classical Greek Xenophanes of Kolophon Xenophanes of Kolophon in Ionia (fl. 550 B. C.) was a philosopher who wrote in verse. He attacked the anthropomorphism of contemporary religion in pronouncements such as the following (fragment 23 Diels): et<; SE6~, ev 'tE S€Otcrt Kcd c':tvSpm1totOl IlEY10tO<;, oun OEJla<; 6vyt'tOt(HV oJloho<; ouoe vOrl/la. [8£1-1(1(:;, with respect to his body 9VTl't'otcJtv, mortals with respect to his thought / mind]

oJ.LohoC;

= 0IlOto<;

VO't'Hla: ,

He makes his point again in the following hypothetical conditional statement (fragment 15 Diels): c':tA.')..: ei x,!:::1:pa<; exov pOe<; L1t1tOt 't' ,;e A.EOV1:E<;

+\ ypa'¥at xetP£GGl Kat epya 't£A.£tv &7tEP avop£<;, t7t7tOt /lev S' t1t1toH1t P6£<; Oe t€ poucrtV OJlotii<; Kat K£ S£wv ioea<; eypacpov Kat am/lctt' E7tOtOUV 'tolauS' ol6v 7t£p KU1nol OE/lct<; dxov EKa01:ot. lei ... exov (= dxov), introducing a present contrary to fact condition, if they had 11£ 1\, or ypa\jlCXt, here, to draw; with this and the next infinitive ('t£A.ttv), repeat d EXOV from line I, here in the sense if they were able xetpE(Jcn ::: XEpcrt 'tEA-EtV, to accomplish Y'Jt1tOl ••• teE (= ClV) .•• lypacpov, horses would draw i8ecu;, the shapes 't'oulu9' (= 'tota\)'t'a.) olov 1CEP, such as lCau'tOt::: Kat autoi 8EJ.La<;, the body]

27.

0

K POI :E 0 L E TI ITO N K Y P 0 N :E T PAT EYE T A I

(~)

203

Homeric Greek Homer, Iliad 1.1-7 JlllVtV anoe,

ge&, TIl1AlltaOeCO

'AXtA1l0C;

OUAoJlEVllV,11 JlUpt' 'AXawtc; aAYE' E911K£, '11. u' s: up ' 9't/.10UC; \jIUXiiC; 's ' 1tOAr.,iie; "A tut: rcpo'ia\jlEV

l1Procov, au·toile; Oe EAroPUl 'tEUXE lCUV £G 0' tV oicovo'iO't 't£ rc&O't, Ill0e; 0' £'teAete1:0 J)OUA1l, E~ oil 01) 'ta npro'ta OtaGn1'tllV EptGaV'tE 'A'tpe'{Ol1e; 'tE ava~ av8prov Kat oioc; 'AXtAAeuc;. [flfivtV, wrath &£\5£) uncontracted Attic ~OE, sing ITTlAl1i6:.5ECIl, Homeric gen. of I1l1A:rllaOnc;, son of Peleus 'AXtA1l0~, Homeric gen, of 'AXlA.(A.)£UC;, Achilles oi>lojJ.svllv OA.0fl£Vl1V, destructive &ly£(a), woes t
A rhapsode recites Homer.

28 o AI10AAnN TON KPOI1:0N 1:nIZEI (ex) VOCABULARY Verbs aliO'lCo,UXt, [&A.O-] lllmO'ollat, « ',\ Eftl\,COV or 1lI\,COV, EaAlCOlCa or ;;lmlCa, I am caught; I am taken avatpeoJ1at = ava- + alpEOf.lUt , I take up; I pick up 8tacpEpEt, impersonal + dat., (it) makes a difference to 81n(jatVm + gen., I get up on, mount; + dat.) I board lCCl'tCllCCltm or KCl'talCam, [KCXU-] f

t

I

'\

Nouns 11 (l1cp01tolt;t 'til; cXKpoTColEm;, citadel ;, Oatflmv, ~ou a<X{flOVO;, spirit; god; the power controlling one's destiny, fate, lot 'to 8io;, 'tou aiou;, fear it ~mTt, 't1\; tmi\;, life oix1t£u;. 'tou inTCim;, horseman; cavalryman it 'Jtupa, 't1\; nupa;, funeral pyre Preposition K<X'ta + ace., down; distributive, each, every; by; on; according to; of time, at; through; with regard to; after Conjunction Et1:£ ... Et-te, note the accent, either . .. or

.. '\

I

[ '

' / ]

1Ca~alCauO'm,KatEKauO'a,

KataKEKtlUKa, Ka'tClK£lCaUllat,lCatEKau91lv, I burn completely 1C<X't<xn<xum, I put an end to 1topalm, I sack 1tpol£yco, I proclaim

LapOlE<; Oe EaAmO'av (bOE' f1tEIO~ 't£crcr£pEO'KalO£Ka'tll fYEV £'to nJ.l£Pll 1toAIOPKE0J.lEVq>

Kpotcrq>, Kupo<; 'til O''tpa'tln 'til £a'O'tou

Ota1t£J.l'WCi<; t1t1tEa.<; 1tpOEt1tE 't<9 1tpro'tq> £1tt~av'tl 'tou 't£tXEO<; o&pu OrocrEtV. J.lE'ta oe 'tou'to 1tElpllcraJ.lEvll<; 't11<; O''tpa'tl11<;, 00<; ou 1tpOexropee, Ev'tuu9a 'trov aAAmv nEnaUJ.lEVmV aVTtP 'tIe;, cy pouiOll<; ovoJ.la'tt,

5

btetpu'tO 1tpoO'~utvmv KU'ta. 'tou'to 't11e; UKp01tOAEme; 01tOU ouod.<; E'tE'tUK'tO q)'6Aa~' ano'toJ.lOc; 'tE yap £,O''tt 'tau'tl1 n UKponoAle; Kat aJ.laxoe;. 0 oe ~YpOlaOlle; oil'toe;, iocbv 'tft 1tPO'tEpatn 'tlVa 'trov Auorov KU'ta. 'tou'to 't11 e; aKp01tOAEme; Ka'ta~av'tu E1tt K'UV £l1V avm9EV KU'taK'UAtcr9Etcrav Kat aVeAOJlEVOV, e
Ka't'

ee; 9uJ.lov

£~aAE'to.

au'tov aAAOt TIepO'Emv

10

28.

0

A IT 0 A AnN

TON

K POI LON

L n I Z E I (ex)

205

avepatvov. npocrpav1:COv oe 1tOAArov 0151:CO on l:apoler; 1:£ eaAcoaav Kat nav 1:0 aG'tu Enop8EE't0. [i:aACOGUV: this aorist is conjugated like EYVCOV 'tEO'O'epEGlCUlou::a'tT}, fourteenth sending X (ace.) through Y (dat.) me; OU n:poExmpee, as it was not sucu,1to'toJ,L6;, steep, sheer aJ,LCXXOC;, impregnable KUVEl1V, helmet li. v coceeding BEV, from above ICcx'tcxKUA.u.T9£t(Jcxv (from lCa'talC\)AtVom)~ which had been rolled down ec; BuJ,Lov et}aAE'to, he laid it to heart tivEfiefi1tlCEl: pluperfect, translate, he had already climbed up] ~hCX1tEJ,L'VaC;,

Ka't' au'tov Oe KpOtO'ov 1:aOE EyEVE'tO. .flv ot nal~ 1:& Jlev aAAa EntetK~<;, a<provo~ OE. aAtcrKOJlEVOU 011 'tou 'tEtxeo<; thE 'trov 1:t<; Ilepoerov ro<; Kpoloov aTtOK'tevECOv' Kat 0 ~ev Kpotao<; opecov au'tov EntOv'ta uno 't11<; napeouO'll<; aUJl
15

20

nav'ta xpovov 'tTt<; ~ro11<;. [oi = atn;ip 'CCx ••• aA.A.a, in other respects £1ttEtlCllC;, able, capable acpmvoc;, i\tE = Ionic for was going (imperfect of ell-a) bpecov = Ionic for dumb, mute oprov uXC> + gen., because of n:apllJ,LEA.ll1C£l (pluperfect of 1tapaj.lEAEm), translate as a simple past, took no heed eppll~£ (from Pl\,YVU!lt), we say "broke his silence" or "broke into speech" rather than "broke his voice" Ecpeey~u'to (from q>~Hyyoj.lat), spoke]

net,

Ot OE nepoat 1:a<; 'te LapOt<; eO'xov Kat a-D'Cov KpotO'ov E~royp11oav, ap~av'ta e'tEa 'tEoO'epeO'KaioeKa Kat 'tEooepeoKaioEKa l}llepa<; 1tOAtOPK118ev'ta, 'Ka'ta 'to XPl1o'tTtPtOV 'tE KatanauO'avta 'tnv eaU1:0U !leyaAl1v apxTtv. AapOV1:E<; OE aU1:0v ot nepoat llyayov napa Kupov. o oe 1tOtTtO'u<; lleyaAllv 1tUPTtv uve~{pacrE En' au'tnv 'tOY KpoIO'ov 1:e EV Tt£ol1O't OEOEJ-LeVOV Kat 01<; ere'ta A uorov nap) au'tov na'ioa<;, et'te EV voq> exrov autou<; 8Erov 'ttVt 8f>oetv, E1'te nu8op.evo<; 'tOY Kpoioov eivat 8eooEpea 'tou8e etVEKa uve~iPaoE btl 'tllv 1tU PTtV , ~ouAOJlevo<; ytyvroO'KetV et tt<; au'tov oaq.lovrov OroO'EI roO''tE IlTt t;&v'ta Ka'taKau8ftvat. [£~m'YpllO'av (from sroypero), took alive, captured 't£O'O'£PECJlCuifielCcx, fourteen av Et}i~cx(J'£ (from ava~t~asco), put him up on xBfiUO't, shackles filC; h:'ta, twice seven 1tap' «u'tov, beside him BeoGefiea, god-fearing, religious)

-adapted from Herodotus 1.84-86.2

25

80

Athenaze: Book II

206

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Another Verb from Unrelated Stems cpepco, [Ol-] 010co, [eVE'YK-] llv£'YlCU or ;;V£'YlCOV. [eVEK-] EV-1\voX-a (see pages 211 and 235), £V -1\v £Y-l!U t, T,V £X911v, I carry; of roads, lead

WORD STUDY In what branches of medicine do the following specialize? 1. gynecologist 2. pharmacologist 3. physiotherapist

4. pediatrician 5. gerontologist 6. anesthetist

Give the Greek stems from which these words are formed.

GRAMMAR 1. The Perfect Active a. Indicative:

Ot oouAOl 'toue; ~oue; ~o" l.el.{ncaO'tv. The slaves have already loosed the oxen. b. Subjunctive: q>o~oull£Sa IlTt Ot oou1ot 'tnue; ~oue; OUK flo" l.eA.'U1co'tSC; mO'tv. We are afraid that the slaves have not already loosed the oxen.

c.

Optative: tlP£tO £i ot oouAOl 'toue; ~ouc; iiOl1 A.SA:U1cOtec;;; etev. He asked whether the slaves had already loosed the oxen.

d. Imperative: Very rare; Achilles, addressing the body of Hector, whom he has just slain, uses the perfect imperative, 'ts9vaSl, be dead! (Iliad 22.365), The forms of the perfect imperative are not given in the chart below.

e. Infinitive: AEYEt 'toue; OOUA-OUe; 'toue; (lour; flOl1 A.£A.U1CEval. He says that the slaves have already loosed the oxen.

f. Participle: doe tOUe; 80uA-our; 'toue; (lour; ~Ol1 lsA:Ulc6tac;;;. He saw that the slaves had already loosed the oxen.

28.

0

A n 0 A A .Q N

TON

K POI LON

L.Q I Z E I

(ct)

2fJ7

All these perfect verb forms describe states or conditions existing as a result of completed actions. The state or condition described is ongoing or permanent: Ot OOuAat 1:0U~ J3ou~ 11011 AEAUKUOIV; this sentence states that the slaves have already loosed the oxen and that the oxen are still loose now, in present time. In indirect questions and indirect statements when the leading verb is in a past tense, the perfect tense forms will be translated with "had" in English to show completion of the action prior to the time of the leading verb (see the third and last examples above).

2. The - lCa 1st Perfect Active: Forms Some verbs have -Ka in the perfect active, and some have only -(X (see below, Grammar 7, pages 210-211). We call the former -1(a 1st perfect active and the latter -a 2nd perfect active. Both types reduplicate or augment the stem, as does the perfect middle/passive (see Chapter 27, Grammar 1, pages 183-184, and Grammar 8, pages 196-197). Perfects in -Ka then have endings as shown below. Remember that the perfect stem of A.f>O) has a short u, and note the accent of the infinitive. The perfect imperative is rare and is not shown in the chart below. Indicative

Infinitive

A£-AU-K(x

AE-A'O-K£Vctt

Ae-Au-Ka~

AE-AU-ICE(V) AE-Au-Ka~Ev

Participle A£-A'O-lCooC;. A£-Au-KUta, AE-A'O-KO<;, gen., A£-Au-Ko't-OC;, etc.

A£-AU-Kct1:£ AE-AU-IC(XOt(V)

Subjunctive

or very rarely

Subjunctive

AEA U1(ro~ d) AEAUKcb~ n~ AEAuKroC; A£AUK01:£<; c1~Ev

AEAUKO) AEAUKl1<; AEAUKll

AEA1.)1C01:E~ ~1:E A£AUlCO'tE~ c1ot(v)

AE AUKll'tE AEAUKO)Ot(V)

n

Optative

AEAUKo)~EV

or occasionally

AEAuKro~ Etl1V A£AuKro; Etl1~ AEAuKroC; Etl1 A£AUK01:E<; d~EV or Etll~EV AEA1.)1(01:£<; £ltE or Etl1tE AEAUKO'tE<; dEV or Etll0(xV

Optative AEAUKOt~l

AEAuKotC; AEAUKOt AEAUKOIIJ£V AEAUKOttE AEAUKotEv

Athenaze: Book II

208

Note: Eupt-, thus giving either E{)Pl11(o. or l1{)prl1(o. for the perfect active. The declension of the -1(0. 1st perfect active participle is as follows:

Masculine

Feminine

Neuter

AEAuKroC; AEAU1(01:0<; AEAU1(On AEAU1(O'to.

AEA1J 1(U to. AEA1JKUta<; AEA1JK1Jto., AEA1JKUto.V

AEAU1(OC; AEAU1(01:0<; AEA1J1(On AEA1JKO<;

AEAU1(01:E<; AEA1JK01:WV AEAUKOO't(V) AEAUKO'to.<;

AEA1J1(1Jio.t AEA1JKUtroV AEAU1(Uto.t<; AEA1J1(1J ta<;

AEA1JKO'tCt AEAUKO'tWV AEAU1(oO't(v) AEA1JKO'to.

Nom., Voe. Gen.

Dat. Ace. Nom., Voe. Gen.

Dat. Ace.

3. The Perfect Tense: Stems Contract verbs lengthen the stem vowel, e.g.: 'ttl. ux-w> 1:E-ctJ,t11-KCt q>tAE-ro > 1tE bEbnAW-KCt

Consonant stems: a. Verbs with stems ending in dentals (b, 9) and nant, e.g.:

~

drop the final conso-

bdb-ro > be-bot-Ko. 1td9-0> > 1tE-1tEl-KCX voJ,tH~-ro > VE-VOJ,tt-KCt

h. Some verbs with stems ending in liquids (A, p) and nasals (J,t. v) drop the final consonant of the stem, e.g.: Kplv-o> > KE-Kpt-KCX

Others extend the stem with an fect, e.g.:

E,

which is lengthened to 11 in the per-

E1JPtO'1(W: EUp- > E1JPE- 11UPTl-Ko. ~EV-O>: [~EV- > ~EVE-] ~E-~EVTl-KCX 'tPEXO>: [opcx~- > opa~E-] OE-bPcXJ,tll-1(o. •

I

[

!

' ] "

So also ~CtVe&vw: [~o.e- > ~aee-l ~E-Jl&ell-KCX

28.

0

A TI 0 A AnN

TON

K POI

~

0 N

L n I ZEI

(cx)

209

c. Note the following: O:no-8vU<.'5lcro; [8vT\-] 1:e-8vT\-KCX ~aA.A.ro: [~A.y\-] ~e-~A.T\-l((l

KaAero: [1<:A11-] ICE-lCA:r,~lCu

4. Aspect The perfect tense denotes or records a state that is the result of an action completed in the past (see Chapter 27, Grammar 2, page 184) and thus describes a present state. Many verbs in the perfect tense can therefore best be translated with the present tense in English, e.g.: perfect [8vl1-] 'tE8v11Ka (no prefix in the perfect tense) = I have died and therefore I am dead 01, '!E8v11KQ-tE<; = the dead lcr'tT\J.n: perfect [a"t11~] EatTllCU =I have stood up and therefore I stand ~u{vro: perfect [~T\-] ~e~T\lCa = I have taken a step, made a stand, and therefore I stand; I stand firm; I am set ano~8vft(jKro:

5. The Pluperfect Tense: Indicative Only 01, OOUADt 1:01><; ~ou<; EA.EA.UlCEac:xv 1tptV KU'CcxoUV(n 'tOY +lAtOV.

The slaves had loosed the oxen before the sun set. The pluperfect records a state that existed in the past as the result of an action completed at some time more remote. It will normally be translated with "had" in English. Note the following sentences with verbs in the pluperfect from the reading passage at the beginning of this chapter: ton:

5e

E~atVov.

on CX"lh6<; 1:£ avepepTl1cet KCXL Kcn' CXU1:0V aAAOt TIepaErov av(11-12)

And then indeed he himself had climbed up, and others of the Persians were climbing up after him. (The action of Hyroeades was completed before the others ascended, and hence the pluperfect aVe~E~f}Ket is appropriate, but sometimes, as here, the pluperfect is used to describe a past action that occurs so suddenly as to be almost simultaneous with another or other past actions. Thus, the others climbed up almost at the same moment at which Hyroeades had made his ascent.) Kat 0 j.1€V Kpotcro<; op£rov cxu'tov bttovtcx uno 1:1\<; ncxpEoucrT\<; aUj.1opf\<; 1tapl1J.1E11l1(£1, ouoe t{ 01, OU£CPEPE 0:1t08cxve'iv. (16-18)

And Croesus, seeing him coming against (him), because of his present misfortune had gotten into a state of heedlessness = was paying no heed, nor was it making any difference to him at all whether he died.

210

Athenaze: Book II (The pluperfect 1tctPTlI..lEA.'~KEt implies that Croesus had gotten into a state of heedlessness by the time he was attacked; therefore at that moment in time he was not caring whether he died or not.)

6. The -K'll 1st Pluperfect Active: Forms Verbs that reduplicate the stem in the perfect are augmented with E to form the pluperfect:

Indicative

Contract Verbs

E-A.E-AU- Kl1

E1tEqnA~Kll,

E-AE-AU-Kll~

EtE'tt!l,,1Cll, etc. EOE811AIDKl1! etc.

E-AE-AU-KEt(V)

etc.

E-AE-AU-KE~EV

E-AE-AU-KE'tE E-A£-A.U-K£C5ctv

Exercise 28« Make four photocopies of the Verb Chart for the perfect and pluperfect tenses on page 276 and fill in the forms of /3aAAw. lfHAem, rlj1am> and 81}AOm in the active voice. Keep these charts for reference.

7. The - a 2nd Perfect Active and the - 11 2nd Pluperfect Active Some verbs in the perfect and pluperfect active do not have the K that appears in all the forms given above; we call these -ct 2nd perfects and -1} 2nd pluperfects. Here are examples:

o G\.t1t1tOC; 1:UCPAOC; yeyovEv.

Philip has become =is blind. lAEroc; lath !lOt 'tmpA,i?> yeyovott. (17~:50-51)

Be propitious to me having become blind. Be propitious to me who have become blind. Be propitious to me who am blind. -ct

2nd perfect active and -11 2nd pluperfect active: Present: YPO:
The endings for the -a 2nd perfect and the -11 2nd pluperfect are the same as for the -Ka 1st perfect and the -1(11 1st pluperfect given in Gram-

28.

0

A rr 0 A A Q N

TON

K POI 1: 0 N

LQ IZEI

(a)

211

mar 2 and Grammar 6 above. The periphrastic forms of the subjunctive and optative are, with few exceptions, the only ones used. Most verbs with stems in labials (~, 1t,
° or from e1 to Ot or 0 in verbs with

1tEIl1t-OO > 1tE1tO Il 'tE'Lpo AEAOt1t-a K'tdv-oo > EK'Cov-a Note: for
Exercise 28 (3 1. Make one photocopy of the Verb Chart for the perfect and pluperfect tenses on page 276 and fill in the forms of yiyvoflaz, perfect, yeyova. Keep this chart for reference 2. Make ten photocopies of the Verb Chart for the perfect and pluperfect on page 276, choose five verbs from previous charts for which you have not filled in perfect and pluperfect forms and fill in active and middle I passive perfect and pluperfect forms of those five verbs.

Exercise 28y Change the following present forms to the corresponding perfect forms: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A.[) oue!t (v) A.[)OV'teC; ll<xv9aVEtV 1tEj.11tEtC;

5. Ct1t09VnaKE1 6. ay E't e 7. OTlAOUIlEV 8. VtKroV'tEC;

9. 10. 11. 12.

bE1Kvuiiat(v) AE11teLV ypa<pouaa 1td90IlEV

Greek Wisdom Heraclitus

amootc; 1td90v'CaL Kat OtOaaKaAq> xproV'tCXt OJ.1LAq> OUK dOO'tEC; on OAtYOt OE aya90L" Fragment 104 Diels

~(oi

1tOAAOt

KCXKOL,

Athenaze: Book II

212

Exercise 28 a Change the following present forms to the corresponding pluperfect forms: 1. A.ijo~ev 2. ttllCf

3 . uyO'lHn(v) 4. ndSets

5. 6.

nfllnouat(v) 011A&

Exercise 28 E Read aloud and translate: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

apa 1tI::nol11K
apC! 1tE1tEtKE

ecpfl. Exercise 28 ~ Translate into Greek: The slaves have loosed the oxen and have led (use aym) them home. We have sent the women and children to the islands. The woman is standing by the door, waiting for her husband. Why have you done this? The teacher has shown you what you ought to do. 5. It is better to be dead than to live shamefully.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Rationalism and Mysticism In the essay on Greek science and medicine (Chapter 11), we saw that the Ionian cosmologists attempted to explain the world in terms of natural causation. This intellectual revolution involved rejection of the old mythical explanations of phenomena and led inevitably to criticism of the traditional religion, to agnosticism, and to atheism. The criticisln was not all destructive. For instance, the poet and philosopher Xenophanes, born ca. 570 B.C., attacked the immorality of the gods as they are portrayed in myth: "Homer and Resiod attributed to the gods all that is a shame and a rebuke to men, theft, adultery, and deceit" (Kirk and Raven, The Presocratic Philosophers, Cambridge,

28.

0

A IT 0 A AnN

TON

K POI LON

L n I ZEI

(a)

213

1964, page 169). He criticizes anthropomorphism: "The Ethiopians say that their gods are snub-nosed and black, the Thracians that theirs are blue-eyed and red-haired . . . . There is one god, like mortals neither in body nor in thought" (ibid., pages 171 and 173). (See the Classical Greek readings on page 202.) An example of the agnostic is provided by Protagoras, the first and greatest of the sophists (see essay, Chapter 24), who begins his work On the Gods as follows: "Concerning the gods, I am unable to discover whether they exist or not, or what they are like in form" (Protagoras, fragment 4). The clearest surviving statement of the atheist's position is a fragment from a play by Critias (born ca. 460 B . C . ) : There was a time when the life of men was disorderly and beastlike .... Then, as I believe, man laid down laws to chastise, and whoever sinned was punished. Then when the laws prevented men from open deeds of violence but they continued to commit them in secret, I believe that a man of shrewd and subtle mind invented for men the fear of the gods, so that there might be something to frighten the wicked even if they acted, spoke, or thought in secret. From this motive he introduced the conception of divinity. (Translated by Guthrie, The Sophists, Cambridge, 1971, pages 82 and 243) The sixth century saw the development of religious ideas that were to have profound influence on Western thought, including Christian theology. The central tenet of this new mysticism was the duality of body and soul. The soul was conceived as a spiritual entity that existed before its confinement in the body and that survives the body's dissolution. This teaching was attributed to a poet-prophet named Orpheus, who was said to have lived in Thrace; his followers were called Orphics. Little is known about their beliefs. We are on firmer ground with Pythagoras, who seems to have incorporated Orphic beliefs into his teaching. Born ca. 550 B.C. in Samos, he settled in southern Italy, where he founded a religious community of men and women. He is best remembered today as a mathematician, but he also taught a way of life that was based on the belief that our present life is but a preparation for a further life or lives. The soul is divine and immortal; in successive reincarnations it is imprisoned in the body, and in its lives it must try to rid itself of bodily impurity by living as well as possible. Eventually it may be freed from the cycle of life and death and return to its divine origins. The beliefs we have outlined were those of a limited circle of intellectuals, but the ordinary Greeks, who adhered to the traditional religion, could also find comfort in mysteries. There were various mystery cults in different parts of Greece, of which the most important were the Eleusinian mysteries. Starting as an ancient agrarian cult in honor of Demeter, goddess of grain, these mysteries by the middle of the seventh century offered initiates a blessed afterlife, from which the uninitiated were excluded: "Blessed is the man among mortals on earth who has seen these things. But he who has not taken part in the rites and has no share in them, he never knows these good

214

Athenaze: Book II

things when he is dead beneath the grim darkness" (Homeric Hymn to Demeter, ca. 625 B.C.). The mysteries were open to all, men and women, Athenians and foreigners, slave and free. On the first day of the festival, the sacred herald made a proclamation, inviting all who wished to be initiated to assemble; they were warned that they must be of pure hands and "have a soul conscious of no evil and have lived well and justly." After three days of sacrifice and preparation, the initiates (l!uO'tcn), numbering over 10,000, made their pilgrimage of fourteen miles or twenty-two and a half kilometers from Athens to Eleusis, led by the officials of the Eleusinian cult. The last day was spent in fasting and sacrifice. In the evening the rites were performed in the Hall of the Mysteries. The rites were secret, and all who participated took a vow of silence, so that we know very little of what happened. At the climax of the ceremony, in the darkness of the night, the iepo
Triptolemus, a hero of Eleusis, sowing Demeter's grain

28.

0

A n 0 A AnN

TON

K POI ION

I n I Z E I (a.)

215

Homeric Greek Homer, Odyssey 1.1-10 a.vOpa. }.lot EVVE1te, Mouoa, 1tOA:tyrp07tOV, OC; llaAa. nOAA&' nAayxSll, end TpotllC; iepav ntoAteSpov Enepcrev' 1tOAArov ()' avSpom(Ov roev a.crtea. Kat voov eyvoo, nOAA&' o' 0 y' EV nov"C£p naSev a.Ayea Bv Ka."CCt 8u}.lov, apvullevoc; flv te 'VUXl,V Kat vocr'tov hatprov. aM' OUo' roc; hapou<; ePPUOatO, tEIlEvo<; 1tep' a\)'tIDv yap crq>EtepncrtV atacr6aAl-ncrtV OAoVtO, V1l ntOt, Ot Ka1:& ~ou<; 'Y1tEpIOVOc; 'HeAtow na8tov· autixp 6 tOtOW a
of

=

=

=

The Sirens sing to Odysseus as he sails by.

216

Athenaze: Book II

o AI10AAnN TON KPOILON LnIZ I

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs CXiPEO/lCXt, I choose avClJltJlVnCn<:ro, [llvll-] avaJlvilcrro, aVE/lVllCHX, I remind someone (ace.) of something (ace. or gen.) JlE/lVTlJl
JlE'taytyvwa'ICro, I change my mind; I repent n:aptcr't:ot/l<Xt [= 1tapa- + to'1:aIla~, n:apEa'tTlv,n:apEo'tTlKCl + dat., I stand near, stand by; I help Nouns it ;'O"'UX ia, 'tll'i TtO"'UXia'i, quietness it vecpEA.ll. 'Cll'i VeqlEA.ll'i, cloud oOA.~o'i, 1:0U ()A.~OU, happiness, bliss; prosperity it a1yft, 't11'i crlYllC;;, silence Adjectives avoll'tOC;;. -ov, foolish EO'X(x'CO'i, -'11, -ov, furthest; extreme Preposition av'Ct + gen., instead of: against Expression Kepi oi>3evoc;; notou /lUt, I consider of no importance

6 Jlev Kupor; €1tOlee 'tau1:a, 6 oe Kpotcror; €'cr't11Kror; enl 'tftc; nu pftr; , Kainep ev KUKCP erov 1:ocrou'tql, eJlVncr011 1:0V 1:0U I:OA-rovor; A-6rov, O'tt OUOetc; 1:rov <;c:OV1:rov e111 OA-PtOc;. roe; oe 1: 01) 'to €JlVncr011 avucr'teva~a.e; EX: nOA-A-fte; l)cruX111C; 1:pte; cOv6Jlacre, ":E6A-rov." Kat Kupoe; aKoucra,e; eK£A-eucre 1:0Ue; €'p~l1veac; epEO'Oat 1:0V Kpotcrov 'tlva 'tou'tov EnlKaA-£Ot1:o. Kpotcror; oe npro1:ov J-Lev cr1rT1v elxev epro1:c:OJlevoe;, 1:eA-Oe; be roC; ilvaYlCa<;e'to, eine 01:t ~A-Oe nap' eau'tov 0 :EOA-rov Erov 'A811vatoe;, Kat Oel1crellleVOe; nav'ta 'tOY eau1:ou OA-~OV nept ouoevoc; enotncr(X'to, Kat aut£? nav1:a anopepnKOL ~1tep eKetVOC; eine. [eO'trl1croc:;;, standing 'tptc:;;, three times 'tOUC; epJl'l'\viiiC;, interpreters (perfect optative of a.1tOp<xtvCJ)), had turned out]

a1tO~£~1\1Cot

5

28.

0

ATIOAAnN

TON

KPOI1:0N

I:OIZEI

(~)

217

6 J.1£V Kpotao<; 1:au'ta E~l1Ytlcra'to, 't11<; o£ 1tUPll<; 11011 UJ.1J.1£Vll<; EKaiE'tO 'ta ecrx,a'ta. Kat 6 Kupo<;
10

Ei1tE, J.1E'tayvouc; 'tE Kat Ev9UJ.1E0J.1£VO<; O'tt Kat cd)'to<; av9protto<; EroV (lAAOV av9pOJ1tov, YEV0J.1£VOV eau'tou £UOatJ.10vtn OUK EA.aaaOVa, ~rov'ta

1tUpn OtOOtl1, Kat E1ttO''taJ.1EVO<; O'tt ouO£v £tl1 'trov EV
aO'q>aAe<;, EK£A.EUO"E

o"~EVVUVat

roc; 'tax,tO"'ta 'to KatOJ.1EVOV 1tUP Kat

15

Ka'ta~t~a~£tV

KpotO"ov 'tE Kat 't01><; J.1E'tU Kpoto"ou. Kat ot 1tEtpcOJ.1EVOt OUK Ebuvav'to £'tt 'tOU 1tUPO<; E1ttKpa't11O"at. [&f.1f.1EVTt<; (perfect passive participle of a1t'tro, I fasten; I set on fire), kindled, lit vuvat (from a~EvvuJ.u), (his men) to put out lCatCl~tPa~EtV, to bring down lCpa'tTlaClt + gen., to master, get control of]

a~Ev

btt-

Ev'tau8a A£YE'tat Utto 'trov A ubrov 'tOY Kpotcrov, J.1a8ov'ta 'tTtv K;) pou J.1E't ayv roO" tV , ~of1O"at 'tOY 'A1tOA.AOJva, KaA.£ov'ta 1tapaO"'tllvat Kat O'roO'at J.1tv EK 'tou 1tapEOV'tO<; KaKOU' 'tOY J.1Ev OaK p-Gov'ta

20

E1ttKaA.£Ecr8at 'tOY SEOV, EK O£ ai9ptllC; Kat Vl1VEJ.1tl1<; O"uvOpaJ.1Etv E~a{cpvl1C; VEcpeAil<;, Kat x,EtJ.100Va 'tE YEv£0'9at Kat 1toA.1> uOrop, O"PE0"91lvat 'tE1:TtV 1tUpllv. ou'tOJ 01, J.1a9ov'ta 'tOY Kupov ro<; etll b KpOtO'O<; Kat BEOcptA.1)<; Kat av1,p aya9o<;, Ep£0'9at 'taO£' "KpotO'£, 'tt<; O'E avSpc01tOOV £1t£tO'E E1tt yftv 't1,v £J.11)V O''tpa'teUO'aJ.1£vov 1tOAeJ.1tOV
25

ot 1ta't£p£<; 't01><; 1tatbac;. aA.A.a 'tau'ta batJlovi 1tOU
30

Athenaze: Book II

218

ence to down]

1tOU. perhaps, 1 suppose

Ka9£iO'i (= h:6:8tcrE, aorist of

1Cae{~ro),

made X sit

-adapted from Herodotus 1.86.3-88.1

PRJNCIPAL PARTS: Verbs Adding £ to Stem POUAOJlC:U, [~OUA£-] pouAtlaOJlClt. pepoUAfULClt, APOUAtl91lV + infin., Iwant; 1 wish ABiAm or BiAm, imperfect, il8EAOV, [£8EA£-] e9EA"aQ), 1\9EAllaCl, ";6£A1'\1,a + infin., 1 am willing; 1 wish J1aXOIlClt, [JiaXE-] J1ClXOUJlUt, EIlClXEaelJlllV, IlEllclXllJ1Ut, 1 fight; + dat.,1fight against Xu {pm. [xatpe-] Xa tPtlam, [xape-] KEXaPll KCl, [Xap-] tXel PllV (1 rejoiced), 1 rejoice; + participle, 1 am glad to

WORD Bun.DlNG The following verbs have present reduplication, i.e., in the present and imperfect only, the first consonant of the stem + l are prefixed to the verb stem: oi-om-,.n (8m-/80-) (611-/6£-) 'ti-611-llt t-O'1:11-}.Lt (see page 40) (atl1-/a1:a-)

y{-yv-oJ.Lat yt-yvro-O'lCm ava- ~.Lt- IlV~ -aKm

(yv-/YEv-/yov-) (yvm-/yvo-) (J.LVll-IIlVCt-)

Give the meaning of the following sets formed from these verbs. Note that nouns and adjectives formed from such verbs are formed from the verb stem proper, not the reduplicated form: 1. om-/oo2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

'h OOc:n~

611-/6e,,6eO'tt; a1:11-/atCta1:6.at')

n

yEV -/yov- to yevo') yvm-/yvo-" yvmJ.Lll J.L Vll- I IlVa- ·it IlVnllll

1:0 8&pov 1tpo-80- > b VO}.L0-6E1:11<; it {mo-6eate; 1tPO-O'1:fl- > 1) yeveat<; b TtPOyovo<; 1) yvroO'tC; yvmO'1:o<;, -t1, -av to }.LvllJ.Le1.0V
Greek Wisdom Heraclitus 'tip IlEV 6eip KaA.a 1tav'tCt Kat aya6a KCtt 8{K(xta. (iv6pm1tot 8£ U1tEtA.t1q>aaw & o£ 8{Kflta. Fragment 102 Diels

a

J.LEv (iOtKa

28.

0

A n 0 A AnN

TON

K POI LON

:E Q I Z E I (13)

219

GRAMMAR 8. Verbs Found Most Commonly in the Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses The following verbs are found most commonly in the perfect tense with present meanings. The pluperfect of these verbs is translated as imperfect in English. The present forms given below in parentheses do not occur in Attic Greek: Present

Aorist

Perfect

(Odbro, I fear)

£bElcra, I feared

bebOt Ka, I am afraid

(fi8ro, I am accustomed)

eLro8a, I am accustomed to + infin.

(etKro, I am like; I seem likely)

£OlKa, I am like; I am likely to ro~ eotK£(v), as it seems

(ib-, see)

alba, I know

q>l1m or
E<j>ucra, I produced

1teq>UKa, I am by nature

Keep in mind also that the perfect tense forms JieJ.LVllJiat and £O"'tllKa have present meanings, I remember and I stand.

Exercise 2811 Read aloud and translate into English:

n

1. aU'tll yUVl} , ro~ EOtlCE, crrocppovecr'ta'trt 1tE<j>uKEv. 2. OUK otba yuVatKa O"rotppovEeJ'tepuv' !30UA.OJiCU o-6v yaJiEtV (to marry) llu't1lv. 3. bMiouCIl be Ji~ 0 1t1l't~p OUK e8iA.TI ctU'tnv J.Lot EKbouvat. 4. Ot vECivtat aVbp£to'ta'tot 1t£<j>UKO'tE~ OUK ebEbOtKOOav. 5. Ot 1&aibEC; eiffi8CicHV de; Otbo,crKaA.ffiV Ko,8' 1lJiEPUV <j>OI'tllV. 6. aA.A.' OUK aEt JiEJiVllv'tat DeJa A.EYEt 6 btBumcaA.o<;. ' 7. 6 Kpotcro~ eJ..Lvrlcr8111tUv8' olJa et1tEV 6 LOA.rov. 8. 'trov 'A811Vatrov 01. 1&011.11.01. (the majority) ev 'tote; a,,{potC; OiKElV £Lro8Ecrav.

9. The Verb otoa The verb oiBa is an irregular -a 2nd perfect (see above, Grammar 8) formed from the stem ib- (originally Flb-, pronounced wid, cf. Latin video, "I see"), which appears also in eioov, I saw. The verb otoa means I have found out = I know, and is present in meaning. The corresponding pluperfect ijOll or nbEtV means I had found out = I was aware, was knowing; I knew, and is imperfect in meaning. As seen in the chart below, the

Athenaze: Book II

220

subjunctive, infinitive, and participle are formed regularly from the stem dS-; the indicative and imperative are irregular and must be carefully learned.

Indic.

Subj.

Opt.

hnper.

Infin.

Part.

-a 2nd Perfect (present in meaning), I know

£is cO dSl1s don dScOllEV dSfrrE dSmat(v)

olSa olaSa otSE(V) ta~Ev

ta'tE lcJCiat(v)

EtOet11v eiSet11<; dSEi11 dSEtllEV dSEi'tE dSE1Ev

dOEval Lo9t

EiSms. fiSula, dSo<; gen., EiSo'to<;, etc.

"tatE

-11 2nd Pluperfect (imperfect in meaning), I was aware, was knowing; I knew ~~

or ~SnaSa or

~SEtV

~SEl<;

~Set(v)

na~Ev ~atE

naav

or or or

~SE~EV ~SE't£

ilOEoav

The future, daOllut, I will know, is regular (like A.~aollat).

Exercise 288 Read aloud and translate into English: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. g. 10.

&p' olaSa 01tOSEV £A.11A.u8
n

~ouVto.

Exercise 281. Translate into Greek: 1. Be assured (= Know well) that the king is becoming angry. 2. Do you know where the children have gone? 3. I wish to know why you did this.

28.

0

A Il 0 A AnN

TON

K POI LON

L n IZEI

(~)

221

4. Knowing well what had happened, the woman told her husband (dative) the truth. 5 . Not knowing when the ship would arrive, they were waiting all day at (ev) the harbor.

o KPOIIOI rlrNOIKEI THN BAYTOY AMAPTIAN Read the following passages (adapted from Herodotus 1.90-91) and answer the comprehension questions: () oe Kupo<; 'tOY Kpoiaov SauJJ,o:smv 'tile; ao 7tOtEov'ta<; VOIlO<; e<J'tt 01.." Kupo<; oe l1PE'to 'tt 'tou'to ai'tEEl. Kpotao<; oE mlv'ta ee; oi e~"reE'to, Tae; 'tE a7toKpiaet<; TroV XPll<J'tllptmv OtE~t(:hV Kat 'ta avaS~JJ,a'ta 8EA
a

5

I

tat; ... a1tolCpiO'Ut;, the answers 8tB~tt:Ov (from Ol.E~epxor.t():t), goobject, to him ing through in detail, relating £n;apa£l~ (from £rca.tpro), having been raised; having been induced 'tE<>~eat = 'tEU~£t (future of'tuYXavro) + gen., you will get]

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Why does Cyrus admire Croesus? What does Cyrus order Croesus to do? What does Croesus want to ask the Greek god in Delphi? What three things does Croesus recount to Cyrus? What is Cyrus's reaction and response?

roe; O£ 'taUTa 11 Kouae 6 Kpoiaoe; 1teJJ,1tmv ayrEAoue; Ee; 8eA
£2tat-

(JXflVE1:CXt,

6. What did Croesus order the messengers to do first when they arrived in Delphi? 7. What were the messengers to ask the god? cl
10

222

Athenaze: Book II

a'tpu'tE1Yll'tat E1tt TIepaas, ~EyaA.llV apxnv a1.l'tOV Ka'CaA.;)crm,v. 'tOY 3e Eil ~eAA.Ov'Ca P01.)AEuEcrElat EXPTlV E1tEpecrElal notEpov 'tTtv Eau'tou ~ tnv K;) P01.) AeYOt apxitv." 'tuu'ta ~ev IluElil1 Ct1tElCpiva'to 'COtal A U3010t, 01 3e E1tavlll60v ES Lap3tC; Kat 't(xU'to, a.rr:rIYYEtArJ.V Kpotcrcp. 0 oe a.Koucras (J1.)veyvro e(X1.)'Cou dvat ~v aJlap1:tav !Cat 'tou ElEOU.

n

['ta

au

ev't£taA~Eva

(from EV1:EAAOO), the things that had been commanded = Croesus's 'It£'ltpmJ.,1Ev'J)v (from nopro, I furnish, offer, give), fated ~otpav, fate portion, allotment, lot) '!Cat, even 2tpO'J)yOpEuE, foretold 'tov 8e E~ ~£A.A.ov'ta ,riouA.£u£o9at, and he, if he was going to plan well £'It£pEo9at, to ask in addition A.£'Yot, meant &'1tTt'Y'Y£tAaV, announced cruveyvco (from cru'YYtyvffim~ro), he acknowledged, admitted 'tTtV cXp.ap'ttliv, the mistake] commands

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

What does the Pythia say is impossible? Does the Pythia agree with Croesus's criticism of the oracle? What, exactly, had the oracle said? What should Croesus have asked in addition? What words suggest that the Pythia thinks that Croesus was not sufficiently cautious? 13. Whom does Croesus finally blame?

Exercise 281C Translate into Greek:

1. Croesus has sent messengers to Delphi to ask the god why he has betrayed (use n:po8{8wJ1t) him (e(X'U"C6v). 2. The messengers have arrived at Delphi, and, standing in the temple, have consulted the oracle. 3 . The Pythia has interpreted (use £~rl1EoJ1at) the oracle of Apollo; the god blames Croesus for (= as, use roC;) not being prudent. 4. Croesus, having heard (use cllCOUW, perfect cXKTtKoa) the oracle, comes to know that he himself was wrong. 5. "Alas, alas/' he says, "how foolish (use eXvOT\'tor;, -ov) I was! I myself, as it seems, have destroyed my own empire."

Apollo enthroned in his temple

15

28.

0

A n 0 A AnN

TON

K POI 1: 0 N

The nine Muses

1: n I Z E I

(~)

223

Athenaze: Book II

224

AAAOI AOrOl:, nEPI TOY KPOIIOY The lyric poet Bacchylides was born on the island of Ceos ca. 524 B. C . N one of his poetry was known to us until 1896, when a papyrus was found in Egypt containing the remains of fourteen odes in honor of victors in the great games and four odes in honor of Dionysus. All Bacchylides' poems belong to the genre called "choral lyric," that is to say, poems written for public per~ formance, usually on religious occasions, by a chorus that sang the poem to the accompaniment of flute and lyre and expressed the drama of the poem through dance. Such performances had been a central part of Greek festivals since the Bronze Age and took place everywhere in Greece. The lines below are part of a poem commissioned to celebrate the victory of Hieron, tyrant of Syracuse, in the chariot race at the Olympic Games of 468 B.C. This was the most prestigious of all victories in the games and would have been celebrated on Hieron's return to Syracuse at a religious festival. The dialect of choral lyric by tradition had a Doric coloring, most clearly seen in the predominance of long u, e.g., apxCJ.Y£T.iiv = apxr\'YET.'Ilv (as an aid in reading, Attic equivalents are given for words glossed in the notes with Doric spellings). Other features of the genre are swift changes of direction in thought or scene, the abbreviated form in which mythical examples are given (it is assumed that the story is known to the audience, and the poet concentrates on the dramatic moments), and the free use of colorful compound adjec~ tives, often coined for the particular context. In choral odes the central feature is often a myth, which is more or less closely connected with the main subject of the poem. Croesus was an historical figure, but his story is here told as a myth. In Bacchylides' version Croesus builds the pyre himself and ascends it with his family in order to commit suicide and so avoid slavery. Apollo rescues him and takes him and his family to live with the Hyperboreans, a legendary people who live in the far North. The connection with Hieron is that both were exceptionally generous to Delphi and both were rewarded for their generosity.

VOCABULARY 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

E1tei, for leat, even l)allaai-n:1to'U, horse-taming apXiiy£'tliV (= apXT\Y£'t11v), ruler ei)'t£, when 'thy 1t£'Jtpmll£ViiV (= 't~v 1tE1tPffiJ,1£V11V) ••• lCptatV (4), the fated judgment Znvo~ tSA.£CfO'aVto, = Ato~ 'tEA.E(Jav'to~, Zeus having brought to pass I1epaav = ITepcrrov &A.icJ1cov't'o = ilA.iO'1cov'to " xpucraopoc; ... •A1t6A.A.mv (7), Apollo of the golden sword cpuAa~' = eqr6A.a~E aSA1t'tov &Ilap (= ~)l(lp), the unexpected day J,toAmv, having come ltoA'UBaxp'Uov ... l)OUA.o(J'uv (Xv (9), tearful slavery ~iJ.l.Vftv (= J,1EVEW), to wait for XaA1C.Ot£tXEOC; ... aUAilc;, the bronze-walled courtyard npo1tapolgev + gen., before, in front of

28.

0

10

TON

K POI LON

€1CEt 1tO'tE Ka t oa~acr{1t1tou Auoiu~ apxuyET.UV, "? £UT.E "Cav 1tE1tpo)~Evav ZllVOC; "CEA,Ecrcrav'toc; KptcrtV I.apOl£<; ll£paav aAtcrKov"CO cr'tpa"Ccp, KpotO'ov 6 xpua&opoc; ~

5

A rr 0 A AnN

J

_

qn)A,a~' 'A1toA,A,rov. 6 0' ec; UEA1t'tOV &~ap !lOAmV 1tOAUOaKpuov OUK e~EAAe ~t!lVEtv e'tt OOUAoauVaV' 1tUpaV 8E. XaA,K01:tlXEOC:; 1tP01tUpOleEV aUAac:;

r n IZEI

(~)

225

226 11 12

13 14

15 17 18

19 20 21 22

23 24 25

26

27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40

Athenaze: Book II va1\oa"C- (= BVCirtcra:to; from Vl1Ero), he heaped up £v9a, where aAoX'P ... tce.Bv~, his dear wife Ei)1tAotcaIlOl~ (with 9uycX'tpa.crt, 13), fair-haired aA,aO'''Cov, inconsolably 8tJpollEvaq; = 05UpOJlEVat~ XEpac; = X£tpac; ai1l:uv aiB£pa, the high air acpe"CEpdC;, his aetpct'i apac.; YF:YOlvev (perfect with present sense) he calls aloud U7tEpP1E, mighty Aa."CoiSa.'i (= Al1'tof.511C;) a.vct~, lord son of Leto (Le., Apollo, whose mother was Leto) EPPOUCJ1V, are gone, have vanished ,AA,uo:'nd BOIlO1. = 'AAua.n01J 50Jloc,;, the house of Alyattes a/J.olp& (= aJlot~n) + gen., return for lIu90lv09e.v J from Delphi (Pytho was the old name for Delphi) X£p90'l.)O'l = 1top9oucl't SOPU1A,0l"Cov, taken by the spear epEu9E1Ul, is reddened, runs red xpua081vd~ (= xpucro5ivnc;) IIU1C"CCOA,Oc.;, the Pactolus eddying with gold (the river Pactolus, which ran through Sardis, contained gold) a£11CEA,{mc;, shamefully iU1C'ti"t'Q)v Il£yapmv, their well-built houses 1a xpoagev Ex9pa cpiA,a, what was hateful before (is now) dear yA,\:I1C1.a10V, (is) sweetest (the subject is OctVElv) 10a(a), so much; this hPpoP&'tdv (= a~po~a.'tnv), delicately-stepping (servant) tc.EAEua£v = EK£AI.::ucrEv lbt"C£1.v ~UA,tVOV SO/J.ov, to light the wooden pyre (lit., structure, house) ElCAayov, were shrieking ova. ... EpaAAov (29) = ave~aAAov cpO.. liC;;, their own Jlcnp{:::: 1l1l'tpi 7tpocpuvi}c;, clear beforehand, foreseen 9v li'toiatv 9Vl1'tOtc,;), for mortals £X910''tOC;;, most hateful 'tl, because 9vii1:mv (= OVll'tffiv), of (all) mortals aya9iav ... lIuSm, holy Pytho (Delphi)

28.

0

A n 0 A AnN

TON

K POI 1: 0 N

L n I Z E I (P)

2Zl

vfitlO"at', Ev8a cruv CtA,0XCfl t£ K£OV~ cruv £UnA,OKaJ..L01~ t' en£~alV' aA,acrtOV euya1:pacrt oUpOlleval~· xipa~ 0' E~ ai1tuv aieepa O"cp£'tepii~ Ct£{pii~ 15

YEYroV £v· "unip~t£ oatJ..Lov, nou eerov EO"'ttV xapl~; nou Aatoioii~ ava~; EppoucrtV 'AA:uat'tu 001101, 't{~ vuv oroprov aIlOt~& Iluptrov cpatVe'tat IIu8rov08£v;

oe oe

20

nep60ucrt Mftoot OOptaAro'tov acr'tu, ep£ueetat atJ..Latt XpuO"ootvu~ I1aK'troAo~, aetKeA{ro~ yuvalK£~ e~ 25

EUKti'tffiV Jleyaprov ayov'tat·

'ta npocr8£v Ex6pa cpiAa' eaV£lV yAUKtcr'tOV." 'tocr' eine, Kat a~popataV KeAeucrev an'telV ~UAtVOV oOIlOV. EKAayov nap8Evot, cpiAa~ 't' ava /-Lu'tPl X£tpa~

oe

30

35

EpaAAOV' 6 yap 1tpocpavll~ 6vu'tol('}tV EXS1('}tO~ cpovrov ' aAA' Ene! oetvou nupo~ AaJ..L1tpOV ota'icrcrev J..Levo~, Zeu~ Ent(j't&(Jii~ J..L£AaYKeu8e<; vecpo~ cr~evvuev ~ave&v cpAoya. a1ttO'1:0v ouoEV, 0 1:t Serov J..LeptJ..Lva 't£Uxet· 't01:£ LliiAoy£vll<; 'AnOAAffiV cpeprov E~ (y1tep~opeou<; yepov'ta cruv 1:avtcrcpupOt~ Ka'tevacro£ Koupat~ \

40

I

I

I

Ot' eucrE~etav, ott J..Leytcr1:a 8vu'trov £~ aya8Eiiv av£nell'V£ TIu8ro. Bacchylides 3.23-62

228

Athenaze: Book II B PHiliPPI • • Her8Gfea Cyrrhos ..

%("0 ~ 'lP l:,o DODONA /~u

3

4

MARE/ONIUM

LOCAlS

Region} district

PINDOS

Mountain range

o

50 km

6

A

c

B

Greece

-:-.,-.

D

29 MErA TO TH1: 8AAA1:1:H1: KPAT01: (a)

Mofycrian •

,

... "

gulf of Corintli

...............

•//:~ene of

1(fiion .:' ;A

..:,//

.x. 'Batt[e

Panonnus

!A£

.'/

.' ~

.fy, "I

•

, •.Ii' •

,..~{ I

,;l

:. :t

......

Ylcliaea

:.i,

i; .'"

Pefaponnesian e;rpetfition to .9lcarnania 42 troopships .......... , 5 fast ships

'.. /' : l

:A[jght at Patrae

t "ea miles

Patrae Map of the first battle

In this chapter we return to excerpts from Thucydides' account of the Peloponnesian War. That war has been described as a struggle between an elephant and a whale; the Athenians could not face the Peloponnesian army in the field} and the Peloponnesians could not risk a naval battle against the Athenian fleet. In this chapter we give Thucydides' accounts of two naval victories achieved by the Athenian admiral Phormio against heavy odds in the summer of 429 B.C. These victories were decisive; the Peloponnesians were forced to acknowledge the naval supremacy of the Athenians not only in the Aegean but also here in the Gulf of Corinth (Kpl(jatO~ KOA.1tO<;), and they made no attempt to challenge the Athenians by sea throughout the rest of the Archidamian War, i.e., until the truce of 421 B.C. 229

Athenaze: Book II

230

VOCABULARY Verbs £'lC1tVem, [1tVeUO'E-] £leXV euaouJ.Lcxt and [1tveu-] E'lC1tVEU't.' • (JOf.1(xl, e...,En:V£U(Ja, £1'1&eJtv£U'ICU, I blowout; I blow from 81tlytyv0f.1a1., I come after e,n'C{8EJ.LUt, [en-] ettt81) cro J,LIX1., [ee-J £7ce8Ef.1llv + dat., I attack e7t1.xetpeoo + dat., I attempt; I attack xcxpcx1t1eoo, I sail by; I sail past; I sail along 01: e11oo, [O''tEAE-] 0'tE1&, [O''tEtA-] EG1:Et1u, [O''t(.'(A-] lo'Cu1Ku, eO''tIX1f.1(X 1. , eo'CcX11lv, I send; I equip; I take down (sails) O'uvayoo (;uvayOl), I bring together; I compress 'PPoup£oo, transitive, I guard; intransitive, I am on guard Nouns 1) emc;, t1\ C; ECO, d awn Tt ~1CEtpOC;, 'tile; Tt1te{pou, land; mainland I

b 1Col1toe;, 'tou 1Colxou, lap; gulf 1) vauJlaX ta, 'tile; vauluxx{liC;, naval battle 'to x1oiov, 'tOU K1o{ou, boat 'to ltV EU f.1{X, 'tou xveu f.1(X'tOC;, breeze it 1tPUf.1V1h 'tile; 1tpuf.1Vlle;, stern (of a ship) Tt 1tPqJpcx, 't1\e; n:pcppae;, bow (of a ship) 1) 'tcXl;,te;;, 'tile; ta;eme;, rank;position 1) 'Ccxpaxn, 'tile;; tCXpcxxf\e;, confusion Adverb etom (Eom), inward Conjunction f.1n1:£t and not IJ:';"CE , , , f.1Tt'tE, neither. nor Expressions bei "C~v Em, at dawn lCCX'teX fleaov .. " in the middle of· .. ,

#'\

.-t;

I

'tou oe £1ttytyv0f.1£vou XEtf.1rovo~ 'A811valOt vauc; £O''tEtAav E1KoO't f.1EV 1tEpt TIEA01tOVVllO'OV Kat ¢>0Pf.11rova O''tpa'tllYov, o~ opf.1mJ.LEvO~ EK NaU1taK"COU cpuAaKnV ElXEV (OO''tE 1..1:.,'t' Ele1tAElV EK Koptv80u Kat 'tou KptO'aiou KOA1tOU J.Lllo£va ~t:ft't' EO'1tAElV. [bpf.1mf.1BVO~, starting from based on 'to\) KpiO'aiou x:OA.1COU: Kpl,<J(X was a city near Delphi that gave its name to what we call the Gulf of Corinth] J

In the summer of 429 B.C. a Corinthian fleet of forty-seven ships tried to slip through Phormio's blockade and take reinforcements to their allies fighting in Acarnania in northwest Greece (see map, page 228).

01. Oe Koptv8tot Kat 01. aAAot ~UJlJlaXOt ;,vaYKa0'91l0'av 1tepl 'tEte; au,die; YtJ.L€pac; vauJ.Laxllaat 1tpO~ ¢>0Pf.1trova Kat 'tac; etKOO't vauc; 'troY 'A91lvatrov at ECPPOUpouv EV N aU1t&K'tq>. 0 yap ¢>0Pf.11rov napa1tA£ov'tae; au'tou~ £~ro 'tou KOA1tOU E'tT, PEt, ~OUAOJ.LEVO~ EV 'tft EUPUXroptct £1tt9£0'9at.

5

29.

MEr A

TOT H LeA A ALL H I

[e;m + gen' here, out of broad waters) J

K PAT 0 L (a)

!tTtPEt (from 'tllpem), was watching

231

'tft £'l)p'UXmpiC}, the

01 of: Kopiv81.ot Kat ot ~uJlJlaxot £1CAEOV JlEV OUX ox; e1Ct vauJlaXt~ aAAa cr'tpa'ttro'tlKID'tEPOV napEcrKEuacrJ!EVOl Ee; 't1,V 'A KapVaV lav, Kat

10

OUK OiOJlEVOt 'tou<; 'A81lvaloue; a.v 'tOAIl11crat vauJlaxtav 1t01.11cracr9at·

1tapa 'Y11V cr<prov I-LEV'tOt KOIl1.S0J!£VOt 'toue; 'A81lvaioue; aV't1.1tapa1tAEOV'ta<; EIDProv Kat, E1CEt EK na'tprov 't11e; 'Axo;{ae; 1tpo<; 't1,v av'tt1tepae; l11tEtpOV

(51.E~aAAOv,

Et(5ov 'toue;

'A91lvaioue;

ano

XaAKtOO<;

15

npocr1CAeoV'tae; cr
Kat ot JlEV nEA01tOVVTtcrtOt E'ta~av'to KUKAOV 'trov VEroV roe; JlE'Ytcr'tov oiol 't' ncrav, 'tae; np~pae; JlEV £~ro, ecrro (5E 'tfic; 1tpUIlVae;, Kat 'ta AE1t'ta 1tAo'ia

a ~UV£1tAEt

EV'tOe; notouv'tat. 01.

(5e

'A81lva'iot Ka'ta Jllav vauv

'tE'taYI-LEV01. 1tEpt£nAEov au'touc; KUKAq? Kat ~UV11YOV

ee;

20

OAtyov, EV XP
aiel 1tapa1tA£OV'tEe;' npoE1Pll'to (5' au'to'ie; uno opJlirovoC; Ill] E1C1XE1PE'iv nptv av aU'toe; O"llJlltVl1' l1A1tts£ yap au't&v ou JlEVt:lV 't1,V 'ta~1.v aAAa 'tae; vaue; ~uJlnEo"E'icr8at npoc; aAAltAae; Kat 'ta nAo'ia 'tapax1,V 1tap£~Elv'

El 't' ElC1tVEucrE1EV EK 'tOU KnAnou 'to 1tVEUJla, 01tEP Eiffi8El

ytYVEa8al E1t! 'tl,V ero, oUDeva Xpovov 1lcruxacrEtV aU'tOUe;. [e;m, here, outward lE1tta, light lea/to. J.ltav vcxuv, in single file et; ollYov, into a small (space) £v Xpcp, lit., on the skin = within a hair's breadth 1tpodpTl'1:0 (pluperfect passive of 1CpOf.pEm, 1 order beforehand), an order had been given J.L£V £tv, remain, hold (the subject of the infin. is au'tilw ... 'tTtv 'ta~tV) ~UJ.L1tECJEi(JBcxt (future infin. of (')ull1tTx'tm), would fall together, clash)]

-adapted from Thucydides 2.69 and 2.83.2-84.2

25

232

Athenaze: Book II

PRINCIPAL PARTS: opaOl and otaa, Seeing and Knowing

opam, imperfect,

kroprov (note the double augment in this and some of the following forms), [01C-] O\flOllcu. [io-] di)ov (irregular augment), [6po:-] eoplix:ex or empliKrt, empiillrtl. or [01t-] mllllrt1., mcp9T\v, I see

The stem io- (seen in d80v above) and its variants oio- and do- also give a i 8 ex (perfect with present meaning), I know, n8n or ii8ew (pluperfect with imperfect meaning), I was aware, was knowing; I knew, and elaoJJ.(Xl., I will know. See Chapter 28, Grammar 9, pages 219-220.

WORD STUDY From what Greek words are the following theological terms derived: 1. theology 2. Bible

3. dogma 4. orthodoxy

5. heresy 6. ecclesiastical

Thucydides Thucydides was born about 455 B.C. of a noble Athenian family, probably related to that of the aristocratic Cimon. Little is known about his life. He suffered from the plague (2.48). He was general in 424 B.C. and was exiled for failing to prevent Brasidas from taking the strategic city of Amphipolis (4.105-106 and see page 113 above). He returned to Athens in 404 B.C. after the end of the war and died there about 400 B.C. In the introduction to his history (1.1), he says that he began writing it as soon as war broke out, feeling certain that it would be the most important war in history up to his time. He died before completing it, breaking off abruptly in his account of 411 B.C. Unlike Herodotus, Thucydides was writing the history of events through which he had lived and at many of which he had himself been present. Even so, he is well aware of the difficulty of getting the facts right. In his introduction (1.22) he discusses this problem: With regard to the factual reporting of the events in the war, I did not think it right to give the account of the first man I happened to meet, nor to give my personal impressions, but I have examined each question with a view to the greatest possible accuracy both in events at which I was present myself and in those of which I heard from others. But it was a laborious business to find the truth, because eyewitnesses at each event did not give the same report about it, but their reports differed according to their partiality to either side or their powers of memory. It should be remembered that his sources were not only Athenian. His long exile gave him the chance of making inquiries on the other side. He says (1.22) that the absence of the storytelling element (to Jlu8&8EC;) may make his history less attractive to his audience:

29.

MEr A

TOT H t e A A A L k H L

K PAT 0 L (ex)

233

I shall be satisfied if those who want to examine an accurate account of events that happened in the past and that are likely to be repeated some time in the future in similar form, human nature being what it is, find my history usefuL It is composed to be a possession forever (K'tllflO: E~ aiei), not a performance to please an immediate public. So there are lessons to be learned from his history, especially by states~ men. Although Thucydides restricts his history to military and political events, it is human nature, as revealed in both individual and social psy~ chology, that most interests him. When, for instance, he has given a clinical account of the physical symptoms and effects of the plague (2.49-51), he goes on to discuss its psychological effects on the Athenian people (2.52-53). Such passages of explicit analysis are rare. More often Thucydides uses speeches to show motives, underlying causes of events, and principles at stake. These speeches are placed at key points throughout most of the history. For example, when the Spartans send their final ultimatum, the Athenians debate their reply Chapter 21). Of this debate, Thucydides quotes one speech only, that of Pericles (1.140-44). In his speech, which extends to five printed pages, Pericles not only gives reasons for rejecting the Spartan ultimatum but also outlines the military and economic resources of each side and the strategy on which they should conduct the war, which he considered inevitable. The following narrative shows this strategy put into practice. The speech enables the reader to understand why the Athenians acted as they did. Although fewer than thirty years separate the publication of Herodotus's history from that of Thucydides, there is a great gulf between them, which is not to be explained simply by the personalities of the authors. Herodotus was a child of the old order, accepting traditional values and beliefs. Thucydides is a product of the sophistic movement. He always searches for rational explanations of events, is sceptical in matters of religion, discounts oracles, and is austerely scientific in intent. Despite the austerity of his narrative, which appears impartial and impersonal even when he is writing of himself, his deep feelings are apparent from the way he tells the story, notably, for instance, in his description of the defeat of the Athenian fleet in the Great Harbor of Syracuse, which sealed the fate of the expedition to Sicily and ultimately led to the downfall of Athens.

Greek Wisdom Socrates The pythian priestess at Delphi is said to have made the following pronouncement about Socrates (Scholiast, Aristophanes, Clouds 144, and see Diogenes Laertius 2.37 and Plato, Apology 21a);

o· u

O"ocpo<; IOCPOKA-ll<;, O'o<j)OYt:£pOC; E pl1dfut <;. avoprov anav'tcov L(oKpa't'llC; O'ocpro"Ca'to<;.

Athenaze: Book II

234

MErA TO THl: 8AAAl:l:Hl: KP A Tal:

(~)

VOCABULARY Verbs axoO''tel.lm, I send off 'J: 'J: £";)ap'tum == £lC + ap1:Uffi ,e~ap'tuam, E~~p'tuaa,E~~p~uKa, E;~p'tuJ.Lat, e;l1P't:6S11v, I equip lCcx'tao:6m, lCa'tcxOlJam, K ex 1:eouacx, [(1)-] lCa'tcxoelhnca, lCcx'tcxo80uJ.Lcxt,lCa'tEou911V, transitive, I sink; athematic aorist, X:CX't80UV, intransitive, I sank; of the sun, set I

[ '

" ]

I

7tpOO7tl7t'tm + dat., I fall against; I fall on 'tapa't'tm (1:cxpaO'om), [tapax-] 'J: " J: ' 'tcxpa";)m, E'tcxpcx~a,'t£'tcxa v paYJ.Lcxt, E'tCXp X911 , I confuse xmpem, I go; I come Nouns it napaalCEuit, 'tile; n:apaa KEUll<;; , preparation 'to 'tp6xatov, 'tau tPOXCXtou, trophy

ro~ oE 'to 1£ 1tV£UJ.La Ka1~Et Kat ai vft£~, ev O/wlYC:P 11011 oi)crat, U1tO

'tOU t' aVEJ.LOU Kat 'trov 1tA.oirov a,J.La E'tapacrcrov10~ Kat vau~ 1:£ V11 Y 1t pocr Enl1t't e, ot Oe vau'tat ~o~ 1E XproJ.LEvot Kat A.0100ptopJ.Ltrov· Kat ot 'A811VatOt 1tpocr7t£crOV1£C; 7tpro'tov J.LeV Ka1:a0.:6oucr1 'trov cr1pa1:11yiorov v£rov J.Ltav, E1t£t'ta Oe Kat 'tac; aA.A.ac; 11 XropllO'£tav otE av£xrop11crav e~ N aU1taK10v. [ev ol1:ycp, in a little (space) A0150PLCf, abuse 'tmv n:apaTTelloJ!£vmv, of the orders that were being passed along 'tcDV 0''tpa'tllTi5mv vemv, of the ships of the generals (the flagships) ii. where, wherever A;.1l1llV, Dyme, three miles or a little more than four and three-quarters kilometers southwest of Patrae 'tip 'Ptql, the Headland (Rhion on the north shore of the Gulf of Corinth)}

1tap£1tA.£ucr(Xv OE Kat ot 11£A.01tOVv~cr10t £u8uc; tat~ nEptA.Ot1tot~ 'trov v£rov eK 1f1~ di>J.L11C; Kat l1a'tprov ec; KuA.A.llv11V. Kat ana A£UKaOo~ Kvf1J.L6~ 'tE Kat at £KElvrov VllE<; a
5

10

29.

MEr A

TOT H :E

e A A A :E L H:E

K PAT 0 L

(~)

235

nEJl1tOucrl o£ Kat ot AaK£OalJlOvlOl 'tcp KvitJlq> ~UJl~OUAOUC; e1tt 't aC; vauc;, K£A£UOV't£e; aAA11v vauJlaxtav ~£A'tlro napacrK£uat;£cr8at Ka1 Jlll un' OAIYrov v£rov £tpy£cr8at 't11C; 8aAacrcrytc;. ou yap 4l0v't0 crcprov 'to vau'tlKov A£i1t£O'eat aAAu y£y£vncr9at 'tlva JlaAaKtav' oPYll oilv a1t£c51:£AAOV 'tOUC; ~UJl~OUAOUC;. ot O£ Jl£'tu 'tou KV1lJlou (Xov'to roe; btl JlaXytv.

15

20

[eu8uli, here, straight (with EK 'tTtC; L\;))..l'l1'i ... E~ KuA).:IlVl1V) 'taie; XEP1A.OtX01C;, with the rest KUA.A.TtVl1V, Cyllene, about fifty-six miles or ninety kilometers southwest of Patrae (see map, page 228) A£u1Caooli, Leucas, an island off the coast of Acarnania (see map, page 228) Kvf\J.loC;: enemus was the Peloponnesian commander-in-chief, based in Leucas EK£1.VOlV, Le., of the Leucadians ~uJ.l~OUA.OUC;, advisers dp'Y2cs8a1 (from E:tpyro) + gen., to be shut out from ipov'to (from o'(o)..lcn), they were thinking O'cpmv, of themselves, their A£tx£u8al, to be deficient J.lalaKiav, softness, cowardice oPYl\, adv., in anger 'tde; xpouxo.pxouaac;, the (ships) already there]

1t£Jl1tEl O£ Kat 0 ~OPJllmv ec; 'tac; 'A 8it vae; aYY£AouC; 'titv 'tE 1tapaO'K£ullv au'tmv aYYEAouv'tac; Kat 1t£pt 't11C; vauJlaxiac; ~v evlK1lcrav cppacrov'tac;, Kat K£A£Urov au'touc; eau'tcp vauc; me; 1tA£icr'tac; 'tax£mc; anoO''L£tAal, roc; Ka8' T,JlEpaV eAn:iooc; 01)0'11C; vauJlaxTtcrEtV. ot 'Ae11va'iot n£JlTtOuO'lV £tKOO'l vauc; au'tip, 'tcp KOJlit;ov'tt au'tac; npocr£n£O''tEIAav ec; Kpit'tytv npro'Lov acptK£O'eat~ tva ~uJlJlaXOte; 'ttcrtV

oe

oe

EK£! ~01leOi11. [xpoa£x£0''tE1A.aV (from 1tpocr£1ttcr'tEMro) + dat.) they instructed in addition]

-adapted from Thucydides 2.84.3-85.5

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs with Attic Reduplication a1(OUOl, a1Couuo~o. 1, tt 1(Ouoa, [aKO-] alC-1llCO-a, [aKou~ 1 1\ 1(Oucr911V,

in~

transitive, I listen; transitive + gen. of person, acc. of thing, I listen to; I hear ilauvOl , [EAa-] £A.m, eA.q.~, e"A:q" etc., f\Ao.oo.. EA.-"Aa-lCa. El-"A.a-J.lclt. 1\AaS"v, transitive, I drive; I march (an army); intransitive, I march Eu8tOl, [H)-] £00J.lo.1, [<pay-] £cpayov, [£ii-] £O-TtOO-1Co., I eat In verbs that have Attic reduplication, the initial vowel and consonant of the stem on which the perfect is based are repeated, and what was originally the initial vowel is lengthened, thus aKO- > aK-llKo-a.

25

Athenaze: Book II

236

WORD BUILDING Give the meanings of the following words: 1. +t OtKT} 2. OtKUl.OC;,

3. OlKO:Sffi

-a, -ov

5. OtlCU(HtICOC;, 6. &OlICO<;. -ov

4. 6 OtlCUa1:itc;

-it, -ov

NIErA TO THl: 8AAAl:l:Hl: KP ATOl: (y) VOCABULARY Verbs Ka'tExm, I hold back opJ,L{~m, I bring (a ship) into harbor; middle, I come to anchor 1tapalCEA.EuoJ,Lat, I encourage, exhort Nouns it EU puxmp{ft, 'tile;; EU puxmpiae;;, broad waters

it ~'tta

(~(J(Ja), 'tile;; ii'CtllC;, defeat 'to n;&9oe;;, 'tou 1t&9oue;;, experience; misfortune Adjective 1tp69uJioe;;, -OV, eager Adverb o{mEp, where

01. DE £V KUAATtVll IIEAOTtOVV1lCH01, ev

c?

01 'A811valol TtEpt 'tllv

Kp1l'tllv Ka'tEtxov'to, TtapEO'KEuaO'JlEvot roe; btl vauJlaxtuv napE1tAEuO'av

ee;

fIuvOPIlOV 'tOY 'AxutKOV, oi>1tEP au'to'ie; 0 Ka'ta yftv

O''tpa'toe; 'trov llEA01tOvvllO'irov npoO'E~E~01l81lKEt. napE,1tAEuO'E DE Kal

o
enl 'to 'PlOV 'to MOAUKPIKOV, Kat roP!llO'a'tO E~m au'tou

5

vauO'tv E1KOO't, atO'1tEp Kat EV au JlUXll O'EV . E1tt oi)v 'tip ·Piq> 'tip 'AxutKip ot llEA01tOVVl}O'tot, aTtExov'tl OU TtOAV 'tou IIavoPllou, roPJliO'av'to Kat au'tot vauO'lv £7t'ta Kat E~()O!lTtKOV'ta, ETtEl()'h Kat 'tove; 'A811va{oUe; EtDOV. [fiavopf.L0V, Panormus ~OlleEID),

'AXiXixov, Achaean

had come to their aid

'Jtpocr£~£~OlletiX£t (from 'JtpOO"-

MOAU1C:ptlc:6v, Molycrianl

Kat E1tt JlEV £~ 11 E1t'ta TtJlEpae; av8ooPIloUV a AA1lAOle;, JlEAE'troV'tEe; 'tE Kat 1tapaO'KEual;oJlEVOl 'tllV vau!laXtuv, YVOOJlllV EXOV'tEe; 01 !lEV IIEAo1tovv1lO'tOt Jlll EKnAElv E~ro 'trov ·PlroV Ee; 't'hv Eupuxmpiav, CPO~OUJlEVOl

'to 1tpO'tEPOV Ttu80C;, 01 De 'A81lvalOt 1111 EO'1tAElV EC; 'ta

10

29.

MEr A

TOT H L e A A A 1: L H L

K PAT 0 L

(y)

237

cn;eva, vOj.1iC;ov1:e<; npo~ EKetvrov eivat 1:nV EV oAiyC9 vauf.1axiav. Enetta

o KvrUIOs

Kat ot aAAOl 'trov ITeAonovvT1crirov (J'tpa't'11Yol, ~ouA6j.1eVOl 1:axiro~ 'tnv vauj.1axiav 1tOlllcral, nptv 1:1 Kat 'trov 'AHl1vatrov €1tt~ol1efl(jat, ~uveKaAe(Jav 'tous (J'tpa1:1cO'tae;, Kat oprov'tes aU1:rov

ano

'tOU~ nOAAOUe; (iha 'tnv 1tpo-r:epav ~crcrav

<po~ouf.1ivoue; Kat OU

npoe.:0J.10Ue; oV1:ae; napeKeAeucrav'to. [&vemp~ouv (from av8oPI1£ffi) + dat., they were lying at anchor opposite 11: p £> c; h::e{vffiv, in their (i.e., the Peloponnesians') favor 'tt ••• E1Ctpo118ficsu1., any aid camel

-Adapted from Thucydides 2.86

The reconstructed trireme Olympias at sea

15

Athenaze: Book II

238

MErA TO TH}2 8AAA}2}2H}2 KPATO}2 (8) 9I[pupactus

•

yulf of Corintli

Map of the second battle

VOCABULARY Verbs " [ " ], avayoJ.Lal. = '((V((- + ((YOJ.,1((t I put out to sea a1toA.aJ1~O:vm, I cut off, intercept &,al.peoJ1a1. [= <X1tO- + ((ipeoJ.,1((t], I take away for myself; I save ata,£uym, I escape £Jt£tO'l\aivm (E1t£G~a{vm) £1t1,- + £1.0'/80"- + ~Ctlvro], I go into £1ttl\oTtgem + dat., I come to aid £7ttO''tpe,m, 2nd aorist passive, active and intransitive in meaning, £1tEO''tpa'l1V) I turn around opp,em, I lie at anchor 1tapal\o1lgem + dat., I come to (X's) aid

U7tEK'PEuym [= U1tO- + h::- + Cj>guyro], I escape Nouns 'to lCepat;, 'tou lCepmt;, wing (of a fleet or army) 'tel 07tAa 'troY 01tAmV, weapons 'to GllIlE1.0V 'tou O'lllldou~ sign Adjective lCEvot;, -ti, -ov, emp ty Prepositions xapa + dat., at the house of; + ace., of persons only, to; alone. past: in respect of 1t£pi + gen., about, concerning; around; + dat., concerning; + ace., around Expression O:J.Ltl ecp, at dawn t

I

29.

MEr A

TOT H LeA A A L I H L

K PAT 0 L (0)

239

De I1EAon:OVVl}(Hot,

£1tEtO" aU'tOt~ ot 'A81lvalOl oine £nenAEOV e~ 'tOY KOAnov, ~Ol.)A6J.lEVOt &KOV'ta~ eO'ro 1tpoayaYElv au'tou~, avayaYOIlEVOt aJla ecp en:AEOV £nt 'tOU KOAnol.), £1tt 1:EO'O'aprov

01

'ta~clJ.lEVOt 'ta~ vau~, OEC;Up KeP
'tOU'tcp 1:(9 KeP 0 PJ.ttrov , VOJ.l(cra~ e1tl. 't"v NaU1tUK'tOV ai>'tou~ rtAE1V, £1tt~0118rov £KEtO'E n:apanA£ot, 11" Otaq>uYOtEV 'tOY e1tt1tAouv O'cprov ot 'A81lvatot, aAAa ai>'tat at VftE~ 1tEptKAncretav.

5

[£1I:t 1:£O'O'cXpcov, four deep (they were drawn up at anchor four deep; when they weighed anchor, they turned right and sailed in column four abreast, with their twenty fastest ships leading) 'tov b:i1cAO'UV, the attack acpmv, of them, their 1tEpl.1CAl1O'£Ux.v (from 1tEptKA-nro), would shut (them) in, trap (them)]

o DE

opJ.lirov, onEp eKE1VOt npoO'Eo£XOV'tO, q>o~118El~ 1tEpt 't(9 ~ ~ Xroptcp €P11J.lCP oV'tt, ro~ Ecopa avayoJ.leVOl.)~ al.)'tou~, aKrov Kat Ka'ta I

"

"

t

I

_

,

I

"

,

,

10

O'1tOUD"v eJ.l~t~clO'a~, enAEt napa 't"v mv' Kat /:) 1tE~O~ O''tpa'to~ aJ.la 'trov MEO'crllvirov 1tapE(30l}8El. iOOV'tE~ Oe oi I1EAonovv1lO'tot au'tou~ Ka'ta. Iliav 1tapanAeoV'ta~ Kat l1DTl oV'ta~ ev'to~ 'tou KOA1tOl.) 'tE Kat

Y'n,

onEp eflouAOV'tO IlclAtO''ta, a1to O'11IlEtOU EVO~ Eu8u~ e1ttO''tp£'IIav't€~ 'tii~ vauc; IlE'tC01tTlOOV £1tAEOV roc; 'tclxtO''ta ent 'tou~ 'A811VatOU~, Kat l1A1tt~OV 1t&O'U~ 'tiic; vau~ CtnOAl}'VEO'8at.

1tpO~ 'til

16

[x:a'teX 0'1tou51}v, hastily EJ1~tPa<Ja'i (from £J.t~l~&l;ro), having embarked aJLa: adverbial here 1:mv MS<JO'llvl.cov: genitive with 0 'JtEl;oc; cr'tpcx'toC; (Messenian refugees from the Peloponnesus had been settled at Naupactus by the Athenians in 459 B.C.) x:a1:a J.dav, in single file 1tPOC; tn Ttl, near the land JL£tco1t1l5bv, with their fronts forward, in close line (i.e., they turned left and advanced four deep toward the north)]

'trov Oe 'A811vairov VEroV €VOEKCX IlEV at7tEp l)YOUV'to U7tEKq>EuYOUO't 'to Kepac; 'trov I1EA01tOvv11O'icov' 'ta~ Oe &AAa~ Ka'taAa~6v'tE~ ot IIEA01tOVVl}O'tOt e~ecoO'clv tE 1tpOC; 't'hv yftv U1tEKq>EUYOUO'UC; Ka t Ot£E{AOVtO EAKOIl£va~ 11011.

20

25

Athenaze: Book II

240

[£~£mO'£xv (from ES0l9f.ffi), pushed out i)1l:e1CcpE'U'Youaa~, as they (tried to) escape lhecp9£tpav, not destroyed, but disabled !~evE'\)a£xv (from EKVEffi), swam out, swam to shore a:vaOOUj.l£vOl (from avabeoJ,u:u), fastening with a rope} taking in tow exu'toic:; avopaatv, with the men themselves 'Cmv lCa't£Xa'tpml-ui1:mv, the decks]

-adapted from Thucydides 2.90

PRINCIPAL PARTS:

avaJ.1tJ.1V~O'1CQ)

and J.l.eJ.1vl1J.1.0n

civaj.ltj.lvnalCO), [~Vll-J ava)J.v.qaCJ), aVEIlVllact, I remind someone (ace.) of something (ace. or gen.) J.LEJ.LVTJj.lat (perfect middle = present), I have reminded myself = I remem~ ber J.l.vTla9T,O'OJ.L£xl (future passive in middle sense), I will remember £j.lvt;o9"v (aorist passive in middle sense), I remembered

WORD STUDY The following passage contains twenty words derived from Greek; list them and explain their derivation and meaning. Then try to rewrite the passage without using these Greek derivatives. The philosopher in his study can analyze political situations logically; he can propose hypotheses and produce ideal solutions to problems. The politician, however, agonizes in the sphere of the practical; he is beset by a recurring cycle of crises, for which the therapy is empirical. Whatever his ideology, in the event, he is guided not by dogma or theoretical analysis but by pragmatic considerations.

Plan of the reconstructed trireme Olympias

29.

MEr A

TOT H L

(3

A A ALL H L

K PAT 0 L

241

The Downfall of Athens The essay in Chapter 23 carried the story of the Peloponnesian War as far as the Peace of Nicias, concluded by Sparta and Athens in 421 B.C., when both sides were physically and economically exhausted by the ten years' war. There was little hope of the peace holding. It was not accepted by Corinth and Boeotia, and at Athens a rival to the peace-loving Nidas appeared in the person of Alcibiades, a cousin and ward of Pericles, rich, handsome, unscrupulous, and ambitious. Opposing Nicias, who did all he could to preserve peaceful relations with Sparta, Aldbiades initiated a policy of backing Argos, Sparta's old rival in the Peloponnesus, and forming a coalition of states that were dissatisfied with Spartan leadership. In 419 B.C. a sporadic war broke out, in which Athens was halfheartedly involved as the ally of Argos, but in 418 B.C. Sparta inflicted a crushing defeat on Argos and re-established her hegemony in the Peloponnesus, while the Athenians became interested in other imperial ventures. In the winter of 416/415 B.C. the Athenians made the fateful decision to add Sicily to their empire. They were given a pretext for intervention by the arrival of ambassadors from a small Sicilian city, which asked for help against a neighboring city, which was backed by the greatest city in the West, Syracuse. When the matter was debated in the Assembly, Nicias advised caution, but Alcibiades argued strongly in favor of the venture. His view prevailed. In a burst of enthusiasm, the people voted for an expedition and for all the resources that the generals in command (Nicias, Alcibiades, and Lamachus) required. The expedition departed in midsummer 415 B.C.: "It was," says Thucydides, "the most costly and splendid force that ever sailed from one Greek city." It was dogged by disaster. No sooner had it arrived in Sicily than Alcibiades was recalled to stand trial on a charge trumped up by his political enemies, but he jumped ship and fled to Sparta, where he advised the authorities to send help to Syracuse, which the Athenians were by now besieging. Just as the Athenians were about to complete an encircling wall around Syracuse, a Spartan relief force arrived and saved the city (winter 414 B.C .). Nidas decided to lift the siege and retire by sea, but the Syracusans blocked the entrance to the Great Harbor, and in the battle that followed the Athenian fleet suffered a crushing defeat. Nicias decided to destroy what was left of the fleet and retreat over land; his army was split up into two halves. Both were ambushed and annihilated: This was the greatest action which took place in this war, . . . the most brilliant for the victors and the most disastrous for the conquered; for they were utterly defeated at all points and after undergoing the extremities of suffering were completely annihilated, infantry, ships, and all. Few of the many returned home. (Thucydides 7.87) Despite this terrible loss, the Athenians immediately began to build a new

242

Athenaze: Book II

fleet and fought on for another nine years. This last phase of the war was quite different from what had gone on before. It was a war of movement, fought all over the Aegean. The Spartans, who bartered away the freedom of the Ionian Greeks for Persian gold, built a fleet and roused most of the Athenian Empire to revolt. In 411 B.C. Athens, reduced to desperate straits, underwent an oligarchic revolution. This was fostered by Alcibiades, who had now fled from Sparta to the Persians and undertook to win Persian support for Athens if the Athenians would modify their extreme democracy and recall him. The people agreed that the franchise should be limited to the 5,000 richest citizens and that for the moment there should be a provisional government formed by a council of 400. No sooner were the 400 in power than they tried to make their position permanent and began to negotiate peace terms with Sparta. A counterrevolution followed. The Assembly deposed the 400 and instituted the moderate democracy originally proposed, government by the 5,000. Alcibiades was elected general in his absence and won a brilliant victory at Cyzicus, annihilating the Spartan fleet. This was followed by the restoration of the radical democracy at Athens and a series of operations in which Athens recovered most of her empire in the north Aegean. In 407 B. C . Alcibiades returned to Athens and received a hero's welcome. A new Spartan commander, Lysander, was soon to change the situation. With Persian support, he rebuilt the Spartan fleet and defeated a squadron of Alcibiades' fleet. Alcibiades, although he was not present at the battle, fearing the volatility of the demos, fled to a castle, which he had prepared as a refuge in the Hellespont. The following year (405 B.C.) the Athenians won another major victory at Arginusae, destroying over half the Spartan fleet. In 405 B.C., however, Lysander, again in command, made a surprise attack on the Athenian fleet when it was beached at Aegospotami and annihilated it. This was the end for Athens. When the news reached the Piraeus, "A wail of lamentation spread from the Piraeus through the Long Walls to the city; and on that night not a man slept" (Xenophon, Hellenica 2.2.3). The Spartans now controlled the seas. They did not attack Athens but proceeded to starve her into submission. At last, when the people were desperate, they sent envoys to Sparta to discuss terms of surrender. The Peloponnesian League was summoned to discuss the issue. The majority voted for the utter destruction of Athens and the enslavement of the whole population, but Sparta resisted these savage terms. Eventually it was settled that Athens should surrender her whole empire; the entire fleet except for twelve triremes was to be handed over; all exiles were to return, and Athens should become an ally of Sparta.

Greek Wisdom Socrates eA.eye of: K'ai EV J.lOVOV .xya9ov eivat, thY £1ttat" J.lllV , Kat EV J.lOVOV KaKOV, t'hv aJ.la9{av· 1tA.OU'tOV OE Kal Euyevnav ouOEv UEJ.lVOV cXew· nav OE touvav'dov KrtKOV.

Diogenes Laertius 2.31

29.

MEr A

TOT H l:

e A A A 'E 'E H L

K PAT O'E

(0)

243

Hera and Athena shake hands. Hera was the patron goddess of Samos. After the Athenian defeat at Aegospotami, all the subject states of the Athenian Empire except Samos revolted. In gratitude for this loyalty, the Athenians passed a decree praising the Samians and making them Athenian citizens. In 403 B.C. this marble stele was set up on the Acropolis with the decree inscribed below the figures of Hera and Athena.

Greek Wisdom Socrates OUK Ecr'ttV avopt aya9cp KaKOV ouoev OU'te t,;rov'tt OU'tE 'teAE'U'tncrav'tt.

Apology 41d

Plato,

Athenaze: Book II

244

MErA TO THl: 9AAAl:l:Hl: KPATOl: (£) VOCABULARY Verbs I pursue lCUtUCPEUYCO, I flee for refuge ltEP1)lEVOl, I wait for (J{pci~Ol and crcpa't'tco, [crq>ay-] O'cpaSO), EO'cpcxsa, £acpuY)lCX1, f.acpaY11v, I slay U1to)l£VCO, I await (an attack); I stand firm cp8&vco. [cp911-] cpS.qaOJlCX1, [q>9a-] Ecp9uau or [q>911-] ecp81lv + acc. and/or participle, I anticipate; I do something before someone else Nouns it a'tasia, 'tile; (x,:cxsiae;, disorder it ~oTt8etcx, 'tile;; ~o118eiae;;, help; aid it Koo7t11 , 'tile; lCOO1tTt~, oar 'to VCXUfi:Yl0V, 'to\) v(Xuuyiou, wrecked ship £7t181OOlCo),

OJ\.1Ca~, 'tile; oA.lCa8oe;, merchant ship it 'tP07tTt, 'tf\e; 'tpon:f\e;, turn; turning; rout (of the enemy) Adjective a'talC'tOC;,-OV, disordered £vuv'tioe;, -a, -ov, opposed; opposite; hostile; as noun, the enemy Prepositions 7tA..qv + gen., except) except for uno + gen., under; of agent, by; because of; + dat., under; + acc., of motion, under~' of time, at Adverbs a'ta,lC'tcoc;, in disorder oBev, from where., whence o8ev7tep: -1tEP added for emphasis

11

"Ca1:J'cll ~ev o-ov 01. TI€A01tOVVTtcnot 8Kpa'touv 't€ Kat ou~pOt 1tap€crKeuaSOv"Co

5

aJl UVOUJ.leV01, eav E<; 'Cilv yftv £nt cr
'h 'A"C'ttlCt,

vaue;

neptlCA€uaucra 't~ A€UlCa8iq: OlOlKOUcrll eJl~aAA£t Jl£ol1lCatlCata8.ne1. [t.qv E1ttO''tPOqJitv, their turning movement uyo1JO'O!. tt they (i.e., the eleven Athenian ships) anticipate (them) fleeing for refuge (i.e., they flee for

10

29.

MEr A

TOT H LeA A ALL H L

K PAT 0 L

(e)

245

refuge before they could be caught) 6xoua(X1. (aorist participle of EXOO, here intransiaV'ti1l:PCPPOl, with prows toward the enemy CJ<pa.C;, them E1tataVt~ov, raised the victory song (1tcnaV, paean) U1COA.OU:ov, remaining flE'tEOOPO<;, raised off the ground, at sea £JlPUAA.E1. + dat., strikes with its ram ( EIlPoAo~)]

tive),facing

'tol<; J-leV oi)v I1£A01tOVVllcr10tt; Y£VoJl£vou 'tOU'tou anpocroOKt1'tOU <po~o<; £J.l1tl1t'tEt, Kat a'tUK'tro<; OH:OKOV't£<; at Jl£V 'ttv£<; 'trov VErov Ka9£lcrat

tlic; Ka>1tli<; £1t£crtllcrav 'COU nAou, ~OUAOJl£VOt 'tou<; aAAou<; 1tEptJl£lval, at

oe Be; ~pux,£a roK£tAav.

Ot

oe

'A81lvalot ioov't£<; 'tauta ytyvoJlEva

€eupcrouv 't£ Kat ~ot1crav't£<; €1t' au'tou<; roPJlllcrav. 01. OE 01(X tl)V

15

1tapoucrav a'ta~iav oA1Yov JlEV xpovov U1t£Jl£tvav, ETt£U;a OE €'CPU1COV'tO €<; 'tOY TIuvOpJlov o8£v1t£p aVllYuyov'to. [a1tpo(J~olC1a'tO'U, unexpected lC«9£10«t (aorist participle of Ka8111llt), dropping h:£(Jt1)O"(Xv tOU 1tAO;>, they stopped sailing E<; PP«Xeu (from ~pax{)<;, ppax£'ia, (3paxu, short), onto the shallows Q)1C£lAav (from oK£1AOO), ran aground iGapao'Uv e8appouv hpa1tov'Co (thematic aorist middle of -cPE1too), they turned, fled]

E1nOtcOKOv't£<;

Oe Ot

'Aellvalot 't&.<; t£ eyyu<; oucr(i<; vau<; EAa~oV e~

Kat tfi.<; eau'Crov a
av£Ot1
oe H~rnypllcrav.

£nt

20

OE t11<; A£uKaoilie; VErne;, l11tEpt tl)v oAKuoa Kat£OU, T1JlOKpa't1le; 0 AaKEOatJloVto<; 1tA£rov, roe; 11 vaue; ol£
€<; tOY Nau1tliKtlrov AtJl£va.

[EYyU<;, adv., nearby av£~~O'av'to (from O:vaOEof..L(tt), they fastened with ropes, took in tow £~mYPTlO'uv (from ~OOYPE(o), they took alive, took captive £~£fCECJ£V, fell out (of the sea), was cast ashore]

avaxropt1aavt£e; V£KPOU<; Kat

Oe

oi 'A91'1valol 1:po1CalOv Ecr'Cllcrav Kat tout;

'ta vaufi.yta,

ocr()'. npo<; 'tn eautrov

Yil

nY,

avcl.Aov'tO, Kat

25

'tOle; Bv(xv'tlOt<; ta £K£lvrov unocrTtovoa a1t£oocrav. ecr'tl1crav OE Kat ot I1EA01tOVVt1crlOt tponatov ro<; V£V1.KTlKO'tEC; 1:11e; 'tPOTt11<; 'trov v£rov &<;

oe

aTto

npo<; 'tft y~ otecp8£tpav. Jl£'ta 'taU1:a <po~ou ~EVOt tl)V trov 'ASllvatrov ~Ot1eEtaV U1CO vUK'ta £cr£TtA£ucrav E<; 'tOY KOA1COV 'tOY Kp'tcratov Kat Koptv80v aTt()'.V'tEe; 1tAl)V AEuKabirov. [un;60'1tov Sa., under truce]

-adapted from Thucydides 2.91-92

30

Athenaze: Book II

246

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs with -av-/-v- That Take Supple mentary Participles

m

l.a-v-9-av-m, [A,1'\9-] An(J'Q), [A,a9-] El.a9ov, [A119-] l.sA.'I'l9a + acc.and/or participle, I escape someone's notice doing something I do something without someone's noticing; I escape the notice of someone 'tu-y-x-av-m, [1:£Ux-J 1:EU~oJ1al, ['tUX-] E'tUXOV, ['tUX£-] 't£'tuXfpca + gen., I hit; I hit upon; I get; + participle, I happen to be doing X tp9a-v-m. [q>9n-] cp9'1\0'0 JlCX t, [91lv + acc. and/or participle, I anticipate; I do something before someone else

WORD BUILDING Explain how the words in the following sets are formed and give their meanings: stem: Aey-/AOy1. AeyO)

stem: natO1. oar 1tat~ 2. 1:0 natotov 3. 1tCXtouco<;, -1}, -ov

n

4.

1ta1.~ro

5.

" eunatc; " a1tat<; natOeuro it na (oeucnc, natoayroyo<; 1tCXt0 ayroyt1<0C;,

6.

7.

B. 9. 10. N.B.

o

2. it Ae~t<; 3. 4.

AeK'ttK6~,

oAOYOC,

5. AOYtKO<;, 6.

-n,

-ov

-1}, -ov

-n, -ov

AOY{~OJlat

7.

oA,O"(taTItc,

8. 9. 10.

neUAoyia

a/..,oyo<;, -ov

oAoyoypcrq>oC;

0 AOYOC, = word; story; speech; account; calculation; reasoning

Greek Wisdom Socrates Addresses the Jurors at His Trial '(;uYXaVe1 JlEyt<:)'tOV aya60v Bv av6pmncp 'tolho, EKcra1:T1<; llJlEpaC; 1tepi ape'tf\C; 'tou<; A,6you<; nOLela6at Ka l 'trov aAA,rov, 1tepl (bV i> Jletc; EJlOU eX lCOU€:te OtaA,eyo JlEVOU Kat EJl(XU'tOV Kat aAAOu~ E;e'tcrsOV'tO<;, /) bE aVe~e'ta(}'to<; ~io~ OU ~tro'to<; av8poo1tl:p. Plato, Apology 38a

29.

MEr A

TOT H :E

e A A A:E :E H :E

K PAT O:E

(E)

247

GRAMMAR 1. Complex Sentences in Indirect Statement: Primary Sequence When complex sentences (Le., sentences containing a main clause and a subordinate clause) are stated indirectly after a leading verb in the present, future, or perfect tense (primary sequence), no changes in the tenses or moods of the verbs in the original sentence are made except to substitute an infinitive or participle for the finite verb in the main clause of the original sentence, as required by the introductory verb, e.g.: a. Direct statement: d 0 C'IltA,t1t1tOC; 1:0U1:0 ti1teV, t'lf£UOe'tO. If Philip said this, he was lying.

(past particular condition)

Indirect Statement with AEyn + Ott or me; AEYEl on/m~ d 0 q,{AUt1tOC; tOU1:0 ct1teV, e'l'eUOE1:o. He / She says that if Philip said this, he was lying. Indirect statement with lPncri(v) + infinitive: 1:0V q,iAt1t1tOV <J>1l(H 'I'euoEcr9at, d tOU1:0 ct1tEV. He / She says that Philip was lying, if he said this. Indirect statement with oioE and participle: OiOE 1:0V q,tAt1t1tOV 'I'E'UOOJ.l.EVOV, ei 'tou'to Et1tEV. He/She knows that Philip was lying, if he said this (Note that the imperfect indicative t'l'EUOE'tO of the original statement remains unchanged after 01:t and is replaced by a present infinitive and a present participle after <J>llcri and OtOE respectively. The present infinitive and participle represent progressive, continuous, ongoing action and so can substitute here for the imperfect indicative of the direct statement.) b. The particle av must be retained with the infinitive and participle constructions as well as with the indicative construction in indirect speech, e.g.: Direct statement: d 0 q,{At1t1tO~ 1:01),[0 £A,Eyev, £'I'E,)OE1:0 <Xv. (present contrary to fact condition) If Philip said this, he would be lying. Indirect Statement with Aeyet + ott or me;: A,EYE! o'tt!m~ d 0 q,iA,t1t1tO~ 1:01"'>1:0 EAEyev, e'VEuoE'tO <XV. He / She says that if Philip said this, he would be lying. Indirect statement with <J>llcri(v) + infinitive: TOV q,tAt1t1tOV <J>ncrl 'I'EUOEaSat av, d 'tOU1:0 EA,Eyev. He/ She says that Philip would be lying, if he said this.

Athenaze: Book II

248

Indirect statement with oio£ and participle: oioe 'tOY
Exercise 29 ex. Translate the following sentences and then put them into indirect statement: 1. Ot naiSEC; oi)1( ;Xv lCu'tEO'1:11cW:V eie; Ktv8uvov, d eu8uc; 01lCo.8e E1tavflAeOV. a. 6 1to.1:n p AEyEt on. . . . ~. 6 1tU1:TlP <1>110'1.. .. . y. 6 1to.'tnp oiSe... . 2. 6 a'Y"{eAoc;} btd etc; 'to aa'tu aO;at. .. . "{ . ot av8pee; lO'O;O"L .. . 3. n "(uvn ol\:ot ~EVEt, troc; <Xv £1tUVEA81l 6 O:VTlP. 0.. 6 naie; AE"{Et ott. . . . t). 6 nutc; 110'1.. .. . "{ . ft yuvl, oi8e... .

n

Nike erecting a trophy

30 AXAPNH}2 (a) A.ristophanes and Old Comedy In 486 B.C. a prize was first offered for a comedy in the dramatic competition at the Greater Dionysia, which until then had been for tragedies only. At the time of Aristophanes' first play (427 B.C.), three comedies were put on every year at the Lenaea, a festival of Dionysus held in January, and three at the Greater Dionysia, held in March. The theater of Dionysus, in which both tragedies and comedies were performed, consisted of a circular dancing place (6pXrlcr'Tpa) about sixty-six feet or twenty meters in diameter (see illustration, page 258). Behind it was the auditorium, rising in concentric rows up the south slope of the Acropolis. In front of it was the stage (cr1crjvit), a permanent set representing a building with two doors. The stage was raised slightly above the level of the orchestra. In both tragedy and comedy the chorus played a leading role. In comedy they numbered twenty-four. Whereas the actors spoke their dialogue, the chorus sang their lyrics to the accompaniment of the lyre and flute. Aristophanes' first play, the Banqueters, was produced in 427 B.C., his last extant play, Wealth, in 388 B.C. Eleven of his comedies survive, the earliest being the Acharnians, which won fIrst prize at the Lenaea in 425 B. C . When this play was produced, Athens had been at war for more than five years. The people had suffered terribly from the plague, and the war seemed a stalemate. The farmers suffered the most, abandoning their farms every year when the Peloponnesians invaded in late spring, living in the city under appalling conditions during the invasions, and returning home to find their crops destroyed and their vines cut down. The heroes of several of Aristophanes' plays, including Dicaeopolis in the Acharnians, are warweary farmers. We last saw the family of Dicaeopolis when Philip was left behind in Athens to continue his schooling (Chapter 24), The rest of the family returned to the country when the Peloponnesians withdrew from Attica, only to return to the city every year when the Peloponnesians invaded in late spring. In reading the words of Dicaeopolis in the Acharnians you will hear the voice that Aristophanes gave him. He dreams of peace, and after being rebuffed in the normal course of political activity in the Assembly, he makes his own separate peace with Sparta. At the end of the selections from the play that you will read in this chapter, he joyfully assembles his family and celebrates his private peace with a sacred procession and a song in honor of Dionysus.

Athenaze: Book II

250

VOCABULARY Verbs 3&:1CVCll, 31lC;0f.Lcu, ~SaKov, 3e811'Yf.LUt, AB';X91lv, I bite; I sting eparo, imperfect, f\polV + gen., I love A.(XA.sm, I talk; I chatter A.ot30peCll, I abuse 68'Uvam, future and aorist passive, 6Suv119';aop.cxt, c.bSuvit9T\v, I cause pain; passive, I suffer pain fto9£m, I long for ~+-""-' 1 2 3 6 7

8

9

10 11

12 13

ooa 8it 8e81lYJlcu, how much rve been stung, lit., as to how many things; acra, j3aux. .. paux, 'tE't't'apa (2), and a (3) are adverbial accusatives. IJcxui, few things (accusative with t\cr91lv = I have had few pleasures) 'IH1JlJ1aJcoO'loyapycxpa, sand-hundred-heaps, a typical Aristophanic coinage o;S 0'11 C; ••• £co 91 V 11 c; (7): translate the genitive absolute as concessive, although ... sm91v11t;, at dawn, the usual time for an Assembly to begin au't'1l1, this here, the suffix -l adds demonstrative force and often suggests that the actor points with his finger. KaVID = Kat aVID (a vowel or diphthong at the oi 8', but they, i.e., the people end of a word sometimes coalesces with a vowel or diphthong at the beginning of the next word; this is called crasis; note that crasis is marked by a breathing) 'to oXOtv(ov ... 'to J1£lllA't'OlJ.leVOV, the red rope, i.e., a rope covered with red ocherous iron ore used to round up and drive loiterers from the agora to the Pnyx for assemblies; those marked with the red would be fined. UCOPlaV, adv., too late cOO't'lOUV'tCX1 ... UAAltA010'1 (12), will jostle each other 'Jtml; 801CEtC;, lit., how do you think? = you can't think how, astonishingly, like mad ~1>lo1.), wood = bench, seat a9pool. all together 1Ccx'tappeov't£c;, flowing down, streaming in eiPltvll 8· 011:0); . ou8ev (14): = ouSev 1tpottllrocrt they don't care a bit) 01t{J)~ eiPtlVll EO'tat voo'tiilv, coming 1C~'t' = Kat eha, crasis, see line 8 IC£Xllva, olCop8LVmJ,tal, xep80llat, I yawn, stretch, fart 1tapa.'tiAAOJ1al, I pluck out my hairs Aoyi~oJlal, I count; I make calculations a't£xvmc;: take with 1t{XpecrKEt)aO'IlEvo~ U1tox:pou ElV, to interrupt «

16

17 18 21 22

O''CU,,/£Cll, I hate Nouns it Kup8!a, 'tfi~ KapSiftc,;, heart oi npu'tavetC;, 'tmv np'U'tavemv, prytaneis ;;;; presidents (see essay in Chapter 22) Adjective lC-r,ptOC;, -a, -ov, having authority; legitimate; regular Adverbs U'tExvmC;, simply; really et'ta, then, next Oi>8EXQ)fCO'tE, never yet

•

30.

251

A X A P N H 1: (ex)

Speaking Characters ~IKAIOnOAIl: (~IK.) Dicaeopolis KHPY;:: (KHP.) Herald AMcI>I8EOl: (AMcI>.) Amphitheus TIPE1:BYl: (fiPE.) Ambassador

'PEY~APTABAl: ('PEY.) Pseudartabas XOPOl: Chorus of Acharnian men 8yrATHP Daughter of Dicaeopolis

The opening scene is set on the Pnyx where there is to be a meeting of the Assembly. Dicaeopolis sits alone, waiting for the people to assemble and the prytaneis to arrive. While waiting, he complains that it has been a terrible year, in which almost nothing has occurred that gave him any pleasure.

1 2 3

4

AIKAIOIIOAII (soliloquizing) oO'cx OeOllYIlCXt 1:"V EIlCXU1:ot Kcxpoiav, +lO'Sl1v oe ~cxt(l, navu oe ~cxla, 1:£1:'tcxpcx' ,~ 'Sllv, 'l'cxllllcxKoO'toyapycxpa.... a u~, rouuvl1 a'A'A' OUOf.1toono1:' . . .

0"

t\

I

5

'~I S OU1:roc; EullX l1v . . .

6

roc; vuv.

7

eooStvftc; eplllloc; 1tVU~ aU'tlli, oi 0' EV ayopq: ACXAOUC)'l ldivro Kat Ka1:OO

8

tI

blt6~~uO'1]C; Kupiac; h:K~llcriac;

n

J

10

'to O'xotviov
11

11KOV1:EC;, E1'tCX 0' roO'1:touv1:at 1troc; OOlCEtC;

12

EASOV'tf.C; aAAltAotO't 1tEP! 1tpoo'tou ~u'Aou,

13

aSpoot Ka'Capp£OV1:EC;' f.ipltVll 0' on:roc;

14 15

£O'1:at npo'ttll&~. jUOEV' 6)n:o'AtC;, 1tOAte;. EYro 0' af.l1tpol'ttO''Coe; f.tc; EKtcAllCJiav

16

VoO''Crov KaSllJ.!CXt· K~'C' E1tf.tOaV 6) J.!ovoe;,

17

18

O''tEVro, K£Xllvcx, CJKOPOtvroIlCXt, 1tEpOOJ.!CXt, arcopro, ypa<pro, ncxpcx'CtAAOJ.!CXt, Aoy{l;oJ.!at,

19

anO~AE1trov

9

20

f.tc; 'Cov aypov, f.ipftvl1C; ep&v, O''Cuy&v IlEV aO'1:u, 1:0V 0' EJ.!OV oftllov rcoS&v ....

21

VUV ouv cxtf.xvroe; 11KOO 1tCXPf.O'lCf.UCXO'Ilf.VOC;

22

~oav, U1tOKPOUf.tV, AOtOOPf.tV 'toue; Plt1:0PCXC;,

"

~,

'"'

f.1

I

Athenaze: Book II

252 24 25

26

rXAA' ot. n:p'U"CeXVEtC; yap outod, But (look!) for the prytaneis (are) here J.1£(J'lHl~Ptvoi, at midday oux Tty6p£'Uov; Didn't I tell you? 'tOU1:' Ih:eiv' ouym 'A-tyov: = 'to1.h6 (fO'nv) £KetVO 0 E"{OO EAE"{OV: ouycb: crasis, see line 8; ouym 'A-eyov: an E at the beginning of a word following a word ending in a long vowel or diphthong is sometimes elided; this is called prodelisian 'tltV 1tpoeopiav. the front seat mO''ti,etat, pushes and shoves, jostles

AXAPNHl: (P) VOCABULARY Verbs alitlCECO, intransitive, I do wrong; transitive, I wrong; I injure aicr86:vOIl(U, aio-GitaoJ,LOtt, ~aGoJ1T1V, tia91lJUxt "\ gen. or acc., I perceive; I ledr,!-; I apprehend . .ax80J.LOtt,ftxGeCJoJ.LOtt,nxGe.a9"v + dat., 1 am vexed (at); 'r'am grieved (by) ityeoJ1Ut + dat., I lead; 1 think, consider OtIOJ.LOtt, present in perfect sense, I have gone, have departed; imperfect in pluperfect sense, I had gone, had departed 'ltpoaoolCaco,l expect Nouns b or it alv«l~cOV, 'tou or tile; Or:lva~oVOe;, imposter, charlatan, quack it aantC;, 'ttic; <x(utiooC;, shield it ~ta, 'tfte; ~iac;, force; violence b IlTtV. 'tou J111voe;, month 28

29

b or 11 opvlC;, 'tou or 't11e; 0pVIGoc;, bird 'to xpuatov, tOU xpuatot), gold coin; money; jewelry Adjectives fi96.v«l'toC;, -OV, immortal lCalCoOOtiJ.Lcov, lC«llCol)atJ.LOvoe;, having an evil spirit, having bad luck 01v0C;, -11, -ov, whole, entire xpucrouc;, -il, -ouv, golden Preposition napa + gen., from: + dat., at the house of; + acc., of persons only, to; along, past; in respect of Adverbs 1Cpo6ge(v), before (of time or place) Xc01COtE, ever tsacpro~, clearly Expressions Ei<; to 1tpoaSev, forward vat Ila Il ta, yes, by Zeus! otllOt lCOtlC08atllcov, poor devil! oh misery!

m~ av = tva Ka9apJ.1a'toc;, the purified area. Before the Assembly began, a suckling pig was sacrificed and carried around the boundaries of the meeting place to purifY it. AMCllI8EOI: the name means something like divine on both sides of his family. 'tiC; rXyopeUEtV ~OUAE't(xt; = the formula for throwing open a motion to debate (see essay in Chapter 22)

30.

A X A P N H:E (~)

24

edv t1<; aAAo nATtv 1tEpt Eip~Vll<; AErn. (seeing the prytaneis arrive) aAA' Ot 1tPU'taVE1<; yap

25

outod: JlEGllJlPptvot. OUK 1lyOPE'\.)OV; tou't' eKctv' ouyro 'AEYOV'

26

ci<; 'tTtV 1tpoEbpiav nEt<; aVllP ro(jtt~E't(U.

23

253

epTHLOC; 1) 1tVU~

27

KHPYE (addressing the people who are milling around the edge of the area of assembly) 1tapt't' ec; to npocr8Ev,

28 29

napte', ro<; uv EVtO<; ~'tE tOU Ka9apJlato<;.

AMcIJI9EOI (running in breathless) 118" 'tt<; EinE; KHP. (ignoring Amphitheus and opening the Assembly with a formal question) ttC; ayopEuEtV ~ouAE'ta1;

254 34

35 36 38 39

40

42

43 45

Athenaze: Book II &aava"Co~ mv: translate the participle as concessive, although being . ..

ecp68t(a), journey money, i.e., an allowance paid by the Council for journeys made for public purposes ol "Co~61'at, archers. Scythian archers (see illustration below) were used as police. It was considered improper to use a citizen in this capacity. (bv8pe~ = ill avopec;, crasis, see line 8 tCpepaCJat 1'&~ tXoxi8ac;, to hang up our shields; shields were usually hung on the wall when they were out of use. O'tya, be quiet, lit., quietly; 0'1ya. is an adverb (the imperative of oiyaco is olyu, as in line 44). 'ym = Eym, prodelision, see line 25 ilv = EaV flv pta, unless 1tPU1'UVEuofl'tE J.10t, prytanize for me = introduce a motion for debate for me. All motions for debate had to be first discussed by the Council, that was presided over by the prytaneis (see essay in Chapter 22). The prytaneis introduced the motion to the Assembly as a 1tpO~OUAE1)J.1a. 1toiou ~aO'ti..e(i)<;; Dicaeopolis's indignant question is occasioned by the finery of the Persian ambassadors. They are peacocks (toi~ 'ta.dU.1't, 43), who are likely to prove imposters (1'01; ai..a.~ovEUJ.1a.OtV, 43, impostures, abstract noun for concrete). 'ym eym, prodelision, see line 25 ta(bc:n: the Athenians pronounced the word with aspiration before its second syllable. b:ep'l'a9' = e1tl~J.l\If(x"Ce, you (the people) sent us cO~ + acc., to

30.

30

AM«J. eym. KHP.

AX A P N H L

'ti~rov; AM~.

av8pco1t0~;

((3)

255

'AIl
KHP. OUK

AM«p. OU,

32

aAA' &8ava:'t0~ .... ' ,~u " E1tE'tpE\j1av 01 8EOl' ... EI10t

33

O'1tOVoa~ 1t01ElO'8a:l npo<; AaKEOalllovloU<; Jlover.

34

aAA' a8ava't0~ rov, &VOPE<;, e<poOt' OU1< exco· ou yap 0100CX(HV oi 1tpU'taVE1~. KHP. (calling for the

31

I

35

t

archers to eject Amphitheus for interrupting the proceedings) oi 't0~6'tat. ...

AI K.

(standing up and shouting an appeal to the prytaneis on

36

Amphitheus' behalf> ci)vOPE<; nPU'taVEt<;, aOtKEt'tE

37

'tr,v £K1
38

O'1tovoa~ nOlllO'al 1
39

KHP. 1<0,8110'0, O'tya. AIK. Jla'tov 'AnoAAco, 'ym JlEV OU,

llv Ill, nEpt Eip"Vll~ yE 1tpu'tavEuO'll'te JlOt. (Dicaeopolis

40

reluctantly sits down, but far from remaining silent he will keep up a running commentary on the proceedings.)

The first item on the agenda of the Assembly is a report from ambassadors who were sent to Persia to ask the King to help in the war against the Peloponnesians. These ambassadors were dispatched from Athens in 437/436 when Euthymenes was archon, eleven years before this play was staged! They bring with them envoys from Persia, dressed in Oriental splendor (i.e., as peacocks).

41

K H P . (formally announcing the arrival of the ambassadors) oi 1tpe(j'~Et~ oi napa ~aO'tAeco<;.

44

1tOtOU ~aO'1Aeco~; ax90Jlal 'ym npeO'~EO'lv Kat 'tOl~ 'taibO'\ 'tOt<; 't' aAat;ovEullaO'tV. KHP. O'tya ....

45

nPBI,BYI (addressing the Assembly) eTtEIl\j1a8'

42 43

AI K.

J

~aO'tAea

'tOY Ileyav

itJl&~

00<;

256 47

48 49 50

Athenaze: Book II £7£1 Eu9uJ1£vou; apxov'to;, in the time of Euthymenes being archon. Year dates are given by the name of the eponymous archon. The archon list shows that this was the year 437/6. otJ1ot'tmv 8paXJ1mv: genitive of exclamation, oh my, (those) drachmas! 'Jtpo; piav, forcibly, perforce; the ambassadors had to, were forced to drink ual,{vcov £lC1tcoJ1a'tcov, crystal goblets Xp{)o{8cov, golden vessels a1Cpd'tov, unmixed, i.e., undiluted with water. Wine was normally mixed with water, unless the drinker intended to get drunk. er, KpavaB. 1tOAtc.;, 0 Cranian city. Kpavaai was the most ancient name for Athens, and the word suggests the adjective Kpava.6<;) rocky, rugged and the proper noun Kpa.va.oC;, the name of a mythical king of Athens. Dicaeopolis alludes to the good old days, now replaced by the effeminate luxury of the ambassadors. 'tOY K(Ua),£A.CIlV, the mockery, i.e., how the ambassadors mock you lCa'ta,!)aydv (thematic aorist infinitive of 'Ka'tE0'9{m), to eat a1t 01t (X'Cov , latrine lC&xe~ev = 'Kat exe~ev, crasis, see line 8, and he was shitting I~ noaou. , , IPovou, within what time 'tOY 1tpmlC'tov, his ass "'-'''-t ~uv1ll'-a)'Ev; did he close? 'tn 7£aVaEA.~vtp, at the full moon (aeATtV1'\) 1C~'t' = Kat Elm, crasis, see line 8 'KplPuVOu, a ceramic oven (for baking a loaf of bread) ICplpavl'tii<;. baked (in a Kpipavo<;) 'troY &,l,a~ovEuJ1a:tCllv, what humbug! (for the genitive, see line 47 above; for the word, see line 43) 'tpt1tAaatOV KA.BmvuJ1ou, three times as big as Cleonymus. Aristophanes frequently poked fun at Cleonymus for having thrown away his shield to escape from battle, for being a glutton and a perjurer, and, as here, for the huge bulk of his body, cp£va;, cheat, with a pun on the word qlO1Vl~, the fabled Oriental phoenix; translate cheatiebird 'ta\)'t'. , . Ecp£vaICLtec.;, this is how you were cheating (us) ap(a), as it seems (distinguish this from lipa) which introduces a question) 'l'euSap'tupav, Falseartabas. The second half of the name rings true. Xerxes had an uncle named Artabanes (see Herodotus 7.10). 'tOY paCSLA.SCll&; ·O'!)9aA.J1ov, the King's Eye is the actual title of the Persian king's intelligence official (see Herodotus 1.114). £IC1CO'VE L£ )' E /1Copa; 1ta'ta~afi, maya raven (Kopa~), having struck (7ta'tal;a~) it, knock it out (eKK0l.lfEuD 'tov 'YE aov 10U 1tPEO'PECOC;, and yours too, the ambassador's Cbval; tHpaICAEL(; = ?o &va~ 'HpaKAEt£;, crasis, see line 8, 0 lord Heracles!-an exclamation expressing disgust au paO'LA.BUc; , .. 'AO..,va{ou1tv (70): = O'u cppaaov ct't1:CX (= ctnva) j)a.O'lAEU~ j

51 53 55 56 57 58 60 61

62

63 64 65 66

67 68 69

(jl

O:1tE1tEJ.1l.1f€

O'E

Ael;ov'ta 'ASl1VatOtO'LV

30.

46

47 48

A X A P N H L (13)

257

J..lLcraov
49

50 51

52 53 54

55 56 57

58 59

60 61

62

E; uaAivrov e.K1tro~atrov Kat XP,kri8rov lx-lCpatov oivov l)8uv. AIK. c1 Kpavaa 1tOAtC;, tip' atcr9av£t 'tOY KataY£Arov trov npea~£rov; IIPE. (continuing to ignore Dicaeopolis) Ot ~ap~apoL yap av8pac; l)youvtcn J..lovou<; 'tou<; 1CAElO'ta 8uvaJ..levouc; Ka'ta<paYEtV Kat 1tLEtV .... EtEt t£tap'tcp 8' Etc; tft ~acr{A£t' TlAeO~£V' aAA' E1<; anonatov ipx£'to O'tpa'ttav Aa~rov, KaXESEv OKtCo J..lftvac; ETCt xpuarov oprov. AIK. nocrou 8£ 'tOY nproK'tov Xp6vou ;uVllyaYEv; 't~ navO'EA~vcp;

fiPE. (continuing his speech) K~'t' anllA8Ev otKa8E. Eit' E;evL~E napEti8EL a' l)J..ltv OA,OUC; EK Kpl~avou ~OUC;. AIK. Kat tic; Ei8E nrono'tE ~OuC; Kpt~avitac;; trov aAat;ovEu~a'trov. I1PE. (ignoring Dicaeopolis) Kat vat J..lft ~i' OPVIV tpt1tA.acrlov KAErovu~ou

63

64 65

nape811K£V l)J..ltv· ovo~a 8' ~v autcp cpevaS. AI K. 'tuu't' up' ecpEVaKts£C; au 8uo 8paXJ..la<; cpeprov. I1PE. (ignoring Dicaeopolis) Kat vuv uyov't£C; l1KOIl£V ~Eu8apta~av,

66 67

eC t

'tOY ~aO'tAeroc; 'Ocp8aAf,lOv. AIK. EKKo'VEte y£ Kopa~ nata;aC;, 'tov yE aov 'tou npeO'~£roc;.

68

KH P . (formally presenting Pseudartabas to the Assembly) o ~aatAeroc; 'Ocp8UAf,lOC;. AIK. c1va; 'Hp
69

II P E . (to Pseuda rta bas ) ayE 8il au ~aO'tA£u<; a't'ta a' ane1t£J..l'l'EV
258 71 72 74 75 76 77 79

83

85 87 88 89

Athenaze: Book II "Comic Persian, suggesting King (Arta)xerxes and Pissuthnes, satrap of Sardis" (Henderson, page 69). ~\)vtl1Ca9' = ~UV~"K(ttE = (JUVEl't£ (aorist of O1JVfTH.ll), Did you understand? 'ym :;:; EYro, prodelision, see line 25 J.l.EiCov, louder This time Pseudartabas speaks a sort of pidgin Greek, of which sense of a sort can be made: No getty goldy, wide-assed Ioni. gat: colloquial for AE'YEt, he calls + two accusatives tlXdVdC;, bushels; " a.X&Vll can mean either a basket for provisions or the Greek name for a Persian measure. ~gE 1E: the words suggest that the ambassador has hold of the King's Eye and is trying to make him say his piece again. de; 'to 1tpu'taVEtOV, to the Prytaneum (for a public banquet) 'tau'ta gi)'t' o\"e tiYXOVll; well, isn't this a hanging (matter)? i.e., enough to make you hang yourself 'o'ttv = £(J'ttv, prodelision, see line 25 napa = 1ta.PEq.LL 1tOt11.aal: singular aorist middle imperative J.l.6vcp: take with £110t (86) 'totat 1CCl18fotO't, for my young children 'tU 1Cl..an8t, for my wife 1tP£0'~EUE09E, be ambassadors! lCEXtlVa'tE: perfect (with present meaning) imperative of xaolCCJ), I gape; the use of the perfect may suggest that their mouths are always hanging open, either because they are naive fools or because they are always half asleep (yawning).

on

The theater of Dionysus in the second half of the fifth century

30.

70

71

72

AX A PN HL

(~)

259

AE~ov't'

,A811Vatolcrtv, J) \{JEuOap'ta~a. 'PEYAAPTABAI (making his announcement to the Assembly) tap'ta vaJ.1E ~ap~ava nlO'ova cra'tpa. npE. (to the Assembly) ~uvtlKa8' 0 AEYEt; AIK. ~a 'tov ,A AAID 'yro Jl£v oiS.

no

73

npE. (to the Assembly) TtEJl'Ve1v ~acr1Aea <.pllcrtv {)~tV xpucrtov. (to Pseudartabas) AEye Or, cru JlEt~OV Kat O'o.<.proc; 'to

74

XpuO'lov. 75 76

77

'PEY. OU A11'Vt xpucro, Xo.UV01tPIDK't' 'laovau. AIK. ot~Ot Ka1CoOo.t~IDv roe; aacproe;. npE. 'tt Oat Aeyet; AIK. (standing up and shouting to the ambassador) o'tt; xo.uvonpmKtoUe; 'toue; 'Iaovae; AeYEt, ei 1tPOcrOOKrocrt Xpucriov £K 'trov

78 79

~ap~apIDv.

I1PE. (answering Dicaeopolis) OUK, aAA' axavae; OOE yE xpuaiou

AEYEt. 80

AI K.

(to the ambassador) 1tolae; ax&vae;; cru ~ev aAo.l;rov Et

Jleyo.e; ....

81

KHP. (to Dicaeopolis) afya, Ka8tl;e. (to the Assembly) 'tov ~acrtAeIDe; 'O<.p8aAJlov

82

ft

~OUAn

Ko.AEt ete; 'to TtpU'to.VetOV. AIK. (refusing to sit down and

83

thoroughly disgusted with the ambassador's announcement)

'tau'to. 011't' OUK ayxovl1; ... (aside) aAA' £pyacro~o.i 't1 Oe1VOV epyov Ko.t Jleyo.. (calling out) aAA' 'AJl<.pi8Eoe; j..lOt nou 'a'ttv; AMq,.

84

85

(

86 87 88 89

AI K .

!.

I

Ou'tocr11tapa. (to Amphitheus) £j..lOt cru 'to.u'taaI Ao.~rov OK'too opo.Xj..lae; cr1tOvOlx:e; 1tOt11cra1 1tpOe; Ao.KEoal~ovioue; j..lovCP Ko.t 'totcH 1to.tOtOtcrt Kat 't11 1[Aa't10t. (to the ambassadors) ilj..letC; Oe 1tPecr~eUe0'8e Kat KEXtlvo.'tE .... (Amphitheus rushes off to begin his trip to Sparta.)

Athenaze: Book II

260

AXAPNHI: (y) VOCABULARY Nouns

Verbs

r

• I av(n::pa;~rot

" I s h out aVEKpayov.

01tBVOOl, O'ftEioOl, £<J1tEUHX,

£O'7te.tCJJ.Uxt, I pour a libation; middle, I make a treaty; I make peace (by pouring a libation with the other party)

90 91 93

94 95 96

97 99

100 101 102 103

104 105

106 107

108

it

all1tEAOC;,

'tile; all7tEAo'U,

grapevine

'to O''tolla, 'tou O''tolla'toc;, mouth Adjective lJ.tapoc;, -&, -ov, defiled; foul; villainous

ciAA' ... yap, but aook), for . .. bSi, this here, i.e., here he is J,t,;7tC1l yE, don't (greet me) yet. ... (J1c:ovsa;: the word can mean truces or the wine poured in libations to sanctifY a truce or the libations themselves. Aristophanes cleverly plays on these meanings in this passage. ~a'Ppov'to (from oCHppalvo),.tcu), smelled (the wine) 7tpsoputat, old men Cf'tl7t'tol, trodden down; of old men, tough, sturdy ftpivtvo1., oaken ci'upaIlOVE<;, unsoftened, hard, tough Mapa9mvollaxat, fighters at the Battle of Marathon Cf'PsvSaJ.LvlVol, made of maple wood c:ivth::payov: ingressive aorist, they began to shout 1(a.~ =Kat dC;, crasis, see line 8 'tpt~Olvafi, cloaks (usually old and threadbare) ~UVEA.£'YOV'to + partitive gen. here, they began gathering (some of the) stones eqmyov ... i.StC1lKOV K&~60lV: ingressive aorist and inchoative imperfects K&~60lV = Kat e~6rov, crasis, see line 8 POcOVtC1lV: 3rd person plural imperative, let them shout YEuIlCl'ta, tastes; here, vintages a.utat: the antecedent is 1:&<; O"novoli<; (101). 7tEV'tE'tEtC;, five-years Dld; for five years YEuaUt (aorist imperative of yeuo),.tm), taste ai~o'i, ugh (an expression of disgust) on, because o~ou(n + gen., they smell of n:tt1:11C:;, pitch; pitch or resin was used both to caulk ships and to line wine jars (it is still used in making some Greek wine today, called retsina). There is a double-entendre here; both meanings are intended. S£1(£1:£1;, ten years old; for ten years XCl1>'tIXt Kat uil'tUt, crasis, see line 8, this too; if a truce were made for only ten years, both sides would be sending ambassadors to other cities to gain allies, preparing for the next war. b~{)tatov, very sharply

A XA PNH L

30.

261

(Y)

The Assembly continues, with more interruptions from Dicaeopolis. Just as proceedings are coming to an end, Dicaeopolis sees Amphitheus rushing in breathless, having returned from Sparta. He brings with him three specimen truces, which are in the form of wine for libations contained in wine skins.

90

AI K.

91

aAA' £K AaKe8ailJ,ovo~ yap 'AIJ,. (still running) 1J,111t0l yE 7tptV y' &v O"1:ro 1:P£Xrov. Clooking behind himself with trepidation)

92 93

8el yap IJ,E CPEUYOV1:' £KCPUYEIV 'AxapvEac;.

AIK.

1:1 8' eO'1:'; AM4>. £yro IlEV 8EUPO O'Ot O'nov8ac; cpepOlV

94

eO'1teU80V' 01 8' roO'CPPOV1:0 1tPeO'~\)'tat 1:tV£e;

95

'AXaPVtKOt, 0'1:11t1:0t yepOV1:Ee;, npivtvot,

96

a1:EpaIlOV£C;, Mapa9rovollaxal, 0'
97

e1t£t1:' aVEKpayov 1taV'tEC;' "d) J.llapOna1:e,

98

0'1tov8ae;
99

Kae; 1:0-0<; 'tp1provae; ~UVEAtyoV'CO 'trov Ai90lv' £yro 8' e
100 101

A I K.

(reassuring Amphitheus) Ot 8' O;)V ~OroV1:OlV. aA.A.a'taC; ~ \

I

(j1tovuac;
AM cI>. (holding up the wine skins for Dicaeopolis to see) 'f.:yroyE,
~

I

'tpta Ye 1:aU1:t YEu!-la'ta. (holding out one of the wine skins) a.o'[al !-lEv £to't1t£v't£1:£te;.

103

YEucrat Aaprov.

104

AIK.

(taking the skin and smelling the wine) ai~ol. AMcI>.

, AIK" Ecr'ttV; Ll • OUK: apEO'KO\)crtV Il Ott I

105 106

I ,

(I

osouO't 1tt1:'tlle; Kat napao'K£Ulle; VEroV.

AM cI». (offering another wine skin) O'U 8' aA.A.a 'ta0'81: 1:ae; ()EK£1:EtC; YEucrat Aa~rov.

AI K .

(taking the second wine skin and smelling the wine)

107

o~ouO't XUt>1:UI 1tptO'~eOlV etC; 'Cde; nOAEI<;

108

o~

, ~ p

u'ta'tov ....

ti

262 109 110 111 112 113 114 116 117

Athenaze: Book II 'tP1.O:lCov'toun8e~)

thirty years old; for thirty years

ill AtOvtHna, 0 festival of Dionysus! cXllPpoaitit; lCal. VElC'tapo.;: ambrosia was the food of the gods, and nectar was their drink. lCaV = leal tV, crasis, see line 8 OR'[l, where 1Ca1CKio~at = Kat EIC1tlo)lat, crasis, see line 8, and 1 will drink it off xaipetv lCeAEUCJlV ROAAa, bidding a long farewell to, i.e., wishing to have nothing to do with cXRaAAa'YE1t; (aorist passive participle of Ct1taA.A.anro) + gen., rid of 1:a lC<X't' a'Ypoil<; ... Atov\\ata, the Rural Dionysia £iauuv, going into (my house); we are no longer on the Pnyx. but outside Dicaeopolis's house in the country. Such changes of scene, indicated only by the actors' words, are common in comedy.

A

The great altar of Dionysus D-D Drainage channel M Choregic monuments Odeon of 0 Pericles Long stoa S Early T1 temple Later T2 temple

Plan of the theater of Dionysus in the mid fourth century

30.

109

A X A P N H L (Y)

263

AM «l>. (offering the third wine skin) aA,A,' a-lycatl: crnovOal 1: plii KO v't ot)'no E<;

110

Ka'ta rflv 't£ Kat 8c:iAa't'tav. AIK. (taking the third wine skin and smelling the wine) &iltov-6crta,

111

ai'>tat !-lEv o~oucr' aJ-lppocriiir; Kat vEK'tapoc; ... (tasting the wine) KaV 't4> cr't6J-la'tl AEYOUcrt· "fJatv' onn 8eAEtr;. "

112

(clutching the wine skin, pouring a libation, and drinking deeply of the wine)

113 114

'tau'tiiC; O£X0J-lat Kat crnevSoJlat KdKTCloJlat, xaipEtV KEA,EUroV 1tOAAa 'tour; 'Axapveiir;. (running off stage)

A Mell. £yro Oe
117

a~ro 'ta Ka't' aypou<; Eicrtrov iltovi>crta. (exiting into the house)

Statuette of a comic Heracles

Athenaze: Book II

264

AXAPNHL (8) VOCABULARY Verbs q;om, q;<10JiClt, 1\<1(1, ~(JJ1Clt, ila91lv, I sing OlColvou9Em + dat., I follow tXn;apX0j.1a1., I begin ei>CPll J1Em, I keep holy silence xataxem.KataxEm,Katexea,KCltClKEXUKa, lCCltCl-

K£XUJ1Cl1., KClt£x'691lv, I pour X (acc.) over Y (gen.) J1llv{)m, J1llv{)om, £WtlV\)OCl, JieJ11,VUlCCl, J!£Ji"v1lJ!at, £J1ll v {)91lv, I inform

119 121 120 122 123

124

125

12 B 129 131 132

Nouns 11 ei>cpl1Jlta, 'tile; eUCPl1f.1iae;, call for holy silence oi 01. K£'tal, 'tmv 01.Ke'tmv, household Adjective JiaKap1.0e;, -a , -OV, blessed~' happy Adverb or Preposition E~6n;1.(Jee(v) + gen., behind Adverbs Jlr,v or Ka\ Ji1,V, truly> indeed acp68pa, very much

bliotxopmv, wayfarers, passers-by &;U)V (eon) + dat. and infin., it is fit, i.e., it is worth while for X to do Y OKOt ... 'Yil~, where in the world 't£'tPCXK't(U (perfect of 'tPE1tro), has turned, has gone ;\)AACX~ElV (from (}uA.A.tXJ.1pavro), here + ace., to seize, apprehend, arrest (compare the use of this verb + dat. = I help) cppo\)8o<;, gone, fled, vanished BCXAA1tvcxlie: a comic coinage punning on the verb ~aA.A.ro, I pelt, and the name of an Attic deme, IlaA.A.ftvl1, + suffix -BE = toward; translate toward Pelting, Peltingward. 'Yl\v Kpo 'Yi\~, through land (ace. of extent of space) after land (1tPO + gen. usually means before, but in a few idioms it has the sense of further, forward, onward) £llfl:A1Ul1W (2nd aorist passive optative of €1.L1ttfl1tA.l1flt, I fill full; passive, I sate myself), potential optative, I could never have my fill of liOou;: take with ~aAA.rov 5 E U pO 1t ii ~ I E1Clt05mv, everyone (come) here, out of the way liv1tP = () avftP, crasis} see line 8 Kp01.O(t}, come forward Tt lCavllCP6po<;, the basket-bearer; the daughter carries the basket on her head. 'tov CPCXAA,OV, phallus-pole, an image carried in Dionysiac processions O''!llO'cl'!m: 3rd person singular imperative, let him (i.e., Xanthias) stand X up

30.

A X A PN H

r

(8)

265

The chorus of old Acharnian men rush in, armed with stones, in pursuit of Amphitheus.

118 XOPOI 't110E naC; £1tO'O, OiCOKE Kat 'tOY avopa n'Uv9avo'O 119

troy 6oot1t0pCOV aTCaVtCOv' 't11noAEt yap astov

120

S1)AAa~Elv

'tOY avopa 'tou'tov. (to the audience) a.AAa J-Lot

I

121

J-Lll vu O"atE, et 'ttC; oio' onot 'tE'tpaTC'tat yllC; 6 tfiC; O"TCovofic;
122

€KTCE
123

a.AAa OEl Slltelv 'tOY avopa Kat ~AertetV BaAAl}VaOE

124

Kat OtroKEtV yllv 1tpO yllC;, effiC; uv eUpe911no'tE'

125

roc; EYro paAAffiv EKetVOV OUK UV EJ-L1tA1H.lllV Ai90tc;.

As the chorus search fruitlessly for Amphitheus, Dicaeopolis is heard from within the house calling for holy silence.

eU
126

A I K.

127

X 0 P. (addressing its own members) aiya naC;o tlKouaa't',

avopec;, &pa tilc; eu
128

stage) aAAa OEUPO naC;

EKTCooffiv' Si>acov yap aVl}p, roc; eOtK', esepxe'tat.

129

As the members of the chorus withdraw, Dicaeopolis, carrying a pot, leads his family out of his house-his wife, his daughter, who carries a sacred basket, and Xanthias and a second slave, who carry a phallus-pole.

130 131

AI K.

eu
it

Kavll<popoC;. 132

(referring to his slave Xanthias) 6 Eav8iac; tOY <paAAov

ap8bv O''tllaa'tco.

266 133 134 135

136 137

139 140 141

142 143

144 145

146 147

150

151 152

Athenaze: Book II 'to xavouv, basket; the daughter sets the basket down near the altar. 'tllv hVl1PucHv, soup-ladle £'tVo;, soup, made of peas or beans and contained in the pot that Dicaeopolis carries 'touAatflpoc; ;::; 'tou eA.cnftpo~, crasis, see line 8, broad, flat cake; the daughter takes one of these cakes from the basket, places it on the altar, and pours the soup over it. Kat IlllV ... y(e), and indeed. ... 'lCEXapl<JIlEvmc; (adverb formed from the perfect participle of xapl~oj.tat) + dat., acceptably, in a manner pleasing to filE ... aYlXYElv (139) ... 'taC; 0'1I:ov8aC; (140) ... ~UVEVEYKEtV (141; see note below): the infinitives express prayers, (grant) that I may conduct the Rural Dionysia ... and (grant) that this truce may turn out well. ... 'tuXTlpmc;, with good fortune, with good luck a1l:aAi..lXxOEV'tlX + gen. (see line 115 above), rid of ~UV£VEYK£iv (aorist infinitive of O'uj.tcpepEt, it is useful, it is profitable), with Ka.A.&~, may turn out well tptiiICOV'tou't18a;, of flasting thirty years <Sn:mc;, (see to it) that. ... I3AE1l:ouO"(l OUIlPpoquxyov, looking as if you have eaten savory (the eating of the bitter herb, savory, would pucker the lips up, and give a prim, demure look to the girl's face - W. W. Merry) 011:;)0£1, will marry (the Greek verb is from a root meaning nourish, maintain) lCdv ;::; Kat EV, crasis, see line 8 tmXAtp ;::; 'tql DXA.rp, crasis, see line 8, the crowd q:)UAa.'t't£O'Oat (infinitive for imperative), watch out! 1I:ept'tpaYll (from 1tEpt'tpmym, aorist, 1tEPU~'tpa.yov), nibble at, i.e., steal ttl xpt>O"ia, your golden jewelry ocpcpv, dual, by the two of you EO''tlV ... £K'tEOC;/ 0 cpai..i..6<;; (verbal adjective from EXm, see Chapter 26, Grammar 4, page 173), the phallus-pole must be held Oem: singular imperative of 9ECxOllat 'tou 't£you<;. the roof xp6Pii = 1tp6~T\9t BalCX{ou, of Bacchus £K1:CP, sixth 0" :;:: crt

Dionysus with a panther at his altar

30.

133

A X A P N H L (0)

(to his daughter) Ka'ta90u 'to Kavouv,

267

& 9uya'tEp, tV'

a1tap~ffi~EBa.

134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142

ayr ATHP

& ~ll'tEP, avaoo~ OEUPO 't"v E'tV1lPUCJIV,

tV' €'tVOC; Ka'taXEro 'touAa'tllPoc; 'tou'toul.

AI K. (addressing Dionysus, at his altar on the stage) Kat ~"V KaAOV y' £a't'. & AIovuaE o£cr1to'ta, KExaplcr~EvroC; (JOt 't11VOE 't"V 1tOI-11t"V Ej..l£

1t€j..lo/av'ta Kat 9.(,aav'ta J-lE'ta 'troY OtKE'troV ayaYElv 'tUXflproe; 'ta Ka't' aypoue; AIOV.(,(Jta, a'tpa'tlCxe; a1taAAaxBEV'ta, 'tae; CJ1tOVoae; OE J-lOl

KaA&e; ~UVEVEYKE1V 'tae; 'tpUXKOV'tou'tl0ae;. (addressing his daughter and arranging the procession)

&y', & 9uya'tEp, oncoe; 'to Kavouv KaA" KaAroe;

143 144

OtcrEte; ~AE1tOucra 9ul-1~po<payov. roC; ~a1CaptOC; u , , .!.. OCJ'tlC; cr 01tucrE1. ... (urging his daughter to lead the procession forward, into the

145 146 147

audience) 1tpof3alvE, KaV 'troXAq:>
1-111 'tIC; AaBffiv aou 1tEpt'tparn 'tCt xpuaia. (urging Xanthias and the second slave to perform their duty properly)

148 149 150

& sav9ia, aepq,v 0' Ecr'ttV opBac; EK'tEOC;

b <paAAoc;

E~o1ttcrBE 'tllC; Kavfl<popou·

Eym 0' aKoAouBrov ,*crol-1at 'to <paAAtKov' (sending his wife to watch from the roof) au 0',

& yUvat, 9Ero

J-L' a1ta 'tou 't£yOUC;. (urging on his daughter) 1tpof3a. Dicaeopolis celebrates his own Rural Dionysia by singing the following joyous song to Phales, Dionysiac god of the phallus, in honor of the peace he has made:

151 152 153 154

<PaAllC;, E'talpE Ba1Cxiou, ... EK'tq:> a' E'tEt npOaEl1tOV EtC; 'tOY 81lJ-l0V EA9mv (X,crJ-lEVOC;, a1tOvoaC; 1tOtflcraJ-LEVOC; El-1au-

268

Athenaze: Book II

156 158

aK'IAAlXyEi/i: see lines 115 and 140. ;UIlKillC;, drink with £11:: ICP'l1.1t(.lAl1~, in (lit., from) a drinking-bout

15 9

~CJ)eEV ,from earliest dawn p oepit (J £ t (from P0<jl£ro, fut.,

160

p0<jli}aol.u:n), you will gulp down; you will drain dry, will empty 'tPU~A10V, cup qJ£'IJf.lA'P, chimney lCP£J.1llG£'t'l1., will be hung (cf. line 38)

AX A P N H L

30. ,....

-

I

(0)

,,....

155 156 157 158 159

'tqJ, npaYJ.la'trov 't£ Kat J.laXrov . . . Ct1taAAay£{~ ....

160

1) 0' Ct0'1tl<; EV

aATtt;
ti9
Warrior with shield

269

Athenaze: Book II

270

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Verbs in -fJ.l 8d1C~V'U-llt, 8d~m. i18£t~cx.

5e5etxcx. 5£5uYJ.lat. e5eixBllv, 1 show

~£uY-VU-J.lt. ~£u~m. i!~E'U~IX, i1~£'UYIl(n. E~EUXBllv or e~uYllv, 1 yoke

avo{y-vU-llt [= ava- + Oty-vu-J.n], imperfect, Ct.VEcpyOV (double augment), ci.VO(~Ol, &VEC9~IX. avEC9XIX. ci.vEC9YIlCXt (1 stand open), fiVE
[offi-/oo-], imperfect, eotoo'Uv, Smaffi, i!5m1Ca, infinitive, oouvat, participle, 801><;, imperative, 86C;, 8£8mlCo, 5e8ollIXt, E8691lv, 1 give

fill1. [ea-], imperfect, ~ or ~v, eaOIlOt, 1 am eIllt [d.-/i.-], imperfect, ~a or nEtV, 1 will go 11l1lt, imperative, Iet, infinitive, lIivat, participle, tdC;. imperfect, It\v, [il-] llcrm. ~lCa, imperative, [e-] e<;, infinitive, elvnt, participle, etC;, EilCa. £tJ.l(1\. ElBllv, 1 let go, release; 1 send; [ throw; middle, teJ.Lclt, imperfect, l£J.Ll1v, 1 hasten iO''t'l1llt, imperfect, lcr'tl1V, [a'tt\-] O''t.qO'ffi, EO''tllaa, [ make X stand; 1 stop X; 1 am setting X (up) athematic 2nd aorist, ea'tllv, intransitive, 1 stood -lea- 1st perfect, EO''tTllCa, intransitive, [ stand 1st aorist passive, [a't(x-] Eo'ui9Tlv, 1 was set (up)

-en-

'tt-911-Il1. [911-/9t::-] , imperfect, £,tlBt\v, 9.qom. £911lCa, infinitive, BelVat, participle, 9dC;, imperative, Bec;, 'tE911ICIX, ('tEeftJ.Lat~ Ke.iJ.Lat usually used instead), E-te911v, 1put,place

The fertile valley of the river Eurotas, in which Sparta lay, with the Taygetus range of mountains behind

30.

271

A X A P N H L (0)

GRAMMAR 1. Complex Sentences in Indirect Statement: Secondary Sequence If the introductory verb is in a past tense (imperfect, aorist, or pluperfect), the following rules for secondary sequence apply:

a. An indicative verb in the main clause of the direct statement may be retained or may be changed to the corresponding tense of the optative when the indirect statement is introduced by on or roc; in secondary sequence (see Chapter 25, Grammar 6, pages 155-156), e.g.: Direct Statement: ei 0 iA.t1t1toC; tou'Co Et1teV, ElV£uau't'o. If Philip said this, he lied.

(past particular condition)

Indirect Statement: d1tEV ott/roc; ei 0 tA.l1t1tOC; 'CoutO fi1tEV. ElV£uauto/lV£ua(lt't'o. He I She said that if Philip said this, he lied. Note, however, that an indicative with uv in the main clause of contrary to fact conditions is retained after ott or roc;, e.g.: Direct Statement: ei () iA.t1t1toC; 10U1:0 ei1tEV. ElVeuaIX-ro av. (past contrary to fact condition) If Philip had said this~ he would have lied. Indirect Statement: et1tEV on/roc; ei 0 tA.t1t1tOC; 1:0U1:0 ei1tEV tlVEUaU1:0 av. He I She said that if Philip had said this, he would have lied. I

With eC!>l1 and ~OEt this sentence would be as follows: eC!>l1 1:0V tA.t7t1tOV 'l'e1laua9at

av. Ei touto Et1tl::V.

He I She said that Philip would have lied, if he had said this. iiOEt tOY tA.t1t1tOV lV£\)O'clJ.l.£VOV av, ei 'COU1:0 et1tEv. He I She knew that Philip would have lied, if he had said this. b. Secondary tenses of the indicative in the subordinate clause of the direct statement remain unchanged in mood and tense when put into indirect statements. See the examples above, in which the verbs in the subordinate clauses remain unchanged. c. Primary tenses of the indicative in the subordinate clause of the direct statement may be retained or may be changed to the optative, e.g.: Direct Statement: ei () c:I>tA.t1t7tOC; 1:0UtO ).,£1£1., 'VEUOE1:CXt. If Philip says this, he is lying.

(present particular condition)

Athenaze: Book II

272

Indirect Statement: dn:EV on/roc; ei 0 ~{A.l1t1tOC; 'tOU1:0 A£,,(£1./A£,,(01., 'l'EUOe1:(U.

He / She said that if Philip was saying this, he was lying. (Note that we switch to the past tense in English, where Greek keeps the present tense; and note that 'l'eUOE't<Xt could have been changed to 'l'EUOOt'W according to rule a above.) d. All subjunctives (with or without av) in the subordinate clause of the direct statement may be retained or may be changed to the corresponding tenses of the optative (cav becomes ti, o1:av becomes 01:E, XptV av becomes 1tpiv, etc., i.e., the av drops out when the subjunctive is changed to optative). Greek writers often chose not to make the optional changes to the optative but to retain the original indicatives or sub junctives for the sake of vividness. M

Direct Statement: ,

sav

,

I

O'tPCX-C£Ull'tcxt Kpo'tcro<; En:t IIepcriic;, ~Ey&A.TlV apx,r\v K<X'taA.Uact.

If Croesus wages war against the Persians, he will destroy a great (future more vivid condition) empire. Indirect Statement without Changes: " OE IIu9h, 1:aOE Ct1tEKplV(l'tO, O·tt O''tpcx'te,srrrat Kpoicro;; ext IIepcriic;, ~EyaA.Tlv apXltv ICcxtflil.ila£1.. (27a:32-33)

eav

And the Pythia answered these things, that if Croesus waged war against the Persians, he would destroy a great empire. (The eav + subjunctive in the original subordinate clause and the future indicative in the original main clause are here retained in the indirect statement. See rules a and d above.) Indirect Statement with Changes: IIu9iTl 'taoE a1tcKplva:to, Ott ei O''tpcx't£U01.'to Kpoicrot; e1tt IIepcrac;, ~EyaA.Tlv apXltv ICCX't flA-D 0' 0 1..

ft

oe

And the Pythia answered these things, that if Croesus waged war against the Persians, he would destroy a great empire. (Optatives are here substituted in both clauses, with eav changing to d. Again, see rules a and d above.) e. All optatives in the direct statement remain unchanged in mood and tense after or mc;.

on

Direct Statement: Ei 0 ~iA.t1t1to<; 1:ou'to £f1tot, V£u8ot'to lXv. (future less vivid condition)

If Philip should say this, he would be lying. Indirect Statement: CI1tEV on/roc; ei 6 ~iA.t1t1toC; 1:0U'to ei1tot 'V£u8ot'to J

av.

He / She said that if Philip should say this, he would be lying.

30.

A X A P N H L (8)

273

(Both optatives are retained, along with av.) With ElPll and nb£t this sentence would be as follows: E
Note that av with an infinitive or participle in indirect statement may also represent a direct statement with a potential optative, e.g.: Direct Statement: po'UAoiJ.LT\V UV 'tOY 1Ci'tpov i8EtV. I would like to see the doctor.

(potential optative)

Indirect Statements: otojlcn tOY
uv

Exercise 30 a Translate the following pairs of sentences and explain each change that has been made in the versions in indirect statement, with reference to the rules above. L

Eav a'tpa'tE{)11tat 6 Kpotcroc; btl ITepmxc;, JlEyaA:rlV apx~v lCa'taA.l1aEt. Yt TIu9{a e
TIepao:e;;, 2. 01. 1ta'ibEe;; Ttav'ta E1tOtnaav caa ElCEA.EUaEV 6 na"CtlP. Ot 1taibEC; dnov on nav'ta 1tOLtlO'EtaV oaa ElCEA.Eu<Jev 6 na"CTtP. 3. 6 1tOtJl1)v 1:a. np6~a'ta lPUA.a~Et eroe;; (IV vu~ yEV1l'tCx;t. naJ.1EV tOY 1tOtJ.1EVa ta. 1tp6~a'ta
RB CHART: PRESENT AND IMPERFECT

~

~

Principal Parts of Verb: Exercise Number:

Voice:

Present Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

Imperative

Infinitive

Participle

~

~

I:l:l lSI

~

ttl

o

~ ~

1-4

Imperfect

For participles, fill in the nominative singular, masculine, feminine, and neuter and the singular masculine of participles having 3rd and 1st declension forms. For middle voice participles, give the masculine nominative singular and the feminine and neuter endings. IT01l.. i1-,i"l:TO

VERB CHART: FUTURE AND AORIST First Principal Part of Verb: Exercise Number:

Voice:

Future Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

Imperative

Infinitive

Participle

~ (")

I:f'

~

nUl

Aorist

t.O

al

VERB CHART: PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT

tv

~

First Principal Part of Verb: Exercise Number:

Voice:

Perfect Indicative

Subjunctive

Optative

Imperative*

Infinitive

Participle

> r;.

g ~

~

t:d o

~

Pluperfect

*Very rare and not given in charts

~

FORMS 1.

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE (see Book I, page 50) Singular

N.

b

F. it

G. D.

'tau 'tip 'tov

'tile; 'tn "C1)v

M.

A.

2.

Plural

N.

M.

F.

N.

to 'tau 'tip 'to

at 'trov 'tOte; 'touC;

Cit trov tatc; 'taC;

'to: trov tOte; 1:a

I

NOUNS OF THE 1ST DECLENSION

Feminine (see Book I, pages 40-42)

N.

Singular

Plural

Singular

Plural

,;

at 'trov tat<; , tae;

lC pilv al lCPt'\VroV Kpn Vat <; lCPl1 Va e;

'h 'tile; tft 1:nV

ilSpta uoptac; uSpift uopiav

at trov tate; , 'rae;

i>opteXl uSptrov uOptCite; uopiaC;

Kpnvll

co'"

lC pilv al

co

?

uSpta

co'>

uopiat

j..LEAtt'ta. ).LEA t 't'Cll C; Il£ Ain n IlEA t't"tav

at

IlEAt't't'at ).L£A t nrov ).LEAttta.te; ).L£At't'taC;

'h

'tow tatc; , 'taC;

'tile; 't11 'tTtV

Ilo:x at pa Il a x at pae;

ai 'trov tatc; Ilaxaip~ , J..LO:xatpav 'tae;

J..LEAt't'tU

co

IlEAt't'tat

co'>

Jlaxcnpa

lCpnVll

O. 'til c; lCp1) vlle; D. 111 KPll v l1 A. tilv Kpn vllV

V.

'l'

co

N. 'h G. tile; D. 1:11 A. 'tnv V. co'i'

';'

?

co

).LO:xatpat Il a x at pmv Jlaxatpat<; JlaXatpae; Ilo:x at pat

Masculine (see Book I~ pages 47-48) Singular

Plural

Singular

Plural

6 'tou 'tip 'tOY

v£tXvtav

at 'trov tote; 'toue;

v E.tXv ta

co

N. b G. 'tOU D. 'tip A.. 'tOY

5£01tO't'11<; 8£01t0'tou 0£01[0't11 OEO"1to'tllV

at 8£01t0'tat 'troY OE01tO'troV 'tote; o£o1to'tate; 'to\)e; (5E01tO'ta~

V. co'l'

oEO"1to'ta*

ro

'l'

ro"

01::0"1t6'to,t

v£avtae; VECXVtoU vEavi~

'l'

v£aVtCXl VEfivtrov v£tXviate; vEavtac; V ECXV tat

*Irregular accent. Normally the accent is persistent as with the noun vocative, ro 1tOA1:ta. 277

<>

1toA1'tlle;,

278 3.

Athenaze: Book II NOUNS OF THE 2ND DECLENSION

Masculine (see Book I, page 31) Singular N. 6 G 'tou D. 'tip A. 'tOY V.

';-

ffi

Neuter (see Book I, page 31)

Plural

Singular

at

'to 'tou 'tip 'to

aypoc:; aypou «xypip aypov

aypot 'tIDV UYPIDV 'tOt<; «xypOt<; 'toue; aypou<;

«xype

ffi'\'

'1'

«xypoi

ffi

Plural

OEVOpOV o£vopou oevoplP oevopov

'tex

Oevopa. OEv 0 pffiV oevopov; OEvOpa.

oevopov

ro?

oEv8pa.

'ta 'trov 'tOt<;

Feminine: e.g., il oooe; (see Book I, page 48) Contract: Masculine (see Book I, page 263): Singular

N. 0

voue;

G. 'tou YOU D. 'tip vip A. 'tOY vouv V.

ffi'1'

YOU

Attic Declension

Plural ot VOl 'trov VIDV talC; VOte; 'toue; voue; ffi'l' vol.

Singular

Plural

0

Aa.ycOe; AUYcO Aayc9 AUYcOV/cO

Aay

ACtycOe;

ro'\'

'tou 'tOO, 'tov ~

ro

Contract Neuter: 'to lCavouV (rare; not formally presented in this course; for an example, see Kav&',

4.

ACty
9~:6)

NOUNS OF THE 3RD DECLENSION

Labial Stems (~.n. lfl; Bee Book I, page 107) Singular

Plural

N.

(,

ot 'tIDV

V.

6)

KAm'll G. 'tOU lCAronee; D. 'tip lCAron:i A. 'tOY lCArona lCAcO\j1

KAIDTCee; KAron:IDV tOt<; lCAro\j1t(V) toue; lCArona<; .,.

ro

lCAroTC£e;

Velar Stems (y, lC, x; see Book I, page 98) Singular

N.

Plural

Singular

ot 'trov 'tOle;

6 'tau 'tip 'tOY ffi'\'

lfl uAa ; G. 'tau lflUACtlCoe; D. 'tip lflUACtKt A. 'tOY (j)uAW(a

1:0UC;

lfl UAa1\ee; lfluAUlCroV
V. ro'i'

ro'l'

lfluAalCEe;

0

(j)uAa;

Ctt~

Plural l'

Cteya

ot 'trov 'tOte; 'tou<;

UtYEC:; Uty&v ai;i(v) '\' {Xtyac;

o:t;

ffi

alYEe;

aiyoc; aiyi '\'

,

Forms

279

Dental Stems (a, G, t; see Book I, page 99)

Plural

Singular

01.

natOL ?tctioct

nctiaec; trov natorov tOte; natCft(v) 1'OUe; na'iaae;

'to tou 'tip to

nat

ro

ro

Singular N. () G. 'tou D. tip A. tov

V.

'j'

(J)

nctt~

nctlaOe;

Stems in -v't-

(8e~

N. G. D. A.

0 'tou tip 'tov '\'

V. ro

'\'

QvoJ,la 6volla'tOe; QVOllan ovo/J.Ct.

t& 'tmv 'tOte; ta.

ovolla

m

...

6vOllct'tct ovo/J.a'trov QVo/J.aCft(v) Qvo/J.Ct.'ta ovo/J.a'tCt.

Book I, page 145)

Plural

Singular I

na'ioe~

Plural

yEpmv yf.pov'toC; yepovTt yf.pov'tct

ot trov 'tOte; 'tOUC;

YEPOVU:C; yepov'tmv YEpoucn(v) yepov'tac;

YEPOV

(b

YEpov'tec;

\

Liquid Stems (A, p; see Book I, page 107) Nasal Stems (v; see Book I, pages 106107) Singular

Singular

Plural

0

X£tIJ.(.ov XEtllrovoe; X£1./J.roVt XEl.J.Lrova

01. 1:mv 'tOte;

ro

Xetll ffiv

m

1,

/J.~'tl1P

11

/J.ll'tPOC; J.Lll'tPl /J.l1'tEpa

Guya'tllP 'tlic; Guya'tpoc; 'til Guya'tpi tllv Guyatepa

/J.nn:p

'Y m

ai Guyattpee; /J.l1'tEpee; 'trov Guya.'tEproV IlTl'tEProV Guya'tpacn(v) /J.l1'tpacrl(v) 'tate; , 'tae; Guya'tfpete; 1l11'tEpete;

G. 'tou D. tip A. 'tov

P~1:0pOC; p~'topa

ot p~'topec; 'trov Pll'topmv 'tOte; P~'top(jt(v) 'toue; PTttopae;

V. en

rTtfrop

m

N.

()

p~'tmp

Plural

p~'topt

'1'

Pll to pee;

'tou 'tip 'tov ~

X£l.ll mv ec; xetllffivrov XEt/J.rocrt(v) 'tou~ XEt/J.rovae; '?

XEt/J.mvec;

Stems in -p- (see Book I, pages 124-125) Singular N. () G. 'tou D. 'tip A. 'tov

V.

...

m

()

aVTtp avapoe; aVapt iivopa

'tou 'tip 'tov

na'tTt p 1ta'tpoe; 1tatpl nadpet

avep

... m

?taup

'tile; 'til 'tllV (i)

avapec; avoprov avopacrt(v) avapae;

oi trov 'tOte; 'toue;

na'tEpec; 1tet1'eprov ?tat pacrt(v) , netupae;

at 'trov 'tate; , tae;

iivopec;

m

natEpee;

m

\

Guya'tEp

Plural N. 01. G. 'tmv D. 'tOtC; A 'toue;

V.

'\'

ro

'?

...

/J.ll'tEpee;

'\'

m

Guya'tepee;

Athenaze: Book II

280

Stems in -ec:r- (see Book I, pages 226-227) Singular

Plural

Singular

ft

'tPt~Pl)C;

'tfl~

'tplTtPO'lle; 'tPl.l)PEt

N. 'to G. 'tOU D. 'tip A. 'to

1:£llOe; 'tdxo'lle; 'CElX El ·n:tXOe;

1:a

V. ro'i'

'tElxOe;

1:a

'teiXl) 'tE1.xrov 'te1XEcrt(V) 't El X11

'tfl 'tl)V

ro7

'tEtXl)

ro

'trov 'toie;

'i'

Plural

'tPt~Pl)

ai. 'trov 'tate; 'tae;

'tp tllpEe;

ro

\

'i'

1:pt~pet~

'tPt'llProv 'tPt~PEO't(V 'tpt~pEte; 'tpt~pEte;

Also 0 geJ11CJ't'OICA:i1c; (see Book I, page 254) N. 6 E>ElltO'1:0lCA:ile; G. 'tOU 8EI.Hcr'tOlCAEO'llC; D. 'tip E>Ellu1'tOlCAEt A. 'tOY E>elllO"taKAEa

V.

'i'

ro

eElltcr'tOlCAEle;

Stems Ending in a Vowel (see Book I, page 145) Plural

Singular

Plural

1tOAte;

ai

1tOAEen~

'troY

1tOAEt nOA!V

'ta 'troY 'tOte;

'taC;

'to 'to\) 'tcp 'to

Singular N. 1, G. -rfle; D. 'tfl A. 'tl)V 'i'

V. en

ROA!

'tat~ \

7

m

1tOAHe; 1tOAeroV 1tOAecrt(v) ROAEte; nOAHC;

'i'

en

acr't'll acr'tEen~

aC)'tEt aO"1:'ll

1:a

acr't'll

m

'i'

&cr1:11 acrn:mv acr'tEcrl(V) acr'tl) &cr'tl)

Stems in Diphthongs or Vowels (see Book I, page 146) Singular N. 6 G. 'tOU

D. A

'tip 'tOY

V. ro'I'

Plural

at

f)ucnAeuc; f)aCJtA£roc; f3acrtAEt f)acrtA£a

'trov 'tOte; 'toue;

f)acrlAEu

m

'i'

f3acrtAfle; f)acrlAErov f)acrtAEuO'l(V) f)aCStAEae; f)amA fl c;

Irregular Singular

N.

ft

vauc;

G. 'tile; VEWe;

D. A V.

'tn

Vl)-t 'tnv vcxuv 'i'

ro

vau

Plural

ai 'trov 'tatc; 'tae; \

'i'

ro

vf\Ee; VEroV va'llai(v) VCXUC; vilEe;

Singular

6

f)ou~

'tOU 'tip 'tov

1300e;

'i'

ro

flat f)ouv f)ou

Plural Ot 'trov 'tOte; 'toue; 'i'

ro

f)oEe; f3orov f)oucri(v) f)oi)~

130E~

281

Forms Irregular (see Book I, page 125) Singular N. 1)

yuvt1

G.

yUVctl.lCO~

lfJ~

D. 'til A

V.

5.

yuv ctl.lCt y\} Vctt lC ct

1:11V '7

Ol

Plural

Singular

Plural

cd yuvcth::e~ 'troY YUVctl lCroV 'tct'it; YUVctlSt(v) 'taC; YUVcttlCct<;

1)

at 'trov

'tfl~

'tft 'tflv '7

if> YUVct1.lCE<;

YUVctt

xeip xuPOC; XEtpt xdpct

Ol

laC;

XE'ipec; xuprov xepcrt(v) XEtpac;

Ol'7

Xe'iPEC;

'tctt~

xdp

ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES OF THE 1ST AND 2ND DECLENSIONS

Adjectives (see Book I, pages 48-49) Plural

Singular

M. N. lCaA.6c; G. lCctA.OU D. lCaA.~

F.

N.

M.

F.

N.

lCaA.1}

lCctA.6v lCaA.OU

Ko.A.11

lCctA.~

lCaA.~V

lCo.A.6v

lCaA.at KaA.WV lCaA.a'i<; lCaA.aC;

lCa).,&' Ko.A.rov

A.

KctA.Ot lCo.A.rov lCaA.o'ic; lCaA.OU<;

lCaA.a

KaA.t1

lCctA.OV

lCctA.oi

KctA.at

KaA.&.

F.

N. pgotlx Pq.o{rov

lCctA.OV

V. lCaA.£

lCo.A.fj~

Singular

M. N. p*OtoC; G. p~OlOU

D.

KctA.O'i~

Plural

F.

M.

N.

p~M5:

pgOtoV

P*OtD1.

p*otat

p~oi5:C;

p~Mou

p~Otrov

p~o{rov

pctOta

Pq.OiOl~

A.

Pq.olcp p*OtOV

p~oi5:v

paMID , , pgOtoV

Pq.o{O\}~

pq.Oia1.C; pq.oiiic;

V.

pgou~

pq.Mii

pgOtoV

pgOtot

p*otat

,

l

p~OlOlC;

p*Ota pgoux

Present or Progressive Middle Participles (see Book I, pages 115-116, and 262) Singular

F.

N.

A.i)0Jl£vl'\ A.uo).L£vl1C; A.Uo).LEVn A. UO fl EVl1 V

A.130JlEVOV A.UOflEVOU A.UOflEVcp A.UOJlEVOV

A.UOJlEVl'\

A.UOIlEVOV

G. A.UOIl£VIDV D. A.i)O).LEVOl.t;

A.UOJl£va.t A.UO).LEVroV A.i'iO).LEVCnc;

A.uollEva A. uOllevOlv

A.

A.uo).Leva~

A.uOIl£vo.

M.

N. A.130JlEVO~ G. A.UOfl£VOU D. A.uofleV~ A.

A.UO).LEVOV

V. A.uoJlev£ Plural

N.,V. A.UO).LEVOt

A.i'i°Il£VOUC;

A.uo).Levot~

Athenaze: Book II

282 Singular

F.

N.

N. qltAOU IlEV o~ G. q>lAO'UIlEVO'U D. q>lAO'UIl£vCP A. q>lAOUIlEVOV

qnAo'UIl EV l'l q>lAO'UIlEVn q> 1 AO'\) IlEV 11 V

q>lAouIlEVOV q>tAO'UIlEVO'U q>lAO'UIlEVCP q>tAOUIlEVOV

V

q>lAOUIlEVOV

q>tAOUIlEVlXt qnAo'Ull£v rov

'ttllffillEVl'l

'tlllmllEvov

8y\Ao'UIlEvl'l

8rt AOTI IlEV ov

M.

q>tAOUIlEV f.

q>lAO'UIle.vl'l~

Plural N.,V. J,levol G. q>lAO'UIlEVroV

D.

q>tAO'UIlEvOtC;

A. <j)tAO'UIlEV O'U~

qnAo'UIlEvOl~

Exempli gratia:

N. 'ttIlIDIlEVOC; Exempli gratia:

N.

81'lAO'\)IlEVOC;

Sigmatic 1st Aorist and Thematic 2nd Aorist Middle Participles (see Book I, pages 199 and 180) Exempli gratia: N. AuO'allEvo<; N. YEVOflEVOC;

6.

ADJECTIVES OF IRREGULAR DECLENSION (see Book I, page 49)

Plural

Singular

N.

M.

F.

N.

M.

F.

N.

Ileycx~

IlEya IlEYO:AO'U IlEYaAcp IlEya

IlEYO:AOl IlEyO:Arov IlEYaAot(; lleyaAO'Ue;

f.lEyO:ACXl flEYaArov flEyaAau; flEYaAac;

IlEyO:Aa ll£yO:Arov flEyaAotl; fleyaAa

A.

IlEyaAcp IlEyav

flEYO:Al'l fl£YO:Al'lC; flEyaATI ll£y aAl'lV

V.

lleyaA£

fl EyaAl'l

Ileya

lleyaAol

flEyaAat

flEyaAa

N.

1tOAU~

1tOAA1l

1tOAU 1tOAAOU 7tOAAip 1tOAU

1tOAAOi 7tOAAmV

1tOAAo:t ?toAAmv ?toAAate; ?tOAAde;

1tOAAa 7tOAAOOV

G. IlEYO:AO'U

D.

G. nOAAou D. 1tOAAq, A. 1tOAUV

V. none

1tOAAfi~

1tOAAfI 7tOAA1l V

1tOAAot~

7tOAAOTI~

7tOAAOt~

1toAAa

Forms 7,

283

ADJECTIVES OF THE 3RD DECLENSION Adjectives with Stems in -ov- (see Book I, pages 107-108) Singular M.&F.

Plural N.

M.&F.

N.

N. crro
crilHPPOV crro
CH.o
Gro
V. crroCPPov

crrocppov

crroQlpovc<;

crroQlPova.

;

Comparative Adjectives with Stems in -ov- (see Book II, page 135) Plural

Singular

N.

M.&F.

N.

M.&F.

N.

j3£A't'lrov

~£A't1:Ov

~EA't{OVE<;

j3£Atiovo.

(~£A't'tO'U<;)

G. ~EA:tlOVOC;

D. PEA'ttOVl A

~EA'ttova;

j3eA.'tlovo<; j3EA'ttOVl peA.'tlov

~€A'ttOV

~EA'tiova.<;

(j3EA'tio'U<;)

(i3EA'ttro) V

PEA"CtOV roy j3EA'tiocrt(v)

peA.'tiov

j3eA'ttovEC;

Adjectives with Stems in -£0- (see Book I, page 227): Singular M.&F.

N. a Al1 S"c; G. nAnSOUC;

N.

aA-11 9ei A. £lA-nOil

aAl1Sf<; aA.11 90u c; aA.11 9 £l £lAfl8i<;

V. aA-l1 Oi s

aA.llSE<;

D.

Plural

N. G. D.

aA-fl9Eic; aA-n9&v aA1l8Ecrt(v) A. nA-nOde;

£lA.l1Sil aA1l9&v aA-fl9Ecrt(V) aAfl9f\

V.

a A1l8dc;

(~EA't{ro)

P£A't'iovrov j3EAtioGl(V) i3EA'ttova (pEAtiro) j3EA.'tiovo.

284

Athenaze: Book II

B.

ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES OF THE 1ST AND 3RD DECLENSIONS

Adjectives X(l~t x(laa., xC&v,

all; every; whole (see Book I, page 126).

Singular

F.

N.

V. n&<;

1t<xcra

n&v

G. D.

ni'iGlI<; , naG'll n&Gav

1tav'toc; nav"Ct 1t&v

M. N.~

A

nCiv'toc; nCiV1:t nav'tCi

,

Plural N., V. 'ltav'tEc; G. nav'toov

D.

n<XGt(v)

A. nav'tac;

1:CXxut;. 1:Qxeia, taX-u, quick.

1t&.crut

nav"Cu

'lti'iGOOV , naGat<; , ni'iGi'ic;

nav'toov n&.Gl(v)

nav'tCi

swift (see Book I, pages 227-228)

Singular

M. N. 1: a XUC;

F.

N.

'taX Eta

"Cax

u

G.

'taXEac;

'tCiXetac;

'taxeoc;

D.

1: a XEt 'tax

'taxdff 'taxe1.CiV

'taX Et 'tax,)

'Caxda

'tCiX'll

"Cax etal 'tax urov tUXElCilC; "Caxtiac;

'taxea

"CaXEtat

"Cuxia

A.

uv

V. 'tax,)

Plural N. "CaXEtc;

G.

D.

1: a x eoov "CaXEGt(v)

A

"CaXEtC;

V. "Cax et <;

'taxe.rov taxecrt(v) 1: a XEa

Present or Progressive Active Participles

dJ.ll (see Book I, page 136): Singular N., V.

G. D. A.

M.

F.

N.

rov

'>'

oucra

QV

DV'tOC; QV'tt Qv'ta:.

OUGlIC; OUG'll ';' OUGUV

QV'tOC; QV'tL QV

Forms

285

Plural

M. N., V. ov'tE:<;

G. D. A.

OV'tOlV 01)crt(v) ov't<X<;

F. ';'

N.

oua<Xl oucrrov o-iScral£; ouO'ii<;

QV'tct

A{)OUO'<X

AUOV A-GOV"CO£; A{}ovn AUOV

OV'tOlV o.ocrt(v) ov'tcx

A.,Jm (see Book I, page 136):

Singular N.~V.

G. D. A.

A-GroV A{)OV'tO~ A{}ovn A{}OV't<X

AUoUcr'l1<; Auoucrll A{}oua<xv

Plural

N.,V. A{}OV'tE:<;

G. D. A.

Au6v'trov A-GOUO'l(V) A.ijov'ta~

A{)ouactl. Auoua&v AuouO'ii<;

A-Gov't'a Au6v'tOlV A-Goucn(v) A{)OV'tlX

q>lAOUO'lX qltAOUO'l1£;
qnAouv q>lAOUV'tO<; cptAOUvn cptAOUV

cptAoUCflXl cptAOUCfroV CPtAOuCfctt£; cptAoucrii<;

qnAouv'tct qllAOUV'tOlV cptAOUCfl qllAOUV'tct

Auoucrat~

qnA.Em (see Book I, page 136):

Singular

N.,V. qnA&v

G. D. A.

q:nAOUV'tO£; qllAOUV1:t Cj>lAOUV"CCX

Plural

N.,V. CP1Aouv'te<;

G. D. A.

CPLAOUV'tOlV Cj>lAOUCfl CPlAOUV'tlX<;

tlJicim (see Book I, pages 136-137):

Singular

N.,V. ti!!mv

G. 't'tj.!mvto<; D. ttj.!mv'tl A. 'tl!!&V't<X

11j.!&O'ct 'ttj.!roa l1<; 1t j.! 0>0'11 'tl!!&cr<xv

'ttj.!&v 'tlj.!rov'to~

'tlj.!mv'tt tlj.!&v

Athenaze: Book II

286 Plural N., V.

M.

F.

N.

'ttJ.1.mV'tE~

tlllroO'£lt 'ttllmO'mv

'ttJ.1.mV't£l 'ttllcOv'tmv 'tt 11m O'l 'ttJ.1.&V't£l

G. 'ttl'uOV'tOlV D. 'ttll&O't A.

'tlllmv't£l~

'ttllcOO'(n~

'ttllcOO'iit;

8'1lAOm (see Book I, page 262; declined like qnA&v above; we give only the nominative); 011 Amv

0l1AOUV

Sigmatic 1st Aorist Active Participles (see Book I, page 199) Singular N., V.

AfiO'ii<;

G. AfiO'£lVtO~ D. A'\1O'£lvn A.

A'\1O'£lVtct

AfiO'iiO'ct A1)O'aO'l1t; AUO'aO'1,1 A'\1O'(XO'ctV

AUO'ctV A'\1O'ctv'to~ A'\1O'ctV'tt AU 0' ctv

AfjmlO'ctl AuO'iiO'mv Au 0' aO' ctl<; AuO'iicrii~

A'\1O'ctvtct AuO'aVtffiv AfjO'iiO't(v) A{)O'ctV'tct

Plural N., V.

AfjO'ctV'tEt;

G. AuO'av'tmv D. A{)0' iiO't(v ) A.

A-GO'ctV'tct<;

Thematic 2nd Aorist Active Participles (see Book I, page 180) Singular N., V.

Al1tcDV

G. At1tOV'toc; D. Al1tOVn A. AmoVtct

At1tOucrct At1tOUO'll AUtOUO'ctV

Amov At1tOV'tOt; At1tOV'tt Amov

Al1tOucr£lt AmouO'mv At1tOUO'ctlt; At1t011criiC;

At1tOV't£l At1tOv'tmv AUtOUO't(v) At1tOv'ta

At1tOUO'l1~

Plural N., V.

AmOV'tE~

G. Al1tOv'tmv D. At1tOUO't(v) A. ~6'1]~

At1tOv'tac;

1st Aorist Passive Participles (see Book II, page 5) Singular N., V. AuBd~ G. AuBev'to~ D. AuBev'tt A. AuBevtct

AuBelO'ct AuBdO'l1t; AuBElO'l1 AuBe.tO'ctv

AuBiv AuBev'toc; AuBev'tt AuBev

Forms

'2J37

Plural

M.

F.

N.

Au9da£lt Au9uarov Au9da£lt<; Au9£tO"a<;

Au9iv't£l Augev'tcov Au9etO"t(v) Au9iv't£l

N.t V.

Augevu,<; G. Au9e.v't'IDV D. Au9Etat(v) A Au9lv't'Cl<;

-11- 2nd Aorist Passive Participles (see Book II) page 13) Exempli gratia: N.t V. 'YP£l
ypwpev

yPtl
-"(lIst Perfect Active Participles (see Book II, page 208) Singular N., V. AEAUlcm<; G. A£AUlCO'to<; D. AEAuKon A A£AUKO't£l

A£AUKUtll A£AuKU{ac; AEAUlCUlq. A£AuKUttlV

A£AUlCOC; AEAUKO'tO<; A£AuKon A£AUKO<;

A£AUKUtcn ABAUKUtroV AEAUlCUl£ltc; AEAUKU{aC;

A£AUKO't£l A£AUKO't'IDV A£AUKOO't(V) AEAU1CO't1l

Plural N., V. A£AUlCO'tE<; G. AEAUKO'tIDV D. A£AUKOO't(V) A. AEAuKo'mc; -a;

2nd Perfect Active Participles (see Book II, pages 210-211) Exempli gratia: N., V. YEYovroC;

9.

Y£YOVUt<x

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (see Book II, pages 126-128 and 134-135)

Positive

Comparative

Superlative

Regular (see Book II, pages 126-127) 1st and 2nd Declension clv8p£toc;, -a, -ov Xf.tAE7tO<;. -'1\, -ov

clv8peto'tEpoc;, -a, NOV X,llA£'ItU)1;epoc;, -ii, -OV

avOp£to'ttl't'oc;. -11, -OV X£lAE'ltc.O't'£l"CO<;, -11, -ov

clA1l9£0''tepoc;, -a. NOV O'O>
aAl'\9EO"'tCX'[0C;. -11. -OV OO>
3rd Declension clA11e~C;, clA11gec; O'ID
Irregular (see Book II, pages 127-128 and 134-135) cXJ.Letvcov, alJ,£wov ~eA'ttCOV. J)eA'tiov Kpe.l't''t'IDV, KpE'inov

&p10''t0<;. -11. NOV J)EA'ttO''t'OC;, -no -ov Kpa:ttO''toc;. -11, -ov

Athenaze: Book II

288 aiO"xpo~,

-ii, -ov EXSpO<;, -a, -ov 1)bu<;, noetCl, "ou Ka1CO<;, -no -ov

-n,

KaAOC;, -ov Il£yac;, IlEyaA11, Ileya oAiyoC;, -11. -ov 'ltOAU<;, 'ltOAAn. 'ltOAU

pqowC;,

-ii, -ov 'taxuc;. 'tax eta, 'taxu <j)tAOC;, -11. -ov

(xlO"ximv, atO"X1Ov ExS1oov, EX8tOV 1)oimv. 1)Btov KalClmv. lCalClov x£ipmv, XElPOV 'i' iinmv, Tlnov lCaAA1mv, KaAAtov IlEll;mv, J.1Ell;oV EAa't'tmv. EA(X't'tOV

atO"X 1 0"1:0C;, w11 , -ov EX8 U!1: 0<; , -11, -ov 1)OtO"1:o<;, -11. -ov lC&KtO"1:0<;. -Tl, -ov XciptO"'tOC;. -11, -ov lCaAAtO"'toC;, -11, -ov J.1£Yto"'to~, -11, -ov bAiytO"'to<;, -11, -ov £A&XtO'1:0C;. -11, -ov 'ltAelO''tOC;, -11, -ov

1tAEimv/'ltAEmV, 1tAelOV l'ltAEOV p~(t)v, PCfoV eanoov. sanov
pq.O"'tOC;. -11, -ov 'taxtO''toc:;, -11, -ov
For the declension of irregular comparative adjectives, see No.7 above.

10.

DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES of>'toc;. autT" 1:0UtO, this (see Book It pages 244-245)

Singular

M. '1'

N. OU1:0C; G. 'tOU1:0U D. 1:ou't'

Plural

F. aU1:11 'tau1:Tls 'tClU'tU 'tau1:11v

ElCEtVOC;, EKe.tVT1. EK£1.VO,

N. 't'OU1:0 'tOU1:0U 'tou'ttp 'tOtvt' 0

OU1:01 1:ou'toov 'tou'tOtC; 'tOU1:ou<;

F. '1

N.

ClU'tal 'tou't(t)v 'tau'tatC; 1:aU1:ii<;

1: CX'u't a 'tOu't'(t)v 'tou'tot<; ,(;Cl\l'ta.

Plural

M.

F.

N.

M.

F.

N.

EKEivoc;

ElC etV 11 ElCdv11C; £lCetV l1 eKEtV11v

en:tvo ElCdvou 8lCetVCP £lCelvo

EKelVOt EKEl.VmV £KelVOtC; h:dvouC;

EKetVa.l EKEivrov eKElWnc; EKElviiC;

€lCEIVCl eKEivmv £Kdvotc; ElCdva

G. EKelVOU

D. eKdvtp A.

'i'

that (see Book I, page 245):

Singular

N.

M.

EKElVOV

08£.118£, 1:68£, this here (see Book I, page 245): Singular

M. N. Doe G. 1:oubE D. 'tqloe A. 'tOVOE

Plural

F.

N.

M.

F.

N.

1)S8 't1\O'S8 'tUBE 1:l)VSe

'too£ 'touS£ 'tqlSE 1:oSe

olBe 'tffivoe 1:oioB£ 'tOUcrBE

alBe 'tffivOe 'taiO'Be 1:acrBE

'CaBe 't&voe 1:0tO"BE 1:a08

Forms 11.

THE ADJECTIVE ai)1;o(j,

-il. -6,

289

-self, -selves; same (see Book I, pages 68-69)

Singular M.

F.

N.

N.

a1.>'co<;

autTt

aU1:0

G. D.

auto\> autcp au'tov

a:u1:ll<; aU1:fI au'tTtv

aU1:0U au'tcp elU1:0

aU1:ai

elu1:a a\Yt'ffiv au'tol<; au'ta

A.

Plural

N. G. D. A.

12.

aurol au'tiilV aU1:ot<; aU10U<;

aU1:rov au 1a't<; au'ta<;

THE INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE (see Book I, page 108)

Singular

M.&F.

N.

N. 'd.<;

'tt

'ttve<;

'tiva

G. D.

1:ivo.; 1:tVt

'ttvrov 'ttcrt(v) 't'tVelC;

1:tvrov 'tlcn(v) '[tVtl.

M.&F.

A.

13.

Plural

'[ivoc; 'tivl 'ttVel

N.

'd,

THE INDEFINITE ADJECTIVE (see Book I, page 109)

Singular M.&F.

N.

M.&F.

N.

N.

n<;

'tL

nVEC;

'ttva

G. D.

'ttvo<;

nvo<;

nvrov

1:tvrov

'HVt

'ttvi

ncri(v)

ncri(v)

'tt

'tLY&.<;

'ttva

A. 'ttva

14

Plural

NUMERICAL ADJECTIVES (see Book I, pages 128 and 263-264)

Cardinals 1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10

d<;. !ita, EV l)UO 1:Pe'i.~, 'tpia 1:£nape<;, 1:E1:'tapa 1tf.vn:

E~ E1t1:a OK1:m Evvea l)EKa

11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20

eVbE.Kel bWOeKtl. 1:p£i<; (l'pia) Ktl.t otKa or 1:pucrKaibE.lCa 1:E't'tape<; (l'E't'ta.pa) Kat bEKtl. 1tEv1:eKcxib£Ka €KKcllo£Ka ~1t . to:KcxioeKcx OK1:COlCaioEKtl. EVVeCXlCtl.io£lCCX EtKOcrt(V)

Athenaze: Book II

290

21 100 1,000 10,000

M. N.

-..

E1.<;

Kat EtKO(n(v) E,Ka1;OV X1ALOt , -a1., -a , lJ:GPtot, -aI., -a

F.

N.

Ilia

EV EVOC; eVl EV

G. EVO~ D. hi

Il ta C;

A

Il laV

/-Lt~

Eva

M.F.

M.F.N. N. ouo G. Ot)OlV D. ot)OtV A. Ouo

M.F.

N.

'tpELe; 't'pia 'tptrov 1:ptrov 'tPtO'l(V) 'tptai(v) 'tpla 'tpet~

N.

't£'t'tapEC; 't'f:ttctpa 'tf/ttuprov 'tE't''taprov 't£'t'tapO't(v) 'tE't'tctpcrt(v) 't'£'t'tapa 't£'t'tapa~

Ordinals 1st 2nd 3rd

4th 5th

6th 7th 8th

1tpro''t'OC;, -11. -ov oE{)'rEpo~, -iX, -ov 'tpl-tOC;. -11, -ov 'tE'tap'to~, -11, -ov 1t£Il1t'to~, -11, -ov

fK'tOC;, -11, -ov E~Bollo~, -11, -ov oyoooC;, -11. -ov Evatoc;, -11, -ov OEKCX'tO~, -11, -ov hOEKct'tOC;, -11, -ov OroOEKCX'tOC;. -11, -ov ellcocr'tac;, -ft, -ov EKa'toO''t'o~, -1), -bv X1ALO(1'tae;. -ft, -av WGpLOc::n6~, -ft. -av

9th 10th 11th

12th 20th 100th 1,000th 10,OOOth

15.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS (see Book I, pages 64-65)

1st Person Singular N. Eym G. EIlOU

D. A.

fllOt E/-Le

/-Lot) /-LOt

I of me to or for me

IlE

me

2nd Person Singular N. cru G. (Jou

D. (JOt A. O'E

(Jot) (JOt (Jt

you of you to or for you you

1st Person Plural n/-LEl<; n Il rov n/-Ltv l1/-LCtc;

we ofuB to or for us us

2nd Person Plural illleiS il/-L&v il/-Llv illlCtC;

you of you to or for you you

Forms

291

3rdPerson Singular G. l1.tl'tOU

D. l1.u't

N.

F.

M.

(xu't6v

of him or it to or for him or it him or it

l1.u'ti1~

au'tn au'tllv

of her or it to or for her or it her or it

tlu1'ou l1.u1'ql aUTO

of them to or for them them

l1.U'tol~

of it to it it

Plural G. aU1:&v

of them

au'C&v

D. tlu'Co'iC; to or for them A.

16.

l1.u1'rt'iC;

l1.u'ta~

l1.u'touC; them

aU'tmv l1.u1'&

of them to or for them them

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS (see Book I, pages 100-101) 1st Person

2nd Person

Singular

F.

M.

F.

G. fJ,ll1.U'tOU D. E.Jll1.U1:
Ej.Ll1.U'ti1C; EJll1.U'tTI

A.

fj.LaU1:~V

O'etlu'tou O'e(xu'tql O'eau'C6v

CiErtU'tf)C; O'El1.U'tn 0' Ea \l't11 v

.(}J,lIDV au't&v DJllV (Xu1'aic; .(}J,l&C; rtu't&C;

M.

BJ,ll1.U'tOV

Plural

G. TtJlmv l1.u't&v D. TtJllV tlu'toiC;

TtJ,l&v tlU'tIDV

A. TtJlCtC; l1.U1:0UC;

lW&C; l1.u't&~

{)Jlrov l1.Ut&v .Q).l'iv tlu'toi.C; .(}Jl&C; au'touc;

F.

N.

G. eautOU D. el1.u1:ql

ecxu'tllC; EtlU'tn

A. el1.u'tov

ertu1:~v

el1.u'tou el1.u't

eau'tmv euu'tl1.'ic; eau'taC;

EtlU1:roV E.tlU'tOlC; eaun):

iWtv

l1.u'trti.~

3rdPerson Singular

M.

Plural G. el1.u'C&v D. El1.U'tOlC; A. el1.u'touc; 17.

THE RECIPROCAL PRONOUN

G.

M.

F.

N.

UAA~A(t)V

UAAt\A(t)V UAATtA.rttC; aAAllAftc;

aAAftA(t)V CtAATtAotC; liA.A1'\Aa

D. UAAftAotC; A. aAATtAouC;

292 18.

Athenaze: Book II POSSESSIVES (see Book I, pages 66-67)

Possessive Adjectives Singular E~6~,

1st Person 2nd Person

0"6~,

-ft, -6v, my, mine -ft. -6v, your, yours

Plural ftJ.1e'tEpo~,

-n, -ov, our, ours -5J.1e'tepo~, -n. -ov, your, yours

Possessive Pronouns (used for 3rd person possessives) Singular

M. F.

auto\>, of him, his; of it, its au'tfl.;, of her, her; of it, its aU1:ou, of it, its

N. Plural

M., F., N. 19.

(J.\)'tfiw, of them, their

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN For the interrogative pronoun 'tie;. 'ti, who? what? see Book I, page 108. Its forms are the same as those of the interrogative adjective (see above) and are not repeated here; it always has an acute accent on the first syllable.

20.

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN For the indefinite pronoun nc;. 'tl, someone; something; anyone; anything, see Book I, page 109. This pronoun is enclitic, and it has the same forms as the indefinite adjective (see above).

21.

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN (see Book I, pages 224-225)

Singular

M.

N.

oe; G. ou'i'

D.

?

ql

A. OV 22

Plural

F.

N.

11

0 "r

t'

11<;

ou

l'

'i'

n

ql

tiv

0

M. Ot

F.

N,

at

a

'l'

'1'

roy ?

Ote; oue;

roy 'i"

ate; flc;

'i' mv l' Ot<;

a

FORMATION OF ADVERBS (see Book I, page 50): Adverbs regularly have the same spelling and accent as the genitive plural of the corresponding adjective, but with the final v changed to e;: Adjective KaJ..o<; (genitive plural, KaJ..&v) > adverb KaJ..&e; Adjective aro adverb O"m adverb tlJ..119&C; Adjective 1:<xxue; (genitive plural, 'taXEmv) > adverb 'taXEm<;

Forms 23.

293

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS (see Book I, page 236) For the comparative adverb the neuter singular of the comparative adjective is used, and for the superlative, the neuter plural of the superlative adjective:

Regular av6pelro<; XaAE1t &<; aA'llO&c; O"m
UVOPEUl'tEpOV xaAc1tw"CEPOV aA110icr'CEpov am
av6pno'ta'ta XClAE1tc.O'ta'tct a A'll O£ cr'tft'tft O"ro
a)iEtVOV " KaKlov 1CAEOV )i(YAAOV

aptO"'tCl KaKtO"'tct 1tAELcr'tft )iaAtO"tct

Irregular ~

£u K(lKWC;

1tOAU )i&Aft

Athenaze: Book II

294

Verbs 24. VERBS WITH THEMATIC PRESENTS, SIGMATIC FUTURES, SIGMATIC 1ST AORISTS, ~1Ccx 1ST PERFECTS, wK11 1ST PLUPERFECTS, -6rt- 1ST AORIST PASSIVES, AND -Srt- 1ST FUTURE PASSIVES A.ijO), A.;)(JO), EA;)(Ja. AEAulCa, A.EAUlla1., EAU9Tlv t I loosen, loose; middle, I

ransom PRESENT ACTIVE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, pages 38 and 136, and Book II, pages 75 and 145) Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

)..{)w

)..-6m )..-6n<; )..-6n

1..-601....1

)..{)Et<;

)..f>u A-GO .... eV )..f>e'tE A{)oucrl(V)

)..-6w~ev

1..-6111:£ A;)mm(v)

)..~OtC; )..~ot

A-6ot....eV A-OOt'tE

Imper.

Part.

Infin. )..~elV

)..{)mv, )..-Goua«, AUOV,

)..ue

gen., A~OV1:0C;, etc. A-GE1:£

A~otEV

PRESENT MIDDLEIPASSlVE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, pages 77 and 115, and Book II, pages 76 and 145) 1I:60 ....«t )..-Gu/n )..{)£1:CXt Au6j.LE9a A-Geaee A-Gov1CXt

Ail mJ1CXt A;)n A;)1'\1:«t )..U cD j.le9cx A-611crge A-GWV1:«l

AUOtf.l11 v )..f>OlO Ailot'to AUOlj.Lee« )..;)ota8e Af>01V1:0

A{;Ea9cxt A{;OU

-n, -ov

A{;ea6e

IMPERFECT ACTIVE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, page 214) E)..UOV £Aue<; £Aue(v) EA.fiOj.lEV e)..~E'te

fAuov

IMPERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, page 214) EAU61-lnV EA-6ou EA{;e'to EAu6f.lee cx EA.fieage e)...fiov'to

Au6 .... evoC;,

Forms

295

SIGMATIC FUTURE ACTIVE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, page 158, and Book II, page 146; for consonant-stem verbs, see Book I, pages 158-159) Indie.

Opt.

AfJcrro

A{)cr01f.Lt

Ai1crEt~

A-GcrOL~

AfJcrEt Ai1cr ofl Ev Ai1crE'tE Ai1croucrt(v)

A-GcrOl A-GcrOlf.LEV Ai1crOt'tE Ai1cr01f.V

Infin.

Part. Aflcrrov, Ai1croucrcx, AUcrov, gen., A-GO'ov'to<;, etc.

SIGMATIC FUTURE MIDDLE (THEMATIC) (see Book I, page 158, and Book II, page 146; for consonant-stem verbs, see Book I, pages 158-159)

~~-IST

Au0"6flEVO~,

A\)crOt}ll1V A-Gcroto AflO'ot't'o AucrotflE8a A'\1cr01cr8E A{)crOLV1:0

AflO'oflat A-GO'E11n A;)crE'tat Aucro}lE8a A-GcrEcr8e A;)crov'tcu

-T), -ov

FUTURE PASSIVE (THEMATIC) (see Book II, pages 5 and 146) Au8T)O'OtflT)V Au8ilcroto AU 8il 0' 0 t"t a AU8T)crOtflE8a Au8ncrotcr8E Au8ncrotv'to

Au8nO'oflat Au8ncrEt/n Au8ncrE'tal Au8Tjcro}lE8a Au8ncrEcr9E Au8ncrov'tat

Au8TjcrOflEVO<; -T), -ov

SIGMATIC 1ST AORIST ACTIVE (see Book I, page 196, and Book II, pages 76 and 145; for consonant-stem verbs, see Book I, pages 197-198; for alternative forms of the optative, see Book II, page 145) Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

EAucra

A'\1aro

£AuO"a~

A;)n~

EA\)O'E(v) £A-Gaaf.LEv EAfiaa'tE EAucrav

A-Dan Aficrro}lEV A-DcrT)1:E Aficrrocrt(v)

A:6aatflt A'\1aEta<; A;)O'etE A-5cratflEV ADcral.'tE A-Dcretav

Imper.

Infin. Auaat

AUcrov

Part. A{)O'a~,

A-DO'acra. Auaav, gen., A-Gcravtot;, etc.

Aficra1:€.

SIGMATIC 1ST AORIST MIDDLE (see Book I, page 197, and Book II, pages 77 and 145; for consonant-stem verbs, see Book I, pages 197-198) EA\)creXflTlV £A;) cr 0) EAficra'to £AucraflE8a EA-Gcracr8e £A-GcrUY'to

A-Gcrcoflat Aficrn Aticrrrtat Aum)fl£8a AfiaTjcr8e Aficrrov'tat

AucrCXt}lTjV Afiaato Aficrat'to AuO'cxLflE8a Aficrat,O'8e A-GcratV'to

AfiO'aO'9at Aucrat,

A-Gcrcxcr8e

Aucra/lEvo<;, -Tl, -ov

Athenaze: Book II

296

-Srt- 1ST AORIST PASSIVE (see Book II, pages 5,77, and 145) Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

£A:69Tjv EAuSllt; eAu911 £Au9T\Il EV £Au9Tl'tE EAu9T\aCtv

A:U9& Au9ns Au8n Au9&j.lEV AuS,,'te Au9&crl{V)

Au9dllv Au9dT\~

Au9dTl AuSdj.lEV Au9dtE Au9E1Ev

Imper.

Infin.

Part.

AU9nV(U

Au9d s , Au9Etcra., Au9tv,

Au8T1n gen.,

Au9EV'tO~

Au9T\'tE

-lCCt 1ST PERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II page 207; for alternative forms of the subjunctive and optative, see Book II, page 207) AEAulCm<;

m

AEAUlCOOC;

nc; 'I'

AeAUlC£(V)

AEAUlCOOC;

AEAUlCullEV

AeAUlCO'tl~C;

AeAUlClX1'£ AEAulCiiat(v)

n

(i)JJ.EV AEAUlC01E<; n1:£ AEAUlCOU:C; (i)crt(v)

AEAUl',:m<;, AEAt)1C'llt a. , AEAUlCOC;, gen., AEAUK01:0C;

AEAUlcm<; £IT\v AEAulCm<; EtTje; AEAuKmc; EtTj AEAUKO'tEC; dllEV or etT\j.lf.V AEAUKOtE<; £lu or elTj't'E AEAUKO'tE<; Etev or elTjcrlXv

PERFECT MIDDLEJPASSIVE (ATHEMATIC) (see Book II, page 186) AEAUIlUl

AEAUj.lEVOC;

ABAuaul

AEAuJJ.EVOC; nc; AEAUj.lEVOC;

AEAU'tCtt

m 'I'

n AEAUIlESU AEAuage AEAuV-tut

A£AUIlEVOt 'i' ffillEV AEAUIl£VOt n'te AEAUIlEVOt c1crt(v)

AEAUIl£Voe; flT\V AEAUIl£VO<; EtTl<; A£AUIl£voC; ElTl AeAullEvol dj.lEV or E'll1llEV A£AUIlEVOl €.'i:'te or etll'tE AEAUIlEVOl dEY or Ell1crav

AEAucr9ut

-KTI 1ST PLUPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 210) EAEAUlCTI EAEAUKl1C; eAeAUlCf.t EAEAUKEIl£v EAEAUKE'tE £AEAUlC£O'lXV

AEA'llIlEV oc;, -T\, -ov

Forms

297

PLUPERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (ATHEMATIC) (see Book II, page 187)

Inelle. EA£AUj.!T\V EAEAUO'O £AeAu'to EA£Auj.!e9a EAEAua8e EA,EAUV'tO

For the perfect and pluperfect middle/passive of verbs with stems ending in consonants, see Book II, pages 197-199.

25. VERBS WITH -1'\- 2ND FUTURE PASSIVES AND -11- 2ND AORIST PASSIVES

'Ypacpco, 'YP Cl:lllCO , s'Ypa'V«x, y£ypacp«x, y£ypa).L).L«Xl. Eypacp'lv, I write -T\- 2ND FUTURE PASSIVE (see Book II, pages 13 and 146)

Inelle.

Opt.

Infin.

'YpacprtaOj.!al ypa<prtcru/n ypaqnlcre'tat y Pa
'YpacpT\aOtlll1V ypaQ1l1aoto ypacprtaot'to ypaCP11O'oillE9a ypaqnlaota9E ypacpnaolv't'o

'YP aq)11 a Ecr8aL

Part. 'YpacpT\croIlEVOr;, -T\ -OV

-11 2ND AORIST PASSIVE (see Book II, pages 13, 77, and 145) M

Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

eypaCPl1 v iypaCP11r; eypacp11 eypaCPl1j.!Ev E'Ypa
ypacpro ypacpnl; 'Ypaql11 ypacpmJ.!£v 'Ypa
ypacpEl11V 'Ypacp et11r; ypacpel11 yp a

Imper.

Infin. 'Ypacpilvat

ypaCPl11:l

Part. 'Ypacpetl;. 'Ypacpetcra, ypacpev, gen., 'YPa
ypaCP11te

26. VERBS WITH ATHEMATIC PRESENTS AND IMPERFECTS (see Book I, pages 276-277)

liuv«XJ.Lat, liuv';aoJ.Lcu, eliuv,;S'1v, I am able; I can PRESENT

Indie.

Subjn.

Opt.

ouvallal Suvacral ouva'tat OuvO:IlE9a ouvacr9E ()uvav'tat

OUV())J.Lcu, ouvn ouvTl'cat ouvcOj.!£8a ouv110'9e: ouv())v'tat

SuvaiJ.Ll1v ouvato ouvat'to ouvaillE8a ()uvata9£ ()uvatv'to

Imper.

Infin. ouvacr9at

ouvacro

Suvacrf)e

Part. ouvaIlEvo~.

-11, -ov

Athenaze: Book II

298 IMPERFECT Indie. eSuva!ll'\v ESuvaao or EOUVffi eSuva'to Hiuv al-lE8a ESuvacr8E Eouvav'to lCE1J1<Xl, lCEl<"OJl<Xl, I lie

PRESENT Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

lCEtl-lat KE-tcrat lCE'hat KEi!lE8a lCdcr8E KEtv'tat

lC£ ffi l-1at KEn KEl'\'tat KEcO).lE8a Kencr8E KE ffiV 'tat

KEol).ll1v KeOto KeOt'tO lCEol!lE8a KEotaBE KeOtv'to

Imper.

Infin. lCEtaBat

KEtaO

Part. lCeiI-1EVO~,

-1'\.

-ov KEtcrBE

IMPERFECT £lCdl-1l'\v £lC£tcrO ElC Et't 0 EKdl-1E8a £lCEtcr8E EKEtV'tO £1tlcrtaJltll, £1tlO''t'llaoJ1<Xl, Tt1tlO''t1t911V, I understand; I know

PRESENT E1tla'tal-1a1 bdcr'tacrat E1tla'ta'tat E1ttcr'taI-1EBa E7tlcr'tacrBe E7ttO''taV'tat

btla't ro!la t E1tia'tn E1ticr'tl'\'tat Ema'tcO).lE9a bctcr'tncrBe E7ticr'trov'ta t

IMPERFECT n1ttO''tal-111v Tl1ticr't'aO'o or ,;nlcr'tffi n1tiO''ta'to f)1ttO''ta)1E8a n1Cicr't'acr8e n 1tia'tav'to

Ema't al l-111 v E1tla'tato E1ticr'tacro E1tlcr'tat'to Emcr't'a {!lE9a E1ticr'tata9E E7ticr'tacr8e E1ticr'tatv'to

E1t lanXO'Ba t

Emcr'ta).lEvo<;. -l'\, -ov

Forms

299

27. CONTRACT VERBS

PRESENT ACTIVE (see Book I, pages 39 and 136, and Book II, pages 75 and 145)

Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

qHAro qllAE1C;
q>tAro

qnAOt1lV ql lAO trtc;; <jl lAO irt <jltAOtJ.lEV
qllAn~

qllAn <jllAroJ.lEV <jltAll't£
Imper.

Infin.

Part.

qnAtlV

'PiAu

<jltAe'in:

PRESENT MIDDLEfPASSIVE (see Book I, pages 77 and 115-116, and Book II, pages 76 and 145) 'PtAOUJ.lCll
<jltAroJ.lCll
'PtAoiJ.lllV <jllAOio <jllAOho
'P tAEi.cr8at qHAoU

-0\1

<jltAElcr8£

IMPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book I, page 214) E'PtAOUV elAe1:'tO E<jllAouJ.l£Sa Ecrm above FUTURE MIDDLE (see Book I, page 159) q>tAncroJ.lUt, etc., like A-6crollCll above

<jltAOUIl£VO£;, -11,

Athenaze: Book II

300

FUTURE PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) q>lA:'1tmO'Olllll, etc., like A:u(1)oOIl(lt above

AORIST ACTIVE (see Book I, page 198) r.cptA"1O'll, etc., like EAUO'll above

AORIST MIDDLE (see Book I, page 198) e
AORIST PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) ecplAllSqv, etc., like EAu811v above

PERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 208) 1t8CPIAl1ICU etc., like AEA'UKU above

PERFECT MIDDLEIPASSlVE (see Book II, page 187) 1tEcptA"1lJ.(ll etc., like AEA'UIl(ll above

PLUPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 210) £1t£
PLUPERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book II, page 188) E1tE
PRESENT ACTIVE (see Book I, pages 56 and 136-137, and Book II, pages 76 and 146) Inelle.

Subjn.

Opt.

"Ct/-lID

'till (0

't1Ilc911 V

'ttj.!~C;

't11l~C;

't11l~11C;

'ttj.!~

'tl/-l~

'ttIlIDj.!EV 'ttj.!ii't'E 'ttllmO'\(v)

'tlj.!&j.!EV 'tilliiu: 'tt)lIDO'l(V)

'till
Imper.

Infin.

Part.

'ttj.!iiv

'ttIlWV, 'ttj.!WOll, 'tl/-l&v. gen., 'tillroV"COC;, etc.

I

'ti/-la

'tTllihE

PRESENT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book I, pages 77-78 and 116, and Book II, pages 76 and 146) 'tij.!&j.!Ut 'tl./-l~

'ttllii'tUl

'tiIlIDIl(lt 't11l9: 't1IlCi't(l1

'tl).1CPlll1 v 't11lC?O 'ttlliino

'ttlliio8ut 't1).1m

'tl.IlIDIlEvoC;, -11. -ov

Forms 't'if·U:OJ.!E9a 'tt)lticrge 'tiJ.!ffiv'tat

'tt)lcOJ.le9tx 'ttJ.!acr9E 'tt)lWV'ttxl

'ttJ.!cpJ.!e9tx 'tiJ.!tpcr9E 'ttJ.!tpv'to

IMPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book I, page 214)

Indie. h·[J.lOlV E'ti·J.la.~ £'tf~J.(i

E:ttJ.lffiJ.lev E-t'iJ.lan: , !. £1:tJ.!rov

IMPERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book I, page 214) E-t'illroJ.!T1v thtJJE> E"CtJ.!CX-tO E1:1J.!cOJ.!E9tx E'ttJ.!acr9E E'tiJ.lffiv'to

FUTURE ACTIVE (see Book I, page 159) 't'iJ.!-ncrro, etc., like A:ncrro above

FUTURE MIDDLE (see Book I, page 159) 'ttJ.!ncrO)ltxt, etc., like A:6croJ.!txl above

FUTURE PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) 't'iJ.!T1SftcrO)lat, etc.) like A:u9ncrOJ.!Clt above

AORIST ACTIVE (see Book I, page 198) E'tlJ.!T1Cia etc., like £A,UCiCl above

AORIST MIDDLE (see Book I, page 198) £tIJ.!T1craJ.!l1v, etc., like EA,ucraJ.!l1v above

AORIST PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) £'t'i)l-nSnv, etc., like £A,U911V above

PERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 208) 'tl:'tiJ.!TrK:Cl, etc., like A£A'U!(Cl above

301

Athenaze: Book II

302

PERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book II, page 187) 'tE'tlf.lllllat etc., like AEA'UI.Hll above

PLUPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 210) E1:£'ttIlTllCll, etc., like EA£AUlCTj above

PLUPERFECT MIDDLElPASSlVE (see Book II, page 188) E't'E'tilll)llllV, etc., like EAEAUf.lllV above

PRESENT ACTIVE (see Book I, page 262, and Book II, pages 76 and 146)

Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

011Am

0111.,&

ol1AO'i~

OT\AOt~

BllAOl 011 Aoull£V 0llAOU1:£O BllAoucn(v)

011AOt 0llAmIlEV allAID'tE. BllAIDO't(V)

all AOillV OllAOlll<; BllAoill BT\AOtIlEV BllAo'he 0llAOt£OV

Imper.

I Infin. 011 AOUV

Ol)AO'U

Part. BllAmv, °llAouau, BllAOUV, gen., OllAOUV"COt;, etc.

PRESENT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book I, page 262, and Book II, pages 76 and 146) 011 AOuJ,.tut 811AO'i 811 Aou'tal 01lAouIlE9a 01lAoua9E 011 AOUV1:ut

ollA&J,.tat ollAOt ollAID'tat 0T\Ar.Olle9u 0111.,&0'9£ ollArov'tat

oT\AotllllV 811AOio 0T\AOt1:0 011 AotllE9a 8llAOt0'9r: OllAOtV'tO

811 1.,0 U0'9u t ollAOU

~ll,

-ov oT\Aouage

IMPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book I, page 262) EOTlAO'l)V eOl)Aou<; E01)AOU eBllAoullEV EOllAOU1:£ £OnAO'l)V

IMPERFECT MIDDLEfPASSlVE (see Book I, page 262) £ol1 AOUllllV fOllAOU £811AOU1:0 S0l1AouIlE9a £811Aou0'9E e811AOUV't0

BllAOUIlf.Vo<;,

Forms

303

FUTURE ACTIVE (see Book I, page 262) Sl1Aroaffi, etc., like A{,affi above FUTURE MIDDLE (see Book I, page 262) 011AcOaoI-Un, etc., like A{,crOJlat above FUTURE PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) 011AroOTtcrOJlat, etc., like AUeTtO'OJlClt above AORIST ACTIVE (see Book I, page 262) eOTtAffiO'a, etc., like fA:uO'a above AORIST MIDDLE (see Book I, page 262) EOllAffiaaJl11v, etc., like EA'DO'aJl11V above AORIST PASSIVE (see Book II, page 6) EonAro~v,

etc., like fADellV above

PERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 208) SEOTtAroKa, etc., like AEA'mcu above PERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book II, page 187) OEOTtAffiJlal, etc., like AEAUJlctl above PLUPERFECT ACTIVE (see Book II, page 210) eSEOllAroK11, etc., like EAEAUK11 above PLUPERFECT MIDDLEIPASSIVE (see Book II, page 188) EO£011Aro/111V, etc., like EAEAUJl11V above 28. ASIGMATIC CONTRACT FUTURE OF VERBS IN

1CoJ,dtc.o, K0j.11m, EK0j.110'(X, K£1COJ.LtICCX, take; middle, I get for myself, acquire

-i~ffi

(see Book I, page 159)

1C£1C0j.1tO'j.10a, ElC0J.Lta9nV,

I bring; I

FUTURE ACTIVE Indic.

Opt.

Infin.

lCoJllm

KOJlto t 11 V KOJltolns lCo!l tot 11 lCOJllOtJlEV KO/1lO'i1:£ KO/1lOtEV

KO/1lElV

KO/1tl~t<;

KOJllEt K0 Jl LOU JlEV KO!llEtte KO/1tOUO't(v)

Part. KO/1lroV, lCOJllOua(X, KOJ.LtOUV, gen., K0/1WUV1:0s, etc.

Athenaze: Book II

304

FUTURE MIDDLE

Indic. KOfltOUflCXt KOflte'iln KOflte:ttCXt KOlJ,toulJ,E9cx KOJ.ltEtcr8e KOlJ,toUVtCXt

Opt.

Infin.

KO flto lflnV KOfltoLO KOfltoiro KOlJ,totlJ,dhx KOlJ,tolcrge KO)..ltolvto

KOlJ,u:tcr9cxt

Part. KOlJ,lOUflEVOC;. -n. -ov

29. ASIGMATIC CONTRACT FUTURE OF VERBS WITH LIQUID AND NASAL STEMS (see Book I, pages 166-167, and Book II, page 146) f.L£VOl. f.L£VID, ~J.1£tVa, flEJ.LEvTllCa, intransitive) I stay (in one place); I wait; transitive, I wait for FUTURE ACTIVE ,.lI::V& J.LEVel<; flEVel fl£VOU)..lEV flEVEt'tE flEVOUcrt(v)

flEVEtV

J.LEVOtnV J.LEvoinC; lJ,ev 0 III flEVOlfl£v flEvotrE flEVOlEV

flEV&V. flEvoucra, flEvouv, gen., flEVOUVTOC;, etc.

1Caf.LVOl. ICCXJ.LOUf.LCXt, E1Caf.L0V, KEx:f.LTllCa, I am sick; I am tired FUTURE MIDDLE KaJ.LOU)..lat KaflEiln KalJ,£l-rat Kaflou)..lE9a Ka)..ldage KalJ,Ouvtat

KaJ.L0U flEV 0<; ,

KaJ.L0tflll V lCa)..lOtO Kaflot'to lCcxJ.LoiflE9a Ka)..lolcr9E Ka J.LO tV 'to

-11.

-ov

30. ASIGMATIC 1ST AORIST OF VERBS WITH LIQUID AND NASAL STEMS (see Book I, page 207, and Book II, pages 77 and 145)

cxtpm. ftpm, ~pat ~p1Ca. ~pf.La1.. llP9Tlv, I lift, raise up; with reflexive pronoun, I get up; intransitive, I get under way, set out AORIST ACTIVE

Indic. 'i'

llpa 'i' llptl<; ~pE(V)

1lpa/l£v 1l pa't£ 'i' 11 p tlV

Subjn.

Opt.

apro " fi:pnc; apU aproj.lEV aprl'l:e aprocrt(v)

" iipatJ.lt apnac;/atC; &pov apEtI':hn " O:ptltJ.LEV 'r " o:patt£ fi:pa'tE: apnaV/atEV

Imper.

Infin. 'i'

apat

Part. " fi:pfi:C;, " fi:cr a , fi:p 'i' aptly, gen., apav'to<;, etc.

Forms

305

AORIST MIDDLE Indic.

Subjn.

II paJ.1ll v

" CipmJ,Lett

apaiJ,Lllv

" ~pn

" apaLO " apett'to

l1pm 11 pet'to llpaJ.1Eeet l1pacrSE l1pav'to

CiPll'tett apwf.LESa aPll cree apmv't'at

Opt.

apatJ.1E8a apalcr8e " apettv'to

Imper.

Part.

Infin. apa0'8ett

apcrf.LEvoCj,

'i' etpal

~1l,

-ov apacrSe

31. THEMATIC 2ND AORISTS (see Book I, pages 177-178, and Book II, pages 77 and 146)

A.dfCm. A.dVm. eALfCov, A.EA.OUCtl, AEAE1JlJlCU (I am left behind; I am inferior), £A.Eicp91\v, I leave AORIST ACTIVE £At1tOV eAl1tec; EAlnE(v) £At1tOf.LEV tAl1tE:'tE EAl1tOV

Ai1tm A.tnnC; Aln1i AinmJ,LEV Al1tll't'E A{nOlcrt(v)

At1tOlJ.1t Ai1t01Cj AtnOl Al1tOLJ,LEV At1tOl't€ A{1tOUSV

Al1tEtV At1tE

At1tWV, A.l1tOucra, Al1tOV ~ gen., At1tOV't'OC;, etc.

Al1tE'tf.

ytyvo).Lat, yevitao).Ltlt, EyevOWI'lV, Y£YOVtl, y£yiV'IlJltlt, I become AORIST MIDDLE EY EV °f.LllV F:Y€VOt) tY£VE't'O EYEvoJ,LeSa BYEvEcree EYEVOV'tO

yEvOlJ.Lat y£vn YEVll't'a t YEVWf.LE8a Y£VllcrSE yE.vOlv't'cn

YEVOtJ.1ll V YEVOLO yE.VOl'tO YEVOtJ.LESa YEVOl0'8E Y£VOtV't'o

YEV Ecrea t YEVOU

YEVOJ!EVOC;, -ll. ·OV

YEVEaSE

32. ATHEMATIC 2ND AORISTS (see Book I, pages 252-253, and Book II, pages 77 and 146)

pa{vco, p1\aO).Lal, ePTlv, pepT\1Ctl, I step; I walk; I go AORIST ACTIVE epll V epllC; epll ePllJ.1Ev ePll'tt EPll crCXV

P& Pile; Pn P&J,LEV Pil'tE P&crl(V)

patTlv PatllCj paiTl PCXtJ,LEV pa'in: pateY

pilval Pilet

Pil'tE

p&Cj, paaa, pav gen., pav't'oc;, etc.

Athenaze: Book II

306

'Y1.YVolCI'1C{J), yvmao).Lcn, EYV{J)V, Eyv{J)'lCa, £yv{J)O'I.uu. eyvola9'1lV, I come to know; I perceive; I learn AORIST ACTIVE

Indie.

Subjn.

Opt.

Imper.

EYVroV E'YVCO<; i£yvO)

'Yvro yvip<; yvip

yvol11v YVOlTl<; YVOln

wroSt

£YVro~EV

YV&~EV

yvOt~£V

eyvco'tE. eyvcocav

yvron yvrocrt(v)

yvOl'tE YVOlEV

Part.

Infin. 'Y VroVCH

yvou<;. yvoucra, yvov, gen., yvov'to<;, etc.

yvrotE

io't'l).L1., (J'tilam, £(J't'laa, I make X stand; I stop X; I am setting X (up); athematic 2nd aorist, £O't'lV, intransitive, I stood; -Ka 1st perfect) £O''tTllCa, intransitive, I stand; -Gn- 1st aorist passive, £0''ta9Tlv, I was set (up) AORIST ACTIVE O''tm c'tn

O''tahlV cr'tah,<; O''tain

£O''tn~EV

O''tm~ev

O''ta'i~£v

EO'nrtE Eo'tllO'av

O'1:fj'te c'troO't(v)

O''tal'tE O''ta.1EV

EO''tTlV EO''tn<; "EO'tn

o't~<;

c'tTlvat O''tfj9t

, O''tfi<;, o'taO'a, (Ha.V) gen.) O''ta.v'to<;, etc.

O''tfj'tE

33. THE IRREGULAR VERB d).Li, I am

el"d., EO'ol'uu, I am PRESENT (see Book I, pages 39 and 136, and Book II, pages 75 and 153 d~i

...

l'

co

EtllV

';'

dvm.

et

'Os

etll~

eC'ti(v)

n

'l'

eln

';' o)~EV

d~EVle.t'l'\~EV E1.n:/Ell)'tE ecru eh:v/ell)cav

eO'~Ev

£cnE

l1t e

dal(v)

c1O't(v)

IMPERFECT (see Book I, page 215)

nor nv nO'Sa nv EV n'tE nO'av

nf.l

laOt

mY, o.oO'a, DV, gen., DV'tOs, etc.

Forms

307

FUTURE (see Book I, page 160, and Book II, page 154)

Indic.

Opt.

Infin.

ecr 0 tlll1V EO'Oto '1 EO-OttO eCJolllEBa eo-mO'BE eaotv'to

£cr 0 ".u:u BaEt or eall Ecr1;CU

eaollE9a EO'Ecrge fcroVtat

taEo-Sal

Part. eaOIlEVoc;.

~11,

-OV

34. THE IRREGULAR VERB dJ1l., 1 will go FUTUREIPRESENT (see Book I, pages 168-169, and Book II, pages 85 and 153) Future

Present

Usually Present

Present

Usually Present

Indic.

Subjn.

Opt.

Imper.

Infin.

to)

lOtlll/iotnv late; lOt tOtllEV "lOt'tE tOlEV

'I'

Elllt -,. £t dat(v) tllEV t'tE taat(v)

1nc; t11 to)IlEV tTJ'tE '{roat(v)

ievat tet

t'tE

IMPERFECT (see Book I, page 215) na

or nEtV

nna9a or nne;

net

nEtV nll EV

or

no-av

or nEaav

nn:

35. -Ill VERBS IN BOOK II 8i8roJ1t: for charts, see Chapter 18, Grammar 1, pages 21-22. For the subjunctive, see Chapter 21, Grammar 4, page 85. For the optative, see Chapter 25, Grammar 5, page 153. 'tiSnlll: for charts, see Chapter 18, Grammar 2, pages 29-31. For the subjunctive, see Chapter 21, Grammar 4, page 85. For the optative, see Chapter 25, Grammar 5, page 153. iO''tl1lll: for charts, see Chapter 19, Grammar 3, pages 49-51. For the subjunctive, see Chapter 21, Grammar 4, pages 85-86. For the optative, see Chapter 25, Grammar 5, pages 153-154. 8el1CVUfJ,.l: for charts, see Chapter 20, Grammar 1, page 59. For the subjunctive, see Chapter 21, Grammar 4, page 86. For the optative, see Chapter 25, Grammar 5, page 154.

Usually Present

Part. irov, {Duo-a. i6v. gen., tov'toC;, etc.

Athenaze: Book II tTUU.: for charts, see Chapter 20, Grammar 2, pages 64-66.

For the subjunctive, see Chapter 21, Grammar 4, page 86. For the optative, see Chapter 25, Grammar 5, page 154. 36. THE VERB CPIlJ11, qnicrm. iiCPllaa, I say PRESENT

Indic. I

qJJ11lt.
Subjn.

Opt.

cpm tpfle; ~ cproJ,tEV
<pafTtv , cpat lle;

Imper.

lniin.

Part.

qXie;. cpao-a, cpav, gen., <pav'toe;, etc.

<paS{

or <paSt

,

cpa1':E

IMPERFECT £
£
eq>a.IlEv e<pa.u E<pacJav

37. NEW VERB FORMS IN BOOK II Aorist and Future Passive: see Chapter 17, Grammar 1, pages 4-6 and Grammar 2, page 13. Subjunctive: see Chapter 21, Grammar 2, pages 75-77 and for aJ.l.l verbs, see Grammar 4, pages 85-86. Optative: see Chapter 25, Grammar 4, pages 145-146 and for -Ill verbs, see Grammar 5, pages 153-154. Perfect Active: see Chapter 28, Grammar 2, pages 207-208 and Grammar 7, pages 210-211. Perfect MiddlelPassive: see Chapter 27, Grammar 4, pages 186-187 and Grammar 9, pages 197-199. Pluperfect Active: see Chapter 28, Grammar 6, page 210 and Grammar 7, pages 210-211. Pluperfect MiddlelPassive: see Chapter 27, Grammar 6, pages 187-188 and Grammar 9, pages 197-199. The verb olBa: see Chapter 28, Grammar 9, pages 219-220.

INDEX OF LANGUAGE AND GRAMMAR This listing of topics will help you find information on language and grammar in this book.

ADJECTIVES: see also "Forms," pages 281-290 comparison of adjectives: positive, comparative, and superlative, 126-127 declension of comparative adjectives, 135 irregular comparison of adjectives, 127, 134-135 special meanings of comparatives (= rather/somewhat) and superlatives (= very), 127 verbal adjective in -doC;, 173 adjective made from aorist passive stem with suffix -'t£o<;, 173 passive sense used with or without the verb "to bet 173 expressing obligation or necessity, 173 accompanied by dative of agent, 173 active sense neuter verbal adjective ofintransitive verbs used impersonally with an ac~ tive sense, 173 neuter verbal adjective of transitive verbs used impersonally with an active sense and an object, 173 CASES, Uses of the accusative, adverbial accusative absolute, 172 with participles of impersonal verbs, 172 comparative adverbs, 171 duration of time, accusative of, 171 extent of space, accusative of, 171 positive adjectives in accusative used adverbially, 171 respect, accusative of, 171 superlative adverbs, 171 dative of agent with verbal adjective in -1:£0<;, 173 with perfect and pluperfect passives, 188 genitive absolute, 38-39 noun or pronoun + participle, 38 aspect: present participles =progressive, ongoing action contemporaneous with the action of the main verb; aoriBt participles simple action, sometimes before the action of the main verb, 38-39 translations: "since," 4'as," "when," or "although," the latter often with Kaim::p, 39 CONTRACTIONS aorist passive subjunctives, 77 contracted forms of comparative adjectives, 135 contractions in forms of 8i8C:Ollt and 'ti911llt, 20-22, 29, 31

309

Athenaze: Book II

310

CEU\SIS, 250,256,260, 262,264,266 DIALECTS Herodotus's Ionic dialect, 179 list of features, 179 Thucydides' Attic dialect, 82 list of distinctive features, 82 DISSIMILATION, 20 MOODS: see VERBS, moods PRODELISION, 252, 254, 258 SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS accusative absolute, 172 with participles of impersonal verbs, 172 complex sentences in indirect statement: primary sequence, 247-248 complex sentences in indirect statement: secondary sequence, 271-273 conditional clauses, 162-164 aspect present and aorist subjunctives and optatives differ in aspect, not time, 164 negatives ~f} in the conditional clause, ou in the main clause, 164 simple conditions past particular (a past tense, i.e., imperfect, aorist, or pluperfect, of the indicative in both clauses), 163 past general (d + optative, aorist or present; imperfect indicative), 163 present particular (present or perfect indicative in both clauses), 163 present general (E&V + subjunctive, aorist or present; present indicative), 163 future minatory (d + future indicative; future indicative), 163 future more vivid (e6.v + subjunctive, aorist or present; future indicative), 163 contrary to fact and remote conditions past contrary to fact (d + aorist indicative; aorist indicative with &v), 164 present contrary to fact Cd + imperfect indicative; imperfect indicative with av), 164 future remote or future less vivid ( d + optative, aorist or present; optative, aorist or present, with av), 164 fearing, clauses of, 92 positive introduced by ~f), 92 negative introduced by Jlf), which is accompanied somewhere in the clause by ou,92 verb in subjunctive, 92, or optative 144 general clauses, 93-96, and see indefinite or general clauses genitive absolute, 38-39, and see CASES, Uses of the, genitive absolute indetinite or general clauses with ;Xv + subjunctive (present or aorist), 93-96 distinction between definite clauses with the indicative and indefinite clauses

Index of Language and Grammar

311

with av and the subjunctive, 93 examples, 93-94 aspect, 95 present subjunctive:;; continuous process; aorist subjunctive =simple event, 95

conditional indefinite or general clauses, 94 use of ed.v (= d + av), e.g., present general conditions, 94, 163, future more vivid conditions, 163 relative indefinite or general clauses, 93-94 use of cans, nne;, 0 'tt, anyone who, whoever; anything that, whatever; pl., all that; whoever; whatever, in indefinite or general relative clauses, 94 declension of OO''tlC;, nnc;, 0 'tt, 95 use of oam, oam, oaa, as many as, often reinforced by 1tav'tEC;. 1&uacu, 1to:v1:a, all, in indefinite or general relative clauses, 95 temporal indefinite or general clauses, 94 until: Effie; + av after a positive main clause; usuaUy 1tpiv + av after a negative main clause, 94 whenever: E1tEtOaV (= €1t£toft + a.v), o1:av (= O'tE + Civ), 01to't(lV = 01&01:£ + {iv, 95

N.B.: Conditional, relative, and temporal clauses referring to the future are usually treated as indefinite, i.e., they use {iv + the subjunctive and not the indicative, 95-96. exception: conditional clauses in sentences expressing threats or warnings, 96 indirect questions indirect questions with the indicative, 102-103 introduced by the same words that introduce direct questions, 102 introduced by indefinite interrogatives, 102-103 list of indefinite interrogatives, 103 indirect questions with the optative, 155-156 indirect statements indirect statements with on or OOs, that, + indicative, 102 + optative, optional, in secondary sequence, 155-156 indirect statements with infinitives, 108-110 introduced by eA.1ti~m, vOl1tSm, 1ttCf'te:om, and Qllll1t, 109 negatives placed before E
312

Athenaze: Book II future infinitive = time subsequent to that of the leading verb, 110 infinitive of dllt and its compounds may refer to time subsequent to that of the leading verb, substituting for a future indicative in the corresponding direct statement, 110 aorist infinitive = time prior to that of the leading verb, 110 indirect statements with participles, 111 introduced by verbs of knowing, learning, and perceiving, 111 accusative case is used when the subject of the indirect statement is different from the subject of the leading verb; same as for infinitive construction, see 108-109, example 111 nominative case is used when the subject of the indirect statement is the same as the subject of the leading verb; same as for infinitive construction, see 109, example 111 other rules apply as for indirect statements with infinitives, 111 when to use o'tVWC;, infinitive, or participle, 116 object clauses with 01t(J)~ + future indicative after verbs expressing care or effort, 128 optative mood in subordinate clauses in secondary sequence primary and secondary sequence, 143-144 optative as an alternative to the indicative in indirect statements and indirect questions, 155-156 optative as an alternative to the subjunctive, 143-144 in clauses of fearing, 144 in purpose clauses, 144 optative required in indefinite or general clauses in secondary sequence, 144145 conditional clauses, past general, 163 relative clauses, 145 temporal clauses, 144 purpose clauses, 78 introduced by tva., 01tffiC;, roc;, 78 negative, tva. Ilft, 01troc; 11ft, roC; Ilft, IlTt, 78 verb in subjunctive, 78, or optative 144 primary sequence, ix, 144, 155,247-248 relative clauses) 119 attraction of relative pronoun to case of its antecedent, 119 antecedent incorporated into relative clause, 119 omission of antecedent of relative pronoun,119 secondary sequence, ix, 143, 155-156, 271-273

VERBS: see also "Forms," pages 294-308

aorist of deponent verbs, see deponent verbs, aorist of articular infinitive, 118 aspect participles in genitive absolutes, 38-39 perfective, 184-185 t 209 present and aorist optative in wishes, 142 present and aorist subjunctive, 78 present and aorist subjunctive in indefinite or general clauses, 95 present and aorist subjunctive and optative in conditional sentences, 164

Index of Language and Grammar

313

augment aorist, 4 imperfect, 40 perfect temporal, XV, 183, 184, 185, 196,207 syllabic, xv, 183, 185, 196, 197,207 pluperfect, 187, 188,210 compound verbs spelling changes when prefix ends in -v, 120 deliberative subjunctive, see moods, subjunctive, uses in main clauses, deliberative questions deponent verbs, aorist of, 13-14 middle deponents, 13 passive deponents, 13-14 hortatory subjunctive, see moods, subjunctive, uses in main clauses, hortatory imperatives 2nd person, viii 3rd person, viii, 260, 264 impersonal verbs set 10~, aO!a~t 110.. 11~, e~ecrn(tV) 10~, apeO'KEt 20y, StacpepEt 200:, XPll 17~ infinitives . as verbal nouns, viii articular infinitive, 118 -Jll verbs BdleVUlLt, 58-59 nasal suffix -vu-I-vu-, 58 list of similar verbs, 58 forms, 59 8iOIDllt, 20-22 forms, 21-22 reduplication, present and imperfect, 20 IT\llt, 64-66 forms, 64-66 reduplication, present and imperfect, 64 tcr1:lllLl, 39-41,49-51 compounds of: Ka6icr't1lIll, 51 transitive, I set X up; I appoint Xj + £tC; + ace., I put X into a certain state, 51 intransitive, I am appointed; I am established; + Ei~ + acc., I get/fall into a certain state; I become, 51 a
314

Athenaze: Book II

VERBS (continued) intransitive, 40 exception: sigmatic 1st aorist middle, E(j't'l1creXfl'l1V, is not used intransitively; athematic 2nd aorist, E(jTI\V, is used instead, 41 reduplication, present and imperfect, 39--40 'ttSrUll, 20-22, 29-31 forms, 29-31 reduplication, present and imperfect, 20 llflt, 117 forms, 307 moods indicative, viii imperative, viii subjunctive, viii, ix, 75 accent of compound forms, sometimes recessive in Greek texts, sometimes not; accent of uncompounded form retained in this book, 86 aspect; present =process, aorist =simple event, 78 forms present, 75-77 aorist, 76-77 primary endings for middle voice, 76 -flt verbs, 85-86 uses in main clauses deliberative questions, 78 hortatory, 78 prohibitions or negative commands, 78 uses in subordinate clauses, see SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS, conditional clauses, fearing clauses, indefinite or general clauses, purpose clauses optative, viii, ix forms regular verbs, liquid stems, and contract verbs, present, aorist, and future' active, middle, and passive, 145-146 -fll verbs, present, future, and aorist, active, middle, and passive, 153154 uses in main clauses potential optative, 143 present or aorist optative, differing in aspect, not time, with lXv, 143 negative, ou, 143 wishes, optative mood used to express, 142 present or aorist optative, differing in aspect, not time, 142 negative flit, 142 often introduced by dSe or d ya.p, 142 uses in subordinate clauses, see SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS, optative mood in subordinate clauses negative commands, see moods, subjunctive, uses in main clauses, prohibitions or negative commands participles as verbal adjectives, viii -~- 1st aorist passive participle, 5

Index of Language and Grammar

315

Ml1- 2nd aorist passive participle, 296

-Gn- 1st future passive participle, 5 -11- 2nd future passive participle, 296 perfect active participles, 207, 208 perfect middle/passive participles, 183-184, 186, 198-199 verbs that take supplementary participles: Aav9tivro, '['\.)'yxtivro, aivof.Lcn, 67-68 CPCttV0I-Ull + participle = I am shown to be; I am proved to be; 1 am clearly, 68 q>aivof.Lcxt + infinitive I appear; I seem, 68 potential optative, see moods, optative, uses in main clauses, potential optative principal parts, ix, xv construction of other forms from principal parts, ix etymologically unrelated stems, xv six principal parts: present active, future active, aorist active, perfect active, perfect middle/passive, aorist passive, ix prepositional prefixes and euphony, 120 prohibitions, see moods, subjunctive, uses in main clauses, prohibitions or negative commands purpose clauses, see SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS, purpose clauses reduplication in present and imperfect, OLOOl/it 20, to"'tl1f.Ll 39, 111f.Lt 64, 'ti9f\f.Lt 20 in perfect and pluperfect, xv, 183, 185, 186, 187, 196, 197,207,210 Attic reduplication, 235 subjunctive, see moods, subjunctive tenses aorist, see voice, passive voice, aorist future, see voice, passive voice, future perfect aspect, perfective, 184-185, 209 active examples indicative, 206 subjunctive, 206 optative, 206 imperative, 206 infinitive, 206 participle, 206 active forms -lea 1st perfect active, AEA'llK£l, 207 reduplication or augment, 207 infinitive accented on next to last syllable, 207 participle, 208 stems, 208-209 contract verbs, 208 dentals, 208 liquids and nasals, 208 stem extended with an £, 208 perfect stems of cmo9vncrKro, ptiAAOl, and le£lAEOl, 209 -£l 2nd perfect active, ,),E'YP(l(pa, 210 stems, 211

Athenaze: Book II

316 VERBS (continued)

aspiration of final consonant, 211 change of vowels, 211 middle/passive examples indicatives, 185 subjunctives, 185 optatives~ 185 imperatives, 186 infinitives, 186 participles, 183-184 middle/passive forms perfect middle/passive, AEAUjlCXt, 186-187 accents of infinitive and participle always on next to the last syllable,186 contract verbs, 187 no thematic vowels, 186 periphrastic forms of subjunctive and optative, 186-187 primary middle/passive endings~ 186 reduplication or augment in all forms, 186 perfect middle/passive of verbs with stems ending in consonants, A£A£tjljlCXt, 1tE1tEtCfj.tUt, 5e5EYllat, TlYYEAllat, 1tEqJCXCfjlCXt, lCElCptllat, 197199 reduplication, 183,185, 186, 196-197,207, Attic reduplication 235 temporalaugnnent, 183, 184,185, 196,207 syllabic augment, 183, 185, 196-197, 207 verbs found most commonly in the perfect and pluperfect tenses, 219 list, 219 otoa,219-220 pluperfect active examples, 209-210 active forms -a 2nd pluperfect active, £'Yf'Ypuqrll, 210 contract verbs, 210 .1CTI 1st pluperfect active, EAEAUICTl, 210 middle/passive examples, 187 middle/passive forms pluperfect middle/passive, eAEAullllv, 187 augment reduplicated stem, 187-188 contract verbs, 188 no thematic vowels, 187 secondary middle/passive endings, 187 pluperfect middle/passive of verbs with stems ending in consonants, EAEAEljlllnV, E1tE1tEiallllv, eo£5£'YllnV,n'YYEAjlllV, E1tEcpuallllv, elCElCptllnv, 198, 199 reduplication, 187,210,235 augment, 187, 188,210 thematic vowels, 20,186,187 verbs that take supplementary participles: AaVeavm, 't'llyx,uvG), cpeuvm, and qJatVOllat, 67-68 cpatvojlat + participle 1 am shown to be; 1 am proved to be; I am clearly, 68

Index of Language and Grammar <patVof.W.t + infinitive = I appear; I seem, 68 voice middle/passive voice, perfect, see tenses, perfect, middle/passive middle/passive voice, pluperfect, see tenses, pluperfect, middle/passive passive voice, aorist -Grt- 1st aorist passive, EA:u611v, 4-6 changes in or additions to stem, 6 ~1l- 2nd aorist passive, Eypa
317

GREEK TO ENGLISH VOCABULARY We do not give principal parts of contract verbs except when they are irregular. We do not give principal parts of compound verbs except when the uncompounded verb is not used in Attic Greek, e.g., o.
't'IlO:ID. 'tlJ.I:qam. E1;iJ.L~aa, 't£tiJ.L~1Cat 't£'ti.J1~J.Lat. £'tlJ.Lita~v 3~~6m.B~~mamtEB~lIDaa,B£B~~IDKa.B£B~lIDllat,£B~lmanv

llyolJ.(lt y'OvatKa + dat., I bring home a wife (for someone) «yopa, ayopa~. il, agora, city center, market place (8~) ayopeum, I speak in the Assembly; more generally, I speak; I say (21 ex) &ypa, aypa~. fl, hunt; hunting (26~) &yPtO~. -ii. -ov, savage; wild; fierce

A ayaa6~,

-.q, -6v, good

(5/3 and 14 Gr

2) aJ.ldvmv. alJ.uvov, better (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 2) lip\(no~. -'I), -ov, best; very good; noble (9/3, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 2) See 24 Gr 2 for other comparatives and superlatives of uYCt96C;. &yaAJ.la, «ya1J.Lcx'to~, statue (of a god) (H., p. 156) 'AyaJ.LEJ.LVmv. ·AyaJ.L£J.Lvovo~, 0, Agamemnon (7 a) &.yy£lloo, [&yytAe-] «yytAm, [o.YYElA-] llyyetAQ, [aYYEA-] 1\ yy fA. Ka, 1\ yy t1J.LCX L, il'Yy£~91\v, I announce; I tell (14/3, 22« PP, and 27 Gr 9) &yy£A.O~. aYY£Ao'O, 0, messenger (4a) &y£; pl., ay£t£, come on! (9a) ayEtpm, [UYEPE-] ayE pro, [o.ynp-] lly£tpa, I gather (27 ex) ayvoEOO, I do not know (19~)

(5~)

'to,

aypiID~,

adv., savagely; wildly; fiercely «yp6;. ftYpou, 0, field (la and 3 Gr 2) £V toi~ aypotc;, in the country &ym. a ~oo, [&),a),-] ilYQYov, [o.y-] ~xa, 11Yllat. iix9",v, I lead; I take (2~,

2OyPP)

lly£; pl., llYE'CE, come on! (9a) ayolV, ftYIDVOC;, 0, struggle; contest (15/3) ayooviColla 1, [o.)'oovu:-] eXyoovtou J,l«X t, [cX.)'OOVL-] ";YOlVtCfall1\V, TtYcOVtCfIlQt, I contend (27 a)

318

Greek to English Vocabulary

a,

aSEAcpoc;, aSeAcpou, £1 aOeA.CjH~, brother (lla) .xSucem, intransitive, I do wrong; transitive, I wrong; I injure (30~) li8n:oe;. -ov, unjust (24a) A8p110''toC;, Ionic, ("Aopacr'to<;, Attic), 'A8p1\0''tou, 0, Adrastus (26a) a8uvatoc;, -ov, impossible; incapable II

(21~)

~8m, 90'o~at.nO'a.nO'~at.fi0'911v,I sing (300)

ad, adv., always (4~) (X£VCXOC;, -ov, ever·flowing; everlasting (H., p. 30) &9&vcx'toc;. -ov, immortal (30~) ti9«vcx'tot, ti9cxveX'tCov. oi, the Immortals •A9iavii~E, adv., to Athens (12~) 'A9fivat. 'AOl1v(i)V. ai, Athens (6a) 'AO"vl1O't, at Athens EV 'tate; •A91\vatC;, in Athens (la) •AOl1VQ, 'A911V&C;. ~, 't1\ 'A911vCf, "C1W 'A911v&V, ib 'Atmv&., Athena (daughter of Zeus) (9a) 'A91lvaioc;, -a. -ov, Athenian (la) 'A911vexlot, 'A911VCXtmV, oi, the Athenians 'A9iavllO't, at Athens a9uJl.ia, a9u)1iaC;. 1), lack of spirit; despair (26~) AiyuioC; n:ov'toC;. Aiyatou n:ov'tou. 0, Aegean Sea Aiy£uC;, Aiyemc;, 0, Aegeus (king of Athens) (6a) AiYUltttOl, AiYU'Jt'tlOlV, oi, Egyptians AiY'lllt'toC;. Aiy.ult'tou, ii, Egypt (16ex) " = au ,; aun atJ.1a, ui~a'toc;, 't6, blood (20y) ai~, aiyoe;, 0 or il, goat (7a arid 7 Gr 3a) AtoAoC;.Ai6Aou,a,Aeolus aipem. aipi}am. [eA.-] dAOV (irregular augment), [aipe-] npl1lCa, fiPl1Juu. npE911V, I take (7a, 11~, and 27aPP); middle, I choose (28~) a Ypm, [Ii pE-l it p co, [it p-] ~ p a, .q p lC a ,

319

~P~CXt, llp91lv, I lift, raise up; with

reflexive pronoun, I get (myself) up; intransitive, I get under way, set out (1~, 10~, 12 Gr 3, 170:, and 23a PP) aia9civo)1cxl., [aio8e-] ai0'91)uo)1a1., [aicr9-] 0'96 ~ l1V, [atGBs-] il 0'911!la 1. + gen. or acc., I perceive; I learn; lap· prehend (30~) a1.axpoc;. -6v, shameful (24a and 24 Gr 4) atO'ximv, atO'Xlov, more shameful (24 Gr4) atO'xtO'1:0C;, -11, -OV, most shameful (24 Gr 4) AiO'XUAO~, Ai<JXUAO'll 0, Aeschylus

n

-a,

(15~)

aidm, I ask; I ask for (11a) ai'tili. aidac;. 1), blame; responsibility; cause (23a) ainoc;. -lit -OV, responsible (for); to blame (3a) Ahvaiov opOC;, Ahva1.ou opouC;. 'to, Mount Etna (l6~) cxtXJl.1), aix~f\c;, ii, spear point 'AlCapvQvid 'A'lCapvav1.aC;, il, Acarnania (290:) Q;lC£OJlUt, olC.o\)~a\, fl1c:£O'ci~l1V (note £ instead of 11), I heal (17 ~) a lC.iVll'tOt;, -ov J motionless, unmoved incoAo'll9im + dat., I follow (300) alC.ov't{~m, [aKOV1:tE-] olCov'ttm, [aKOVn-] TtlCov'ttO'a + gen., I throw a javelin at alC.ou(O, alCOUO'OJlUt, 1llC.o'llO'u, [alCo-] alCl)'lCOa, [aKO'll-] TalCou0'91lv, intransitive, I listen; transitive + gen. of person, acc. of thing, I listen to; I hear (4a and 29~ PP) eXlCp6ltOAtC;. cXIC.POn:6AEOlC;, 1), citadel (28a) 'AlC.p6XOAtC;. ·AlC.pon:6A£mc;,~, the Acropolis (the citadel of Athens) (8~) lilCPOC;. - a, -ov, top (of) (5a) lilC.pov 'to opOC;, the top of the mountain I hill (5 0:)

320

Athenaze: Book II

ihcc.ov. Ih:01lO"cx, iilcov, unwilling(ly); involuntary(-ily) (26a) eXAa~cOv. eXAcx~6vo;, b or it, imposter, charlatan, quack (30 ~) eXAi)9ucx, eXAfl9eiat;, it, truth (26a) aATl9tlc;. ciATl9£t;, true (13~, 13 Gr 4, and 14 Gr 1) aATlgeO"'tepoc;, -a, -ov, truer (24 Gr 1) aAfl9t(n:a'C0c;. -Tt. -ov, truest (24 Gr 1) aA'I\9iOc;, adv., truly (14 Gr 3) aA'I\OeO''Cepov, adv., more truly (14 Gr 3) eXATlOeO''ta'ta, adv., most truly (14 Gr 3) eXA1\9£t;, eXA.'I\90uC;, to, the truth aA'I\9tl. aATl9mv. 'ta, the truth (13~) eXAiO"lCOJ.La t, [&AO-] aAmO"o J.La t, EaAmv or ~Amv, eaAmlta or f\Aol1C:a, I am caught; I am taken (280:) eXAA.a, conj., but (Ia) aAAO:Vt01U,OATlt;. clAAo:v'to1tmAo1l, 0, sausage-seller eXAAtlAmV, of one another (13a) aAAoc;. -1\, -0, other, another (4~) aA.A01 ... aAA.Ot, some ... others liAAOt aAAoO'E, some to some places ... others to other places (27 a) aAAoO"E, adv., to another place; to other places (270:) •AA1la't'tTlt;. 'ton' AA'Ua't''to'U, (Ionic, 'AAuO:'t't£m), 0, Alyattes (25a) AA.'Ut; • ., AA'UOC;, 0, Halys River (270.) aAmVat: aorist infinitive of aAtmcol-tat «J,1a, adv., together, at the same time U

(l3~)

aJ.Lu, prep. + dat., together with «tUX icp, at dawn (295) aJ.Lu 9tlc;,aJ.Laget;,stupid al.UXOta, aJ.l.a9iiiC;, Tt, ignorance (H" p.243) alla~a, aJ.La;TlC;. it, wagon (22~) alla p'Cav ro, [al-tap't£-] allap-c';crOJ,1(u. [a J.lo. P1:-] i1ll a ptov, [allap't£-] Ttllap't'l\lCa, Ttllap'tTlllat.

Ttllap't";9Tlv + gen., I miss; I make a mistake, am mistaken (18~) aJ.Lap'tia. allap'tilic;. Tt, mistake "Alliicnc;, 'AllaO'EcoC;. 0, Amasis (25a) aJ.Ldvrov. alluvov, better (14 Gr 2, 24 Gr 2) aIlElVoV, adv., better (14 Gr 3) aJ!£Aym. eXIlEA~m, iiIlEA~a, I milk all1tEAOC;, QJ,11t£AO'U, Tt, grapevine (30y) aJ!\Svro, [aJ.l.UVE-] eXJ!'Uvro. [aj.tuv-] iiIlUVCX, active, transitive, I ward off X (ace.) from Y (dat.); middle, transitive, I ward off X (ace.); I defend myself against X (acc.) (13~) aJ!CPo'tepoc;, -ii, -OV, both (25~) civ: used with subjunctive (22 Gr 2); potential particle (25 Gr 2) ava. prep. + ace., up (5a) ava~aivro, I go up, get up; + E.nl. + ace., I climb, go up onto (8~) avupAE71:c.o, I look up QvaytyvmO'lCco, I read (21a) QVaY1Catm,eXvaYKaO"m,~vayltaaa,

TtVaYlCt'1lCa, T,vaYlCaO'Il(u, 1\vayltaa9TJv, I compel (15a) eXvaYlCTJ, avaylCTl~. Tt, necessity (21~) avayltTl £O''ti(v), it is necessary (21~)

avayollat [= o:va- + ayollat], I put out to sea (295) eXvti9Tllla, ava9"J.l.u'toC;, 'to, temple offering (27 a) ciVatpEOllat [= avo:- + aipEOJ.I.Ctt], I take up; I pick up (28 a) avcxlCpa'm, [Kpay-] aV£1Cpayov, I shout (30y) av all1.IlVn (711::0), [Ilvll-] eXv ex Ilvt, O'm, eXve.IlV'l\aa, I remind someone (ace.) of something (ace. or gen.) JLEllvTlllcxl (perfect middle = present), I have reminded myself = I remember IlVTlcrO,,;O'ollat (future passive in middle sense), I will remember £J,1vTtcr9Tlv (aorist passive in middle

Greek to English Vocabulary sense), / remembered

(28~

and 298

PP) aVfXnfXUO~fXt,aVfXKfXuaO~at,av

e1tcx'OO'allllv, aVfX1te1tfX'Ullext, I rest (l9~)

lXVfX~. lXva1C'to~,

OJ lord; master (R., p. 158) avaa"tcxcnc;, civaa'tcXoemc;, ft, forced move; move; evacuation (22 ex) avaO"n:vcX~m, I groan aloud (2813) aVfXcnpecpm, I turn around (2713) tlva1:{STllll, / set up; I dedicate (1813) aVfXxmpem, I retreat, withdraw (14/3) civopeioc;, -lit -ov, brave (3~, 14 Gr 1, and 24 Gr 1) av8pdmt;, adv., bravely (14 Gr 3) liV£l.l.OC;, av£~o'O. 0, wind (13a) av £~£.taCf't'oc;, -OV, not searched out, not inquired into, unexamined (8., p. 246) av£pXO~fXt, I go up avexo~cxl ava- + EX°J,lat], imperfect, i}V€txolll)v (double augment), a v£~O~fXt (irregular), [ax-] ,;veaxo~l1v, I endure; I am patient (27~) avnp, civ8poC;, 0, man; husband (4a and 8 Gr 2) civ9io'ta~fXt [= av'tt- + tcr1:al-lal]. [cr'tl)-] &vtlcr'tilao~fXl. aVtEo'tllV, av9£Cf'tl11Cct + dat., I stand up against, withstand (22 a) liv9pCllnoc;. av9pm1to'O, 0, man; human being; person (1a and 3 Gr 3) avi(J't'll~1. a.va- + lcr'tTIIU], avaO''tnO'Ol. aVECJ't'TlO'CX, transitive, I make X stand up; / raise X (19a) civ{a'ta~.I.(u [= nva- + ta'taJlat], [a'1:11-] av fXO''tT,OO JLfX t Ii v£(J'tl1v, &.v £CJtl1lCcx, 1 stand up; 1 am forced to move,' / move; / evacuate (22 a) avol1't0'i. -ov, foolish (2813) civotyvu~t [= ava- + 01YVUllt], imperfect, [OLY-] a.v£cpyov (double augment), t

avo{~m,avi~~a.ave~xa.&v-

321

ecpYl-Lat (1 stand open), av£tPx9TlV, 1 open (20 Gr 1 and 30B PP) cXVt£xCll [= avn- + EXm], imperfect, av't'elXov (irregular augment), av9£~Ol (irregular), [ax-] av't£axov + dat., 1 resist (1413) av,;t, prep. + gen., instead of; against (2813); in preference to, above (H., p. 32) av'ttoOl-LfX1, av·ttcOoO~fX1.. tivttm9"v + dat., I oppose (270:) avtpov,av"tpo'O,to,cave lXvm, adv., up; above (20y) li~to'i. -a, -ov, worthy; + gen., worthy of (16~) aOlooc;. aot8ou, 0, singer; bard (H., p. 211) aXcXym I lead away 0:n:apXOl-LfX1,1 begin (30B) altliC;. axCtO'll. lXnav I all; every; whole (14/3) a1t£l~t [= areo- + dllf.], 1 am away (from) J

(50:)

a1t£AaUVOl [= areo~ + fAauvm], transitive, 1 drive away; intransitive, / march away a1t£PxoJLlll [= ano- + EPXOllat], 1 go away (6a) a1l:EXOl [= areo- + Exrol imperfect, areEtXOV (irregular augment), acpe~fD (irregular), [Ox-] aXECJXov, I am distant; + gen., 1 am distant from~' middle, + gen., 1 abstain from (17 a) prep. + gen., from (4a.) ano-, as a prefix in compound verbs, away (4a) a1to~atvm, I go away a.'ltO~AE1Cm, 1 look away ax081lJLefD, / am abroad; 1 go abroad

ano,

(25a)

a1t08i8C1lI-L1, I give back, return; 1 pay; middle, 1 sell (18 a) Xaptv a.reoOiOmJLl + dat.,/give thanks to; 1 thank (18a) axo9VnO'lCOl, [eaVE-] axo9avoul-Lcx1, (Sav-] axe9avov, [9vll-1 'ti9vT)1CCX, 1

322

Athenaze: Book II

die; perfect, I am dead (lla and 24~ PP) Sometimes (bto9vucJ!:cro supplies the passive of lX1tOK'tdvro and means I am killed. cin:OlCpivop,at, [lCptV£-] an:olCp1.V ou )J.CX\, [KpiV] tXn:ElCpl.va)J.'ll v , [KptV- ]«n:oKh::p\p,cxt, [lCpt-] a1l:£Kpi91lv (New Testament Greek regularly uses the aorist passive and not the aorist middle), I answer (7 ~ and 22~ PP) ci1t01CtElvm, [1C'tEV£-] altolC't£viO, [KUtv-] a1t£1C't £IV CX, [K'tOV-] a1tEIC'tova, I kill (6ex, 10~, and 22~ PP) The passive of lX1tOK'tEtVm is supplied by &1t09vnaKm, I die; I am killed. an:oA-alJ.~avm, I cut off, intercept (295) cin:oA-A-{}lJ.l, [= &1t0- + OAAU,.Lt]. [ble-] cin:oA-m, axmA-sacx, I destroy; I ruin; I lose Middle: altOA-A-'Up,al, [oAe-] a1toA-o\)p,at, [oA-] a1tcoA-oP,TlV, I perish Perfect: [olE-] aKOA-mA-£Ka, I have ruined, [bAr] a.1ttlA-coA-a, I am ruined (26a) 'AKOA-A-mV, 'An:oA-A-coVOC;, 6, Apollo a.1t01tEp,fCm, I send away an:01tA-Em, I sail away a1tOpEOl, I am at a loss (12a) «11:0 pia. cin:o piac;, il) perplexity; difficulty; the state of being at a loss (15a) ci11:0C1'tEA,ACO, I send off (29~) a1totp«{vm, I show; 1 reveal; I prove (26~)

a1totp£uym, I flee away, escape

(5~

and

10~)

cixoxmpem, I go away upo, particle; introduces a question (4a and 10 Gr 9) 'ApyeioC;. -ii. -ov,Argive (25~) A PYTl • ., APYTlC;, il, Arge (name of a dog) (l9~) "ApyoC;, "Apyou. 0, Argus (nameofa U

dog;

cr. apyo<;, -~, -ov, shining;

swift)

(5a)

apyoC; [= aepyo<; = a-, not + epy-, work], -ov, not working, idle, lazy (2 a and 4a) apyuploV, apyupiou, 'to, silver; money (11~) apEG'1C£1., [ape-] apeO'£l" llP£O'e, impersonal + dat., it is pleasing (2Oy) cipent. cipE'ti\~, il~ excellence; virtue; courage (15~) cipt9J10~t apt9p,ou t 0, number (27 a) apuJt£p&, aplO''t£pa.<;. it, left hand (9a) aptO'to~.

-1\, -ov, best; very good,' noble (9~) «plO'ta, adv., best (14 Gr 3) ap)J.ovlft, &p)J.OV{d~, 1), harmony (24~) apo'tpov, apo'tpou, 'to, plow (2ex) apoco, I plow 'AP'tE)J.iO'1.ov, 'Ap'tep,1.O'1.o'U, 'to, Artemisium (14~) «p'tt>Q), ap'tt>am, fjp't\)aa. llP'tulCa, fjp't1>P,(I\, 1\P't.fiOTlV, I arrange, make ready apx~, cipxi\~. 1), beginning (13~); rule; empire (2Ict) 'Apxi8aJ10~1 'APX\8&p,o'U, 0, Archidamus (22~) 'ApX\J1r,8Tl~, 'APl1.P,ft8o'l), 0, Archimedes (28£) «PXm, ap;m,~p~a,~pyp,al,fjp~ X911V + gen., active or middle, I begin; + gen., active, I rule (21~) 'AO'ill, •A(Jiti~t "', Asia (i.e., Asia Minor) (15~)

'AO'lClf\fC1.£1.ov, •AO'lCA-l11t1.£io'U, 'to, the sanctuary of Asclepius (17~) •AO'lCATl1C1.0C;, •AalCA-1\1tloU. 0, Asclepius (the god of healing) (11~) ciO'Ko~,aa1Cou,b,bag

aO'p,£voc;, -1\. -OV, glad(ly) (24a) aO'11:ic;, «0'11:t80c;, it, s hield (30~) ao'tpayaA-oc;,aO''tpayalo'U,b,knucklebone (used as dice in gaming) liO''tu, liO''t£Q)~, 'to, city (Bex and 9 Gr 3) ciO'tpaA-il~. -ec;, safe (20y)

Greek to English Vocabulary

323

Cl'CU1C'tOC;. -ov, disordered (29 e) eX-ralCtroc:;, in disorder (29 e) eX1'(l~{a. a'Ca~(ac:;. ii, disorder (29E) a'tEXvl.Oc:;, adv., simply; really (30a)

itx9£0'911v + dat" I am vexed (at); I am grieved (by) (3013) UXPllO'';OC;. -ov, useless (27~)

a1'pa~6c;.atpaxou,iI,path

B

'At'ttlC", 'A1'ttKllC;. ii, Attica (l4~) 'A'tttKOC:;t -itt -ov,Attic (2ge) "A'tuC:;t "Atuoc:;.o,Atys (26a) au, adv .• again (2413) 0;.091(;, adv., again (3a); in turn (H., p. 176) aiSA-tov. (lUAlOU, 'Co, sheepfold

Ba~1JAmVtOt.

au~&vro, [au~e-] au~"O'm, 11u~11oa. llU~TllCUt 11;S~1'\J.lUt, l1u~,,911v, I in-

crease (913 and 2313 PP) auptov, adv., tomorrow (11a) aU·d.1Ca, adv., straightway, at once (27a) (lu'Coc:;. -no -0, intensive adjective, -self, -selves; adjective, same; pronoun in gen., dat., and acc. cases, him, her, it, them (513, 5 Gr 6, and 5 Gr 9) au'toupyoc:;. autoupyou, 0, farmer (1a)

acpatpeoJ.lat [= aTtO- + aipeO).1al], I take away for myself; I save (290) acptl1J.lt [= U1tO- + 111).11.], I let go, release; I send; I throw (208) acpn:vEOJ.l(U [= «11t0- + LKVeO).1al], [be-] acp{~oJ.lat,acpl1COJ.l"V,acpiYJ.lal, I arrive; + Et<; + acc., I arrive at (6a, lOa, 17a, and 24a PP) acpicnaJ.lat [= aTtO- + tcrtall(ll], [0"1:11-] il1tOo'tttO'OJ.lal, a,1tEcn11v, I stand away from; I revolt from (1913 and 19 Gr 4) 'Axa'ta, 'Axa'tac:;, ii, Achaea (29a) 'AXiit1Coc:;. -t\. -ov, Achaean (29y) 'AXato{ 'Axcnmv. oi, Achaeans; Greeks (7a) 'Axapvai. •Axapvmv. ai, Acharnae (23 a) 'Axupv1\c:;, 'AXapVEOlV. oi, inhabitants of Acharnae, the Acharnians (23a) "AXapVllCOC;. -it. -6v, Acharnian lix9oJ.lat, [axSf -] aI 9 £0'0J.lat.

BalluAmvtOlv, ot, Babylonians (27 a) pa3{~0l) [J3aolf-] J3al)tou 1.1 a 1. , [J3aOt-] £~a3tO"a. pepaBuca, I walk; I go (113) pa9uc:;. -Eta, -u, deep (1913) pa{vOl, [1311-] f.H10"0J.lUt, eP11v. pel311lCa, I step; I walk; I go (2~ and 15 Gr 1) paAAOl, [~aA£-] J3aAm, [J3aA-] spaAov, [131..11-] psP A11 lCa , pSpATtJ.la1., epA...,ar,v, I throw; I put; I pelt; I hit, strike (713 and 220. PP) pappapoc;,~appapou,o,barbarian

(1313) l3aotAeili, paotA.Ellic;, ii, kingdom (25a) PUO'tA.£lU, pacHA.dmv. 'ta, palace (25a) paOtAEu,;, paO'tAEOlC:;. 0, king (6a and 9 Gr4) llacftA.6uOl, PU
Athenaze: Book II

324

130~ge1.(x, p01l9eiaC;, it, help; aid(2ge) 130119£0l, I come to the rescue; + dat., I come to X's aid; I come to rescue / aid X (6a) B01.Ol'tia, B01.Ol't1a/D, il, Boeotia (14~) B01.Ol'toi, B01.Oltrov, oi, Boeotians (23~)

POtP'llE~,

po'tpumv,oi,grapes pOUA.eUOl, POUA.Euc:rm. epouA.£UOU, PEPOUA.£U'ICcx. ~EPOUA.EUJ1CX1. e!3ouA.Eu911V, active or middle, I deliberate; I plan (21a) l3o'llA.lt, POUA.i\c;, il, plan; advice; Council (22 P) pouA.oJlat, [PO'IJA.E-J pouA.~aoJ.l(n, pepouA.1'\J1a1., Apo'llA.lt91lv + infin., I want; I wish (6 a and 28~ PP) pouC;. p06c;. 0, ox (2~ and 9 Gr 4) PpcxSUC;. ppaa£la, ppaSu, slow (13 Gr 5) ppa6EOl;, adv., slowly (2P) BpoJl1.o/D. BpOllio'll. 0, the Thunderer (a name of Dionysus) (9P) POlp6C;, PmlloU, 0, altar (8~)

r yapoc;. yapo'll, 0, marriage (26a) yap, postpositive conj., for (la) YE, postpositive enclitic; restrictive, at least; intensive, indeed (6P) y£yove (perfect of ytyvollat), he/she/it has become; he / she / it is yeA-am. YEA.aO'ollcx1. (note a instead of 11), Ey£AUeJa., YEyEA.UaJ1a.1.. EYEAaeJ91lv, I laugh (18a and 18P PP) y£voC;.y£vou~,t6,race

-a,

yepcuoc;, -6v, old (l2a) Y£POlV, YEPOV'tOC;, old (9 ~ and 9 Gr 2) yEPOlV. y£pOVtOC;. 0, old man (9~ and 9 Gr2) y£uo pu t, yeueJo ).1at, eYEu(Ja).1 flV, Y£YE'OPCU, I taste YE'Pupa, Y£qJ;)pac;. il, bridge YECOJlE'tpia, yemJ1B't'p{liC;. Tt. geometry yempyeOl, I farm Yn, Y11C;, Tt, land; earth; ground (4P)

'lCCl'CtX yf\v, by land (14a) xoi) yile;; w he re (in the world)? (16a) yiya;. yl.yuv'tOC;;. 0, giant Ylyvollal, [rEVE-] YEv~O'OJ.lal. [rev-] eyevoJ.lTlv, [yov-] Y£YOVfJ., [rEV£-] yeyEVl'1J.llXt~ I become (6a, lOa, 11 Gr 2, 11 Gr 4~ 26 aPP, and 26~ PP) yi."(V E't IX 1. , he / she / it becomes,' it happens (6a) ytyvmO''lCm, [yvro-] YVIDO'OJ.lt'l1., £yvmv. EyvmlCt'l, eyvmO').1cxt, Eyvma91lv, I come to know; I perceive; I learn (5~) 15 Gr 1, 17 a, 24P PP, and 26a PP) op9ror; Y1.yvCocncm, I am right (l8P) YVIDJ.lTl, yvmJ111C;. ft, opinion; judgment; intention (l8~); purpose (H., p. 41) 'tivt'l YVCoIl11V EX£1.C;; What do you think? (l8P) rop~i11t;~ Ionic (fopOtliC;, Attic), ropai.ou. 0, Gordias (26a) ypaJ1lllX. ypaIlPCl£'to£;, "Co, letter (of the alphabet); pl., writing (24a) ypaPlla'ttG'tTt ~, ypCXJ1PIX't'tO''tO-U, 0, schoolmaster (24a) ypa.
Greek to English Vocabulary essary (10 ~ and 10 Gr 8) oet .qp.a~ napEiv(u, we must be there (l0~ and 10 Gr 8) 8e1.leVup.l, imperfect, EO Eilcvuv , [OE1.lC-] Oet~w. eOln;a, oeo£txa. oEouy-

p.at, EodX911v, I show (201', 20 Gr 1, 21 Gr 4) 24a PP, 25 Gr 5, and 300 PP) 8etlia, 8EtA.iii~, il, cowardice (26~) ornA.o<;;. -1\, -ov, cowardly (27~) 8E1VO~. -1\. -ov) terrible; clever, skilled; + in£n., clever at, skilled at (Sa and 19~) OelVa, terrible things 8etvm<;;, adv., terribly, frightfully O£l1tVEOl, I eat dinner (200) oetn:vov, oEh~vo'O. 'to, dinner (3~); meal oelCa, indeclinable, ten (8 Gr 5) o£1Ca'toc;, -ra, -ov, tenth (BGr5) AEA.cpoi. AeA.'Pmv. oi, Delphi (25~) 8ivopov. oivopon, 'to, tree (2~ and 3 Gr 2) 0£~1.0c;,

-a.

-ov, right (i.e., on the right hand) (15~) oe~t&. 8E~taC;. Ta, right hand (9a) 8£0I1a1, [OE£-] o£1$1ol1at, eOEr,91lv, I ask for X (ace.) from Y (gen.); + infin., I beg; + gen., I want (26a) o£o<;;, o£o'$<;;. 'to, fear (28a) oEO'p.m'tr,plov. oe(1J1m't't')pio'U. 'to,

prison 8e(f1Co't11C;, 8EO'n:O't0'U, 0, i1 oeO"nOta, master (2 ~ and 4 Gr 4) 8eupo, adv., here, i.e., hither (3a) 8E'U'tEpEta, oE'01:epelOlv, 'tn, second

prize Oeu'tEpoc;. -ii, -ov, second (8 Gr 5) OeU1:EpOV or oeu1:£pov, adv., a

'to

second time aEXop.al.oE~op.at, EO£~aJ1't')v,

oeo£yp.at, I receive (6a and 27 Gr 9)

8£00,0';000. e81lcra.

OeOElCa, o£oep.at, e8E911v, I tie, bind (17 a) 01\, postpositive particle; emphasizes that what is said is obvious or true, indeed,

in fact ~ilA.oC;,

(6~)

-'t'). -ov, clear (18a)

325

6f\l.ov £O'1:l(v), it is clear (lBa) 611l.om, I show (15~, 15 Gr 3, 17 Gr I, l8~ PP, 21 Gr 2, 25 Gr 4, 27 Gr 4 and 6, and 28 Gr 3 and 6) lhl p.olCpatili, 011 p.olCpa'daC;, Ta,

democracy

b1\ P.OU, 0, the people (9~); township; deme (23 a) 81\n:0\), particle, doubtless, surely (20y) 8ta, prep. + gen., through (9a); + ace., because of (18~) Ot' oA1You, soon (5a) 61a~aivw, I cross (27a) lha(3aA.A.m, I pass over. cross ~i1 /lO<;;,

blapt(3aaat (aorist infin. of ola~l~«Sffi), to take across. transport blalCoJ1i~Ol, I bring over; I take across 8tli1CoatOt, -at, -a, 200 (15 Gr 5 and 160.)

btaA.Eyollat, ~U:d.E~op.(n or otal.ex9~O'op.at, ~t£A.£~ap.llv, OtelA.eYJ1cu, bteA.£x911v + dat., I talk to.

converse with (Ba) btaA.6m, I disband (an army); I disperse (a fleet) (23~) ouxvota, OtavoiliC;. Ta, intention; intel-

lect

(24~)

~ta1t£p.1tOl,

I send X (ace.) through Y (dat.) oui 1tOA.A.OU, after a long time OUX€pe.PEt, impersonal + dat., (it) makes a

difference to (28a) ~tacpe.pov~a,olacp£p6v~oov,~&}

things carrying in different directions; opposites (H., p. 111) OtacpEuyoo, I escape (290) 8t(xcp9dpm. [cpBepE-] otacpgepm, [q>8up-] 8tEcpgetpa. [q>9ap-] OteBap-] ~h£€p9aPJla t. oucp9ap'l1v, I destroy (15a, 23a PP, and 26~ PP) btbacrlCaA.o<;. ~hoacr1CaA.OU, 0,

teacher (24a) lhoacr1(w, [oloax-] ~taal;oo, £oi8a;a, oe~loaxa, beolootyp.at. EOtO&X9't')v, I teach someone (ace.)

Athenaze: Book II

326

something (acc.); passive, 1 am taught something (acc.) (24 a and 26a PP) 6i6CDf.11. [300-/30-], imperfect, EM30l)v, 8cbO'CD, Jloro1Ca, infinitive, 30uvat, participle, 30uc:;, imperative, 30~, 0 E8 co K a. 8£80~at, £OOel1V, 1 give (18a, 18 Gr I, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 308 PP) lh£pxo~at 3ta- + epxollat],1 come through; 1 go through (14~) 8d(f1;a~at, [cn:ll-] 8UIGt";ao~at, OtEatl1v.81Eat'lKa, intransitive, 1 separate, part At lCa tOnoAl«;, At lCat01tOA t80~, b, 'tip AtKcxt01tOt..tOt, 'tOY AtKat01tOAtV, c1 AtKat01tOAt, Dicaeopolis (la) 8{lCat.0~. uli, -ov,just (24a) 8t1C11. OilCl1~, il, custom justice; right; lawsuit; penalty (21~) Ot' oAl:You, soon (5a) Alov;)Gla, Alovilaicov, ta, the festival of Dionysus (4a) AlOv;)ala 1totm/1tot.O\)~al, 1 celebrate the festival of Dionysus J'

'to.

(4a)

Alavuaoli. Atovi>aou, 0, Dionysus (8a)

Otan, conj., because (18~) 8UOlCCD, 81cb~m or 8t(o~0~at.. eo{m~a, 8£8iCDXa, e8tcbXa'lv, 1 pursue, chase (5a and 208 PP) oOK'OO, (OOK-] 06~CD. £80~a. 8'80r~at. eoax9'lv, 1 seem; 1 think (18a PP and 203 PP); 1 expect; 1 imagine (H., p. 50) 8olCel, [30K-] 8a~El. EOO~E(V). 8£80K'&at, impersonal, it seems (good); + dat., e.g., 80K£1 J.l.Ol, it seems good to me; 1 think it best {II a); + dat. and infin., e.g., OOlCEt au'tol.«; CJ'xe:u8e1.V, it seems good to them to hurry, they decide to hurry (11~) cD«; oOKe'l, as it seems (13~) oapu, oopa'to«;. to, spear (26a) OOUAOGj, 60UAOU. 0, slave (2(1) oouAooo, 1 enslave

8paJ.l.EtV (aorist infin. of'tpEXoo), to run opaxwfa. opaXJ.l.i\~, il, drachma (a silver coin worth six obols) (11~) A;)~'l. A;)J.I.'rl~, il, Dyme (29~) 8uvaJ.l.a t, [Ol)Vll-] 8uv" (JoJ.l.a t, eouv"Ol1V, 1 am able; 1 can (16a, 16 Gr 2, and 25a PP) 6uvaJ.l.t~, 8\)va~eco~. il, power; strength; forces (military) (21~) ouva'ta«;. -", -av J possible (3 IX); capable (21~); powerful ~uo, two (7 ~ and 8 Gr 5) ~cb6eKa, indeclinable, twelve (15 Gr 5) om~E1Ca'toc;. -'l, -ov, twelfth (15 Gr

5) ACD8cbv'l, Ionic, (Aro3rovii, Attic), AooocbvllC;, it, Dodona (27a) 8'J.l.o'ta,oCOpatCDv,'ta, Homeric word, palace oropov, 8mpo1), 'ta, gift (27a) E

iav, conj. + subjunctive, if(21a) lap, 1tpo~, 'to. spring (22~) £(1)'to1): see £1l(lll'toU £aCD, imperfect, ElroV (irregular augment), ec1GOO (note that because of the E the a lengthens to a rather than '1'\), etaaa (irregular augment), eilixCl. eiaJ.l.al, dc1e'lV, 1 allow let be (23 ~ and 25~ PP) e{i8oJ.l."lCOVta, indeclinable, seventy (15 Gr 5) EJi8o~oC;. -'l, -ov, seventh (8 Gr 5) eyy6~, adv., nearly; nearby B'}"'f6~. prep. + gen., near (13~) £yeipm, [Eyepe-J .eyepro, [eyetp-] tirEtpa, [thematic 2nd aorist middle; eyp-] tirpoPllv (I awoke), [EYOp-] erp"ropa (1 am awake), [eYEp~] e1"rEp~a1., ilr£p911V, active, transitive, I wake X up; middle and passive, intransitive, 1 wake up (8~, 23a PP, and J

26~PP)

eym, £~O\) or

~OU,

1 (2a and 5 Gr 6)

Greek to English Vocabulary £'YCO'Y£, strengthened form of f:yro, I indeed EbpUJ.l.ov: see 't'peXffi ESeAm or SeAm, imperfect, 1l8e.Aov. [£9£1.,£-] egeA1Jc:rm, ,,geAll CJa, itgeAlllCU + infin., 1 am willing; I wish (40. and 28~ PP) ESVOt;, E9vout;, 'to, tribe; people (27~) ei, conj., if; in indirect questions, whether (1Ia)

£i yap, if only; oh) that (250.) £i J.I.';, unless; except ei 1tmt;, if somehow, if perhaps £i5o'tEe;: participle of oiSa dee, note accent, if only; oh, that (25a) £llCOC:n(V) , indeclinable, twenty (15 Gr 5) dlCocnOe;. -,;, -ov, twentieth (15 Gr

5) dlCm, ei~m. et~a (no augment) + dat., I yield (150:) EilCmv, £ilCoVOt;. ft, statue elAOV: see aipEffi £lJLL [Ea-l, imperfect, n or nY, EO'oJLal, 1 am (10:,4 Gr 1,10 Gr 1, 13 Gr 1, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 300 PP) oioe; 't' elJ.l.l, I am able (250:) ettll [d-li-], imperfect, net or nEW, I will go (10 Gr 6, 13 Gr 1, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 30oPP) etVElCCX: Ionic for fVEKa Et1tOV (aorist of Af:.,m), I1they said,' II they told; I I they spoke £i.pt;vll, dp,;vlle;, ft, peace (1613) £iC;, prep. + acc., into; to; at (213); of time, for; onto; against; of purpose, for sic; aKopiav lCCX't£CJ't'fl, he fell into perplexity, became perplexed (1913) Eie; lC(11POV, at just the right time dC; 10 xpoagev, forward (3013) Eie;, J.l.ia, lv, one (713 and 8 Gr 5) EtC; lCat eilCoal(V), twentYMone (15 Gr

5) daO:'Ym, I lead in; I take in (213 and 11et) Eial:\aivm, I go in; I come in Eial3av'tE:e;, having embarked

327

£ic; vcxuv Eial3aivm, I go on board ship, embark elaPaAACO + ei<; + acc., I invade (22rx.) deJj3oA1J. 'tile; Eial3oAiie;, ft, invasion (23a)

eiaeAauvco, I drive in daEPloJ,1(11, 1 come in(to); I go in(to) Eia11yeoJ.l.a'L + dat., I lead in eiO'TllCOV'ti~CO, I throw a javelin at EiO'Ko:leco, I call in(to) ei(n::oJ.1{~mt 1 bring in; I take in £iO'oSoe;,ei(JoSou,~,entrance

eiO'1ti1t1CO, 1 fall (up)on e1.O'RAsm, I sail in(to) EiO'd911J.11, I put in EiCJql£pm, I bring in(to) dam, adv., inward (29a.) £t'ta, adv., then, next (30a.) eitE ... £itE, note the accent, either . .. or (28a.) dco9a, perfect with present meaning, I am accustomed to (2813, 28 Gr 8) ElC, £~, before words beginning with vowels, prep. + gen., out of (3a) h: 'tOU 01tlaee(V), from the rear £lCO:CJ10e;. -Tl. -OV, each (23~) £lCatepoc;. -a, -OV, each (of two) (2113) £lCa'tov, indeclinable, 100 (15 Gr 5 and 16a)

£lC0:100'10<;, -1\, NOV, hundredth (15 Gr 5) £lCl3a.ivm, I step out; I come out (20:) £lCpuivm ElC 't1\e; vemc;, I disembark h:j3aAAm, 1 throw out ElC5{SmJ.l.'L, I give (in marriage) Bleei, adv., there (6a) £lCEt9£v, adv., from that place, thence £lC£lVOC;. £lCdvTI, ElCelvo, that; pl., those (1313 and 14 Gr 6) £lCE'i(J't~, adv., to that place, thither (8a) £lClCaAEco, 1 call out ElClCAllO'1.li. £lClCAl1a{ae;. it, assembly (21a) e:KlCOJ.1{~(&),

1 bring" carry out £lC1t£J.l.1tCO, I send out ElCltlR'tco, I fall out

328

Athenaze: Book II

lh::7tAEOl, I sail out ihcllJ"ouC;. ihcn:lou, 0, escape route ah:xvEOl, I blowout; I blow from (29a) ~lC'tOn:OC;. -ov, out of the way, unusual £lCtO<;, prep. + gen., outside (22~) EKtOC;. -11. -OV, sixth (8 Gr 5) EK 'tou ';"na8e(v), from the rear b:cpipOl, I carry out b:cpeuyOl, I flee (out), escape Elan, U,aac;, ;" olive; olive tree (19 a) £A,a't'tOlv. EAo:nov, smaller, pl., fewer (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) Elauvm. [EAa-] Elm, tA,gs, D.g, etc., ftlaaa. eA.';A.O:1Ca, EA1iAapo:t. 1\l6.811v, transitive, I drive (20:); I march (an army); intransitive, I march (29f) PP) ElaxuJtoc;. -11. -ov smallest; least; pl., fewest (24 Gr 4) £Aeu8epia, EA,£u8ep{ac;, ;" freedom (13 f)) EAeu8epoc;, -a. -ov, free £1£u8epom, I free, set free (15 f)) 'ElEuai<;. 'EleuO'tvoc;, it, Eleusis (200)

ellCco, imperfect, EtA,KOV (irregular augment), EA~m. [EA.KU-] etllCUao (irregular augment), £illCUlCO:, E'lA.lCUa /lat, eiA.lCucr91lV, I drag (25f) and 25f) PP) 'Ellac;. 'EAl6:ooC;. it, Hellas, Greece (13~)

"Elll1v. "Elll1VOC;, 0, Greek; pl., the Greeks (14a) <Elltla1tovtot;, 'EllllO'xov'tou, 0, Hellespont Elx{~m. [EA1tt£-] i:AXlm, [EA,1tt-] iil11:1<:1o, I hope; I expect; 1 suppose (140:) El7tte;, elxiSot;, 1'\, hope; expectation (23 f)) elxo/lat, I hope; I expect; I suppose (H., p.50)

Epautou, O'eo:utou,eautou, of myself, of yourself, of him-, her-, itself, etc. (7 a and 7 Gr 4)

E/l~O:A,Am

+ dat., 1 strike with a ram ( e)1f)oAoc;) EJ.L/lEVm [= ev- + )1£v(J)], I remain in (23f)) £IJ.OC;, -ii, -ov, my, mine (5 Gr 8) ~1J.1tEtpOC;, -ov + gen., skilled in or at. £1J.1tlx'tm [= EV- + 1t11t'too] + dat., I fall into; I fall upon; I attack (15 ~) £J.L7too{~m [EV- + 1tOUs, 1toB6~, 6, foot), [8)11&08te-] EP1tOOtW, no aorist, Iobstruct EIJ.1tOPOC;;, EIJ.1tOpOU, 0, merchant (12f)) £V, prep. + dat., in; on (3f)); among EV 8 to a CJ1CO: AOlV , at school EV /lECSCP + gen., between (140:) £v vip EXm + infin., I have in mind; I intend (4a) EV 'taie; 'A91ivatt;) in Athens (la) £v ... 'toutcp, meanwhile (8f)) ev {9, while (8a) evalCocrtOt. -at, -a, 900 (15 Gr 5) £vav1:l0C;;, -a. -ov, opposed; opposite; hostile; as noun, the enemy (29 e) ~vato~, -1\, -OV, ninth (8 Gr 5) evo£lCfl, indeclinable, eleven (15 Gr 5) £V8£1Cfl'tOe;, -11. -OV, eleventh (15 Gr 5) £voiom/lt, I give in, yield (22 f) ~voov, adv., inside eVEllJ.t, I am in £vElCa, prep. + preceding gen., for the sake of; because of (21a) Ev£v';lCovta, indeclinable, ninety (15 Gr

5) £v9&oe, adv., here; hither; there; thither (7 ~)

Ev8u/l£olJ.at, £v8u/l';croj.1at, EVtE9:6prU.lat. EVE9ulJ.';911V, I take to heart; I ponder (28f) ~v tOt, -O:t, - 0:. some (208) Evvea, indeclinable, nine (8 Gr 5) evotlCOe;, £votlCou, 0, inhabitant (16a) Ev6xA10C;, -ov, in armor, fully armed Ev'tau9a, adv., then; here; hither; there; thither (5 f)) £v't'Qu9a 0';, at that very moment, then (5 f))

Greek to English Vocabulary EV'tEU9£v, adv., from this place EV'tOC;, adv., within inside (20y) EV'tOC;, prep. + gen., within, inside (20y) BV'tuYXclvm + dat., I meet (19~) e~: see EK E;, indeclinable, six (8 Gr 5) £~6:ym, I lead out e~atpEm [= EK + aipem], I take out, re· move £~a{t:pv't'lC;, adv., suddenly (20y) E~a1(6cnot. -at, -CIt, 600 (15 Gr 5) £~aJ.Lap'tclvm [= EK- + cq..Lap'tuvID], I miss; I fail; I make a mistake (23 ~) £~ap't:6m [= h: + ap't{)m], I equip (29~) £~£'Ydpm [= EK + eydpm], I wake X up e;£AauvCIl, I drive out E~EpxoJ.Lat + EK + gen., I come out of; I go out of (6~) £~£(Jn(v), impersonal + dat. and infin., it is allowed/possible (10~ and 10 Gr 8) l!l;£(J'ttv ilfltv fl£VEtV, we are allowed to stay, we may stay; we can stay (10~ and 10 Gr 8) £~£'t6:~m, I examine; I question closely (8., p. 246) £~EUp{G1(CO, I find out E~Tlyioflat [el(- + llY£OIl(U], I relate (1213) £~1\1(ov'ta. indeclinable, sixty (15 Gr 5) £;0~0C;. £;ooou, il, going out; marching forth; military expedition (2313) i~6'Jtta9£(v), adv., behind (300) £~01ttO'a£{v), prep. + gen., behind (300) £~m, adv., outside (20B) £;co, prep. + gen., outside (200) £Ot1(O:, perfect with present meaning, I am like; I am likely to (2B~ and 28 Gr 2) mc; £ouce(v), as it seems (28 Gr 8) £OP1:1\, eop'tilc;. il, festival (40:) £op't1)V 'ltouD/n;otouj.Lat, I celebrate a festival (413) £xoavoc;. £xa(vou, 0, praise (24~) E1i:aipm [E1tl- + atpmJ, I lift, raise (7 a); I induce £1ta{pm EJ1au'tov, I get (myself) up J

(7a)

329

exavEPXOj.Lat [= eTn- + avet- + EPxollcu], I come back, return; + eic; or n;poc;; + ace., I return to (9a) E'ltd, conj., when (3 ~), since (2613) E2tUS", conj., when; since (22a) E1t£t~ftV [= E1tE:tB" + (iv], conj., in indefinite or general clauses with subjunctive, when{ever) (22a) E1tEtO'llalvm [= E1tl.- + Eta- + j3a{vm], I go into (29B) £X£t1:CX, adv., then; thereafter (2~) en:e;epxoflat [= Bitt- + £K- + CPXOllat] + dat., I march out against, attack (23 a) E1tEPXOJiat [= £1tt- + epX0l-Lo:t], I approach; + dat., I attack (27 a) Exi, prep. + gen., toward, in the direction of (200); on (24~); + dat., upon, on (513); of price, for (18 ~); of purpose, for; + ace., at (5~, 29a); against (51}); onto, upon (9a); of direction or purpose, to, for (26a); of time, for (27a) E1ti'tTtv Em, at dawn (29a) E1ttJ}aivO) + gen., I get up on, mount; + dat., I board (28a) E1ttJ}o1lgeco + dat., I come to aid (29B) £1I:tpOUA.EUm + dat., I plot against E1ttylyvoJ.Lat, I come after (29a) 'E1t{8aupo~, 'E1tl0CtupOU, it, Epidaurus (11~) £7ttOurrKco, I pursue (29£) e1tt1CCtA.£m, I call upon; middle, I call upon X to help (2813) e1t1.lCEtJ1at + dat., I lie near, lie of{(ofislands with respect to the mainland) E1ttA.av9avoj.Lat, [A1'\-J E7ttA"aoJ.Lal, [1..0:9-] E1t£A.a9o j.LTtV , [A1'\-J e1ttAEA.llO'J.LCltt + gen., I forget £1t tJ1EA.£O j.LCIt t. E11: t fl£A.Tt 0' 0 Jia t, e1t\j.LEj.L£A.llj.Lat. £7t£J1EA.1\91lV + gen., 1 take care for; + o1tmc; + future indicative, I take care (to see to it that) (2413) E1t\'JtEj.L1tCO, I send against; I send in (14a) £n:t1tA.£m + dat. or + etc; + ace., I sail against (1513) £'It 1.0'1: cx j.LCU , [e,1tl.
Athenaze: Book II

330

(16 a, 16 Gr 2, and 25a PP) £2tlO''tTtJlTt. E1I:ta~TtIl11<;. it, knowledge (S., p. 242) EfC1G'tpa'tEuco + dat. or £11:1+ acc., 1 march against, attack (18~) efCtG~pEcpCO, 1 turn around (298) E1I:l'I:'Tt~eto<;. -a, -OV, friendly; + infin., suitable for (23a) b:1.1:i9ttJll, 1 put X (acc.) on Y (dat.) (18a)

E1I:11:igeJlcxt, [91j-] E1t:t9T,aoJlcxl. [ge-] E'U~9£Il11V + dat., I attack (29a)

E1tl1:PE2tCO,l entrust X (ace.) to Y (dat.) (1713)

i1tlxetpECO + dat., 1 attempt; 1 attack (29a)

i!1tOfJ.Clt, imperfect, El1tOIJ.TJV (irregular augment), IhV0fJ.tu. [(m-] £02t0JlTlV + dat., 1 follow (Sa, 17a, and 25j3 PP) E1t~a, indeclinable, seven (8 Gr 5) e.1t~aKoO'tOt. -al, -a, 700 (15 Gr 5) e.pcico, imperfect, f\po)V, epaa9'1\0'0fJ.cxt, t\pa0'9T1v + gen., llove (30a) Epycitollal, imperfect, 1iPyo:~o).L1jv or dpya~6).Lllv. epyaooJlcxt. 1\ pyaO'cXJlt'lV or £ipycxocXfJ.TtV, EipyaO'fJ.at, eipyao9Ttv, 1 work/' 1 accomplish (8a and 2513 PP) EPYOV. epyo'O, 1:0, work; deed (8a) EPYCX. 1:a, tilled fields epycp, in fact epEO'O'co. no future, [epE't-] t}p£oa, 1 row (13a) ep£1:Tl<;. BPB~OU, 0, rower epTlllo<;. -ov, deserted (19j3) 'EplVU£<;, 'Ep1.vumv, ai, the Furies (avenging spirits) (20y) EPJlTtVeu<;. EPJll1vECO<;, 0, interpreter EPX0fJ.at, [Ei-/i-] etpt (irregular), [iA. 9-1 ~A90v, [H. .'09.] EATtA'09a, 1 come; I go (6a, 11j3, and 27a PP) Epm: see Af:YOl epm'taOl, epOl'tTtoco, ;,pm~ttoa or [ep-] 1\pOfJ.Ttv, 1\PcO'tl1lCa, 1 ask (12j3) E<; =ei.;

Eoj3aAAOl = eiaj3aAAOl E0'9{co, [£8-] e80p(ll, [<pay-] ecpayov, [eo-) eS'I\80Ka, 1 eat (9a, 19a, and 29j3 PP)

EO'1tEpa. EO'1tEpii<;. it, evening (Sa); the west EeJ'tOl, let it be so! all right! EaXC:Z'to<;. -1h -ov, furthest; extreme (28 j3)

EOCO: see flaw E1:aipo<;. haipo'O. 0, comrade, companion (6a) E-tepoc;, -ii, -ov, one or the other (of two) (260:)

b PEV Et£pOC; ... b ~£ E'tepo<;, the one . .. the other (26 a) B'n, adv., still (30:) ih:OlfJ.O<;, -11. -OV, ready (9~) iho<;. £1:0'01:3.1:0, year (16~) £.0, adv., well (8a and 14 Gr 3) 0fJ.StVOV, adv., better (14 Gr 3) apto'ta, adv., best (14 Gr 3) £.0 yE, good! well done! (8a) Eupoux, Eupoiac;. it, Euboea (14a) eUyEvlna. eUYEvei&<;, it, nobility of birth (8., p.242) eu~o~iii, £u8o~iliC;, Tt, good reputation, fame (H., p. 118) Eu8atJlovlii, Eu~atl1ovia<;, Tt, happiness; prosperity; good luck (25j3) £u9<>c;. £ugeta, Eu9u, straight eu9Uc;, adv., straightway, immediately, at once (10j3); straight £UIJ.EVTtC;. -EC;, kindly (18a) £u).LEvlO<;, adv., kindly EupiaKco, [EUp£-] eup.qaOl, [eup-] Ttf>povor Et.pOV. [eupE-] l1\SPl1Ka or dSPl1lC(x, llUPt'll1CH or EtSPTtl1at. llUpe911V or eupe8t'1v, 1 find (7a, lOa, and 2413 PP) EupullE8mv 2&01:(1110<;, Eupupe80v'toC; 1Co't'alJ,.ou, 0, the Eurymedon River £up'Oxropid,£Up'Oxmpiac;.it,broad waters (29y) EUCPfll1eco, 1 keep holy silence (300)

Greek to English Vocabulary eUCPl1f.1{a. eUCPl1 fli iit;t iI, call for holy silence (30S) £uXll. £UXTtt;. ", prayer (25~) £uxoflal.£u;of.1at.l1u~af.111v.l1uy Ilat, I pray; + dat' J I pray to; + acc. and infin., I pray (that) (8~ and 200 PP)

ecpayov: see ecretCO eCPl1, he I she said (lla) ecpaaav, they said 'Ecp1.aA1:11!f;. 'EcpuxA.'tou. 0, Ephialtes (l4~)

Bcpll1flt [= btl- + lTlIlt], I throw; + Eftt + acc., I throw at (200) ecptO''taf.1at [= €7tl- + ta'tallat], [crU\-] h;£O''t11V + dat., I stand near; of dreams, I appear to (26a) £X9pOC;. -ti, -ov, hateful; hostile (18~ and 24 Gr4) EX9pOC;. EX9pOU, 0, enemy (18~ and 24 Gr 4) £x9imv. EX910V, more hateful, hostile (24 Gr 4) £X910'''£0C;. -11. -OV, most hateful, hostile (24 Gr 4) Exm, imperfect, dxov (irregular augment), E~m (irregular) (I will have) and [crXE-] O'XllO'm, (l will get), [ax·] £O'Xov, [ax e-] EaX11 lCa • EaXllf.1at, I have,' I hold; middle + gen., I hold onto (4a:, 25~ PP) lCaA.mc; EXm, I am well (lla) 1tme; exn 1:ft 1tp ft:Yfla'ta; How are things? (18~) itiDe; £x£1.e;; How are you? (lla) emt;. em. iI, dawn (29a:) «fla ecp, at dawn (290) £1&1. 'tTtv em, at dawn (29a:) £mt;, conj. + indicative (1413), + subjunctive (22 a: and 22 Gr 2), until

331

f.1at. il;£uX911V or BtuY11v, I yoke (20 Gr 1, 22/3, and 300 PP) Z£ue;. 0, tOU At6e;. 'tip A.d. 'tov A.ta, Ch Zeu, Zeus (king of the gods) (3a and 8~) J1u A. {at by Zeus vat f.1cl: A{a t yes, by Zeus/ (30~) ~l1dm, I seek, I look for (5a) tmit. ~mfi~. it, life (280:) ~cpov. tepou. 'to, animal H

it, conj., or (120:) it ... i1, conj., either ... or (12a) ii, conj., with comparatives, than (1411.) ttYEoflat + dat., I lead (613); I think, consider (30~) 1\S11, adv., already; now (2~) fl50 f.1a 1, [ilcrBe-] 1'\ GSit 0'0 fla 1., [1,ae-] iiGSllv, I am glad, delighted; + participle or dat., I enjoy (24~) "Su~. ,,8eia, sweet; pleasant (24 Gr 4) it81cov. i\5lov sweeter; more pleasant (24 Gr 4) 1151.0''toC;. -11. -OV, sweetest; most pleasant (24 Gr 4) it5Eme;, adv., sweetly; pleasantly; gladly (18J3) il5tov, adv., more sweetly; more pleasantly; more gladly i\5lO''ta, adv., most sweetly; most pleasantly; most gladly (19~) ItBoe;, iiSou~. 'to, character, disposition; moral character (H., p. 113) llK10'1:a, adv., least l1KtO'1:a yB (the opposite of flaA1.O''ta ye), least of all, not at all (16J3) illCm, I have come; imperfect, ~K'OV, I had come; future, 1\;co, I will have come

"Su,

J

(5~)

z *l;&co (unattested, hypothetical form) (~&. ~n~, ~f1, etc.), infinitive, ~f\v. imperfect, E~(j}V, E~l1C;, e~l1, etc., ~.qO'm or t1\O'Oflat, I live (240:) l;£uyvUIl1.. ~£u~co. £~£u~a. e~£uy-

1lA1.0C; • ."liou, 0, sun (1~) "fl£i~, ." flIDV, we (5/3 and 5 Gr 6) "IlEpii, "flEpa~. ", day (6a:) leaS' "'J1Epiiv, every day (24a) "f.1£'t£po~, -li, -OV, 0 u r (5 Gr 8) "fltOVOC;, "J1tovou, 0, mule (12a)

Athenaze: Book II

332

ll1tBtpoc;. ipt£tpoU, il, land; mainland

OUV 9EOiC;, God willing, with luck (17a)

(29a)

l1lt£P, adv., where (23a); how, just as uHpa, uHpac;, il, Hera (wife of Zeus and principal deity of Argos) (2513) fHp080'toC;, rHpooo'tou, 0, Herodotus (24~)

"POJlTJv: see epco'&o:co ~Guxa~m,ilGuxaom,ilG~xcxGcx,1 keep quiet; 1 rest (13 a) ilouxia, ilauxiac;, il, quietness (2813)

llauxOC;, -OV, quiet ~t-ra, ll1:'tflC;, il, defeat (29y) l1'ttmv, ~ttOV, inferior; weaker; less (24 Gr 2)

UHqHuatOC;. 'Hcpatcnou. 0, Hephaestus

e 9&Aat'&a, 9cxAattfl c;. il, se a (7a) lCa-ra 9aAat1:av, by sea (11~) 9avcxtoc;, 9ava-r0'U, 0, death (1613) 9alttOl, [9acp-] 9aljlm, £9 ex 'Va, tE9aJlJlal, ['tacp-] EtacpT\V, 1 bury (25a)

9appeo>, 1 am confident (1713) 9appet, Cheer up! Don't be afraid! (17(3)

9auo>v, 9uuov, quicker, swifter (24 Gr

4)

gepu2tmv, gepu1tov't'0C;, OJ attendant; servant (25a) Ssp J.10ltUAU t, flE p JlO1t'UAIDv, ai, Thermopylae (14a) 9B(J1ti~m, I prophesy gempem, I watch; I see (4a) 9Empia, gemptdc;, il, viewing; sightseeing (25a) 9T\piov, 9T\piou, to, beast. wild beast (26 (3)

9T\Gcxup6C;, 91'locxupon, 0, treasure; treasury (25a) flflGeuc;, 9f1a£mc;, 0, These us (son of King Aegeus) (6tY)

9vnalCm, [eaVE-] 9avoullut, [eav-] £9avov, [ev'll-] 'tE9vT\lCa (1 am dead),] die 9vT\toc;, -li. -ov, mortal (H., p. 30) 9opu~0~,90puPou,o,uproar,com

motion (1513) epl&GtO~,

-a, -OV, Thriasian (230:)

9u1&~flP,9uyatpo~lil.daughter (4tY

and 8 Gr 2) 9ilIlO~,

9up.ou, 0, spirit (1613) 9upa, 9upCiC;, i), door (8a) 9uO'iii, 9ucr1.ac;, il, sacrifice (18 (3) 9;100, 9;10'00, e9uO'a, [9u-] 1:£9UlCa, te9ultut. Etu9Tlv, 1 sacrifice (21a)

9auJla~m,9auJlaaoJlat,£9au

JlCXO'CX, te9CXUJlCXlCU, te9CXUllaGJlCXt. e9cxuJlacr9flv, intransitive, I am amazed; transitive, I wonder at; I admire (5(3 and 21(3 PP) geaolla1.., geacrop.at (note that because of the

£

the a lengthens to ci rather than

,,), ~9EtiOUP.1'lV, 't£9iuJlUt, I see, watch, look at (Sa, lOa, and 18(3 PP) 9iIX'tpOV, ge&tpou, 'to, theater 9EAm == EgeAco 9£Jlt(JtolCA~C;,e£p.ta'tolCAeouc;, 0, Themistocles (15a and 15 Gr 2) 9£6C;, geou, i), goddess (9a) 9E6C;, 9£ou, 0, god (8a)

la-rpeum, lCitpeuom, latpeuaa, I heal lii-rpOC;, ltitpou, 0, doctor (11a) i81q:, adv., privately (21(3) Uhw'tT\t;;, 'ton iauotou, private person (21(3) toO'll, adv., look! (4a) iepEiov, hpeiou, 'to, sacrificial victim

°

(9P)

iePEUt;;. iep£m~, 0, priest (9(3) iepov, iEPOU, 'to, temple (9a) iepoc;, -6v, holy} sacred (1713) lTJJll, imperative, lEt, infinitive, tEVat, participle, tEic;, imperfect, lTlV, [i)-] ;jaw, ~lCa, imperative, [e-] if!;, infini-

-a.

Greek to English Vocabulary tive, £Ivat, participle, ('('i, elK:a, etf.lat, e'te"v, I let go, release; I send; I throw; middle, lep.cu, imperfect, t£IlTlV, I hasten (20S J 20 Gr 2, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 30S PP) bcav6t;, .'li, -ov, sufficient; capable (25 (3) h:h'Tlc;. h::E'tOU, 0, suppliant (17 (3) lA-£mc;, acc., If..EooV, propitious (9[3) tva, conj. + subjunctive, so that, in order to (expressing purpose) (21a) i1t1tEUC;, i1t1tEmc;, 0, horseman; cavalryman (28a) bt1tEUm, i1C1tEUOm, 11t1tEuoa, active or middle, I am a horseman; I ride a horse (27 (3) i1t1ttK:ov, bt1ttlCOU, 'to, cavalry (27 [3) \1t1tOt;,t1t1tOU,O, horse (27[3) t1t1tOC;, t1t1tOU, it, cavalry (27[3) 'Iaef.loc;, 'IoeJ1ou, 0, the Isthmus of Corinth (22 (3) to't'TlI-Lt, imperfect, lCJ'CTlV, [CJ'tTl-l O't"tloO) , EO''t'TlO"a, I make X stand; I stop X; I am setting X (up) athematic 2nd aorist, £O''t'Tlv, intransitive' I stood -Ka 1st perfect, EO"'tTI'Ka, intransitive, I stand -~- 1st aorist passive, [ena-] £0"'ta9flv, I was set (up) (15 Gr 1, 19a, 19 Gr 2 and 3, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 30 S PP) ia't1.a, iO't1.IDV, 'ta, sails (I3a) iaxupoc;, .a, -ov, strong (1[3) to"c.oC;, adv., perhaps (17 a) "Ic.ov£C;. 'ImvIDv, oi, Ionians 'lc.ov1.a, '[IDV{aC;. T" Ionia K

xa9a{pm, [Ka9apE-] lCa9apm, [Ica91lP-] ElCa91lpa, [Ka9ap-] lCElCa9apJ1at f h::a9ap9'lv, I purify (26a) lCa9apoc;, -OV clean, pure (17[3) lCa9apO"tc;. 1C.a9apO'Ecoc;, T" purification 1C.age~oJ1a1. [= Ka'ta- + £~op.at], [eSe-]

-a,

J

333

tcagebOUjJ.llt, I sit down; I encamp (23a) lClle£A.1Cc.o~ I drag down, launch (a ship) xageuBm [= lca'ta- + euSro], imperfect, KaGEuSov or KaBlluoov, [EUSe:.~] 1C.a9Eub.q0'0l, no aorist in Attic Greek, I sleep (2a) X&9"J1ll1. [= Kala- + np.at], present and imperfect only, I sit (17 a) lCa9' Taf.lepav, every day (24a) lCa;e1.~ID [= KCt'ta- + t~ffi], [KaGte-] lea9tm, [KaBl-] £lCli9tO"a, active, transitive, I make X sit down; I set; I place; active, intransitive, I sit (1f); middle, intransitive, I seat myself, sit down (8[3) lCa;9tO''t''J11. [= Ka'ta- + to''tYjp.t], when transitive, I set X up; I appoint X; + d~ + acc., I put X (ace.) into a certain state; when intransitive, I am appointed; I am established; + dc; + acc., I get I fall into a certain state; I become (19 [3 and 19 Gr

4)

1C.a9opac.o [= Ka'ta- + opuoo], [orc-] 1C.ll't0'V0J1llt, [is-] ICll'tEioov, I look down on (201') lCal, adv., even; also, too (4a) ICllt J1'liv, truly, indeed (30S) Ka1., conj.~ and (la) lCal Bit lCat, and in particular; and what is more (I6 a) lCat ... lCat, conj., both ... and (5 f) lCatnEp + participle, although (12a) leatpoc;, Kcnpou, 0, time; right time (4a)

Ei<;; lCa1.pOV, just at the right time lCa{co or lCac.o, KaEt~, Kau, KdoP.EV, Kae'n:, KfJ.OuO'l(V), [Kau-] K'.auO'co, ElCaUGa, lCE1C.aUlCa,K'.£lCaUJ1at,E1C.au9"v, active, transitive, I kindle, burn; middle, intransitive, I burn, am on fire (9[3) lCalCoba1.J1O)v,1CalCoBaijJ.ovo~,having

an evil spirit, having bad luck (30 (3) OtJ10t lCaICOba;1.jJ.IDv, poor devil! oh misery! (30~) lCalCo<;;, -'li, -ov I bad; evil (12a, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 2)

Athenaze: Book II

334

'KCXKlmv, lCeXlClov, worse (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 2) lCaKtCJ't'oc;, -1'}. -ov, worst (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 2) See 24 Gr 2 for other comparatives and superlatives of lCcu::6C;. lCalCmC;, adv., badly (14 Gr 3) 'KeXKlov, adv., worse (14 Gr 3) 'KalCto'ta, adv., worst (14 Gr 3) lCalCa, 'ta, evils 'Ka ICOV 'tt, something bad 'Kaleoo. Kalm, E'Kal£aa, [KA.f\-] 'K lC lTlK a, K£ K11'111 at (I am called), EKAn9T1v, I call (20. and 1Ba PP) lCeXlloc;J KaAAouc;, 'to, beauty (H., p. 74) lCaloc;, -11, -ov, beautiful (la, 3 Gr 2,4 Gr 3, 4 Gr 6, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) Kcxlllmv, Kalltov, more beautiful (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) K&lltatoc;. -1'1, -ov, most beautiful (90., 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) KalmC;, adv., well (lOa) Kalllov, adv" better KaAltcJ'l;a, adv., best lCalroc; Elm, I am well (11a) 'Kal11110c;, Kal1n l Ou , il, camel (2713) x:ap.vm, [KaJlE-] Kal10Ul1at, [KaJl-l £KaI10V, [KJl11-] 'K£KI1T1'Ka, I am sick; I am tired (9a and 24a PP) Kapoiei, 1CaplHiic;, il, heart (30a) lCap't'Epoc;, -ci. -ov, strong,' fierce (27a) lCata, prep, + ace., down (5a); distributive, each, every (24a); by (1113); on; according to (1713); of time, at (2113); through (250.); along; with regard to

e

lCCltaymytov, lCa'taymyiou, 'to, inn x:a'tao~m,Ka'tao~om, lCa'tEoboa, [ou-] KCX't Cl 0 eou 'KCl, lC Cl't a~H ou 11« t, lCan:ou91lv. transitive, I sink; athematic 2nd aorist, Ka-c£ouv, intransitive, I sank; of the sun, Bet (2913) Ka't'aKaim or lCa'taKtlm, I burn com-

pletely (280.) 'Ka't'alCetl1at, I lie down (16a) KataA,aI1Pavm, I overtake, catch (16a) lCa't'ald1tm, I leave behind, desert (1013) Ka'taA,f.oo, I dissolve; I break up; I destroy (27a)

lCa'ta1taUm, I put an end to (28a) Ka'talti,lt't'm, I fall down lCatap~to~.

-ov,cursed

lCatacS1:pEcpm, I overturn; middle. I sub-

due (25a)

Ka9' fal1ep«v, every day (240.) Kata Y1lV, by land (14a) Kat& 9ala'ttcxv, by sea (1113) 'Kcx't'a I1Ec:rOV ... , in the middle of

'Ka'ta't'{9TlI11, I set down Ka't'aq>£uym, I flee for refuge (29£) Katacppovem + gen., I despise (2513) Ka'talEm. I pour X (ace.) over Y (gen.) (300) Kat' tiKOC;, probably lCa'tEPIOJlat, I come down Kcxt£lm. I hold back (29y) lCa't't(t£pO~, lCa't''tt't'epou, 0, tin Katm, adv., down; below (20y) lCeip.at, lCetaoJlat, I lie; also used in the present and imperfect instead of the perfect and pluperfect passive of 'tHhuLl, with the meanings I am laid; I am placed (16 a, 16 Or 2, and 25a PP) KEA,eum,lC£lsuGm. £KEA£uaa, 'K£K£1£ulCa,K£KE1Euol1at, EKel£uo91lv + ace. and infin., I order, tell (someone to do something) (7 a and 1713 PP) 1CEVO~. -it, -ov, empty (29B) lCEpac;. KEpmc;, 'to, wing (ofa fleet or army) (29B) KEcpa l 1l. 'K£cpalilc;, fa, head (10~)

... (29a)

Kilxo~,K1l1tOU,o,garden

(26a); after (2Ba)

lCcx'ta 'talO';, quickly (2713) lCa't" ei'Koc;, probably 'KatapClivm, I come down; I go down lCCl'tcxpallm, I throw down; I drop

lCfipu~. lCT, PUKOC;, 0, herald (913) lCt9apitm, [Kl9aptt:-] lC1.9aptro, [K19a.pt-] h:t9aptO"fX, I play the lyre (2413)

Greek to English Vocabulary ICl9cxpta'tTt~.

Kt9cxptO'1:oU, 0, lyre player (24 £l) KIJJ.cov. KiJJ.covoc:;. 0, Cimon KlVSUVEUCO, K1.VSUveuO'co, EKtVSi>veuO'tl, lCBKtvS:6VEUXtl, I run I take a risk K{VS\)VO~, K1.VS;)VOU, 0, danger (9a) KtVSro, I move (18a) KA£OJh~. KABof3IHll~t 0, Cleobis (25~) xAio~, KAeou~, 'to, fame (H., p. 30) KAi\po~, XATtPOU, 0, farm KVl1llo<;, KvTtIlOU, 0, Cnemus (29P) Kvmao<;. Kvmaou. 0, Knossos (6£l) lCOlVO~, -1\, -ov, common KoAutm.xoAuam.£xol.aacx.lCEKoACXc:JJJ.CXt, £xoAua911v, I punish XOA1I:0<;, 1(OA2I:OU, 0, lap; gulf (29a) KOJ.l.itm, (K0J.LtE-) 1(optm, [lCOj.ll-] £lCOJJ.tacx, 1C£1COlllKCX. K E1Co lltapCXt. 81C0J1ia911v, I bring; I take (11£l and 21~ PP); middle, I get for myself, acquire lC 011:1: CO, [lC01l:-] 1(OVm, £lCO'l' ex, 1C sKoepa, 1C£KOllllexl, E1C01t11V, I strike; I knock on (a door) (11a and 19~ PP) 1COPll. 1COPll<;. Tt, girl Kop{v9'01, KOPlV9icov, oi, Corinthians (lSP) KOP1V90c;. Kopiv90u, Tt, Corinth (14a) 1C6aIl0~. lCoallou, 0, good order (15P); world (H., p. 69) 1CoaIlCP, in order (15 P) lCpex'tSro + gen., I rule, have power over, control; I prevail (18P) 1CpU'ttO''to<;. -11, -ov, best; strongest (24 Gr 2) lCPUtO<;, 1CPU'tOU<;, 'to, power (18P) lCpei't'tmv I lCPEi't'tOV, better; stronger (24 Or 2) KPTtVTJ. 1Cp1\Vll<;.1t, spring (4a and 4 Or 3) KpTt'tll. Kp1\1:ll~, 1t, Crete (6a) lCpivco, [KptVE-] Kp1.Vm, [lCptV-] ElCp1.va, [lCpL-] lCSlCP11Cex, 1C£KplJJ.at, £1Cpi91lv, I judge (22 ~ PP, 25a, and 27 Or 9)

335

Kplaaio<;. -a, -ov, Crisean (Crisa was a city in Phocis near Delphi) (29a) Kpolaoc;. Kpoiaou, 0, Croesus (24~) KPU1ttCO, [lCp'U
KUlla, lCf,J1CX'tO<;, 'Co, wave (13~) lCuIlCX{vro, [KtJ!.uxve-] lCuJ1aviil, [JCull1lV-] SlCf,JJ.llva, I am rough (of the sea) KUVT)yE'tll<;. lC'UVllYE'tOU, 0, hunter Kun:po~,Kun:pou,Tt,Cyprus

Kup1\vll.K'UP1\vll<;,~,Cyrene

lC.f,ptO<;, -a, -OV, having authority; legit· imate; regular (30a) Kupo~, Kt>pou, 0, Cyrus (24~) lCumv, 1C'UVO<;, or it, dog (5£l) x:mJJ.u'm, 'lCroJ1uam, £'lCmllaaa, I revel lCmn:T), KcD1tll<;, ~,oar (2ge)

°

A Aalluplv90c;, Aallupiv90u t 0, labyrinth Aaym<;. a, acc., 'tOV Aayiliv, hare (5 ex) AalC£8a lJ10Vl01, Aa lC£8atllOV {COV, oi, the Lacedaemonians, Spartans (14ex)

AalCE8atJ.l.OVlo<;. -ii, -OV, Lacedaemonian, Spartan AaAEco, I talk; I chatter (30a) AallJ3uvm, [A1lP-] l.Tt'l'OJ1CXt, [Ao.(3-] 2l.CXJ3ov, [A11(3-] EtAllepa. BtA1\ JJ.lllXl. il.1\ep911V, I take (2 ~); middle + gen., I seize, take hold of (11 a and 23 PPP) Aall1tPO<;, -ov, bright; brilliant

-a,

(13 £l) AaJJ.n:pm~,

adv., brightly; brilliantly

Athenaze: Book II

336

Auv9uvm, [A"G-] }.:I\O'm, [AaG·] ela90v, [A.11G-] 1£11)9a + ace. and/or participle, I escape someone's notice doing something = I do something without someone's noticing; I escape the notice of someone (205 and 29E PP) leym. le~m or [EpE-] epib. ei..e~a or [E1t-] etxov (irregular augment), [P11-] eip1)lCrI, [AE'Y-] i..ii..eYflrIt or [P11-] eipl1fJ.at, [A£Y-] ei.. x91lv or [P11-] epp,,81\v, I say; I tell; I speak (la, 11/3, and 27/3 PP) i..dxm, i..eh,m. [At1t-] ei..t1tov, [Aot1t-] i..ei..ot21:a, [A£m-] i..ei..uflfJ.(U (I am left behind; I am inferior), ei..dtp91\v, I leave (3/3, 11a, 11 Gr 2, 11 Gr 4, 19a PP, 26/3 PP, and 27 Gr 9) A£UKUlho~t -a, -OV, Leucadian (29E) AeUlCa4i, AeUlCaaO~t ft, Leucas (29/3) i..emv, i..EOV'tO~, 0, lion (20y)

e

A£mv{al1~.A£mv{aou,o,Leonidas

(14a) li9tv0li. -1\. -ov, of stone, made of

stone (20y) i..{90~.

i..{90u, 0, stone (3 a) i..tJ.!:s\v. i..tIlEVOC;, 0, harbor (12a) i..1fJ.OC;. 111l0U, 0, hunger i..ivov, i..{vou, 'to, thread i..oy&8£<;. i..oyaSmv. oi, picked, se-

lected men i..010~.

loyou. 0, word; story (11a);

reason loy'll, in word, ostensibly lotaopem, I abuse (30a) loum, AOUEts. A.O-UEt, A.OUIl£V, AOUtE, AoUat(v), imperfect, £A.OUV, i..ouO'oflat, ei..ouaa, i..ei..ouJ1at, I wash; middle, I wash myself, bathe (22a) A naia. Aul){a~. Tt, Lydia (27/3) A uSo!, A bSmv. oi, Lydians (24/3) A 6Sto~, -a, -ov, Lydian (27/3) i..UlCO<;, i..uxou, 0, wolf (5a) i..u1t£m, I grieve, vex, cause pain to X; passive, I am grieved, distressed (16/3) i...nm, i..t1am, i!i..uGa, [A.U-] i..Ei..ulCa. i..ei..ufJ.at. i:i..u9Tlv, I loosen, loose (3/3,

4 Gr 1, 6 Gr 3, 9 Gr 1, 10 Gr 1, 12 Gr 1, 12 Gr 2,13 Gr 1, 17a PP, 17 Gr 1,21 Gr 2, 25 Gr 4, 27 Gr 4 and 6, and 28 Gr 2 and 6) i..-Gollat, I ransom (6 Gr 2c, 6 Gr 3,8 Gr 1,10 Gr 1,12 Gr 1, 12 Gr 2,13 Gr 1, 21 Gr 2, 25 Gr 4, and 27 Gr 4 and 6)

M 11& 4 ia, by Zeus llaO'l1fJ.attlCa. fJ.a.911fJ.a.'ttlCmv. 'ta,

mathematics fJ.a9'l1'tTtC;. lla811'tou. 0, pupil (24/3) fJ.rIxapto<;, -a, -OV, blessed; happy (305) J1alCpO~, -ti, -ov, long; large (la) Jlala, adv., very (4a and 14 Gr 3) fJ.&ll.ov, adv., more; rather (14 Gr 3 and 18~) J1&i..l.ov~, rather than (14 Gr 3 and 18/3) llai..to'Ca., adv., most, most of all; very much; especially (4/3 and 14 Gr 3) fJ.ai..to'ta yE, certainly, indeed (12~)

I1cxv9avm. [).laGE-] flu9"a0J14Xt, [).laG-] ~fJ.a90v. [!laGe-] J1£IlU91)lCa, I learn; I understand (110: and 23/3 PP) fJ.av1:£1.ov, llav1:sl.ou, oracle (27 a) fJ.aX4Xtpa. llax(dpiiC;. it, knife (4 Gr 3) fJ.O:X1\. fla X'l1C;, 'it, fight, battle (13/3) Ilaxollat, [j.LUX e-] llaxoUflat, £1l4XxeaaJ1Tlv, IlEJ1aXl1fJ.at, I fight; + dat., I fight against (6~ and 28~ PP) MEyapa, Meyapmv, 'ta, Megara (20B)

'to,

IlE'YaC;. IlB'Yai..l1. fJ.£ya, big, large; great (3 a, 4 Gr 6, 14 Gr 2) and 24 Gr 4) fJ.et~mv. j.LEi~ov,

bigger, larger; greater (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) fl£ytO''toC;. -11. -ov, biggest, largest; greatest (70:, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) Ilsya, adv., greatly; loudly (12/3) J1£yai..ro~, adv., greatly 1l£1£90C;, flE'YE80uc;, 'to, size (20y)

Greek to English Vocabulary IlEGhU.L1 [= JlE'ta- + lTlJlt], I set loose; I let go (2613) 1l£9u(tl, only present and imperfect, I am drunk J..I..Ei~(tlV, IlEi~ov, bigger, larger; greater (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) JlEAUI;. IlEAatVIX. IlEAav, black J..I..EAE t, [JlEAc-] ilEA'; (un, EJlEATl 0' E, JlEJlEA:rI1CE, impersonal + dat., X isa care to; there is a care to X (dat.) for Y (gen.) (26j3) IlEAE1:aCll, I study; I practice (24a) JlU,l1:1:a. JlEA{'t'tllC;. 1], bee (4 Gr 3) MEAtt1:IX, MEAlt1:T\C;. il, Melissa (daughter of Dicaeopolis and Myrrhine) (4a) IlEAAm. [)1EAAf-] 1l£A.ivf\crco, £IlEAJ.. rp,,(X + present or future infin., I am about (to); I am destined (to); I intend (to) (713); without infinitive or with present infinitive, I delay JlEllvT\Jlal, perfect middle present, I have reminded myself; I remember (2813 and 290 PP) M£Il«JnC;. Mell'PEmc; or MEJlCj>t5ol; or Mell'PtOC;. fl, Memphis (16a) llellCj>oIlIX1,IlEIl.ollal,EJl£Il~aIlTlv

or EIlEIlCP9'1\v + dat. or ace., I blame, find fault with (27a) IlEV ... oE .. " postpositive particles, on the one hand . .. and on the other hand. . . or on the one hand . .. but on the other hand ... (2a) JlEV'tOl, particle, certainly; however (18j3) IlEvm, [)1EV£-] ll£vi.O, [JlEtV-] £IlEtva, [JlEVE-] 1l£Il£v111CIX, intransitive, I stay (in one place); I wait; transitive, I wait for (3a, 10j3, 10 Gr 5, and 2213 PP) IlEPOC;, IlEpOUC;. 1:0, part (1513) JlEOOC;, -11. -OV, middle (of) (9 j3) EV IlEO'CP + gen., between (14a) ICa1:Ct IlEaov ... , in the middle of . .. (29a)

MEO'01lV10l, MeCfO'l\v{OlV, oi, Messenians (290)

337

IlE'ta, prep. + gen., with (6a); + ace., of time or place, after (6a) IlE'Ca, adv.) afterward; later (25a) JlE/ra"\'YvcOoICm, I change my mind; I repent (2813) ).I.E'tan;£Jln;OJlal, I send for (26j3) Jl£'t£cr1:t(v), impersonal + dat. and infin. as subject, for X there is a share in, a claim to; X has the capacity to do Y (H., p.21) JlEtpOV, 1l£1:PO'O, 'to) measure (27 a) IJ.£XPl o.o, as long as ).I.1l, adv., not; + imperative, don't . .. ! (2a); +infin., not (200) d 1l1l, unless Il 1\ adC;, Il TlO E).I. { a, Jl T\ ~H v ) used instead of ouod<; with imperatives and infinitives, no one, nothing; no (13 j3) MT\OllCOC;, -'fl. -bv , Median (2413) MiloOl, Mllomv. oi, M edes (Persians) (2413) J..I..T\lCE't'1, adv., + imperative, don't . .. any longer! (3j3); + infinitive, no longer (15a)

J.LllV, adv., truly, indeed (300) Jl1lV, IJ.llvoC;, 0, month (30j3) Jlllv~m, Il'l\V;)O'CO, EJ..l1l VUt'J(X, JlEIl1l~ VtllCa. IlEJ.LtlvuJlal, E).I.Tlv;)9Tlv, I inform (300) IltlU, conj., and not (29a) Illl'tE ... J.l.tl't'E, conj., neither ... nor (29a)

Jlll'tTlP, 1l1l'tPOC;. 1], mother (4a and 8 Gr 2) Jllapoc;. -ii, -6v, defiled; foul; villainous (30y)

J.I."ilCp6C;. -ii, -6v, small (la) Mivmc;. MivCIl, 0, Minos (king of Crete) (6a)

M'ivmtaupoc;. Ml.vm1:IXupou, 0, Minotaur (Sa) Jllcr96C;, Iltcr90u, 0, reward; pay (11j3) IlVlllle1.0V. IlV11Il£10U. 'to, monument ).I.vTlCf9tloOJ.LIX1, future passive in middle sense, I will remember (2813 and 290 PP)

338

Athenaze: Book II

,JLOAU;, adv., with difficulty; scarcely; reluctantly (4a) MoluICPE10V, MOAUICPEtOU, 'to, Molycreon (29P) ,JLOVOC;, -'"~ -OV, alone; only (15a) JLOVOV, adv., only (15a) ou J.LOVOV ... «AAO: KlXt, not only . .. but also (15a) J.LoaxOC;, JLOGXOU. 0, calf f10UGllCTt, Jl.oUGtlcilc;, 11, music (24a) J.LOXAOC;.JLOXAOu.o,stake ,JLu90c;. Jl.ofi90u. 0, story (5P) MUIC(Xl1\, MUIC(xAilc;, 11, Mycale MUKilvcu, MUK1\V mv. ai, Mycenae (201)

,JLi;ptot, -IXt. -(X, 10,000 (15 Gr 5 and 2la) JLUp{Ot -al, -IX, numberless, countless (15 Gr 5 and 2la) J.LUpl0CnoC;, -1\. -ov, ten thousandth (15 Gr 5) M1)ppivTl. MuppivT'lc;. it [= myrtle], Myrrhine (wife of Dicaeopolis) (4a) Muoo{, MUGmv, oi, Mysians (26P) IlUX0C;. J.LUXOU, 0, far corner J.LmpOC;, -a, -OV, foolish N vat Jl.0: aia, yes, by Zeus! (30P) V(1)llYl0V, v(Xucxyiou. 'to, wrecked ship (29£) vCluapxoc;. vauapxou. 0, admiral (15a) VClUKATJP0C;. VClU1CA1\P01), 0, ship's captain (12 P) VlXuJLlXxeCO, I fight by sea (15P) VIXuJLaXta, vauJ.LlXx{ac;. it, naval battle (29a) NClU'Jtii.::'ttol. Nau'JtaKticov, oi, inhabitants of Naupactus (29£) N aUK CXK'tOC;, N a.1)n:alC'tO'O. 0, N a upactus (29a) VIXUC;, VBmc;, it, ship (6a. and 9 Gr 4) vau't'l1C;. va.u'to'O, 0, sailor (12P) VCl'O'tl1COV. vau't'lKou. 1:0, fleet (l3P) VECiv{ac;. ve<xvtou, 0, young man (4 Gr 4 and SP)

NeiAoC;. NdAO'O, 0, Nile vu::pOC;, VElCPOU, 0, corpse (15P) VEJl.EGlc,;, VEJ1EGECO<;, 11, retribution (26a) V£,JLco, [vEIlE-] VE,JLm, [VEtJ.L-J £VEtJl.a., [VEJ.LE-] VEVEJ.LlllCCl, VEV£J.LllIlCXt. EV£Jl.1\9T'1v, I distribute v£oc;, -a, -OV, young; new (210.) VElpEAT'I, VEq>EAT)C;.11, cloud (2SP) VTlO'OC;, v1\GOU, it, island (4 Gr 5 and 6a)

vtlCam, I defeat,' I win (lOa.) VllCTl. Vi1Cllc.;. 11, victory (15P) NilC'll. NlICT'lC;. it, Nike (the goddess of victory) (9a) vOJl.{~m, [VOJllE-) VOJl.lID, [VOJlt-] EVOJ.L1.CJCl, v8VOlltKIX, V£voJl.tO'Il(Xt, EVOJ.ltG91lv, I think (21 P) voJ.Lo~, VOJLOU, 0, law; custom (17P) VOGEm, I am sick, ill (lIP) voa0'i. v ocrou, 11, sickness, disease; plague VOO't'ECO, I return home (19a) VO(J"to~, V 00'1:01) , 0, return (home) (19 a)

vouc;, YOU, 0, mind (15a and 15 Gr 4) EV vip ~xm + infin., I have in mind; I intend (4a) v'OIC'tepeum. VUK1:SpeUaco, ivuKdpeuO'(l, I spend the night vUJ.Lq>ll. vUJ.lq>TJC;. it, nymph,' bride vuv, adv., now (5P) vu~. VUlCtOC;, ii, night (6a)

Bctv9tac;, Eav9tou, 0, Xanthias (2a and 4 Gr 4) Sav9tftftoc;. Eav9iftftou, 0, Xanthippus (21P) ~ev{~(t). [SEVtfS-] !;8Vtm, [SEVl-] i!;eVtoa., £~Ev{(J91lv, I entertain (25a) ;£voC;. ~evou, 0, foreigner; stranger (7P) ;£lVO~ = ~EVOC; Sevoq>avT'lc;.EEvo~avouc;.o,Zeno-

Greek to English Vocabulary phanes (early Greek poet and philosopher) EEP~l1C:;. EEP~OU,

0, Xerxes (14a) sword

~tcpoe;, ~{cpo'UC;, to,

o 0,

it, 'to,

the (4 Gr 8)

00£, and he

oixot (note the accent), adv., at home (8a) OilC1:1POl. [oh:np£~] oilcnpm, [OlK1:1p-] 4llC'tipa, I pity (206) ot~ot, note the accent, inteIjection, alas! (11 (3) olJlOt 1Caxooa{~mv, poor devil! oh

misery!

o~oA6C;,

OPOAOU, 0, obol (a coin of slight worth) (11(3) 6yooi)Kov'ta, indeclinable, eighty (15 Gr

5) oyooOC;. -11, ~ov, eighth (8Gr5) 08e,110£ (note the accent), toos, this here; pl., these here (14(3 and 14 Gr 5) b80c:;, 080u, fa, road; way; journey (4(3 and 4Gr 5) oo'Uvam,00'Uv119i)uo~altmOU

vi)91lv, I cause pain; passive, I suffer pain (30a) o8f,PO~CX1, rare in tenses other than pre-

sent, I grieve (22 (3) 'OouaoEu<;, 'Oo'UUGemc;. 0, Odysseus (7 a)

o~m, [6~£-] 6~1l0m, m~"ua + gen., I

smell of 0gev, adv., from where, whence (29£)
the household; family; relations (22(3) 01 'lCetoc;. ~a. -ov, of one's own oh:hal, oiKE'tmv, ai, household (308) Oi'ICEm, I live; I dwell (la) ob:l1cn<;. oi'ICituemc;. fl, dwelling (22a) oi'ICta. ohdac;, fa, house; home; dwelling

339

(30~)

Oiv6". Oiv611c;. il, Oinoe (23a) Oiv01tIDA10V. oivo1tmidou. 't6, wine-

shop, inn olvoe;, otvo'U, 0, wine (7(3) olo~cn or oillal, imperfect, CP0f.1llV or 41f.111V, [oie-] ohlao~al, cpit911v, I think (23{l) otoe; 1:' ei.~i, I am able (25a) oixoJlat) present in perfect sense, I have gone, have departed; imperfect in pluperfect sense, I had gone, had departed (30 fl) o1CVeOl, I shirk o1Cta1COUtOl. -at. -a, 800 (15 Gr 5) OlC'tID, indeclinable, eight (8 Gr 5) OAP10C;. -a, -ov, happy; blessed; prosperous (24fl) OA~OC;, OAPO'U, 0, happiness, bliss;

prosperity (28(3) OA1:YO<;, -11, -ov, small; pI., few (14a, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) £Aa1:'t'mv, EAa1:1:0V, smaller, pl.) fewer (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) 6Alyttnoc;. -11. -ov, smallest, pl., fewest (14 Gr 2 and 24 Gr 4) £AaXt01:0C;. -11. -ov smallest; least; pl., fewest (24 Gr 4) oAlCa<;, oAlCaoo<;, it, merchant ship (2ge) OAOC;. -11. -ov, whole, entire (30(3) 'OAu~'nol. 'OA'UJ.1xiOlV. 01, the

Olympian gods

(5a)

'to,

oi'ICiov, ohdou, house; palace (often in plural for a single house or palace) (26a) 01'IC0c;, olKo'U, 0, house; home; dwelling (la and 3 Gr 3) lCCX't' ob:ov, at home (16a)

~OA'UJ.11tO~. ·OAu~1to'U.b,A{ount

Olympus (a mountain in Mysia) (26fl)
Athenaze: Book II

340

lSvoJ.1a, 6voJ.1a'to~, 'to, name (7a and 7 Gr 3) 6voJ.1a.'tt, dative, by name, called (7 a) ovoJ.1a~m.ovoJ.1aum,mvoJ.1aaa,

mV0J.1aKa,mV0J.1acrJ.1al,mVOJ.1acr9f1v, I name; I call (26a) lS1tlU6e(v), adv., behind (27~) lS1tlO"Ge(v), prep. + gen., behind (27~) Ell: 'Cou lS1t1.CJOe(v), from the rear ()1t1crm, adv., backward (27~) 01t1a, 01t1mv, t6:, weapons (290) 01tA:i:rll~f oltli1:ou, 0, hoplite (heavilyarmed foot soldier) (14a) on;oOEv, indirect interrogative adv.,

whence, from where (260,)

on:on:, conj., when

(23a)

on01:av (mon, + av I, conj. + subjunctive, when(ever) (23a) Oftou) adv., where (14P and 22 Gr 3) o1tmc;, conj. + subjunctive, so that, in order to (22 fl); + future indicative, (to see

to it) that (24a) op6:m, imperfect, eroprov (note the double augment in this and some of the following forms), [ox-] o'l'oJ.1at, [io-] etoov (irregular augment), [6pa- J eopaKa or Eooplh:a. EOOpaJ.1Ul or [on-] cbJ.1J.1al, lOcp9f1v, I see (5a, lIP, and 29aPP) opy1\. oP'YllC;, it, anger (200) 6pyi~mf mpYlaa) I make X angry op'Yi~oJ.1al, [opyt£-] OpYl0UJlat or [opyta-] oP'Y1a91\aoJ.1al. mpy1.GJlUl. mpyia911v, I grow angry; I am angry; + dat., I grow angry at; I

am angry at (21 fl PP) op90c;. -1\, -ov, straight; right, correct (120;) op9m~ 'YtyvcOaKm, I am right (l8~) opla, op{rov, ta, boundaries 0P1C1.0V, 0pK{OU, 'to, oath;pl.,treaty (270;)

°PKoC;,oPKou.o,oath oPJ.1am, active, transitive, I set X in motion; active, intransitive, I start; I rush;

middle, intransitive, I set myself in motion; I start; I rush; I hasten (7~) oPJlsm, I lie at anchor (290) oPJ.1{~m, I bring (a ship) into harbor; middle, I come to anchor (29y) OPV1C;. opvt9oc;. b or ~ , bird (30~) oPOC;, oPOUC;. 'Co, mountain; hill (5a.) 0<;, ii, 0, relative pronoun, who, whose, whom, which, that (13fl and 13 Gr 3) OC:UtEp. ii1t£p, 01tEP, relative pronoun, emphatic forms, who, whose, whom, which, that (1313) oalo~. -a, -ov, holy, pious (17~) 00'0C;, -fl. -ov, as great as; as much as; pl., as many as (22a.) 1tav'tu oaa, all that, whatever (22a) ftav'tE~ 00'01, all that, whoever; (22a) oa'tt~,

f\nc;, note the accent, 0 'tt, often in indefinite or general clauses with av and subjunctive, anyone who, whoever; anything that, whatever,' pl., all that;

whoever; whatever (220;) ()'tc:xv + subjunctive, when(ever) (22 Gr

2) 01:£, adv., when (1313) on, conj., that (5fl); because ou. OUK, oilX, otlXi, adv., not (1a) oil ~1CX 11: 0 IvIvOU , not much later, soon (17 fl)

alvA-a xcd, not only . .. but also (15a) Otlo«J.10U, adv., nowhere (16a) ouoaJ1m~, adv., in no way, no (613) ou8£, conj., and . .. not; nor; not even (5 a) ouoeiC;, ou8qda. ouoev, pronoun, no one; nothing; adjective, no (70; and 8 Gr ou JlOVOV ...

5)

ouoev, adv., nothing, no ou8b:o't£, adv., never (22~) ouoe1tanton:, adv., never yet (30rt) OU02,u:poc;. -a, -OV, neither (270;) OUKB'Ll, adv., no longer (3a.) OUKOUV, adv., certainly not (18~) o.ov, a connecting adverb, postpositive, so

Greek to English Vocabulary (i.e., because ofthls); then (i.e., after this) (la) OU1tEP, adv., where (29y) oupcxvo~. oupcxvou. a, sky,heaven (913) OU'tE. OU'tE) note the accent, conj., neither . .. nor (5 a) o{)'to~, aU'1:11. 't01>,",0, this; pl., these (14ft and 14 Gr 5) o;5'tmt;, adv., before consonants, oiS1;m, so, thus (2 a) (HP9aAfl0t;, ocp9aA.llou. a, eye (713) lnl'£, adv., late; too late (1713) 0

•

n xa90c;. 1I:a90ut;, 'to, experience; misfortune (29y) xaiBEuO'tt;. 1ta\BeuO'£mt;. ii, education (24a)

fCa"Beum. 1unBE,)O'm, E1tcxiBE'OO'CX, 2t£fCaiBeu'lCa,2tExcxt8eu)J.a\, £xat8eu91lv, I educate (24a) 1ta'i~. 1tad5oc;, b or Tt, boy; girl; son; daughter; child (313 and 7 Gr 3b) xaAext, adv., long ago (1813) KaA.a'L eiai(v), they have been for a long time now (1813) xalatot;;, ~OV, old; of old (2413) xavT\'Yupt<;. 1tCXvllyup£mc;. Tt, festival llavoPfl0t;. navoPJlou, 0, Panormus

-a,

(29y)

1tav'ta, everything 7tcxvtaxoO'£, adv OJ in all directions 7tcxv't'cxxou, adv., everywhere (1513) n:av'tEC; 00'0\, all that, whoever; 11:« v 1: a oacx, all that, whatever (22a) :n:av1.>, adv., altogether; very; exceedingly (27 a) 'i' 'Jtcx1txac;. 1I:CX7t1l:01.>, 0, m 1W1t'lta, papa (6a) 11:«11:11:0-;. 'lteX'lt1tOU, 0, grandfather (5a) xapa + gen., from (3013); + dat., at the house of (24a); + acc., of persons only, to (lla); along, past (290); in respect of I

;

(24a)

t

I

341

'ltCXpcx!301l0im + dat., I come to X's aid (290)

1tapaytyvollat, I arrive (14P) 'ltapa8i8mJL\, I hand over; I give (1813) :n:apatV£M [= 1tapa- + aiv£w], 'ltCXpat v £O'm or 'ltapa tV £O'oJ.uu. 2t a pnveO'a,2t«xpnvE~a,1tapnVllllat,

2tCXPllve81lv + dat. and infin., I advise (someone to do something) (19P) 7tapak'cxA.im, I summon (27a) Xapak'EA£UO}la\, I encourage) exhort (29y)

2tapan;lEM, I sail by; I sail past; I sail along (29a) 1tapaok'£1.>«Sm, I prepare (7a) 1tapaOk'EU~,2tCXpaO''IC£u~~,~,prepa

ration (29~) 2tapa't£8rll.Lt, I put beside) serve xapEtllt [napa- + eilll], I am present; I am here; I am there (2a); + dat., I am present at 2tapepxoflat, I go past; I pass in, enter)' I come forward (to speak) (200) 1tapixm [= napa- + EXw}, [O'xe-] 1tapaalnam, 2tCXP£O'Xov, imperative, napaaxec;, [axe-] 2tapEO'Xll'ICa, 'napeOXIUUXt, I hand over; I supply; I provide (613) xap9ivo-;, -OV, virgin, chas~ 2tap9ivo~, n:ap9ivo1.>, il, maiden, girl (6a) llapgevo<;. llap9ivo1.>. il, the Maiden (= the goddess Athena) (9a) llap9£vc:Dv, llapOevcovo<;, 0, the Parthenon (the temple of Athena on the Acropolis in Athens) (813) 'ltapiot«X)J.at [= 1&apa- + to''ta}lat]. 1tapecr'tl1v, 1tapEO'tll'ICa + dat., I stand near, stand by; I help (28 ~) 1t&';, 1I:&O'a. 1t(Xv, all; every; whole (713 and 8 Gr 4) 1tav'ta ooa av, all thatJ whatever (220:)

1tavt£t; acrot a.v, all that, whoever (22 ex)

342

Athenaze: Book II

ftaaxm, [1t EV 9-] xdaollUl, [1ta8-] E1tu90v, [1tov8~] K81tOv9a, I suffer; I experience (513 and 11a) KCl1:.qp, 1t;Cl'tPOC;, 0, father (3~ and 8 Gr

2) Ila1:pat.. Ilatpmv, ai, Patrae (29a) Ku'tpiC;, KatpUioc;, it, fatherland (1513) IIauO'l'lviaC;, IIauoavtou, 0, Pausanias xuum,xauom, E'Jtuuaa, ft£'Jtl'lUXl'l. K£ftUUJ.1UI, £xau91\v, active, transitive, I stop X; middle, intransitive + participle, I stop doing X; + gen., 1 cease from (713 and 17a PP) Xa1.)E, stop! (713) KdHov, 1t£5iou, t6, plain (19a) 1t;£~6C;, -"t\, -6v, on foot (15~) x£~~, adv., on foot (2113) 1t£t6c;, 7/:EtoU. 0, infantry (2713) 'Jtd9m, x£iam, E1C£t.aIX, 1CS1C£t1C.CX (1 have persuaded) or [1tOt9-] n:exo19u (+ dat.Jtrust), [1t£\8-] n:E1t;ElaJ.11X1, b:da911v, 1 persuade; middle, present, imperfect, and future + dat., lobey (413, 6a, 2113 PP, and 27 Gr 9) xdpa, 1tdpiit;, 1], trial; attempt; test (23a)

Il£lPCXt£UC;, ll£lpalmc;, 0, 'tip ITEtpatct, 'tov ITetpcnii, the Piraeus (the port of Athens) (1113) 1tupam, X£1paam (note that because of the p the a lengthens to d rather than n), £'Jt£tptiaa, 1C£'lt£1.palCa, 'It£x£1.pallUt, E1t£1pa9Tlv, active or middle, 1 try, attempt (15~ and 1813 PP) lleAoxovv~a\o\,IIBAo1tovv1\O'{mv.

oi, Peloponnesians (21a) Il£Ao1CovvTlaoc;,II£Ao1Covv~oou,it,

the Peloponnesus (l4~) 1tEJ.1xtOC;, -Tl. -ov) fifth (8 Gr 5) 1t;EIl1t;m, 1C£J.1'Vm. £1C£Il'llCX, [1t0 I11t-] 1CE1COJ.1q>CX. [XEI1X-] 'JEE1CBJlJ.1Ul, £x£J.1q>91lv, 1 send (6a and 19a PP) 1tEv'talC6a101, -al, -a, 500 (15 Gr 5) 1tEV'tE, indeclinable, five (8 Gr 5)

x£VtTaxov1:a, indeclinable, fifty (15 Gr

5) X£1CAOC;. 1t£1tAOU, 0, robe; cloth (1513) 2tE.pt, prep. + gen., about, concerning (7a.); around (18a.); + dat., concerning (290); + ace., around (7 a) 'It£pi 0i>8E.voC; 1t0101.)J.1a\, I consider of no importance (2813) 1tEpi 1tOAAOU 'Jt0101)J.1a1, I consider of great importance (24a,) 1t£pi 1tAeiO'1:0U X010UIl(U, 1 consider of greatest importance (24a) 1tEp1aym,1 lead around (25a) K£pdatIXIlUt, 1tepLO"'tTtoollal, 1CEpt£O'tllV I stand around llEP1lC,,-flc;, nep11i::A£oUC;. 0, Pericles J

(21~)

'ltep1J.1svm,1 wait for (29£) x£pLopam,1 overlook, disregard (23a) 1tep'L1CEJ.11tm, I send around 1tEpUtAEm, 1 sail around Ospa(u, nepO'mv, oi, the Persians (14a)

IlepO'TlClj, Ilepaou, 0, Persian (28a) Ilep(uxoc;, -~, -ov, Pe rsian (15(}) 1t ea £i v (aorist infin. of xlx'tID), to fall X£CPUK:IX, perfect with present meaning, I am by nature (28 Gr 8) 1Cl9't1xoC;, 1tL9Ttxou, 0, ape; monkey (H., p. 74) n:ivm, [Xl-] 1tlollat., [Xt-] £1t10V, [xOl-l 1tE1tmKa, [xo-] 1I:£1I:0Ila1, £1to9Tlv, 1 drink (9a) xl2t'tm,1C£O'ouJ.1at (irregular), £1t£aov (irregular), [X'tOl-] x£'Jt'tm1Ca, 1 fall (3a and 26a PP) 1t;10tEum. 1CLa'tEuO'm, E1I:10''t£uoa, 1tE1CtotEuxa,xE'Jtla't£ullaL, £21:1o'tEU911V + dat., I trust, am confident (in); I believe; + m<; or infin .. I believe (that) (1513 and 1713 PP) nAa'tmv, llAa'tIDvoClj. 0, Plato (24a) 1CA£tO''tOC;. -1l, -ov, most; very great; pl., very many (12~. 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr

4) 1tAe:t.O'tU, adv., most (14 Gr 3)

Greek to English Vocabulary 1tAetmvhtAEOlV, alternative forms for either masculine or feminine, ltA,EOV, neuterJ more (121l and 24 Gr 4) xAeov, adv., more (14 Gr 3) xAEm, [1CA.EU-] xA,euCJop.oa or [1CA.tmcr £-} XAEUCJOU j.1CX t, [rtA,£u-] EX 1£uO'a. 1t£7tAEUlCCX, I sail (6a, 6 Gr 1, and 18a PP)

1tAij9o<;. 1tA,;90uC;, 1:0, number, multitude (14a); size 1tA..qV, prep. + gen., except, except for (2ge)

XAl1POOl, I fill (2113) 1tAoiov. 1tAOtOU. 1:0, boat (29a) 1tAOUO'tOC;. -a., -OV, rich 1tAOU1:0<;. ltAOU1:0U. 0, wealth (251l) 1tVEup.a.1tVEUj.1CX1:0<;,tO, breeze (29a) 1tV£Q), [XVEUITE-] 7tVEUaouj.1at or [1CVE'U~] 1tVEucrop.at. £1tVEUO'lX, xe1tV£UKa, I blow nvu~, Ilulevo<;, il, the Pnyx (the hill in Athens on which the Assemblies were held) (21a) x09£v; adv., from where? whence? (713, 10 Gr 9, and 14 Gr 6) xo9iv, enclitic, from somewhere (14 Gr 6) xogeOl. I long for (30a) 1toi; to where? whither? (10 Gr 9, 14 Gr 6, and 17a) XOt, enclitic, to somewhere (14 Gr 6) XOtEOl, I make; I do (4a) 1tEpi ou8evoc; ltotoup.at, 1 consider of no importance (2813) 1tEpi XOAAOU 1totouj.1at, I consider of great importance (24<1) XEpt 1tAetO'1:0U 7totouj.1at, I consider of greatest importance (24 a) XOhlj.1CX, xotTtj.1atoc;. 1:0, poem XOtl1't'..qC;. 7totTl'tou, 0, poet (Sa) xOtp...qv. 1tOtj.1EVO<;, 0, shepherd (19P) Roioe;; 1COta: xoiov; what kind of? (26P) XOtOC;. ~&, -ovp enclitic, of some kind 2tOAEP.£Cil, I make war; I go to war (210,)

343

1toAip.toc;. -a. -OV, hostile; enemy (14P) 1tOA,£j.1t01.. 1tOAEj.1tmv. oi, the enemy (1411) 7tOAEj.10e;, XOA£J.L0U. 0, war (1413) XOA1.0PlCECil [= xOAt~, city + eplCOt;, waUl, I besiege (1613) 1I:0AtC;. 7tOA£Ol<;, Tt, city (7a. and 9 Gr 3) lto1l-t11C;. 7tOAltou, 0, citizen (S13) ltOAAalC1.<;, adv., many times, often (61l) 1tOAAaxoCJE, adv'J to many parts (16a.) 1toAup.a9ili.. 1toAuj.1a9iiie;, il, much learning (H., p. 176) 7tOAUC;. ROAATa, 7I:01u, much (1a., 4 Gr 6, and 14 Gr 2); pl., many (3P) 8ul ltOAAOU, after a long time 1tEpt 1tOAAOU 1totouJ,lat, I consider of great importance (24a.) 1tAel.mvhtA£mv I alternative forms for either masculine or feminine, 1tA£OV, neuter, more (12~, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) xA£tO''tO<;, -11, -OV, most; very great; pl., very many (121l, 14 Gr 2, and 24 Gr 4) 1tEpt 1tAE1.CS1:0U 7to1.oup.at, I consider of greatest importance (240,)

1tOAU, adv., much (14 Gr 3), far, by far (208)

XA.£OV, adv., more (14 Gr 3) 1tAetcr'ta, adv., most (14 Gr 3) 7toj.11tTa, xOj.11til~, il, procession (91l) 1tOVBOl, I work (Ia.) 1tOvl1P{o..1tovl1ptac;, il, fault; wickedness (24P) 7tOVOC;. 1tOVOU, 0, toil, work (1a.) Ilov'toC;. Ilov'tou, 0, Pontus, the Black Sea ltOpEUOJ,lat, 1topeucsoj.1at, E7tOpeUaaj.11lv (only in compounds), it £ 1t 0p£uj.1at, E7t0PEU911v (active in meaning). I go; I walk; I march; I journey (611 and 1713 PP) 1tOp9EQ), I sack (28a)

Athenaze: Book II

344

TIoa£1.Smv. TIoauSmvo.;, 0, Poseidon (13 ~) xoao.;~ 'JtoO'l1; xoO'ov~ how much? pl., how many? (t6a) xoao.;, xoO'1\, 1toaov, enclitic, of some size 'Jto't«XJ10C;, 1to't«XIlO\), 0, river (1613) 1tOU; adv., when? (10 Gr 9 and 14 Gr 6) xod, enclitic, at some time, at one time, once, ever (1013 and 14 Gr 6) xot£po.;, -a, -OV, which (of two)? 1ton:pov ... ;'i, (whether . .. ) or (17 a)

1tO\); adv., where? (5a and 14 Gr 6) 1t0'U, enclitic, somewhere, anywhere (10 Gr 9 and 14 Gr 6); perhaps, I suppose n:O\) Yfl~; where (in the world)? (16a) XOUC;,1tOSo.;,o,foot X01:EPOV ... ~, conj., (whether .. ') or (17 a)

XPiXYJ,LCI,7tpayJ.lCl'to.;, 'to, matter; trouble (1813) 1tmC; EIE1.1«X XpaYIlC't1a; How are things? (18~) 7tpa~1.C;;, xpii~£mc;;, ii, deed (24~) 2tpa't'tm [1tptilC-], n:p&;m, £1tP a~at xEnp liyCI. n£xpaYJi(Xt, £1tP axS"v, intransitive, I fare; transitive, I do (14a and 20)' PP) xP£CJP'Ut;, 2tpeapemc;, 0, old man; ambassador (21a) oi 1tP£O'PElC;. 'tCov n:pEO'!3emv, ambassadors (210.) 2tp{v, conj., + indicative or + av and subjunctive, until; + infinitive, before (22a) 1tpO, prep. + gen., of time or place, before (1013); in preference to 'Jtpoaym, I lead forward (2113) 'Jtpo!3a{vm, imperfect, 1tpoU13<x1VOV 1tPOP1I0'oJiCl1.. xpo;SPllv, I go forward xpopata,1tpopa'tmv,'ta,sheep(5a) xpoYOVOC;,1tpoyovo'U. 0, ancestor (1513) J

xpoeplollc£t, I go forward, advance (200) 1tpoSullia. rtpo9ulltac;.i1, eagerness, spirit 1tp09ulloC;. -ov, eager (29y) 1tpOlCEtJ.UU, 1tPOlCe1.O'OJiCl1. + dat., I lie before (21a) xpoA.eym, I proclaim (28 a) xpOC;, prep. + gen., from (i.e., at the hand of) (2613); + dat., at, near, by (4a); in addition to (2413); + acc., to, toward (113); upon, onto; against (11~); with (i.e., in relation to) (270:); in comparison with (H" p. 74)

1tpoopaivm, I approach xpoapaAAco + dat., I attack (140:) xpoapol~.xpOO'POAflc;;.~,attack

(23a)

npoa8ixolla1., 1 receive, admit; I await, expect (2213) ltpoCJSolCam, 1 expect (SOP) npoaEPloJicU + dat. or 1tp6<; + acc., I approach (11~) xpoage(v), adv., before (of time or place) (3013) etc; 1:0 1tpOa9E{v), forward (3013) 'ltpoO'xllt't'm + dat., I fall against; I fall on (2913) xpoa1tA.sm, I sail toward 1tpoO'tanm, I command (27~) xpoatp£xm, I run toward (18 P) ltpoO'xmpEm + dat., I go toward, approach (30:) npot£poc;;, -a, -ov, former xpo'tBpa{q. 'tTl, on the day before (1413) npo'tEpoV, adv., formerly, before, earlier; first (170:) 1tpoxmpem, I go forward; I come forward, advance (613); + E1tt + acc., I advance against ltPUIlVll, rtPUJ,LVllt;, 11, stern (of a ship) (290:)

1tp'U'tavE1.C;;, ftp'U't'av£mv, oi, prytaneis = presidents (see essay in Chapter 22) (300:)

Greek to English Vocabulary Kpippa, 1tpcppac;.

1"

bow (of a ship)

(29a)

IIpm1:cxyapac;. IIpmtayapo'O. 0, Protagoras (24a) 2tpm'toc;, ~1h -ov, first (5~ and 8 Gr 5) n:pmtot, n:pm'tmv. oi, the leaders 2tpm'tov, adv., first (4a) 'to 1tptil-tov. at first II'tEpia. IIn~piac;. 1" Pteria (27(3) Ih£p1.ot, II tEpi(J)v. oi, Pterians (27a) IIuEHa, IIu9iac;. 1" Pythia (the Delphic priestess of Apollo) (27 a) IIi>9ayapaC;, nu9ayapo'O, 0, Pythagoras (early Greek philosopher) (H., p. 176)

345

PTtyvUIJ.t, [PTlY-] PTt~ro, eppll~cx. [proy-] epproya (intransitive, I have broken out), [pay-] eppay1'lv, I break (20 Gr 1 and 305 PP) Ptllla, p1illa'to~, 'ta, word pft'tCop, PTt'topOC;. 0, speaker; politician (21a) 'Piov, 'piou, 'to, Headland (29[3) puello~. pu9llou, 0, rhythm (24[3) pmJ,L1'I, pmJ.L'tlC;, it, strength (25~) I >:ai\.all{~, IcxAtXlltVOc;, (13 a.) IcXllo~.

1"

Salamis

1:aJ.L0u. i1, S amos

2tUA~.1tUA~c;,1"gate

at Iap5EtC;, 'tmv 1:ap5Emv; Ionic, at

n:UACU, 1tllAmV, ai, pl., double gates (6~);pass (through the mountains) (14(3) 1tUV 9av 0 J,Lcx t. [1t£'UO-] 1t£,J0' 0 J,Lcu. [n:\)0-] E1t1l9aJ.111V, 1ttbt'OO'J.Lat, I inquire; I learn by inquiry; I hear; I find out about X (ace.) from Y (gen.) (26a)

Iap5t£c;, 'ttilv 1:ap~irov, 't fie; Sardis (25a) O'aq)(ne;, adv., clearly (30[3) a ~EVV Ullt, [a~E-] O'~£O'ro. EO'~Eaa. £a~'tl1Ca (intransitive, I have gone out). £af3Ea9~v, I put out} extinguish (20 Gr 1 and 30S PP) O'Eau'tou:see EJ.LaU1:0U O'EllvoC;. -fl. -av, holy; august (18 a); worthy of respect; honorable (R., p. 243) all J.LtX {v ID, [crTl!laVE-] 0'1'1 J.LCtV til, [crrWTlV-] Ecs1\IlTtVa, [al1~av-] O'EO'1\J.LcxaJ.1at. eaTtJ.LaV911V, I signal; I sign; I show (19 (3) a~ll£iov, allJ.Le.10U, 'ta, sign (295) alyam, I am silent (9~) aiYTt. O'l.yi1~. 1" silence (28 (3) ILlCEi\.ia, 1:tlCEA.iac;, it, Sicily ItlLrovi~~C;. I:tJ.Lmvi~ou. 0, Simonides (15 (3) ai:toc;, ahou. 0, pl., 'to: O"i:ta, grain; food

1t~p,1tupaC;.'to,fire~~

2tupci. 1tupac;. it, funeral pyre (28a) 1tupaJ,L{C;, 1tupalli~oc;, 11. pyramid xUPY0C;. 1tUPYo'O, 0, tower (22(3) 1tUplCata, 1tllPKCXtCXC;. it, conflagration (H., p. 58) 1tOl1to't£, adv., ever (30(3) 1ttilC;; adv., how? (7~, 10 Gr 9, and 14 Gr 6)

1ttilC; flu 'tel 1tp aYJ.1a'ta; How are things? (18~) 2t&~ £X£tC;~ How are you? (lla) n:mc;;, enclitic adv., somehow; in any way (14 Gr 6 and 17(3) p paf38oc;,pa~oou,ittwand p~~toc;,

- ii, -ov, easy (4~, 4 Gr 6, and 24 Gr 4) plfmv. pq.ov, easier (24 Gr 4) pq.O''tOC;, -11. -ov, easiest (24 GR 4) pli9uJ.1oC;; [= pa, easily + Ou~6<;, spirit], -ov, careless (5a.)

1:ap5i~,

(la)

(n:.o2t£lIl, [crlCE1t-] O'1Cs'Vollat. BaKE'VaJ,L'tlv, eO'KEllllat, I look at, examine; I consider (lla and 18a PP) O'1CO'tOC;. O'lCO'tOU, o,darkness tKu9ia,I1Cu9iac;.it,Scythia allllCpac; •• -ov, small (24a) IaAOlv, IaAlIlvoc;, 0, Solon (25a)

a,

346

Athenaze: Book II

Gac;;, -~, -av, your, sing. (5 Gr 8) Goq>{(i, Goq>{ac;, il, wisdom (25a) Goq>tGt1g, GOq>tG10U, OJ wise man; sophist (24a) Goq>6C;, -it, -6v, skilled; wise; clever (lla)

Ixcxpna.'t1')C;. Ixap't1.a.'tou, 0, a Spartan (14~)

CUtetpOl, [mtEpe-] GXEpm, [cJ1tetp-] eG1t£1.pcx, [an:ap-] eG2tcxPJ1cx1., £O'xeiPllv. [ sow Gx£vom. [O'1tEt-] O"xElGm, £(f1tE1.O"fl, £G2tE1.GJ1fl1., 1 pour a libation; middle, [ make a treaty; [ make peace (by pouring a libation with the other party)

(150:)

o'tpu't1.d. O''tpa't1.iXc;. ii, army (21~) O''tPfl't1.cD't1')C;. Gtpa't1.cDtOu, 0, soldier (14a) 0'~pU't6~E6ov,a'tpa'to~eoou.'to,

camp; army (22~) O''tPfl'tOU, 0, army (14a) o'tpeq>Ol, o'tP£Vm, sotpeva, [(j~paqJ~] eG'CpaIlIlUt, EG'Cpaq>1')v, I tUrn a'tpoyyuA,OC;, -1l, -ov, ro u nd o~uy£m, [ hate (30a) GU, GOU or O'ou, you, sing. (3~ and 5 Gr G'tpa~6~.

(30y)

Gn:epJ1fl,Gn:epJ1a'toc;, 'to, seed GXEuom.an:EuO'm,eaxeuGu. eG1tEUKa. eGXEUGJ1a1., [ hurry (2a and 21a PP) Gxovl;'l, G7tovoi\c;, iI, libation (drink offering) (16~) Gxovoal, O'n:ovomv, ai, peace treaty (16~) axovoac; X01.0Ullfll, [ make a peace treaty Gn:ovoTiv x01.0Ulla1., [ make a libation O'xouoit. a1tou8i\c;, il, haste; eagerness (15~)

(J'tafJ.fl. O'tOllfl'tOC;. 'to, mouth (30y) O''tpa't£ulla. G'tpatEUlla'toc;. 'ta, army (27a) O"tpatEum.OtpatEuO"m.eG'tpa't£uaa, EO'tpateuKa, eCJtpat£uJ.1a1., active or middle, [ wage war, campaign; + E7tt + ace.,l campaign (against) (16a) G'tpa'tllyoc;,G'tpa'tllyou.o,general

a.

'to G'tei01.0V, 'tou G'tfloiou, pl., 't G'taota or 01. G'tei01.01., stade (1 stade = 607 feet or 185 meters; 8.7 stades = 1 mile; 5.4 stades = 1 kilometer) (23~) G'tfA,A,m, [O'''CEA£-] Gn:A,m, [a'tEtA-] £G'tElA,a, [O'''CaA-] eGtaA,Ka, £(f'taA,J1at, eG'taA,1')v, I send; [ equip; [ take down (sails) (29a) a'tEva~m, [O'u:vaY-1 Gn::vei;m, fCJ'tEva;a, [ groan (4~) (J'tEVOC;. -it, -av, narrow (14a) (nEva. G'tEVl.i)V, 'tei, narrows, straits; mountain pass (13~) 0''t04, G'toiXC;, il, colonnade o't6A,0C;. o'taA,ou, 0, expedition; army; fleet (14a)

6) oUYKaA,£m, I call together oUA,A,all~aVOl [= O'1JV- + AaJl~&vm], [ help (2 ~); + dat., [ help X (6 Gr 6g) O'uA,A,eym [= O"1JV- + AEym, [ pick up, gather; I say, tell, speak], GUA,A,£~m, GUV EA,2;a, [1..0"(-] auv EtA,oxa, [A£Y-] ouv dA,£na.a t, O'uv £A,EY1') v, I collect, gather (19a) OUIlPaA,A,m [= O'uv~ + ~6:AAoo], [ join battle; + dat., [join battle with (14 a) GUfJ.POUA,OC;,GUfJ.POUA,ou,o,adviser O'ullfJ. U x1.a. GUIlfJ.aX{liC;. ii, alliance (27a)

oUllllaxoc;, oUIlfJ.cXxou, 0, ally (16a) GUllxEIl2t:m, I send with ou Ilxl7t'tm [= a1JV- + n:l.1t'tm], I clash; + dat., I clash with (15~) O"UJ.17tA,8m, [ sail with O'UfJ.cpopcl, CJuJ1CPopiX~. il, misfortune,' disaster (I6a) auv, prep. + dat., with (17 a) auv geoic;, God willing; with luck (17a) Guvaysipm, active, transitive, [gather X;

Greek to English Vocabulary middle, intransitive, I gather together (lBa)

O''Uvaym, I bring together; I compress (290'.) O'1.lV£PXOJ.uu, I come together (140'.) G'Uv9il.1Cl1, G'Uv9ipcl1';;, it, compact truv1.11I.1t + gen. of person, acc. of thing, I understand (200) O'uv'tof.Lo<;, -OV, cut short; short (H., p. 118) O''Ov'tp£xco, I run together O'cpa~m or Gcpa't'tco, [o<pay-] O'cpa~m, £O'cpa~a.£O'cpaytLat,eGcpaYl1v,I

slay (2ge) l:cptyl;, l:CPlYYOt;, i}, Sphinx GcpoBpa, adv., very much (300) O'~~co,O'mam,£O'coO'a.O'£O'mKa.

O'EO'COO'tLUL. £am91lv, I save (6a.) O'rolla, csmtLa'tot;, 'to, body (24~) O'cocppoveco, I am of sound mind, prudent, moderate, self-controlled (H., pp. 20 and 21) O'coCPPOGUvll.O'coCPP oauv l1<;.it,soundness of mind, prudence; moderation, self-control (24 J)) O'mcppcov, amcppov, of sound mind; prudent; self-controlled (7~, 7 Gr 7, 14 Gr 1, and 24 Gr 1) T 1:a~I<;, 1:a~em.;;,

it, rank; position (290'.)

'tapa't1:co ('tupaaaco), ['to'.pO'.x-J 'tapa~co. £'tapa~a, 't£'tapaytLal, .hapax911v, I confuse (29{3) 'tapax.q, 'tapaxi\c;. Tt, confusion (290'.) 'taU1:11, adv., in this way; here (14 Gr 5) 'ta't't co , ['to'.lC-] 'ta~61, iha~a, 'tE'tClxa, 'tEtaytLaL, E'tax911v, I marshal, draw up in battle array; 1 station, post (230'.) 'taCPPol:;, 'tacppo'U, it, ditch 'tuxoc;,'taxo'Ut;,'to, speed Ken« 'taxo.;;, quickly (27J)) 'taxuc;. 'taxe'i.a, 'taxu, quick, swift (13a, 13 Gr 5, and 24 Gr 4) 9clncov, 9(X1:1:0V, quicker, swifter (24 Gr4)

347

'taXUJ'toe;, -Tt. -OV, quickest, swiftest (24 Gr 4) 1tlX£COe;, adv., quickly, swiftly (40'.) 9&'t'tov, adv., more quickly, more swiftly 'taXIO''ta, adv., most quickly, most swiftly (12a) me; 1:0XIO''ta, as quickly as possible (12a) t S ... Ka { or 1£ lCai., the 'ts is postpositive and enclitic, particle and conjunction, both . .. and (3a) 'tsi.XIO'f.La, 'tEtXtO'J.1CXtoC;, 'to, wall,' fort 1:£1X0';;, tstXo'Ue;, TO, wall (120'. and 13 Gr 4) 'tE1CVOV. 'tEKVO'U, 'to, child (20y) 1'EKmV, t£1CoVTOt;;, 0, parent (24a) 'ts1E'U'taioc;, -a, -OV, last u1£'U'ta61, I end; I die (16 a) 1'£1s'U't.q. 'te1e'Utilc;. il, end (25a) Te110<;, Te1l.0'U, 0, Tellus (250'.) d10t;, adv., in the end, finally (8~) 't£~sVO~,1'£J.1EVO'Ue;,1'O, sacred precinct (17 J)) 'tEf.LV m. [1:£j.l£-J 1'£J.1m, [1:£11-] E1'StLOV, ['tj.lE-J 'te't~llKa, 'tE'tJ.1'1J.1Ut, htL.q911v, I cut; I ravage (230'.) tEp1tO~al, 'tEp\II0tLal. E't£ P'l'aJ.111V , tEp'l'atLSVOe;, I enjoy myself; + dat., I enjoy X; + participle, I enjoy doing X (9~)

't£'tap1'oe;, -'1, -OV, fourth (8 Gr 5) 1'£tpa1CoaLoL. -aI, -a, 400 (15 Gr 5) 1:E't'1'apaKov'ta, indeclinable, forty (15 Gr 5) 't£'t1:aps~, 'tET'tapa, four (8 Gr 5) 'tUBs, adv., in this way,' here (14 Gr 5) 't.qtLEPOV, adv., today (20B) 1:D 1tpOTEpa{q:, on the day before (14~) 1:n utlt£paiq:, on the next day (8~) d; adv., why? (2a and 10 Gr 9) 1'i; pronoun, what? (4J) and 10 Gr 9) d9'1J.1L [911-/9E-] , imperfect, Et{911 v , 9.qtl61, £911Ka, infinitive, 9E1.Vat. participle, 9ei<;, imperative, 9£<;. t£9111CCX, (,t'£9Et)lO'.t; lCei)lat usually used instead),

Athenaze: Book II

348

£'tE91lV, I put, place (18ex, 18 Gr 2, 21 Gr 4, 25 Gr 5, and 300 PP); I make 'tlI1CtCO, I honor (5ex, 5 Gr 1~ 6 Gr 3,8 Gr 1, 9 Gr 1, 13 Gr 1,17 Gr 1, 18~ PP, 21 Gr 2, 25 Gr 4, 27 Gr 4 and 6, 28 Gr 3 and 6) 'tll1tt, 't1,,1\t;, il, honor (21J) T1"OlCPCtt1lC;, T1J.1oKpa'tou. 0, Timocrates (29/::) tit;; ti; gen., tivoc;; interrogative adjective, which . .. ? what . .. ? (7 ex and 7 Gr 8)

dt;; 'tt; gen., tivot;; interrogative pronoun, who? what? (7a, 7 Gr 8, and 10 Gr 9) 'ttt;. 't1., gen., 'tlVOt;, enclitic indefinite adjective, a certain; some; a, an (7 ft and 7 Gr9) 'ttt;, tt, gen., 'ttVOt;, enclitic indefinite pronoun, someone; something; anyone; anything (7 a and 7 Gr 9) 't{vo. YVMI11lV Bxanc;; What do you

think?

27a PP) 'tP1.alCOV1:a, indeclinable, thirty (15 Gr 5) tPtiiKOO'1.01.. -at. -a, 300 (15 Gr 5) 'tpllip1l~. 'tP1.ftpout;. Tt, trireme (a warship) (13 [3 and 13 Gr 4) 'tphot;, -1l. -OV, third (8 Or 5) Tpoi&, Tpoiat;. it, Troy (7 a) 'tp671:atov. 1 poxatOu, 10, trophy (2913) 1pOXTa. tpox1\c;, il, turn; turning; rout (of the enemy) (29£) 'tpoxOt;, tpoxou. 0, manner; way (21~) 1UYXO,VQ), [UUX-] 'tEU ~oJ.1a t, [tuX-] £'tuxov, [tUXE-] t E'tUXlllCa+ gen., I hit; I hit upon; I get; + participle, I hap pen to be doing X (17 ex, 20 Or 3, and 29E

(18~)

't)..iU.Lmv, tA.TlI.LOV oc;, poor; wretched 'tot6a8E. 10ta8£, note the accent, 't01.6v8£, such (as the following) (21~) 'tOtOU1:oC;.'tOtaU1:11,'tol0U't0, such (21~)

1:o)..J.Lam, I dare (18~) 1:0;Ot1lt;, 1:0;0'tOU, 0, archer 't6xOt;, 't6xou, 0, place (20y) 1:000a8£, tooTt8£, note the accent, 'toa6v8E, so great; pl., so many (22~) 1:oCJOU1:ot;,toaau1:1l,1:oaou1:o, SO great; pl., so great; so many (3~) 1:ouvo.v'tiov to Evavtiov (S., p. 242) 'tou'ttp, EV, meanwhile (8~) 1:6't£, adv., then (12~)

=

'tpo.ycpo{&,'tpaycpoiat;.~,tragedy

tp axuc;, -eta, -u, ro ug h (19~) 'tpett;. tpta, three (8 Or 5) 'tP£tt; Kat 8SKo., thirteen (15 Gr 5) tp£1tQ). 'tPEVQ), £'tPE'IIa. ['tPO'lt-] 1: £1: P otp a. , ['t pax-] t Et p alI J.1 at, hpO,1tllv, active, transitive, I turn X; middle, intransitive, I turn myself, turn (10~)

'tp£-] 9p£\jIOl, e9pE'IIa, [tpoq>-] t£'tpotpa, [1:pa
PP)

1<>7I:'t(O, ['tuTC'te-] 'tUXtTtCJco, no other principal parts of this verb in Attic, I strike, hit (19 J3 PP) 1:utpA.OC;, -Tt, -ov, blind (lla) 'tUl11. 'tuX1l~, ~,chance; luck; fortune (15 (3) 'tcp QV't1., in truth (13 J3) y

il, wanton violence; insolence; arrogance; pride (H., p. 58) Ul1.tt«;j, -£t;, healthy (1813) u8pta. UOpt&t;. ~, water jar (4a: and 4 UPPtt;, uf\pecoc;,

Gr 3) u8mp, u8ato«;j, 't6, water (10~) uioC;, uiou, 0, son (24ft) UA.a.1Ct£Ol, I bark iSA.1l, iSA.ll';, it, woods, forest (1913) t>J1£t<;. i>l1mv, you, pI. (5 J) and 5 Or 6) t>/-lE't£POt;. -a, -OV, your, pI. (5 Gr 8) UJ.LVECO, I hymn, praise uxapxm [= UTCO- + &pxro], I am; I exist; I am ready (22 a) \>1tE1A.1\cpacHv (P!3rfect indicative, 3rd

Greek to English Vocabulary person pI. of imoAaJ,L13c.ivro), have supposed, suppose (H. p. 218) U1tE1CCP£UYCll [= \mo- + be- +
4)etlHac;;, 4)£t8{ou, 0, Pheidias (the great Athenian sculptor) (9a) tpd80)1cxt. cp£tO'o)1(1t, EcpE1.aa)1T1V + gen., I spare (27/3) cpepCll, [oi-] o\O'm, [£VEYK-] llvey1Ccx or TlVE'Y1COV, [EVEK-] Evilvox;a. ev,,-

349

VE'YJ.Lat, .qVEXSTlv, I carry (113); of roads, lead (28 ex PP) cpeu~ interjection, often used with gen. of cause, alas! (lOa) cpeuyro, cp£u~oJl.{n. [9a-] Ecp9o:O'tX or [cp9n-] EcpST\.V + ace. and/or participle, I anticipate; I do something before someone else (20 Gr 3, 2ge, and 2ge PP) cplA-Em, I love (la, 4 Gr 1, 6 Gr 3,8 Gr 1, 9 Gr 1,13 Gr 1,17 Gr 1, 18a PP, 21 Gr 2, 25 Gr 4, 27 Gr 4 and 6, 28 Gr 3 and 6) ~{A.t1t1tOC;, 4)1A-t1t1tO'U. 0, Philip (3J)) (j)tA-O~, -T\., -OV, dear (4a and 24 Gr 4) tptA.at'tepoc;. -lX, -OV, dearer (18/3 and 24 Gr4) cptl.ahatoc;. -11, -ov or cpiA-'ta'to~, -rlr -OV, dearest (1813 and 24 Gr 4) cp{A-O~, cptA.OU, (, or cpiA-Tl, CPtA-ll~, il, friend (4a) cpl.'UcxpEm, I talk nonsense cpopeOJ,LCXI, imperfect, usually used for fearing in past time, E
9TJv, intransitive, I am frightened, am afraid; transitive, I fear, am afraid of (something or someone) (6a) cpoPEp6~. -ov, terrifying, frightening cpopo<;;, cpapo'U, 0, fear; panic (19J) cponc:lm, I go; I visit (24ex) (j)oveu~. cpov£mc;. 0, murderer cpoveuCIl,cpovEuam, ecp6vE'UcsCX. 11:£cpOVEUXa,1t£cpOVE'UtLCXt, ECPOVEU9T\v, I slay (26ex) cpOVOC;, cpavou, 0, murder (26 J)) ~op)11.mv. (l;top)1{ovo~, 0, Phormio (29a)

-,t

350

Athenaze: Book II

~pa~m.~paam.£~paaa.fte,pa~a.

x£qJpaaJ.1al, ecppaa911v, I show; I tell (of); I explain; middle and aorist passive in middle sense, I think about; 1 consider (14~ and 21(3 PP) cppov£m, 1 think; 1 am minded (1711) ~pov1:i~m. [(f)poll'ttE-] cppovnouJ.1a1., [cppOV'tl-J ecppovnoa, x£cpp6V't1.lCO. 1 worry,' 1 care (120'.) cppoupem, transitive, I guard; intransitive, 1 am on guard (29a) CPPO'llP1.ov. ~poupiou. 'to, garrison (23a) CllpuY1.ot;. -a. -ov, Phrygian cpuy";. cpuyTlt;. 11, flight (15a) cpui..o~n. cpui..alCii~,

11, guard; garrison

(220'.) qn)i..a~, qJ'lli..alCOt;.

0, guard (7 Gr 3 and 2613) cpui..a't'tm, [cpuAaK-] ~ui..a~m, lcp'lli..a~a,x£~'lli..axa.x£cpuAa1Ila1. (1 am on my guard), Ecpui..aX911v, I guard (5a and 208 PP) cpuO'1.~. qJu(fEmc;;, 11, nature cp\Sm, cpilam, £,uO'a. £cpuv (1 grew)J XECPU'IC(x (1 am by nature, am), I produce (28 Gr 8) cpmv£m,1 speak (270'.) cpmv';. cpmvTl~, Tt, voice; speech (2411)

x xaipm, [x(XlPE-] xotp'l\am. [XapE-] lC£xapt)'lCa. [Xap-] EXaP11v (1 rejoiced), 1 rejoice; + participle, 1 am glad to (1 a, 4a, and 2813 PP) XaiPE; pl., Xaip£'tE, greetings! (4a) Xatpuv ~£i..E'llm + acc., 1 bid X farewell, 1 bid farewell to X (120'.) xaA£2t6t;. -1, t -ov, difficult (113, 14 Gr 1, and 24 Gr 1) XaAxit;. Xai..ld80t;, it, Chalcis (29a) xapi~oJ1a.l. [XaplE-] Xa.pl0UJ.lal, [Xapt-] Exapt
xap1.v &'no8fSmll1. + dat., 1 give

thanks to; 1 thank (lBa) XE1IlmV, X£1J1ti)VO~. 0, storm; winter (713 and 7 Gr 5) Xdp. X£lPOt;, il, hand (813) xeiptO''tot;. -11, -ov, worst (24 Gr 2) xdpmv. XEtpOV, worse (24 Gr 2) xBm. x£m. fXEa, [xu-] ~EXU'lCIX, X£XUIlIXt, Exu9~v,1 pDur XiA1.01. -al, -a, 1,000 (15 Gr 5) X1.i..lOCJ'tOC;, -1" -ov, thousandth (15 Gr 5) xop6c;;. XOpou, 0, dance; chorus (4a) xpa0J.la1. (present and imperfect have 1'\ where cx would be expected: Xpro/lCXl, XPll. XPl1't:cxt, etc.), xp1\aOJlal (note that here the a changes to 1'\ even after thep), EXPllO"aJ.1llv, K£XP11llal, £xp1\o91lv + dat., 1 use; 1 enjoy; 1 consult (an oracle) (14a and 18~ PP) XP1" impersonal, imperfect, EXPl1V + infin. or acc. and infin., it is necessary'; ought, must (1713) XP'l\Il(X't(x, XPllllatmv, 'Ca, things; goods; money (1813) Xp";lT1.J.10C;, -~. -ov, useful (2413) XPllO'J.1ot;. XP11O'IlOU, 0, oracular response (27 a) XPllat";P10V, XPllO'tl1pfo\), to (often pI. with sing. meaning), oracle (either the seat of the oracle or the oracular response) (27 cx) XPl1O"'t6c;;, -n. -6v, useful; good (24~) XP6V10C;. -li, -ov, lengthy (21~) XpovoC;. Xpovou t 0, time (113) xpuatov. xpuoiou. 1'0, gold coin;

money; jewelry

(30~)

xpuoout;, -11, -ouv, golden (3013) xmpli, Xmplit;, 1\, land (2113) xcopeco, 1 go; I come (29~) xmptOV, XmptOU, 1'0, place; district (23a) xmpoc;. xmpou, 0, place (23a)

'I' 'l'Eu8";t;. -ec;, false (1313)

Greek to English Vocabulary 'VEUOf\, 'V£UOCDV. 'ta, lies (13P) WEUOo~ttl.'V£uoo~al.£'V£uoa~~v,

£'V£uO'Juu, I lie 'V~cpi~6J,1.(Xlj [\jfll~tE-] 'V1ltplOUJ,l.ttl, [\jfllqlt-] 8\jt~tp'LO'a~"v, £'V 1\ qJ UJ J,l.a 1, I

vote (210:) 'V6q>o~, 'Vocpou, 0, noise .\)xi}, 'VuxT\c;, il, soul (17 P)

n dl, interjection, introducing a vocative J, Zeu, 0 Zeus (30:) eLSE, adv., thus cp. BV, while (80:) tb9i~oJ,l.a1, no future or aorist, I push m~oc;. mJ1ou, 0, shoulder (19P) 0.00«. QV, participle of d~(, being (9 Gr 1) QlV1U tbviOlV, 'ta, wares

mv.

t

351

ro<;J adv., in exclamations, how! (6 Pand 15 Gr 6a)

m<;, adv. + future participle to express purpose, to (10 Gr 7 and 15 Gr 6a)

roc;, adv. + superlative adjective or adverb, e.g., mC; 'taXlO''l:O, as quickly as possible (120:, 14 Gr 4d, and 15 Gr 6a) ro<;, adv., as (13~ and 15 Gr 6a) mC; SOlCEI, as it seems (13 Pand 15 Gr 6a) m~, conj., temporal, when (14 Pand 15 Gr 6b) mc;, conj., that (15P and 15 Gr 6b) OlO1tEP, note the accent, adv., just as (Sa and 15 Gr 6a) mOtE, note the accent, conj. + indicative or infinitive, introducing a clause that expresses result, so that, that, so as to (50: and 15 Gr 6b) Olcp£A.EOl, I help; I benefit (lIP)

ENGLISH TO GREEK VOCABULARY This English to Greek vocabulaIY is provided merely as a reminder of approximate Greek equivalents of English words. For further information about the Greek words, you must consult the Greek to English vocabulary and the readings and grammar sections in the various chapters of this book.

A a (certain), nc; able, I am, Buval,Ult, otoc; 't' til.!! about, 7t E P { about (to), I am, J.LeJ•. Aro above, avro, U2tEP abroad, I am/go, «:0BT} J.LE co abstain from, I, « x £X°J.Lat abuse, I, lotoopero Acarnania, •A xapv avi a accomplish, I, epyatOJ.Lat according to, xa'tcl accustomed to, I am, E 1roSa Achaea, •Axida Achaeans, AX ato ! Achamae, Axapva{ Acharnian, 'Axapvtlcoc; Acharnians, · AxapvT\~ Acropolis, 'A xp o'ltOAte; admiral, vauapxoc; admire, I, 9auJ.Latm admit, I, 2tpOaOEX0J.Lat Adrastus, "A 0 P T} G't a c; advance, I, npOepIOJ.Lat advance (against), I, 7t P a xm p ero advice, ~ 0 U A" advise (someone to do something), I, xapatvim Aegean Sea, A tya'ioc; KOV'tOC; Aegeus, A {yeue; Aeolus, Alolae; Aeschylus, A taxuAo C; t

t

afraid, don't be, S&ppet afraid, I am, oEoo t xa afraid (0£), I am, CPO~EoJ.Lat after, lCa'teX, J.LE't& after a long time, oux nOAAou afterward, J.Le't a again, a~, a ~ 911; against, Ii v 't (, ad <;, £1t {, npoe; Agamemnon, 'A y a J.L £J.Lvmv , ..! agora, ayop a aid, ~ 0 it 9 I:l t a alas! OlJ.10t. cpeu all, lbtft~. x&C;; all right! i€a'tco all that, 1t &v 't a 0 a a liv t fCciv'tec;; oaot liv alliance, aUJ.LJ.1ax1.ii allow, I, tam allowed, being, e;ov allowed, I am, ~l;ean J.10 t allowed, it is, El;ec:rtt(v) ally, au J.LJ.LaxoC; alone, J.L 0 v C;; along, Ka'ta, K a p eX already, i1 01) also, 1C a. { altar, ~co J.16~ although, lC a i 1C £ P altogether, 'It av U always, ad Alyattes, 'AAua't't1)C; am, I, eiJ.Li. \)1tapxm amazed, I am, SauJ.L&~m Amasis, AJ.Laatc; ambassador, :p£a~ue; among, tv

°

tI

352

an, 'ttC; ancestor, 11: p oyov 0 C; and, oe. lCal and in particular, lC a t. 0 Tt Ked and ... not, WJ\ 0 11, J.L.q t E t ouoE and so ... not, ou lCOUV and what is more, lCat. on Kat anger, op.,r, angIY (at), I grow/am, opyitoJ1al animal, ~q,ov announce, I, a.yyelAOl another, alAae; another, of one, aAATtACllV answer, I, cln:OlCpivoJ.1a t anticipate, I, cp S v 00 anyone, anything, ne;. n anyone who, oa'1:t<; a v anything that, i:S 1: 1 li v anywhere, 1C 0 \) Apollo, A1tOAACOV appear, I, cpaivoJ.Lat appoint, I, 1Ca8{cr't11 J.L t apprehend, I, aicr8aVOJ.LlXl approach, I, E1tEPX0J.Lat. 'ltpoaiJaivOl, xpoaepX°J.1at,1tpocrxmpEOl Archidamus, •ApX1.o aJ.10e; Archimedes, , A P X t J.1.q 01'\C; Arge (name of a dog),

a

t

• A P yft Argive, •A pye'ioc;

English to Greek Vocabulary Argus (name of a dog), "Apyo~

army, O''toloC;, (J'tpa't£t>p.a., 0''tpa.'t6~, O''tpa'tt&,a'tpatOnE50v around, 1t E P { arrange, I, apt;)m arrive (at), I, aqmcveoj1at,1I:apaytyvoj1at Artemisium, 'A p't £ Il { (nov as, m~ as great as, 00'0; as it seems, ro~ BOlCE1, roc; EOllCE(V) as many as, oO'Ot as much as, oooe; as quickly as possible, m
uno

at a loss, I am, a 1t 0 p Em at dawn, (lila. em, E1I:1. 'tflV £ m at first, to 1tpanov at home, lC a ,£' 0 i 1C 0 V, OtK01. at just the right time, de; lCatp6v at least, y£ at once, au'ttlCa. fu9ue; at one time, 1t 0 't I:. at school, 8v 815(1O''lCaACOV at some time, 1t 0 t E at that very moment, £v'LauBa a Tt at the house of, 7tapa at the same time, a Il a Athena, 'A911VQ, n <X pBevoc; Athenian, • A (hl v a i 0 C;

Athenians, •A91lvaiol. Athens, •A 911 v <X t Athens, at, 'A9nvll01 Athens, in, £V 'tate; ' A9 VCl 1.C; Athens, to, 'A9nv a~ e attack, 1t p 0 a P0 Ait attack, I, £j1xi,x'tm, £11:-

n

E~EPxolla.t, ahe-

£PXOj1(U, E1ttCJ'tpa'tEUCO, E7tutgeI-UXl, EX1XEtpEm, xpoapaAAm attempt, x £ i p a. attempt, I, E7t1.XUpem, 1tElpam.7t£1p aO lla1. attendant, 9Epaxmv, uX11P£'t11C; at the hand of, 1tp6e; at the same time, Ii Il a Attic, •A 't t 1. lC 0 ~ Attica, 'A 't 'tt lCn Atys, tlA'tu~ august, (JEllvo~ await, I, 1tpoO'liexollal await (an attack), I, U1I:0Il EVm away, I am, &XElllt

B Babylonians, Bap\)Amv tOt backward, oxiO'm bad, 1CalCo~ badly, lC a lC me; bag, &0'1C6~ barbarian, pappapoe; bark, I, UAll Jet ECO bathe, I, AOU 0 1la.1. battle, llaXll. va'Ullaxia be so!, let it, £0' 't m beast, 911 p i ov beautiful, lCaA6c; beautiful, more, lCalAtmv beautiful, most, 1C a'" At 0'1:0c,; because, ~t6tt.Ol1. because of, BUl:, £v E 'lCa become, I, Y{YVOfJ.a.l, Ka9ics'taJ,Lat

353

bee, Il£Al't't'Cl before, 2t p ( v, 2t po, 1tpocrgeV,1tpo't'EPOV begin, I, a1t a p x 0 Il a 1. , apxolla.t, apxm beginning, apxn behind, 0 1t t cr 9 £ (v) believe (that), I, mcr't£uco below, lCa'tm benefit, I, mcpEA£m be~eg~ I, 2tOAtOplC£m best, aptO'ta, liptO'to~, ~£A'tl(nO~, lCaAA10''ta, tCpa'tto't:oe; better, all£1.vov, alldvmv, pEA'tlmv, lCaAAlov. 1C p ei'ttcov between, EV Il£O'ql bid farewell to X, bid X farewell, I, Xa.{pEtV lC£AEUCO big, Ileya~ bigger, IlEi~mv biggest, J,1EY1CS'tOe; bind, I, liEm bird, OpvlC; bite, I, li alCv m Biton, B h co v black, J.lEAaC; Black Sea, the, n av 't 0 C; blame, at'tt Ix blame, I, 1l£llfPOIlCU blame, to (adjJ, ai't tOe; blessed, J.l<X'lCaptOc;,OAPtOC; blind, 'tUc; board, I, eiCJp«ivm, i7t£1.(J'~a{vm. 8'Jttpa{vm boat, 7tAoiov body, crmlllX Boeotia, Botm'tta Boeotians, BOtm'to1. book, PtPA{ov

Athenaze: Book II

354 both ... and, leU t ... lCai, 1:£ ••• Ka{ both, allq>01:epOe; bow (of a ship), 'ltpcppa boy, ftaic; brave, av8peloc; bravely, av8pEimc; bread, at'toe; break, I, p~yvu"u break up, I, lCa'tUA.i>m breeze, 'ltV £1> Ila bride, v Up. q> 1'1 bridge, yeq>ilpa bright, A. oq..l1l: P 6 e; brilliant, A. a 1111: p /, c; bring, I, lhalCop.{~m. ICop.itm bring (a ship) into harbor,

L oPIl{~m bring in(to), I, dO'cpspm, EiO'lCop.{~m

bring out, I, £lClCO p. {tm bring over, I, 81uICop.{~m bring to an end, I, 1:£A.EU'tam bring together, I, O'uvaym broad waters, eupuxmp{a brother, a8eAq>6c; burn, I, lCaic.o.lCam burn completely, I, lC a 1: a Ka{m. lCa'tulC ~Q) bury, I, 9u1ttQ) but, aAAa, 8 E by, lCa1:o., 'ltP/,C;. U1tO by far, 1tOA.U by land, lCl:l'tCt Yilv by nature, I am, 1ts«puKa by night, v u K t 0 C; by sea, Kl:lta 9aAI:l'ttI:lV

C calf, p.6axoC;; call, I, lCaAEm, bVOlla~m call for holy silence, e CPl111{ a call for holy silence, I, euCPT} lLSCO call in(to), I, EiO'KaA£m call out, I, abC'1C a Aem

u-

call together, I, O'uylCaA£m call upon, I, E7t 1'1(: UA£m call upon X to help, I, E1ttlCCXA£ol1al called, bv 611a1: t camel, lCo.P.rtAOC;; camp, cJ1:pato1te80v campaign, I, O't pat EU 0 ~ lla1 campaign (against), I, (UputEum can, I, 8uvup.at, E~ECJ't{ 11 01 capable, OUVCUOC;;. i ICUvoe; captain: see ship's captain care, I, cp P ov't {~m care to, X is a, P.SAtn care to X for Y, there is a, P.£A.£1 careless, pa9uJ,L0C; carry, I, cp Ep co carry out, I, h::cpepm, £lClCoJ.d~m

catch, I, lCU1:aAap.pavm caught, I am, aAlalCOllU1. cause, aitt ii cause pain, I, b8uv am cause pain to, I, AU7tE c.o cavalry, bl:1ttlCOV. t1tftOe; cavalryman, bt1tEUC; cave, av 't p a v cease from, I, 'ltauoJ,Lat celebrate a festival, I, Eopt.qV 1totml ft01ou .... a1 celebrate the festival of Dionysus, I, Atovll0'1a ft01m/1t010U.... o;t certain, a, nc;; certainly, p.aAtG't'a ye., J.I,£v 1:0 l. certainly not, 0 is 1C 0 Uv Chalcis, X a A1C t e; chance, 't UXT} change my mind, I, J,LE't UY1.yv aHJ1I: m charlatan, aAa~cOv

'ta.

chase, I, 8tcOlCc.o chatter, I, AaAEco cheer up! Gap pEl child, 7taic;, 't£lCVOV choose, I, atpeop.at chorus, XO p oC; Cimon, K1llCilv circle, K UK: A0 ~ citadel, alC p arc OA.le; citizen, 'It 0 A. 1. tl1 C; city, IX (n \). 'It () A. 1.(; city center, ayop it clash (with), I, O'up.'ltlx'tm clean, lCa9apo'V clear, 81\ AOe; clear, it is, 8i\AOV eO''tl.(v) clearly~ 0' a cp CD r; clearly, I am, qJaivop.at Cleobis, KAeoJhe; clever, (f 0 qJ 0 ~ clever at, 8 EtV 0 C; climb, I, ava~aivm cloth, 11:' 'It A. 0 e; cloud, v eq> £ A1'I Cnemus, K v 11 11 0 C;; collect, I, O'uAA£ym colonnade, O''toa come!, EASe come, I, epxop.al, XmpeQ'J come, I have, 11 lC m come after, I, £1I:tytYVOJ,LUt come back, I, I. rc a v epx o .... at come down, I, lCatapaivm. 'Ka'tsPxollat come forward, I, TtpO-

xmpeco come forward (to speak), L xupepxop.at come in(to), I, eiapaivc.o, daepxop.at come on! aye come out (0£), I, £lCpa(vm. e~epxop.at come through, I 8tipxop.al come to aid X, I ,

English to Greek Vocabulary p011gem.1tapapOijgem come to an end, I, 'teA£u't

a

0)

come to anchor, I, b Pili ~oJiat

come to know, I, ytyvmcome to rescue/aid X, I, 130119£0), £1tt13011 9E o), napa13011 9 Eo) come to the rescue, I, 130'f1

9 £0)

come together, I, O'uv£p)CoJiat come upon, I, £1t£PxoJiat command, I, npoO''ta't'tOl commotion, 90 PU 13 0 <; companion, haipoc; compel, I, avaYlCaCm compress, I, 0' Uva y co comrade, £taipo<; concerning, KEpt confident, I am, 9 a p p £ co confident (in), I am, 1t to' 't'£um confuse, I, 'tapa't''t'm confusion, 'tapaxil consider, I, ily£oJ.Lat, c:rlC01t£O).cppaC o llat consider of great importance, I, 2tEpi nolAou 1toton Ila t consider of greatest importance' I, 1t e p i 1t A d.O''t01) XOtOUllat consider of no importance, I,1t£pi ouoevoc;; 1tOlou Ila t consult (an oracle), I, xpaOllat contend, I, eXymvt~ol1at contest, eX y mv control, I, 1Cpa'l:£m converse with, I, 8taA£y o l1 at Corinth, KOp1V901; Corinthians, KOPlV9tot corpse, v E 1C pac; correct, 0 p e0 C;

Council, 130uAit countless, J.L'" p {o 1. country, in the, £v'toil; aypoi<; country, to the, Bit; 'tOUt; aypoul; courage, ap£'t1\ cowardice, Oetliil cowardly, oUAae; Crete, K p 1\ 't 11 Crisean, KplauioC;; Croesus, K po 10'01; cross, I, OtapatvO), OtaPaAAo) crowd, ()1l1AoC;; cry, I, OalCp {,O) cursed, 1Ca'l:apfi1:ot; custom, Ot. lC11, vall o e; cut off, I, Ct1tOAaJ.Lp&vO) cut, I, 1: E11 v m Cyclopes, the, K u1Clcon: ec; Cyclops, K -u 1C l 0) 'I' Cyllene, K U AA" v 11 Cyprus, K -un:poe; Cyrus, K up oe; Cyrene, K up" v 11

D dance, XO poe; danger, ldvouvoe; dare, I, 'l:OAJic.iO) darkness,O'1Ca'toe; daughter, au y& 1: 11 P. xaie; dawn, eme; dawn, at, alia £
a

355 deed, epyov, 1tpa~te; deep, pa9-uc; defeat, ~tta defeat, I, vi Kam defend myself (against X), I, BI1=6voJ.La t defiled, 11 tap 0 e; deliberate, I, 13 0 'l> A£ -u 0 Jiat, POUA£\>o) delighted, I am, iiool1at Delphi, 4Elcpot. deme, 01\110e; democracy, olll1olCpa'tia deny, I, ou cP 1111 1. departed, I have, 0 \ X0 11 at desert, I, xa-raAetltCO deserted, ep 1111 0 C; despair, a9uJita despise, I, lCatacppovEm destined (to), I am, Il£AAo) destroy, I, axoAAuJ.Lt, otacp9dpm, lCatalilO) Dicaeopolis, A t lea 1.01tOA1.; die, I, a1t09vncJ"IcO), 'tEAt'l>'tam difference to, it makes a, Otacpepsl difficult, xalsTtoc; difficulty,
disembark, I, ;, KPa i v m ;, K 'tt\C; VEmt; disorder,
Athenaze: Book II

356

distressed, I am, Ii a p "b VOI1CXt, A.tnd o l1 at distribute, I, VEJlc.o district, xc.opiov do, I, ep'Ya~o).l.at, rcOtECO. xp lk'&1:c.o do (something) before (someone else), I, cp9avc.o do wrong, I, (Hin:eco doctor, ia'&po; Dodona, Ac.o 8 mv T\ dog, KUCOV don't, ).I.i) don't ... any longer, P:f\K£'&t don't be afraid! 9 eX p PI!. I. door, Sup a double gates, n;uA.(u doubtless, Si)1to'U down, 1(a'&a, Ka'tc.o drachma, (5 paX).I.i) drag, I, 10.,1I:c.o draw up in battle array, I, 1a'ttCO dream,ovEl.poC; drink, I, 1tlVCO drive, I, EAa UV c.o drive away, I, cb:EA(1)vco drive in, I, e1.0EAaUV co drive out, I, e1;,eAauvc.o drop, I, Kala paAAco drunk, I am, ).I.E9um dwell, I, oiK:£co dwelling, 0 t Kl1 0 I. ~, 0 iKta, OI.ICOC; Dyme, AUJ1ll I _

~

E each, £IC(l010C;, Kat 6: each (of two), £1Ccl'tEpOt; each other, «Ali) ACOV eager, rcp09u).l.oc; eagerness, 1t p 09 U).I. i a. anou(5it earlier, 1tpO't'EPOV earth, yi\ easier, p q. co v easist, pq.otOC; easily, Pq.S(c.ot;

easy, pq.~hot; eat, I, 8eutVEc.o, ea9i.co educate, I, 1tat(5£uco education, 1ta.{8£ucnc; Egypt, Aiyu1t'toC; Egyptians, A iyu1t't1.ot eight, ll-k:'tOO eight hundred, (,ICta1(OOtOI. eighth, oy800t; eighty,oy80Tpcov'ta either ... or, Et't£ .. . £t1'E ... ,i\ ... ti Eleusis, 'EAEuaic; eleven, £VB£1Ca. eleventh, £V aElClXtOc; embark, I, sic; vauv eialiaivco empire, a p xit empty, lCEVO~ encamp, I, 1(aget;o).l.tn, O''t'pa,1'OXESEUCO encourage, I, fC IX P a lCEA£UOIlIXI. end, 't' £ 1 £ Utit end, I, 'tEAEUt«CO end, in the, 't EA0 C; end to, I put an, lC a. 't ex 1tauc.o endure, I, «V£XO).l.lXt enemy, Ex9poc;, 1I:0A2fJI.OC; enemy, the, Evav't'{OI., fCOA£).I.I.Ot enjoy, I, il8 0 11 U t, X p 0: ofJat enjoy (mysel!), I, 't'£P1tOfJat enslave, I, SOUAOCO enter, I, fCapepXOfJo,1. entertain, I, l;ev{~co entire, olo; entrance, £to'O (5 0 C; entrust X to Y, I, £ fC I. 't p£1CCll Ephialtes, •B'In aA1'" ~ Epidaurus, 'E1d8uupoC; equip, I, U;ap1;)m, O'tEllco

err, I, afJIX p't'uv co, e~ Clf.l.txpt6:vm escape (from), I, an; 0 qH:Uyc.o, ouxcpeuyco, £lCcpeuyco, UfC£lCcpEUYCO.cpEUyc.o escape the notice of, I, llXvSavm especially, JluAuna Euboea, EiS ~OtIX Eurymedon River, the, EUPUJlEOCOV XO't'IXlloC; evacuate, I avicr'ta.fJlXl. evacuation, avua1:acnc; even, Kat evening, £a1l:ep a ever, 1I:0't£, ,,0011:01:£ every, anaC;, fC&C;, Ktl'ta every day, leaS' nJ1£pav everything, xav1a, everywhere, 11: ex v 't ex X0 U evil, lCaKoc; examine, I, O'lCOfCECO exceedingly, xO:vu excellence, Ii p e't it except, d).l. ti except (for), 11: Ati v exhort, I, x a. p a 1CEA£u OIlCU exist, I, {)TUX P Xc.o expect, I, oOlCEm, Elxi~m. fCPOcrO£XOfJlX1., 1I:poooolCac.o expectation, EAxi; expedition, 0''t'6A.0~ experience, 1t6.9oc; experience, I, 'It a0' Xm explain, I, cppa.~m extinguish, I, a)livvufJl. extreme, EO'XlXtOC; eye, (, cp () ex AIlO ~ F fail, I, £~alla.p'tavm fall, I, nifC'too fall against, I, n p 0 0' xi 1& 't co fall down, I, Ktx'tlXn:l.X'tc.o fall into, I, £).1.1&111:100 fall into a certain state, I, lClXSiO''tlX fJU I.

English to Greek Vocabulary fall (of evening, etc.), y i yve1:(U fallout, I, EJ(1I:ln1:Q) fall (up)on, I, eianl11:'t'0l. £~1tin:tro.1I:poan:{1I:1:m

false, 'II £'\) ~ " c; family,oilc.elol family, of the, OilCEtOC; far, ?tOAU fare, I, it P it't'HO farm, lC/d, por;; farm, I, 1'E£Op1'£m farmer, au't ou pYOt; fate, BaiJ.Lmv father, xa 71:11: ac;. 71: a. 1; Tt p fatherland, ita1:p{c.; fault, 1I:0VT} pi a fear, ~£ot;, cpo~o<; fear, I, cp 0 ~ £. 0 J.L at festival, £ 0 p't";, 11: a v Ttyuptt; festival of Dionysus, A tovi>cua few, pI. of 01 i y 0 C; fewer, pI. of £A,thtOlV fewest, pI. of EA,t:XXtG1:0C;. 61iytO'-rot; field, eX y pOt; fierce, &y p t 0 C;. lC a p 1; £ pOt; fiercely, &y p { £0 c,; fifth, K£J.L1I:tOc; fifty, itEVtTtlCov'ta fight, J.LeXXl1 fight (against), I, J.lt:XxoJ.LIXt fight by sea, I, v CI u J.La. X£ ro fill,I, ltAT}pom finally, 1:£AO(,; find, I, EU P {GlCCll find fault with, I, ~eJ.Lcpo JUU

find out, I, E~£upi(ncOl find out about X from Y, I, 7I:UVGeXVOJ.LCIt fire, 7I:U p fire, I am on, lCaloJ.lctt, ..! lCaOJ.Lat firm, ~£~aloc;

first, ltpo't£POV,1tpro1:0V,1I:Pro't0C; first, at, "Co 1tPro'tov five, n:EV'tE five hundred, 1I:£V'tCIKOatol flee, I, CPEUYro flee (away), I, &1I:ocpeuy£O flee for refuge, I. Ie a 't' acpeuy£O flee (out), I, Ihccpeuyro fleet, vIXunKov. (J'tOAOc,; flight, cp u y Tt flow in, I, e io p Em follow, I, &lCoAougem. £ltOJ.LCIt food, ahot; foolish, &VOT}1:0e;. J.Lropor;; foot, 1t OU e; foot, ?n, 1t~tn: 1t~~?C; , for, yap, £1. C;, £ It t, U11: 1.7: P for the sake of, it v E KIX force, fHii forced move, &vt:XatCICnc; forced to move, I am, eX v ia't'tXJ.Lat forces (military), ~uVtXJ.lt(,; foreigner, ~EVOC; forest, ;)All forget, I, Elttlav9avOJ.Lat former, 1t PO'tE pot; formerly, 11: po '1:£ po v fortune, 'CUXll forty, 'CE'tttXpalCov't a forward, de; 'to 11: poage(v) foul, J.ltIXPOC; four, 1:E"CtlXpet; four hundred, 'CE't'palCOGtOI fourth, 'te'tap'toc; free, £AEugepoe; free, I, EAEu9Epom freedom, £AEugep1. ii friend, cp1.AT}. cp 1.Aoe; friendly, E1tu1\BEtOC; i

357 frightened, I am, cpo~eoJ.LCXt frightening, cpo ~ E poe; frightfully, 8 E1 Vro Ii from, B~6.~cxpa.1tpOe; from somewhere, lt0gev from that place, E1C 1.7: t ge(v) from the rear, £lC 't 0 U l:l1tt0"9e:(v) from this place, £vn:u9Ev from where, 09 £ V. (, x 0 9EV from where? xogev; fully armed, eVOltAtOt; funeral pyre, ~upa Furies, the, tEplVU ee; furthest, EO"XCItOC; G

garden, K1i~Ot; garrison, cp p 0 UPt 0 V, cp U AelleTt gates, double, ltUACXt gather, I, ayetPCll, aUAAEym. (fuvayeipm gather together, I, auvtXyeiPOJ.L(lt general, Cf1 P a't '11 y 6 C; geometry, yEmJ.lE't p 1. il: get, I, 't'uyXt:Xv m get (into a certain state), I, lCa91.a'taJ.lat get (myself) up, I, see cxtpm.lh:cdpro get under way, I, aipm get up, I, BV a13 a tv ro get up on, I, E1tt(iaivm giant, yty iie; gift, BlO p ov girl, 1C 0 p 11. 11: cx t e;. 7t a P gevot; give, I, ~ t ~ mJ.L t, 11: ex P IX 81.BmJ.Ll give back, I, a1toBU3mJ.Lt give in, I, Ev 8 iBm J.L t give (in marriage), I, £ '11:8{SmJ.Lt give thanks to, I, X apt V tXnoS{Bm)1t

Athenaze: Book II

358

aa

glad, 1J.2VOC; glad, I am, ii 0 0 JI- a t glad to, I am, Xatpco gladly, cXalJ.£viOC;. ;,Secoc; go! \91. go, I, f.laoi~co, fialvco, eplolLat. ltopeuotLat, cpot'tc:lm, xmpem go, I will, EtlJ. t go, to, i £v cx 1. go away, I, cX7tEPXOtLCXt, a7to(Jaivm. Ctn:oxcopeOl go down, I, lCex'ta[iaivm go forward, I, 7tpOepX°lJ. at • 7t po[iaivco, 1tp o x mpem go in(to), I, eia~aivco, eia£PxolJ.at, £7t£lG(iatvco go on! iEh oit go on board ship, I, £ iC; vauv eia(iaivco go out against, It £11:£;~ £PX°lJ. at go out (00, I, £1C(iexivco, E;E PlO ).un go over, It £7t£PX0tLat go past, It It ex P £ P X0 IJ. ex t go through, I, OtEPX0lJ.at go to war, It 7tOAEIJ.ECO go toward, I, 11: P 0 a Xco PEco go up, I, avepxolJ.at go up (onto), I, cXva(iexivm goat, a i; God willing, auv 9£01.c; god, oextlJ.COV, Eh6c; goddess, 9E6r:; going out, e;ooo<; gold coin, XPuO'{ov golden, xpuaouc; gone, I have, oixolJ.at good, eX'Ycx96C;, XPl1at6C; good! E~ "'(e good luck, euoatlJ.ovia good order, x:60'J1oC; goods XPT, J1a'tu Gordias, r 0 po 1. 11 C; grain, ai1'oc;

grandfather, 1tc:l1t'ltOC; grapes, ~6tpuec; grapevine, a J11t £ A0 C; gratitude, X« P t <; great, IJ.E'Yexe;; greater, tL td. ~ co v greatest, J.L£'YtatOC; greatly, J.LE'Ya, IJ.Eyal.me;; Greece, 'BAAac; GreekCs), "B AAt} v (E C;) Greeks, •AXCXtOl greetings! Xex'i P e grieve, I, A\ht£co, oo{;pOJl-at grieved (by), I am, &X90J.Lcxt. AU1t£OJ.Lat groan, I, at £v a.~m groan aloud, I, ava(J'tEva~Ol

ground, "'(11 grow angry (at), I, 0 P'Y 1.~oJ.1al

guard, "uAalCTa. q>UACX~ guard, I, cppoupim. 4puAc:lt'tCO gulf, x:6A7tOC; gymnastics, 'YUIJ.VaattlCT, H Halys River, A AU C; hand, IE {p hand over, I, 7ta pexo{SmlJ.t, 7t a p Elm happen (to be doing X), I, tuyx avm happens, it, 'Yl'YVUCXt happiness, EUOalJ.10v{il, tI

OA~OC;

happy, J1alCaptoc;. OAfito; harbor, At J.L it v hare, iwaymc; hann, I, ~Aa1ttm harmony, apJlov{a haste, O'7touo1\ ha.~ten, I, opJ1aoJ1cu. lEJ1(U hate, I, O'1:'O'Y£m hateful, £l P 6 C;; have, I, exm

e

have come, I, ii 1C m have departed/gone, I, O'LIOJ.1CXt have in mind, I, ev vip elCO have power over, I, lCpa'tECO having authority, lC"<>ptOC;; he, and, b liE head, lC E<paAT, headland, plOv heal, I, alC£olJ.cxt,lii1:pEUm healthy, u'Ytia C; hear, I, eX lC 0 Um. It 1) v 9 avOlJ.at heart, lCexpl){ii heaven,oupavoe;; Hellas, 'BAAa; Hellespont, ·EAl.T,O'7tOV~ 'toe;; help, fio1\9Etex help, I, feet P lG'I: ex J.Lext, O"uAAal!~aVm, chcpeAem her, CXUtT,v Hera, tlHpa herald, lC11pu~ here, Seupo, iv9«oe, EV'tcxu9a, 'tetu'tn, 'l:Tlo£ here, I am, 1tapEtJ.Lt Herodotus, • H p600toC; herself, of: see £J1OtU1:0U hide, I, x:pu7t1'm hin, opOC;; him, ex \It 0 v himself, of: see EJ.1autoU hit,I, paAAco, 1:u'Yxavm, 'tU7t'tOl hit (upon), I 'tun~avQ) hither, i)eupo, Ev9&8E, Ev'tau9ex hold out against, I, av'tEXCO hold, I, EXm hold back, I, 1C {U £X co hold onto, I, EX 0 Jl ex t holy, h P6 c;;. 0 a to C;. (J £ Jl-v6C;;

English to Greek Vocabulary home, oh:ia, olleo<; home, at, lea't' ol1Cov. 'i' Ot Kot home, to, O\1Ca~£ homeward, 0\lCa82 honor, I, 'til.uim honor, 'tlJ1~ hope, £A.'ltiC;; hope, I, H,X{~Cll hoplite, 01tAi.'t11~ horse, 11t1l:0<; horseman, i'Jt1l:EU~ horseman, I am a, 1.1I:1I:EUm hostile, Eva,vdo~, ex9po~t XOAEJ1tO~

house, 0 i 1C iii, 0 t 1C 0 <; , OiKiov house, of the, oi lCE10<; how, me;; how? 'It&<;; How are things? 'It en <; ~XEt 'ta rcplkYllcna; How are you? 1tenc; £%£tC;; How are you off for food? 'ltm<; £XE't'E 'tOU O'i't'ou; how many? pI. of 11: 0 0 0 C; ; how much? 'ltoCJOC;; however, Il£V'tOt human being, av9pco7CoC; hundred, a, £K(l'tOV hundredth, £1Ca1:001:0<; hunger, AtJ.10 C; hunt(ing), aypa hurry, I, O''ltEU~CO hurt, (iAa1t'Cm husband, civil p Hyroeades, ·Ypoui.~llC; hymn, I, UIlV em I 1, Eym; emphatic, £YCllYE I am, El.J11. idle, cipyoC; if, Ei, !av ifonly, d yap. ei9£ if perhaps, Ei 'ltCllC; ifsomehow, Ei 'ltme;; il~ I am, vooEm immediately, £u9uC; immortal, ci9&vatoc;

impossible, a~uvato<; imposter, aAa~mv in, EV in, I am, evEtJ.Lt in addition to, 'It poe;; in all directions, 1tavtaxo(,18 in anyway, 1I:me;; in armor, evo:JtA,lOC;; in fact, 8il, epy'P in no way, ou8allm<; in order, 1COO'lltp in order to, iva, oftm<;, 1oC; in respect of, ft a p eX in the end, 'teAoe; in the middle of, Ka 't J1EO'OV in this way, 'tc.nl'Cn t l' 8 E in time, £v IC en p ip in truth, 'tip ov'tt in turn, a~ incapable, (Hh'>va'toc; increase, I, au~avco indeed, yE. ail, Kat IlTiv. llaA.IO''ta ye, J1llv infantry, ft £ ~ 0 C; inferior, il't'tcov inform, I, 1l1l v'6 m inhabit, I, 0 i lC £m inhabitant, £ v 0 tIC 0 C; injure, I, a811cEm inn,oiVOXmA,lOV inquire, I, 'ltuv9avoJ1llt inside, £v ~ 0 v, Ev 't 0 e;; instead of, a v 't { intellect, 61 v 0 t a intend (to), I, £v vip Exm, J.1EAA,Cll intention, yvmllll,8uxvota intercept, I, eX 'It 0 A, a Il -

a.

n

a

~avco

interpreter, eplll1vEu<; into, ei~ invade, I, e1.CJpO:A,A,m invasion, £ i (J P0 A, 11 involuntary( -ily) , &leOlV inward, Etom

359 Ionia, 'Imvi a Ionians, "lmv2~ is. he/she/it, EO''Ct(V) island, v1laOC; Isthmus of Corinth, ·ICJ9J.L0C; ti,a6'tov,aUt11v.a6't0 it is necessary, 3 Ei itself, of: see Ellau'tou

J jar, water, u8pia jewelry, XPuCJ{ov join battle (with), I, O'UJ.1paA.Aco journey, o~6<; journey, I, 1topeuoJ1at judge, I, lCplvm judgment, yv m 1111 just, 8(ICa .. 0~ just as, ma"ep justice, 8 { lC 11

K heep holy silence, I, EUCPl1ll£m keep quiet, I, it 0 u X a~ m kill, I, axoK'tdvm, IC'te{vm, kindle, I, Ka{m or KaCO hlndly,£uIlEV~C;t euIlBvme;; king, j}aO'tleue;; kingdom, p acuA.E1. ex knife, JLaxatpa knock on (a door), I, 1Cox'tm Knossos, K v coaoe;; know, I, E1t{o'tallat. oI8a know, I do not, ayvoE.co know, come to, I, '11 yv cOO1Cm knucklebone, c:i 0' 't pay aAO~

L labyrinth, A, II (i<> p tv90e; Lacedaemonians, the, AalCe8atJ.Lovtot

Athenaze: Book II

360 lack of spirit, &;9uf.1tii Laconian, A(h::oavoc; land, Y11. ti'lt £ 1 P 0 C;, lmpa land, on Dr by, lC U1:cl Y11 v lap, lCOA1tOC; large, f.1«XKPOC;, f.1eyac; larger, f.1E t'COV largest, J.1£ytO"tOC; last, 1:£/uE'Utaioc; late, 0'11£ later, f.1E'ta, uO'u:pov later, not much, ou 0 t 1I:0ll.01J laugh I, Y£Aam law,v0J.10C; lawsuit, 8 { 1C 11 lazy, iipyoC; lead, I, aym, ;'yEo).Lat; (of roads) {j)EPCO lead around, I, 1t £ P t eX y m lead away, I, cX1tayco lead forward, I, npoayco lead in, I, e;iO"ayro, eiO'l1y e0 f.1a1 lead out, I, E~ayco leaders, n:pmtot learn, I, aia9a,vof.1(l1, ytyvuuu:co, f.1av 9av ro learn by inquiry, I, 1t'UV9avoJ.lat least, £AaXtO'tO~. filCtO''ta least of all, TllC tat aYE leave, I, Aid 1t m leave behind, I, l<:CltaAet'ltCO ieft hand, ciptatepll legitimate, x:"b p t 0 ~ lengthy, XPOV10C; Leonidas, AerovUi'll«; less, T1't'tcov let be, I, fam let go, I, o.{j)111J.lt.111J11, J.l£ 9i l1J1\ let it be so! ECJ1:m letter (of the alphabet), 'Yp f.1f.1a Leucadian, A£uKaoloc; Leucas, A£ulCac;

a

a

libation, O'1CovlST, lie, I, lCeillat, ",euooj.UXt lie at anchor, I, 0 P f.1 m lie before, I, fC P K£t f.1 en lie down, I, lCa'ta,1Cetf.1ut lie near, I, b:hcetJUXl lie off, I. 81ttlCE1).L«Xt lies, 'VEuoil life, P{oe;, , m11 lift, I, (llpm, £1taipco light, I, '!Caim, K&OO like, 0 f.1 0 10 Ii like, I am, eOt lCa likely to, I am, ti 0 t lc a lion,l..emv listen (to), I, a lcO U co live, I, *~ a, co. 0 be m long, f.1 a lC p 6 C; long ago, renla 1 long (of time), 7toluC; long time, after a, ~ha 1tol..lou look! ioou look, I, pl..£1Cm look at, I, 9eC~0f.1a1, O'lCO, feero look away. I, 0.11: 0 PI.. he co look down on, I, lC a 9 opam look for, I, ~ 11 't e ro look up, I, uvapl£1I:co loose/loosen, I, A..fico lose, I, u 1t {) AA U J11 loss, I am at a, an: 0 p i en loss, state of being at a, a.rcop{a lot,8a{f.1OOv loudly, J1 Ey a love, I, epaen, q)tAeco luck, tUX'll luck, with, O'uv geote; Lydia, A uoi a. Lydian, A ~01.0C; Lydians, Ai:>50i lyre player, K19n p tG'tT, e;

a

e

e

M made of stone, Ate'LVOe; maiden, n: ap 9 EV 0 e; Maiden, the, IIapgevoc;

mainland, fl.'ltE1POC; make, I, 7tOtECO make a libation, I, 0" 'It 0 Voilv fC010UJ.Hl1 make a mistake, I, allap1:avm, E~UI1Upt&vco make a (peace) treaty, I, O'1tEVSOJ1at, O'fCOVO ite; 1t0 lOU J.1(l 1 make peace, I, 0' 1& £v 0 0 f.1Ul make ready, I, ap1::6oo make war, I, 1tOAEf.1ECO. n:ol£l1ov 1tOtouJ.lOtt make X angry, I, opyt'oo make X sit down, I, x:«xe{~m

make X stand up, I, avia'tl1f.1t, to''trnu makes a difference to, it, Ota{j)EpEt man, avT,p, liv9pm1toc; man, young, V£fiV{Cic; manner, tp01tOe; many, pI. of 1I:01..UC; many times, 'ltOAAaK1t; march, I, EAauvco, n:opeuof.1(ll march against, I, £1& tO''tpa't£uco march away, I, «11:elauvro march out against, I, f1t£~EpXOJ1at

marching forth, £~oSo<; market place, ciyopa marriage, yal1o~ marshal, I, 'ta.nco master, '8ea7tOtl1e; mathematics, f.1a.911J1a'ttlCa matter, 'ltp&YJ1O! may, E~eG'tt(v) me, J.1B meal, 8 el1tV ov meanwhile, EV ... 'tou'tql measure, J.lE1:pOV Medes, Mil 8 Ot Median, M115tKoe;

English to Greek Vocabulary meet, I, EV't'Uyxavm Megara, Miyexpa Melissa, MeAttta members of the household, oi lCEtOt Memphis, M £ JlCfH C; merchant, E)111: 0 P 0 C; merchant ship, oAlCae; message, qnl)111 messenger, aYYEAOe; Messenians, M E<J 0' 1t v tOt middle (oD, )l£0'0C; middle of, in the, lC ex 1: a J.1E<JOV military expedition, E~060e; mind, vouc; mind, have in, I, EV vip eXm minded, I am, cppovem mine, EJlOC; Minos, Mlvmc; Minotaur, Mlvm'tCl'U p OC; misfortune, 1I:a90c;, O''UJlcpopa miss, I, eX)1 Cl P1: v m, E~ • exJlcxp'tavm mistake, I make a, aJlap· 'tavm mistaken, I am, u)lexptavm moderation, 0' mcp po 0' Uv 11 Molycreon, MOAUlCPEtOV money, apyuptOV, XP11)1u"Ca, XPu(Jiov month, Jl 11 v monument, )1V11JlEiov more, Jl&AAOV, XA! {mv I7tAemV, 11: A£OV more, and what is, lCat 6f, Kat most, Jla.A.tO'1:'Cl, 'It.A.£ iO'ta,1tAEtO'1:'OC; most of all, Jl(XA.tO''ta most swiftly/quickly, 'tel-

a

1 t O'1:a

mother, Jl 11 1:' 11 P motion, set in, 1, opJlam motionless, a 1Clv11't' 0 C; mount, I, h:t~cxtvm

Mount Olympus, "0A'U Jl1tOC; mountain, 0 p 0 C; mountain pass, O''t£va mouth, <J't: 0 Jla move, aVeXO'taO'tC; move, I, av{O''tClJlat. K1.Vem much, XOA,).7tOAUe; mule, itJl1.0VOe; multitude, 1t Af\ 90 C; murder, cpOVOC; music, Jlo'UO't"ICTt must, 6si., XPTa my, E)10e; Mycale, MU"lCaAn Mycenae, M U "IC f\ vat Myrrhine, M'U p p I v 11 Mysians, M 1)('0 i myself, of, BJla'U'tou N name,oVOJlCl name, by, 6voJlIXn name, I, 6voJla~m narrow, O''tEVOC; narrows, 1'J't £vel nature, cpuO'te; nature, I am by, 1t2CPUlCIX Naupactus, N aU1t BlC'tOC; naval battle, VCl'UJlClXi. a. near, iyyuC;,7tpOC; nearby, £"{"{uC; nearly, ey"{uC; necessary, it is, a v a "( lC 11 £O'tl(V), Sel, XP"; necessity a.Va"{1C1l neither ... nor, )1Ta'tE ..• J.1ntE. OUtE ••• O\lt£ neither, ou 6£1:' EpOe; never, OU6£7tO'tE never yet, ouSExm7Co"CE nevertheless, oJlmc; new, veoe; next, etta next day, on the, uO'tEpa t9 night, vul; Nike, Nl"ICll Nile, NetAOe;

tn

361 nine, EVVECl nine hundred, EVIXX:OO'tOl ninety, Ev £ V ..; 1C 0 V 1: a ninth, £VIX'tO<; no, Jlll 3 e:i Ci, 0 uSa. Jl co C; t ou5d<;t ouSev t OUX { no longer, l111lC £1: t t 0 Ux: £'tl noone, JlT\5de;. ouS.de; noble, aptO'toe; nor, Jl116 £, )111 1: £. 0 Ua£ not, Jl n, 0 u, 0 U1C t 0 UX , OUXl not, and, Jl11 5 e. ou 5 e not at all, ti lC t 0' t eX "{ £ not even. oUSP. not much later, ou lh 1tOAAOU not only ... but also, aU Jlovov ... aAAa Kat. not working, &pyoC; nothing, Jl11SEV t ou Slv now, iiS1lt v UV nowhere, ou5aJlou number, a.p19Jlo<;, xAileoe; numberless, l1upiol nymph, v UI1CP 11

a

o O,Cb oar, lCm1tl1 oath, 0 p x: 1 0 v, 0 P lC 0 <; obey, xei90llCll oblige, I, xapi~Ol1al obol, 0 ~o A.0c; obstruct, I, £)17C 0 6 i ~ m Odysseus, 'OSu(J<J£u<; of one another, aAAnAmV of some kind, 'll:Ol0C; of some size, 11: 00'0 <; of sound mind, amcppmv of stone, A{9tvoe; offering, temple, veX9"l1 a often, x 0 A.A.eX lC t <; oh, that, d yap. d9E oh misery! ot)10t "lCalCOoalJlmv Oinoe, Oivof\

a

Athenaze: Book II

362 old, YEPCl1.0<;;, y£pcov old, (0£), nuA.a.1.ot;; old man, yepcov olive, £Aaii olive tree, sAlia on, £v, En£, lCata. xpo<;; on behalf of, unEp on ~re, I am, KaiOlla1., Kaollat on foot, 7tE~fh nE~Ot;; on guard, I am, tppoupeco on the day before, npo'tepcdq on the next day, 't 11 u(J -r E •

'tn

pa{~

on the one hand ... and on the other hand ... ; on the one hand ... but on the other hand ... , 11 ev

••• 8 e ...

once, note one, EtC; one another, of, a AA.q ACOV one or the other (of two), E1:EpOr; one ... the other, the, 0 J.1EV E'tEpOr; ... 0 8 e £-repot;; only, 1l0VOV, J.10VOr; onto, eir;, E1ti. n p 6; open, I, cXvoiyviJll1. opinion, yv to 1111 oppose, I, aVttOOlla1. opposed, 2VaV-r{Or; opposite, evavdor; or, 11 oracle, Ila. v 1: e tOV, Xp T'I(J't-q plOY oracular response, XPllO'IlOr; order, I, KBAEum other, QAAOr; ought, Xp-q our, TtIl£'tEpOr; out of, EK. E~ out of the way, Ihc't'o2toC; outside of, ElC'tOC;. £ ~ co over, U1tEP overlook, I, 2teplOpaco w

overtake, I, KIX't'aAaJ.1~aVco

overturn, I, lea't'IXO''tp£qlm ox, Pour; p

pain to X, cause, I, AUr&£ m palace, (iaO'iA£1.cx.Ot.lCiov panic, cpo(ior:; Panonnus, rravoPIl0C; papa, xa2tltac; parent, 1: EIe to v part,J.1EpOr; part, I, lhlo'Ullla1. Parthenon, nap9Evchv particular, and in, Ka \. 611 Kat parts, to many, 1tOAAaX6aE pass in, I, xapepxol1a1. pass over, I, 81.a(iaAAm pass (through the moun ~ tams), nUAu 1. past, 7t a p u path, atpa2t6r; patient, I am, CtvexoJ1a1. Patrae, II a 1: p IX 1. Pausanias, n au (J a v { liC; pay, alt06{8coll1.. 1l"0'96r; peace, eip1\vl1 peace treaty, 0'1tov6ai Peloponnesians, II EAOxovv1\ eno t Peloponnesus, the, DEA01tOVVl1C1'Or; pelt, I, paAA.m penalty, 8 { Ie T'I people, E9vor:; people, the, 81\ Il 0 r; perceive, I, uio9«voI1Ul, 'Y l 'Y VtO O'KCO perhaps, tam;. nou Pericles, II E P l1C Ait t;; perish, I, anoAAu IlIX 1 perplexity, axop{ a Persian, II EP 0' 1.1(: 0 Ii; Persians, the, II Epa a 1 person, av9pcoltoc;

persuade, I, 1tei9co Phalerum, c.IJ Ii A1\ p 0 v Pheidias, ell et 8 tar; Philip, cP iA1.1t2l:0r:; Phormio, ., 0 p It {co v Phrygian J ~puy1.oc,; pick up, I, avalpeolllXl pious, 0 en 0 ~ Piraeus, II E1. PU U!. ur; pity, I, oilC'tipm place, 'toxoC;. xmptOV, xmpo~

place, I, lC IX 9 { ~ m. 1: i 91111 t place, to another, aAAoO'E place, to this, EVe«~E plague, v 0 (f 0 C; plain, 1u:6tov plan, (ioul1\ plan, I, (iouAEUOJ1al, (iouAEum Plato, TI A6; t Q) v play the lyre, I, 1C 1. e Up { ~ m pleasant, n8ur; pleasantly, -it8imr; pleasing, it is, ape(ncE:t plot against, I, £2I:t· (iouABum plow, I, Ii p OCO plow, apo't'pov Pnyx, the, TIvu~ poet, 2tOtll't-qr; politician, p1\ 1: m p ponder, I, Ev9uIlB0J111l Pontus, nov'&oC; poor, '& Aft Itmv poor devil! 0 lllo t 1C IX Ie 0Su illQ)v Poseidon, TIooEt8mv position, tU;tC; possible, ~UVIXtOC; possible, it is, ff~eo't$v) post, I, 'tanm pour, I, IEm pour a libation, I, 011: £v 6 m pour X over Y, I, 1CU'tU-

lico

u-

power, SUVtlJUC;, lCp 'tor; power controlling one's destiny,8 at llmv

English to Greek Vocabulary power over, I have, lCpa't eeo powerful, l) $ vat 0 ~ practice, I, J.L£AE1am praise, £11: a 1 v 0 c; praise, I, UJ.LVeCD prayer, e u pray that, I, EiSX0J.1at pray (to), I, eUxoJ.1at precinct, sacred, 't £ J.L e v 0 ~ preparation, n; a p a Q' 1C e 'IJ prepare, I, n; a p a a lC EUa ~oJ.Lat, xapaOlCEU-

X"

n

ci~eo

present (at), I am, 1tapetJ.1t presidents, n;pu'l:av£t~ prevail, I, lCpa·t£eo priest, 1.£ p E Uc; prison, 8eO' J.Lm1:it ptOV private person, i 8 t ID t 11 e; privately, i8{q: probably, lCat' £. i lCO c; procession, n; 0 J.L x proclaim, I, npoA£Yeo produce, I, «p <6 eo propitious, lA£me; prosperity, Eu8atJ.Lovta..

n

OA~O~

prosperous, OAPtOe; Protagoras, II p eo't a y 0 pa~

prove, I, a.1to«patveo proved to be, I am, «p a i vOJ.Lat provide, I, 1Cap£xm prudence, 0' co cp pO (J Uv 11 prudent, (J cO cp p mv Pteria, I1tEpta Pterians, II t £ p tOt punish, I, 1CoAa~m pupil, J.La91l tit C; pure, 1C a 0 a p 0 C; purify, I, KaOatpCO pursue, I, lit cO lC co, bet81.lQ1Cm push, I, m9{toJ.La1. put, I, 13 eX AAm I ·tt 911 J.L t put an end to, I, Ka 1: a ftaum

put in, I, eiad911J.1t putout, I, apevvuJ.Lt put out to sea, I, C:t.vayoJ.Lat put X into a certain state, I, lCa9tO'tllJ.1t put X on Y, I, £1I:ui9ruu pyramid, n;'lJpaJ.1{~ Pythia, the, nuOia

Q

quack, aAa~cov quick, 'taxuc; quickly, KateX taxoC;. taXECOe; quickly, most, taxUJ1:fl quiet, 11 a'IJ X0 c; quiet, keep, I, it (J U Xa t eo quietness, it (J \) Xtix R

race, YEVOr;; raise (up), I, atpm. &.vto't11J.1t, £1Catpm rank, t Ii ~ ui ransom, I, A:6 0 J.La t rather, J.LCtAAoV rather than, J.L&AAOV il ravage, I, tEJ.LVeo read, I, avaytyv roO'lCCO ready, £"Co q.LOC; ready, I am, uxtipxco really, a'tExvIDC;; rear, from the, ElC 't O-U o1l:ufge(v) reason, AOYOC; receive, I, 8exoJ.La t regard to, with, 1C a 't a regular, K\\ptOC; rejoice, I, ·dp1CoJ.Lat, xa{pm relate, I, E~11y£op.at relations, OilCEtOt release, I, acpl.11 J.L1.,11l J.Lt reluctantly, J.LoltC;; remain, I, 1CapaJ.LEVm remain in, I, EJ.LJ.LEVm remember, I, J.1Ep.vl1J.Lat remind, I, avaJ.LlJ.Lvl1
363 remove, I, £~atp£co repent, I, J.1E'tayt yv mO'KOl report, CPTtJ.Ll1 resist, I, av t eX m responsibility, at't£ft responsible (for), tl t't to C; rest, I, aVtl1tauoJ,lal, itO'uxateo rest (of), &A.AO~ retire, I, u1toxmpem retreat, I, a. v tl Xm P Eeo retribution, v eJ.L Eat C; return, I, C:t.vaxcopEm, a1t06tl)coJ.Lt, E1CavepxoJ.Lat return (home), v6(noe; return home, I, v 0 0" 1:' Eco revel, I, 1C mJ.L Ii t m reveal, a1to«patv co revolt from, I, acp\a'taJ.Lal reward, J.1t0'9o~ Rhion, 'Ptov rhythm, pu9J.Lot; ride a horse, I, b:1t£um right,8E~toC;. 8{lC~,

opOOC; right, I am, 0 p 9 ID ~ ytyvcOO"lCm right hand, 6£'~ta right time, Katp6c; right time, just at the, etc; lCatpOV river,1to"CtlJ.LOC;; road, b8o~ robe, K£1I: A.O C;; rough, 'tpaXuC;; rough, I am, KUJ.LatVm round, a'tpoyyuAOC;; rout, 't p 0 11: 1\ row, I, epea(J'CI) rower, Ep £111 C;; ruin, I, a1tolA.i.>J.Lt rule, &. p X'; rule, I, &PXm, J!a(J't~ AEUOl. 1Cp at Eco rule (over), I, liaO'llEuco run, I, tpexm run together, I, (J'uv'tP£Xm

Athenaze: Book II

364

run toward, I, 1tpOO'1:P 6 Xm rush, I, 0 P 11 IX 0 J.1 a l, 0 P l1am I

S sack, I, 1topgem sacred, i e P 6 ~ sacred precinct, 1: EJl EV 0 <; sacrificial victim, iePElOV sacrifice, 9uO'i& sacrifice, I, 9 b m sad, I am, lU1teOJ.1al safe, aO'(j)aA';C; said, he/she, i:!q)'r) said, IJthey, £t'Jtov said, they, 'P a 0' a v sail, I, It l Em sail against, I, Eltt1tA£CO sail along, I, 1tCXPIX7tA£CO sail around, I, 1tEp1.7tAem sail away, I, alt01tA6Ct), £1C1tAECt) sail by, I, 1tapa7tAeCO sail in(to), I, dCnI:Aem sail out, I, h:7tAECt) sail past, I, 1tCXpa1tAem sail toward, I, 1tpoO'1tAEm sail with, I, 0' UJ.11t AEm sailor, vau't11<; sails, icr'tia Salamis~ 1:aAcxI11<; same, exu't6~ same time, at the, «JI ex Samos, 1:6.110C; sanctuary of Asclepius, •AcrlCATl1ttEtOV Sardis, :E« p 8 E1. r:; sausage-seller, eX AA(Xv 1: 0ftOlA11 C;; savage, CiyptoC; savagely, ayp tOle; save, I, a'P at p i 0 11 a 1,

e

crq,~m

say, I, ayopeum. A£yOl, CPl1l1{ say, they, «pucr{(v) saying, 'P1tJ.11l says, helshe, CPl1 cr i (v) scarcely, J.16AtC;

schoolmaster, y p a J-1 J.1 a't1.a'tTt~

Scythia, 1: xu 9 iii sea,9&'Aa't''t'a sea, by, lCa'tu 9&l.a1:'tav sea battle, va '0 JI a xiii seat myself, I, Ka9i~0J-1a 1 second, ~eu'tEpo~ second prize, o£u't e pEla second time, a, (1: (,) 0 E U'tEpOV see, I, Ii AE1£ co, 9 E« 0 JI a 1• gempim.opam seed, 0' 1t Ep 11 a seek, I, ~ 11 't 6 m seem, I, oOlCem, 'Paiv o l1a'L seems, as it, mc; ~01CE'i seems (good), it, 801(E1 seems good to me, it, 80KEl J.10t seize, I, Aal1lifivol1lXl -self, -selves, au 't 6 C; self-controlled, 0' cO 'P P Ct) v self-control, crmcppocruv11 sell, I, a'lto8{80I1al send, I, eX'P11l111. tTtJI1.. 1t£111£m, cniAACt) send against, I, e11: 'I. 7t E111t m send around, I, 7t £ P 'I. 1tEJ.1ftm send away, I, a1t 0 11: £J.17tm, acpl11J.1t send for, I, J.1 £1: a1tEI11tOJIat send in, I, E1l:t1t£Il1tCt) send off, I, a.1tOO''t'£AACt) send out, I, EIC 1t E1l1t co send with, I. O''OJ.11t£J.1'ltm send X through Y, I, 81a1tEI11tm separate, I, 8ticrttll1tll servant, 9 e p a'JtOlv, U1t 11p 6't11 C; set, I, 1Ca9i~m set down, I, ICcx'tcx'ti911l1t set free, I, eA£ U 9 B P 6 m set loose, I, I1E9ttUL t set myself in motion, I, °PJ-16,Ol1 al

set out, I, alp m, 0 P 11 a 0 Jla'L.oPJlam set up house, I, lC a 1: a O'ICEufi~o Ila 1. set X down, I, ICcx'ta't {911 J.11. set X in motion, I, 0 P J.1a (j) set X up, I, avati91l111, aviO''t'l1ll'L, \0'1:11111. lCa9 to''t'11IH seven, £1t'ta seven hundred, E'lt'taK60''Lot seventh, ~~00110~ seven~,E~OOI1';Kov't'a

shameful, cxiO'Xp6r:; sheep, 1tp6~a'ta sheepfold, a is A1. 0 v shepherd, 7t01J.1TtV shield, acr 'Jt ( <; ship, vau~ ship, merchant, oAKa<; ship's captain, va\)lCAl1POC;; shirk, I, 01CV Em shoulder, iL 11 0 C; shout, ~otl shout, I, &va1Cpa~m, pocim show, I, ci1to'Pa{vm, 8e{ KVU J.1 t. 011 A6 m I O'Tll1aivCt), cpatvm, cppa~m

show favor to, I, xapi~oJ.1at

shown to be, I am, cp 0: tVOJ.1al Sicily, l':ucSA(a sick, I am, lCeXl1Vm. voO'£m sight-seeing, 9ECt)p(a sign, 0' 1111 £i 0 v sign, I, O'11l1aivm signal, I, (J 11 11 IX i v co silence, (fly,; silent, I am, O'lyam silver, apyuptOV Simonides, 1: t 11 mv {o 11 C; simply, eX't£xvmc; since, fxei, £1t£'L81}

English to Greek Vocabulary sing, I, q.6m sink, I, 1C a l' U 6 ;) 0) sit (down), I, 1Cu9£~ 0 J1a t. 1C eX 9 'tl J1 at, 1Ca9{~oJ.Lat. 1Ca9i,co sit down, I make X} lCa9~ {tco six, e; six hundred, E; a lC 0 0' tOt sixth, £lC1:0':; sixty, e;itlCOV1:a size, J1EYE9oc;. 7tAil90C; skilled, a 0 qlO .:; skilled (at), 6 Etv 0 C; skilled in or at, J1K E 1P 0 C; sky, ou pavo.:; slave,60uAoC; slay, I, 0' qui t co. ql 0 V£ <> co sleep, un:vo.:; sleep, I, 1Cageu 6m slow, (Jpa6uc; slowly, ~pllSimc; small, JLl1CpOC;, oAiyoC;. 0'J11lCPOC; smaller, £Aa1:tCOv. J11.1Cpo'tepoc; smallest, EAaX10'1'0C;, )11.lCpota1'oc;, OAtytO'tOC; so, oilv.outco(C;) so as to, /batE so great, 'toao0'6e, 1'0csou1'OC; so many, pI. of 100'00'6E, 1'O(fou1'oC; so that, tva, o'JtCOC;, 100'tE so that ... not, tva )11\ soldier, O'1'pllncDt'tle; Solon, to ACOV some, EV10l. 'ttC; some ... others, allOl ... elAAOl some to some places ... others to other places, aAAO\ liAAO(f E somehow, 'Jt co C; someone, something, nc;, 1'1 sometime, 'Jt 0 l' E somew here, 1t 0 U somewhere, from, 'Jt 0 9 Ev

e

somewhere, to, K0 t son, Ka'ic;, u loc; soon, 6t' oAiyou. 0 U ata XOAAOU sophist, (JOep to't11 C; sorrowful, I am, AU 7t EoJ.1at soul, 'V\')x1\ soundness of mind, O'COcppoouv'tl sow, I, O'ftEipm spare, I, cpEi60J.1al Spartan,IKaptt~1'tlC;

Spartans, the, A a lC 2 6 a 1J.16Vl0l speak, I, ayop£<>m. Asym, cpmv Eco speaker, Pit l' co p spear, Sopu speech, ep co v 11 Sphinx, I cp 1. y; spirit, 8 a {J.1 mv, 9 U J.10 C; , 7I:po9{)J.1ta spoke, I1they, Et1tOV spring, eap. lCPitVTt stade, 0'1:a6tov stake, J.10XAOC; stand around, I, 7tEpl{(J't'a)1al stand away from, I, acp10'1aJiat stand by, I, 1taptO'taJial stand firm, I, U7tOJ.1Evm stand near, It £cp1.0'1l1Jiat. xa ptO'1'aJ.1a t stand upl av &0'11\ 9t stand up, I, t:ivlO'taJ1ul stand up against, I, av91.O''taJ.1al stand X up, I, &vi 0' l' 'tl J.1 t start, I, opJiaoJ.1at, opJ1am state of being at a loss, the, a7l:0pia. station, I, tat 1: co statue, EilCcOV stay, I, J.1Evm steady, f}EpatOC; steersman, lCUPEPVIt'tTtC; step, I, ~ a i v m

365 step out, I, ElCpaivm stern (of a ship), 1tpuJ1vTt still, E'tt sting, I, 6a1Cvco stone, At90c; stone, of, Ai9IVOC; stop X, I, iO''t'tlJ11. 1tClU m stop (doing X), I, 1I:auoJ.1at storm, XE1. J1m v story, AOY0C;, J1u90C; strB.ight, £ U9 u C;, b p e6 C; straiglttway, U-ot1.lCa, Eu9ut; straits, 0' 1 e v & stranger, ; Ev 0 C; strength, 6uvaJuc;, pmJ1it strike, I, paAAm, lC01t't co t 1U1ttm strike with a ram, I, EJ.1~aAAco

strong, lCap't'£p6~, ioX{)poe; stronger, lCptdt'tmv strongest, lCpa110'10C; struggle, ay cO v study, I, J18A£'taco stupid, aJ1a9ft C; subdue, I, lCat lIO''t P E~ qloJ1at such as the following, 'tolo0'8£ such, 10 lOU t 0 C;. 1: 0 1oalh suddenly, el; a {cp v 11 C; suffer, I, n:aaxco suffer pain, I, o6uvlOf.Lal sufficient, ilCav6e; suitable for, £1tU11 6£ 10C; summon, I, 7tapalCQASm sun, ilAIOe; suppliant, ilC£'t11C; supply, I, 1tapexco suppose, I, S1\2t0u. BA1d· tco,KOU surely, SitKoU survive, I, 7tapaJ.1EVCO sweet, 118uC; sweetly, it8icoe;

Athenaze: Book II

366 swift, 'taxuc; swiftly, 1aXEOlr;j sword, ~{~Ot;

T take, I, aym. aipsOl, ICOJl.{~(j), AaJl.~aVm

take across, I, 81 a 1C 0 ,.Li ~ m take away for myself, I, a~a1pEoJ.tal

take care (for), I, £ 11: 1JU:AE0J1a1 take down (sails), I, a1eAAm take hold of, I, AaJl.~aVO Jl.at take in, I, Eicraym. £ iO'lCOJ.t {~m take out, I, £~a 1p Em take to heart, I, £v9'1iJl.e0Jl.a1

take to the field, I, a,; p a ,;eum take up, I, aVa1peOJla1 taken, I am, aAialCOJla1 talk, I, AaAem talk nonsense, I, ~A u apE m talk to, I, 8tIXAEyoJl.a1 taste, I, Y£UOJla1 teach, I, 818aalCOl teacher, 8t8aaKIXAOt; tell! Eb:E tell, I, aYYEAAm, Af:ym tell (0£), I, cp p ~ m tell (someone to do something), I, K£A£um Tellus, TEAAot; temple, ie p6v temple offering, Bva911Jla ten, 8ElCa tenth,8elCcx10c; ten thousand, Jl.;)P1ot ten thousandth, Jl U P 1oO''toC; terrible, 8etvOc; terrible things, 8Etva terribly, 8£lVmt; terrifYing, cp 0 IJ £ P 6 t; test, ft £ i p a than,i\

a

thank, I, XeX p tV ci 'II; 0 tH,8mJ.t1 thanks, xap1C; that, £KE1VOC;, OftOlt;. OC;. OO'ftSP, 01:1, mc;, 100'1:£ the, 0,11. 1: 6 theater, ge cnpov them, autouc;, au't fit;. aU1:a Themistocles, 9£J.t1G10KAilc; then, et'ta. £vtcxu9u

(a;,),

£7tEt'tU, o~v.

'to't£ thence, £lCsi9BV there, K£t. £v 9 &8 £ •

e

~v'tau9a

there, I am, 7t apE q.n there, to, EK£ ia £ thereafter, £TC Et't a Thermopylae, 9BPJ101tUAal Theseus, f.) 11 0' EUC; things: use neuter plural of adjective things, XP";Jl.a1:a think, I, YlyvmalCm. 80K6m, 11YEoJ1al, voJl{~m, otOJla1, cppoVEOl think?, What do you, 'tiva YVolJl.'1 V i!XEtC;; think about, I, cp p a ~ 0 Jl.u 1 think it best, I, 80K£1 P.01 third, tphoC; thirteen, 't p Ei C; K IX t 8 EK a thirty, 1: p1 filCOV 1: a this, pl., these, 0 t> 1: 0 C; this here, pl., these here, (s8£ thither, £1Cslae, ~v9aSE, Evtau9a those, pl., of £lCStVOC; thousand,a, X1A101 thousandth, X1A10(11:0 C; thread, Aivov three,1pE'ic; three hundred, 1: p 1 aKOCHOl Thriasian, 9 p1& (f 10 c;

through, Sui. Kat & throw, I, acptttJl1. lttll1. paAAm throw a javelin at, I, dcrl11Cov't{~m

throw (at), I, hplllJlt throw down, I, lCata~aAAm

throw out, I, £ KIl a AAm Thunderer, B pOlJ.tOC; thus, outm( C;) tie, I, 8EOl tilled fields, 'ta. Epya time, XPOVOC; time, (right), Ka1poc; Timocrates, T1f.LOlCpa't111i tin, 'lCa't't\1:epoli tired, I am, lC aJ1 VOl to, Eie;. EXt, 'Ita pO: , 'It poc;. cO C; to another place, aAAoae to Athens, 'AfH,va~£ to blame (adj.), ai't1oc; to home, oiKaS! to many parts, 1tOAAazoae to other places, lilAoaE to school, etc; 818 u 0' lC ciAmv (to see to it) that, o1tmc; to somewhere, 1t 0 1 to that place, lC £i (J £ to where? 7toi; today, t";J1£POV together (with), allIX toil, 1tOVOC; told, I1they, Et'ltOV tomorrow, aiSp10v too, Kat too late, OWE top (ot), &lCpOC; toward, ETC t. 1t po C; tower,1tupyoe; township, &iilloc; tragedy, 1:paytpaia treasure, 911acxu poe; treasury, 9tt 0' U'\) pO C; treaty, OP'IC1U tree, SEv8pov trial, 'ltE1.pa

e

English to Greek Vocabulary tribe, 1£9vo~ trireme, 'CpnlPfl<; trophy, 't pon:cx'iov trouble, 11: P a. 'Y )1 ex Troy, Tpoia true, al'l91\~ truely, al119&t;, Kat )1~vJ)1";v

trust, I, 7ttO''t'Eum truth, &.1";9ua, aAl19E(j;, aAl1 9il truth, in, tip ov'tt try, I, 1t£tpao)1at.1t£Ipam tmn,I, O''tpEcpm, 'tpe1tm turn around. I, avaO''tpecpm, E7ttO''tPSq"o turn(ing), 't po 11: i} turn (myself), I, 'tpsn:o)1at twelfth, ~m8b:(X'to; twelve, ~ID8e1Ca twentieth, £ i 1C 0 a 1: 0 'i twenty, EtXOCJt(v) twenty·one, e t; 1C a i eilCocu(V) two,8uo two hundred, ~1.cxxo(not

U under, U7tO understand, I, O''Uvi,ll)1 t, £7ttO''ta)1cu, p.av9livm unjust, li8ucoe; unless, Ei p."; unmoved, aXlv1'\'toC; until, em;, em~ av, 1I:piv, 7tpiv li v unusual, 1£ lC l' 011: 0 C; unwilling(ly), iiK:mv up, ava. avm upon, 811:(, 7t P 0 C; uproar, 90p-upoc; us, ftp.mv. Tt)1iv, ;')1&<; use, I, xpaop.at useful, xp'l\ at)1o C;. XP'lCf1:oC; useless, aX;Pl1O''t'o;

V very, p.ala. xavu very big, p.E'YtO''toe; very good, aptO''toc; very great, xA£iO''CoC; very many, pI. of 7t A £ t (no C; very much, p.aAtata, acp08pa vex, I, A,"utE m vexed (at), I am, ax90p.at victim, sacrificial, lepe'iov victory, VilCl1 viewing, 9smpt(k villainous, )1 tap C; violence, pia virtue, apEti} visit, I, cpol1:&m voice, cp'l\p.l1, cpmv'l\ vote, I, '" 1l cp i ~ 0 p. a t

a

W wage war, I, O''tpextEUo)1at, a'tpcx'tsum wagon, a.p.a~cx wait(for),I, p.Evm, 1tEpt)1£vm, u1top.£vm wake up, I, £ydpOP.CXl wake X up, I, Eydpm. e~£y£ipm

walk, I, palH~m, patv()), 1top£uo)1al wall, tEiXoe; wand, paPSo; want, I, PouAo)1tn, S£op.cxt war, XOA£)10e; war, I go to, xoAEp.Em war, I make, 7tOA£J.lEm ward off, I, &)1 ilvCl) ward off X from myself, I, ap.i>vop.cxt wares, CD v t cx wash X, I, Aoum watch, I, 9£O:op.at, gempem water, {s8m p water jar, u8picx

367 wave, lCUJ.la way, o~6~, tpoxo; way, in any, fC m e; way, in this, l' ex U't we, ia p.ei~ weaker, ii't'tmv wealth, XAOU'tO; weapons, 1t Acx weep, I, 8(XK:p{,m well, e;). 1C a; Aii) C; well, I am, Kalm; EXm well done! sfi '1 E what? 'd; 'tiC;; What do you think? 1:{vex yv IDf.l.l1V £X£lC;; whatever, av, (n:clV1:CX) oeJa av when, EXEt, 87tEt8~, OfCO't£, OtE. cO c; when? nO'I:£; whence, ogev. o1t0gev whence? n:0gev; whenever, £XElSav, i:hav.on:otav where, {pEEp. 01to'U. O-UfCEP where? 1tOU; where?, from, n: 0 9 E v; where (in the world)? 11: 0 U 'YTl; ; where to? 1& 0 i ; whether, ei (whether) ... or, 1t6'tEPOV ••• i1 which, lS<;, lSO'n:ep which? 't't; de;; which (of two)? 7to't£poC; while, tv~. fmc; whither? '/tOt; who? 'ti;; who, whose, whom, which, that, CJ1t s P whoever, oC7'nc; av, oO'ot av. 7tav1:£<; oaol v whole, an:cxfi. olo;, 1t a <; why? d; wickedness, 1tOV1\p(&; wife, y \) v it wild, li 'Y P tOt;

n

a

an

a;. a

a

Athenaze: Book II

368 wildly, ayptc.o<; wild beast, 911PtOV will go, I, £ t,.u willing, I am, tgeA.c.o win, I, vl.tcam wind, .xv E J10 t;, 1t Ve ;;qux • 'i' WIne,OlVOC;; wine-shop,olvonml.tov wing, K£pac;; winter, XEtJ1c.OV wisdom, O'ocpt'(x, ac.ocppoO'uvl1 wise, aocpoc;; wise man, O'oqn.O'tnC; wish, I, ~O-UAOJ1(I.1, £9SA.Cll with, J1ucl. O'uv with difficulty, J16ll. <; with luck, ouv 9£oi<; with regard to, Ka't withdraw, I, avaXCllpECll

a.

within, tv't'oe; withstand, I, av9tO'taJ1a t wolf, AUlCot; woman, yuv-q wonder at, I, 9exUJ10:~Cll woods, iSA/q word, loyoe; work, epyov, f1:0VOe; work, I, £pyo:~oJ1a t, ftOVECll worry, I, cppov·ti~m worse, KalClov, 1C.aK1Cllv, xeipmv worst, KO:1C.\(J't'CX, KalCl.O'toe;. XEtpl.O''t'OC;; worthy (of), a~tOC;; wrecked ship, vcxuaytoV wretched, 't J1 co v write, I, ypacpm writing, ypaJ1J1cxtu wrong X, I, ci8tKEc.o

1"

X Xanthias, g a v

e(Ii

C;;

Xanthippus, Eav9i7utoe; Xerxes, SEP~'Il<; y

year, £'£0<; yield, I, eilCc.o, £v5{8c.oJ.Lt yoke, I, CEUYVUJ11 you, pl., -GJ.LE1<; you, sing., 0' U young man, veiivla<; young, vioe; your, pl., ilJ1he.poC;; your, sing., aoe;, yourself, of, O'Eau'tou

z Zeus, Zeuc; Zeus, by, J.La Ala Zeus, 0, Zl Zeu Zeus, yes by, vat J1a Alex

GENERAL INDEX This index is selective. It does not include the names of the family members when they appear in the stories, but it does include them when they appear in essays. Numbers in boldface refer to illustrations or maps. A abaton, 8, 9 Abdera, 130 Academy, 131 Acarnania, 230, 231 Achaea,231 Achaean, 234, 236 Achaean Rhion, 236 Achaeans, 42,43, 203 Acharnae, 107, lOB, 114 Acharnians, 114, 115 Acharnians, Aristophanes', 148, 249-269 Achilles, 44,166, 191,203 Acropolis, 80,97,192,243, 249 Adrastus, 161, 166,167, 168,170,174,175,191 Aegean Sea, 52, 61, 229, 242,242 Aegina,53 Aegisthus, 44 Aegospotami, 242, 243 Aeschylus's Oresteia, 167 Agamemnon, 44, 57, 136, 166,203 death of, 54 agnosticism, 212 cd8 m<; , 166 Alaric the Goth, 214 Alcibiades, 241, 242 Alyattes, 137, 141,227 Amasis, 141,182 Achaean Rhion, 236 ambrosia, 262 Ambrosia of Athens, 9 Amphipolis, 113, 232 anthropomorphism, 202 antidemocratic party (Ot oAiyOt), 99 Antigone, Sophocles', 167 Apella (assembly of all the Spartans), 24

Apallo,8 t 122 t 167, 189, 191,191,192,217,221, 222,225,227,255 temple of, at Corinth, 61 temple of, at Delphi, 178, 191 Apology, Plato's, 233, 243, 246 Arcadia, 24 archers, Scythian, 254, 254 Archidamian War 229, 112 Archidamus, king of the Lacedaemonians, 101, 107, 112 archons,80,B1 nine, 81 archonship, 81 Areopagus, 80 Council of the, 80, 81 Arge,47 Arginusae, 242 Argive, 150 Argives, 150, 151 Argos, 17,25,42,44,61, 241 aristocracy, 105 Aristophanes' Acharnians, 148,249-269 Banqueters, 249 Wealth, 249 Aristotle, 131 army, Athenian, 112 Peloponnesian, 107, 112, 229 Spartan, 24 art of politics (l11tOAt1:lKTt 'tEXVT\), 131 Artabanes, 256 Artemis, 8 44 Artemisia, 148

369

Asclepius, 2, 3, 8-9, 11, 12, 17,18,19,26 sanctuary of, 10, 91 temple of, 17 Asia Minor, 15, 24, 43, 136, 137,141,148,194 Asopus River, 33 Assembly (i) EKKA:nO'ia), 60,73,80,81,91,97,98, 113,130,242,249,251, 252,254 assembly in each deme, 80 assembly of all the Spartans,24 atheism, 212 Athena, 44, 122, 192,243 Athenian army, 112 democracy, BO-B1, 9799, 130 Empire, 61, 69, 73, 83, 112,113,242,243 fleet, 112,241 naval supremacy, 112 Athenians, 15,16,27, 2B, 32,33,61,63,68,69,73, 83,84,88,100,101,104, 107, 112, 113, 114, 115, 120,125,141,149,192, 214,229,230,231,233, 234,235,236,237,239, 241,242,243,244,245 Athens, 15,25,27,32,37, 42,60,61,63,68,73,89, 91,100,101,104,112, 113,130,148,192,214, 232,235,241,242 downfall of, 233, 241242 Atreus, 44, 203 Treasury of, 42, 43 Attic ship(s), 244 Attica, 15, 16,32,61,80,91,

370 104,107,112,115,125, 249 Attic dialect of Plato, 82 Atys,161 B Babylon, 148, 149 Babylonians, 182 Bacchiadae (Dorian clan), 25,200 Bacchylides, 224, 227 Banqueters, Aristophanes', 249 battle of Marathon, 260 of Plataea, 52 of Salamis, 68 Bethany, 177 Bethzatha, 99 Biton, 150, 151, 151 Black Sea, 61, 148 Blegen, 43 blood~guilt, 167 Boeotia, 15,32,33,61, 107, 138,241 Boeotians, 15, 115 Borysthenes, 148 Brasidas,113 Bronze Age, the, 138, 24, 224

C Cambyses, 149 Cana, 55,70 wedding at, 55, 70 Castalian spring, 191 Ceos, 224 chairman (6 £1ttO''tti'tll~), 74,98 chairman of the Assembly, 130 Chalcidice, 113 Chalcis, 231 Charioteer of Delphi, 192 Cheiron,8 choral lyric, 224 chorus t 249 Christ, 177 Christianity, 192 Chrysothemis, 44 Cicero, 9

Athenaze: Book II Cimon, 60, 232 citizenship, 80 classes of citizenship, four property, 105 Cleisthenes the Alcme· onid, 80, 81 Cleobis, 150, 151, 151 Cleon, 113 Cleonymus, 256 Clytemnestra, 44 Cnemus, 235, 237 Colchis, 136 colonies, Spartan, 25 comedy, 249 Comedy, Old, 249, 263 Corcyra, 25, 61 Corfu, 61 Corinth, 17,24-25,46,47, 61,61,62,63,112,200, 230,241,245 Gulf of, 112, 229, 230 Isthmus of, 25, 100 Corinthian Gulf, 112 Corinthian ware, 25 Corinthians, 27, 28, 68, 73, 230,231 Coronis,8 cosmologists, Ionian, 212 Council House (1:0 POUAEtl'tTtPlOV), 98 council of elders at Sparta, 24 Council of 400, Solon's, 80, 81,242 of 500 (ll POtlAn), 81, 97-98,101,254 of the Areopagus, 80, 81 councilors (~OtlAEU't(x.{), 74, 81,98,130 Cratylus, Plato's, 143 Creon, 167 Crete, 42, 235,236 Crisaean Gulf, 245, 230 Critias,213 Croesus, 133, 137, 140, 141, 149, 150, 151, 157, 161, 166t 167, 168, 169, 170, 174,175,180, 181 t 182,191,194,195,200,

204,204,216,217,221, 222,224,225,225 Cyclopes, 57 Cyllene, 234, 235,236 Cypselus, 25, 201 Cyrene, 149 Cyrus, king of the Medes, 133,180,182,194,204, 216,217,221,222 death of, 149 Cyzicus, 242 D

Darius, 149 Dark Ages, the, 44 decree ('VTttf)lO')la), 97 DeHan League, 60 Delos, 53, 227 lions on, 55 Delphi, 44, 151, 158, 167, 178, 181, 182, 191, 192, 221,224,230,233 Sacred Way at, 191, 178 stadium at, 178, 191, 193 temple of Apollo at, 178,191 theater at, 178, 191 treasuries at, 191 Delphic oracle, 192 demarch, 80 deme(s), 80, 81, 98 Demeter, 44, 213-214 democracy, 121, 130 Athenian, 80-81, 97-99, 130 moderate, 80, 242 radical, 80, 81, 242 demos, volatility of the, 242 Dicaeopolis, 82, 249 Shcll, 166 Diogenes Laertius, 242 Dionysia, Rural, 262, 267 Dionysus, 224, 249 theater of, fifth century, 249,258 theater of, fourth century, 262

General Index with a panther, 266 divine vengeance (VEIlEatt;), 149, 166 Dnieper, 148 Dodona, 181 Dorian invasion, 24 Dorians, 24, 43 Doric dialect, 24, 224 speakers,24 downfall of Athens, 233, 241-242 dreams, 190-192 duality of body and soul, 213 dyarchy,24 Dyme, 234 E education, Greek, 129-131 Eetion, husband of Labda, 200 Egypt, 42, 104, 136, 141, 148,149,182,224 Egyptians, 182 Electra, 44 Elephantine, 148 Eleusinian cult, 214 mysteries, 214 Eleusis, 63,107, 108,114, 141,214 Empire, Athenian, 61, 69, 73, 83, 112, 113, 242, 243 Persian, 149 Ephialtes,81 ephors,25 Epidaurus, 3, 8-9, 10, 11, 17,63 stadium at, 9 theater at, 9, 35 equality of all citizens (icrovoj.1ta), 81 equals (OJ.1otot) at Sparta, 25 Ethiopia, 104 Euboea,61,88, 100 eupatrid, 80 Euphanes of Epid aurus , 34 Euphrates, 148

Euripides, 233 Europa, Phoenician princess, 136 Europe, 136, 148 Eurotas River, 24, 270 Eurymachus,191 expedition to Sicily, Athe* nian,233 F fall of Troy, 43 fate (j.1otpa), 166, 221 father of history, Herodotus, 148 festival of Dionysus, the Lenaea, 249 festivals, Greek, 224 fleet, Athenian, 112, 241 Peloponnesian, 112 Persian, 52 freedom, 149 Furies ('Eptvue~), 44, 57

G Galilee, 55, 70 games (at Delphi), 191 generals, 98 ten, 81 Gerousia (council of elders at Sparta), 24 Golden Age, the, 138, 176 Gordias, 161 grave circles at Mycenae, 42 Great Harbor of Syracuse, 233,241 Greater Dionysia, 249 Greece, 228 Greek education, 129-131 pantheon, 191 princess, 10, 136 Greeks in Asia Minor, 133, 149 Ionian, 242 guilt, 166-167 Gulf of Corinth, 112, 229, 230 gymnastics, 129

371 H Hades, 203 Halicarnassus, 136, 148 Herodotus of, 136 Halitherses, 190 Hall of the Mysteries, 214 Halys River, 137, 182 Having Been Sent (name of pool), 139 healing sanctuaries, 8-9 Health, goddess of, 9 Hebrew, 99,133 Hecataeus ofMiletus, 148, 176 Hegestratos, 17 Helen, 136 Heliaea, 80, 81 Helios, 215 Hellenica, Xenophon's, 242 Hellespont, 242 helots, 24, 25, 60 Hephaestus, 122 Hera, 150, 243 Heracles,257 comic, 263 Heraclitus of Ephesus, 20, 21,32,41,50,57,74,77, 111,113,118,143,156, 158,176,182,211,218 Heraeeus of Mytilene, 16 Herodotus of Halicarnassus, 32, 52,80, 133, 136, 142, 147, 148-149, 151, 157,162,166,166,166, 167,170, 174, 192, 192, 195,200,218,221,232, 233 dialect of his writing, 82 father of history, 148 Hesiod, 138, 176 Works and Days, 167, 176 Hieron, tyrant of Syracuse, 224 Hippias,80 Hippocrates, 9, 130, 131 Hippodamia, 44, 45

372 Homer, 130,203 Iliad, 130, 149,166, 191, 203 Odyssey, 190, 191, 215 Homeric heroes, 166 honor ('tt~ft), 166 honor ethic, 166 hoplite phalanx, 24 hoplites, 112 hubris, 149, 166 Hymn to Demeter, 213214 Hyperboreans,224,227 Hyperion, 215 Hyroeades, 204

I Iliad, Homer's, 130, 149, 166,191,203 incarnation, the, 17 initiates (J.l:UO"'tat), 214 intellectual revolution, 212 10, Greek princess, 136 Ionia, 148,202 Ionian cosmologists, 212 Ionian Greeks, 242 Ionian revolt, 52, 149 Ionians, 53, 54, 137, 149 Iphigenia,44 Iron Age, 138, 176 Isagoras,80 Ischia, 25 Isocrates, 131 Isthmus of Corinth, 25 Italy, 148,213 Ithaca, 190

J Jason, 136 jealousy (cp96vo<;) of the gods, 166 Jerusalem, 99 Jesus, 17,35,55,70,71,89, 99,122,139,159,177, 178,193 Jewish believers, 139 Jews, the, 55, 71, 99, 122, 177 John the Baptist, 17,35 jury panel, 81

Athenaze: Book II justice (OtKTl), 166

K katagogion, 9 keys to the temples, 98 king of the Persians, 16 King's Eye, the, 256 kings of Lydia, 149 Knossos,42 Kolophon, Xenophanes of, 176,202,212-213 L Labda,200,201 Lacedaemon, 15,61 Lacedaemonians, 15,24, 27,28,32,33,61,68,69, 73,83,84,100,101,107, 120,137,235,245 Lamachus, 241 law courts, 130 law, rule of, 81 Lazarus, 177, 178 League, Peloponnesian, 56,61,242 Lenaea (festival of Dionysus),249 Leto, son of, (i.e., Apollo), 227 Leucadia, 244 Leucadian, 245 Leucadians, 245 Leucas, 234 Hbation,97 lion gate at Mycenae, 42, 43 lions on Delos, 55 literacy, 130 Long Walls, the, 242 lot, selection for office by, 81 Lyceum, 131 Lycurgan reforms, 25 Lycurgus, 24 Lydia, 148,194,225 Lydia, kings of, 149 Lydian, 137, 194, 149. 169, 174, 181, 182, 194, 195, 204,217,221,222

Lydians, Croesus, king of the, 133 Lygdamis, 148 Lysander, 242,242

M Marathon, 68, 149 battle of, 260 Mardonius, 15,32,33 Martha, 177 Mary, 177 Mary Magdalene, 193 mathematics, 131 Medea, 136 Medes, 133, 180,227 king of the, Cyrus, 133 Median affairs = Persian Wars, 133 Megara.61,63,112 Messenia, 24 Messenians, 239 Minoan control of the seas, 42 Minoan Crete, 42 Minoan palaces, 42 miracle cures, 16-17,34 moderate democracy, 80, 242 Ilotpa, 166, 221 Molycrian Rhion, 236 Molycrion, 234 monarchy, 24 morality, 166 Mount Olympus in Thes~ saly (home of the gods), 138 Olympus (in Mysia), 168, 170 Parnassus, 191 Muse, the daughter of Zeus, 215 Muses, 129 Muses, the nine, 223 music teacher (0 lCt9aptO"'tTtc;;), 130, 133 music, 129 Mycale, 53, 149 battle of, 52 Mycenae, 42, 42-44, 44, 44,57,62

General Index grave circles at, 42 kings of, 42 lion gate at, 42, 43 shaft graves at, 42 the royal house of, 44 Mysians, 168, 169, 169 mystery cults, 213-214 mysticism, 213-214 myth, 44, 149,224 N Nathanael, 35 N aupactians, 245 Naupactus, 230, 234, 239, 244 naval supremacy, Athe~ nian,112 nectar, 262 Nemea, Valley of, 17 N emean Games, 17 nemesis (divine vengeance, VEJ..LEO'lC;), 149, 166 Nicias, Peace of, 113, 241 Nicodemus, 71, 89 Nike, 248 Nile, 148 0 Odysseus, 190, 215, 215 Odyssey, Homer's, 190, 191,215 Oedipus, 167

Oedipus the King, Sophocles', 167 Oenoe, 107 Oenomaus, 44 Olbia,148 Old Comedy, 249 oligarchic revolution (411 B.c.),242 oligarchy, 25 Olympia, 191 Olympian Zeus, 192 Olympias, general arrangement of the reconstructed trireme, 240 Olympias, trireme,

287 Olympic Games, 224

Olympus, Mount, in Thessaly (home of the gods), 138 in Mysia, 168, 170 On the Gods (treatise by Prot agoras), 213 oracles, 190-192 orchestra (opxncr'tpa), 249 Oresteia, Aeschylus's, 67 Orestes, 44 Orpheus, 213 Orphics, 213 ostracism, 81, 130 ostracon, 81, 130 P Pactolus River, 227 1tatbayroy6c;, 130, 131 Pallas Athena, 192 Pandarus of Thessaly, 34 Panormus, 236, , 245 pantheon, Greek, 191 Parable of the Sheepfold, 159 Paris, 136 Parnassus, Mount, 191 Patrae, 231, 234 Pausanias, 33 payment of all officials, 81 Peace of Nicias, 113,241 Peleus, 203 Peloponnesian army, 112, 229 fleet, 112 League, 25, 61, 242 VVar,148,229,241 War, first phase of the, 112-113 Peloponnesians, 32, 73, 83, 91,100,101,104,112, 115,125,229,231,234, 236,237,239,244,245, 249 army of the, 107,112, 229 Peloponnesus, 24, 25, 42, 68,112,112,113,115, 230,239,241 Pelops, 44, 45 Penelope, 190

373 Periander,25 Pericles, 60, 61, 80, 81, 83, 84,88,91,98,99,101, 112,113,114,115,120121,130,233,241 Persia, 52, 104, 149 Persian, 204, 242 capital (Susa), 148 Empire, 149 fleet, 52 gold, 242 records, 148 Persians, 15, 52, 53, 54, 136,137,149,180,181, 182,195,204,221,222, 225,242 king of the, 16 Phales,266 phallus-pole, 264 Pharisees, 71, 139 Philip, 8, 42, 44,82,249 philosophy, 131 Phoenician princess, Europa, 136 Phoenician traders, 136 Phormio, Athenian admiral, 112, 229, 230, 231, 234,235,236,239 Pindar's Pythian, 8 ~aeus,the,88, 104,242 Pisistratus, 80, 89 plague, the, 104, 112, 120, 233,249 Plataea,32,33,44 battle of, 52 platform ('to ~nJ..La), 97 Plato, 125,130,131 iipology,233, 243, 246 Attic dialect of, 82 Cratylus, 143 Protagoras, 126, 130, 133 Republic, 173-174 Pnyx, 74, 97, 250, 251,253 polis, 24, 25,44 politicians (Ot pn'tOpEC;), 98 pollution (J..LtaQ"l.la), 167 Polycrates of Samos, 149 Pontus Euxinus, 148 pool of Siloam, 139

Athenaze: Book II

374 Potidaea, 61 prayer, 166 preliminary decree ('to 1tpofjouAEUJ.L£l), 97, 254 decrees (1tpol3ouA£u1l£l'ta),97

presidents (1tpu'tciVets), 74, 98,254 presocratic philosophers, 20 property classes of citizenship, four, 105 prophets, 191 Protagoras, 125, 130, 131, 213 Protagoras , Plato's, 126,130,133 prytaneis (1t pu'tciv ets, presidents) 74, 98, 254 prytany (one-tenth of a year), 97, 98 Pteria, 194 Pterians, 182 purification (K&eapO'u;), 167 Pylos, 42, 113 Pythagoras, 176,213 Pythia, 181, 182, 189, 191, 192,221,222,233 Pythian, Pindar's, 8 Pytho (Delphi), 227 R

radical democracy, 80, 81, 242 rationalism, 212-213 reconstructed trireme Olympias, general arrangement of the, 240 reforms of Solon, 80, 105 reincarnation, 213 religion, 166 Republic, Plato's, 173-174 resurrection, 214 revealer of holy things (t£poq)(~v'tl1C;), 214 revolt, Ionian, 52, 149 rhapsode,20S rhetoric, 130 Rhion,234,236,236

rituals, 166 rule oflaw, 81 Rural Dionysia, 262, 267

S sack of Troy, 137 sacred serpent, 9, 19 Sacred Way at Delphi, 191, 178 sacrifice, 166 Salanris, 15, 32,68, 192 battle of, 68 Samians, 243 Samos,53,148,213,243 Polycrates of, 149 sanctuary of Asclepius, 10, 91 Sardis, 140, 141, 148, 161, 166,181,182,194,204, 222,225 Schliemann, 42, 44 Scythia, 148, 149 Scythian archers, 254, 254 seal of state, 98 secretary (0 YPCXjJ.J.LCX'tEUC;), 98 selection for office by lot, 81 self-respect, sense of (atoms), 166 serpent, sacred, 8, 19, shaft graves at Mycenae, 42 shame culture, 166 shame, 166-167 sense of (atows), 166 Sheepfold, Parable of the, 159 Sicily, 148, 241 signs, 190-192 Siloam, pool of, 139 Silver Age, the, 138 Sirens, 215 slavery, 149 Socrates of Athens, 20, 130,131,233,242,243, 246 Solon, 81, 89, 105, 122, 140, 141,148,150,151,157,

161,166,216 reforms of, 80, 105 son of Atreus, 203 sophistic movement, 233 sophists, 130 Sophocles, 148,233 Antigone, 167 Oedipus the King, 167 soul, 213 Sparta, 24-25, 60,61, 68, 11~12~13~233,24L

242,249,270 council of elders at, 24 Spartan army, 24 colonies, 25 fleet, 242 Spartans, 61,68, 113,233, 242 assembly of all the, 24 Sphacteria, 113 stability (EuVOjlta) at Sparta, 25 stadium at Delphi, 191, 178,193 at Epidaurus, 9 StrymonRiver, 113 suppliant (tK£'t1'lS), 167 supplication, 167 supremacy, Athenian naval, 112 Susa, Persian capital, 148 Syracuse, 25,224, 241 Great Harbor of, 233, 241 Syria, 148

T tablet, votive, 9, 9, 16-17, 34 Tantalus, 44 Taygetus range of mountains, 24, 25, 270 Telemachus,190 Tellus the Athenian, 141, 150 temple of Apollo at Delphi, 178,191 of Asclepius at Epidaurus,17

General Index theater at Delphi, 178, 191 at Epidaurus, 9, 35 theater of Dionysus (fifth century), 249, 258 (fourth century), 262 Thebes, 42, 167 Themistocles, 69, 192 Theognis, 45 Thermopylae, 149 Thessaly, 15, 42 Thirty Years' Peace, 61, 112 tholos at Epidaurus, 8 Tholos at Athens, 98 Thrace,113, 130, 149,213 Thriasian Plain, 107, 108, 114 Thucydides, 68, 84, 88, 99, 101,104,108,113,115, 120,229,231,232-233, 235,237,241,241,245 dialect of his writing, 82 Thurii, 148 Thyestes, 44 timocracy,105 Timocrates, 245 Tiryns,42 traders, Phoenician, 136 tragedy, 249 trainer (6 1tatli01;p{~ilC;), 130,133

training (ayroy~) of Spartans, 25 treasuries at Delphi, 191 Treasury of Atreus, 42, 43 tribe (
W War, Peloponnesian, 48, 229,241

375 Peloponnesian, first phase of, 112-113 Trojan, 43 Wealth, Aristophanes" 249 wedding at Cana, the, 55, 70 Works and Days, Hesiod's, 138, 176 writing master ( 0 ypCt~I.lct'tlG'tll<;), 129 X Xenophanes of Kolophon, 176,202,212-213 Xenophon's Hellenica, 242 Xerxes, 15,60, 148,149, 149,192 Z zeugitai (property class), 81 Zeus, 73, 122, 166,167, 190, 191, 192, 203 225, 227 daughter of, (i.e., the Muse), 215 of purification, 174 who presides over companionship, 174 who presides over the hearth and hospitality, 174

LIST OF MAPS Page xviii Greece and the Aegean Sea. From H. D. Amos and A. G. P. Lang, These Were the Greeks, © 1979 by Nelson Thornes, Cheltenham, United Kingdom, page 5. 106 il 'A't''t'1.K~ 'Ytl 'tEJ..lV£'W.t uno 't'rov 7tOAEf,.LtroV. (Drawing: Catherine Balme). 228 Greece. From Richard J. A. Talbert, Atlas of Classical History, London and New York: Routledge, 1985, page 30. 229 Map of the first battle. From The Athenian Trireme by J. S. Morrison, J. F. Coates, and N. B. Rankov © 2nd ed., 2000 by Cambridge University Press, page 70. 238 Map of the second battle. From The Athenian Trireme by J. S. Morrison, J. F. Coates, and N. B. Rankov © 2nd ed., 2000 by Cambridge University Press, page 73.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Most of the passages in the Classical Greek readings and some of the quotations from Greek authors in the stories are taken from Loeb Classical Library editions (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press) with permission of the publishers and the Trustees of the Loeb Classical Library. The selections from the Gospel of John in Book II are taken from The Greek New Testament, Fourth Revised Edition, edited by Barbara Aland, Kurt Aland, Johannes Karavidopoulos, Carlo M. Martini, and Bruce M. Metzger, © 1993 Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, Stuttgart (available in the U.S.A. from the American Bible Society, 1865 Broadway, New York, NY 10023).

376

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 2 9 18 20 35 36 42 43 45

54

55 56 61 72 80 90 123 124 129 131 140 147 151 160

169 178 179

Relief. Piraeus Museum 92. Deutsches Archaologisches Institut Athen. (Photo: Welter). Relief. Sculpture 809. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). Statue of Asclepius. Epidaurus Museum. (Photo: Museum). (Drawing: John Cavacco). Theater of Epidaurus. © 1989 Loyola University of Chicago. (Photo: R. V. Schoder, S.J.). Detail of an Attic black figure neck amphora. Vase B226. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). The lion gate at Mycenae. (Photo: Alison Frantz). The entrance to the Treasury of Atreus. (Photo: Alison Frantz). Drawing: from vase painting. From Peter Connolly and Hazel Dodge, The Ancient City: Life in Classical Athens & Rome J Oxford University Press, 1998, p. 83. (Drawing: Peter Connolly). Detail of calyx krater. Ht. 51 cm. (20 1116 in.); di. 51 cm. (20 1116 in). © 2002 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 63.1246, William Francis Warden Fund. (Photo: Museum). Terrace of Lions on Delos. (Photo: SEF/Art Resource, NY). Mycenae. (Photo: Gilbert Lawall). Corinth. (Photo: Alison Frantz). The Pnyx. (Photo: Alison Frantz). The Acropolis. (Photo: Alison Frantz). Detail of an Attic red figure stamnos. Vase E448. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). Attic red figure column krater. All rights reserved, New York, The Metropolitan Museum of Art 10.210.14, Rogers Fund 1910. (Photo: Museum). Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Berlin, Antikenmuseum F 2285. (Photo: Museum). Detail of an Attic black figure cup. Vase B326. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Berlin, Antikenmuseum F 2285. (Photo: Museum). Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Vase E49. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). Marble herm of Herodotus. All rights reserved, New York, The Metropolitan Museum of Art 91.8, Gift of George F. Baker 1891. (Photo: Museum). Statues of Cleobis and Biton. Ht. 85 in. Delphi Museum. (Photo: Alison Frantz). Detail of Attic black figure lekythos. All rights reserved, New York, The Metropolitan Museum of Art 56.11.1, Purchase, Walter C. Baker Gift, 1956. (Photo: Justin Kerr). Detail from the Frant;ois Vase. Florence, National Museum. (Photo: Hirmer Fotoarchiv GVK 591.2127). Delphi. © 1989 Loyola University of Chicago. (Photo: R. V. Schoder, S.J.). The temple of Apollo at Delphi. (Photo: Alison Frantz).

377

378

Athenaze: Book II

189 Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Berlin, Antikenmuseum F 2538. (Photo: Museum). 190 Detail of bronze statue of charioteer. Delphi, Archaeological Museum. (Photo: NimatallahlArt Resource, NY). 193 The stadium at Delphi. (Photo: MarburglArt Resource, NY). 203 Detail of an Attic red figure neck amphora. Vase E270. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). 214 Detail of Attic red figure hydria. Ht. 141/16 in. All rights reserved, New York, The Metropolitan Museum of Art 56.171.53, Fletcher Fund, 1956. (Photo: Museum). 215 Detail of an Attic red figure stamnos. Vase E440. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). 222 Drawing: from vase painting. From Peter Connolly and Hazel Dodge, The Ancient City: Life in Classical Athens & Rome, Oxford University Press, 1998, p. 61. (Drawing: Peter Connolly). 223 Attic red figure hydria. Ht. 58.5 cm. All rights reserved, New York, The Metropolitan Museum of Art SL 1990.1.109, The Shelby White and Leon Levy Collection. (Photo: Sheldan Collins). 225 Detail of belly amphora. Paris, Musee du Louvre. (Photo: M. and P. Chuzeville). 237 Trireme. From The Athenian Trireme by J. S. Morrison, J. F. Coates, and N. B. Rankov © 2nd ed., 2000 by Cambridge University Press, page 232. 240 Plan of the reconstructed trireme Olympias. From The Athenian Trireme by J. S. Morrison, J. F. Coates, and N. B. Rankov © 2nd ed., 2000 by Cambridge University Press, page 208. 243 Relief. Athens, Acropolis Museum. (Photo: Museum). 248 Detail of an Attic red figure pelike. Ht. 31 cm. (12 3/16 in). © 2002 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 20.187, Francis Bartlett Donation of 1912. (Photo: Museum), 253 (Photo: Alison Frantz). 254 Attic red figure plate. Vase E135. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). 258 Theater of Dionysus. From Peter Connolly and Hazel Dodge, The Ancient City: Life in Classical Athens & Rome, Oxford University Press, 1998, p. 94. (Drawing: Peter Connolly). 262 Plan of the theater of Dionysus. From Peter Connolly and Hazel Dodge, The Ancient City: Life in Classical Athens & Rome, Oxford University Press, 1998, p. 99. (Drawing: Peter Connolly). 263 Terracotta statuette. Ht. 7 cm (2 3/4 in.). © 2002 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 01.8014, Gift by contribution. (Photo: Museum). 266 Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Ht. 9.5 cm. (3 3/4 in.); di. 22.7 em (8 15/16 in.). © 2002 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 95.30, Catharine Page Perkins Fund. (Photo: Museum). 268 Detail of an Attic red figure cup. Vase E49. Reproduced by courtesy of the Trustees of the British Museum, London. (Photo: Museum). 269 Attic red figure pelike. Ht. 36.1 cm. (14 3/16 in.); di. 44.8 cm (17 5/8 in.). © 2002 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 03.793, Francis Bartlett Donation. (Photo: Museum). 270 The valley of the river Eurotas. (Photo: Alison Frantz).

An Introduction To Ancient Greek

Read more

Ancient Greek Agriculture: An Introduction

Read more

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy

Read more

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy

Read more

An Introduction to Ancient Greek: A Literary Approach (2nd edition)

Read more

Philosophical Greek: An Introduction

Read more

Philosophical Greek: An Introduction

Read more

Introduction to Attic Greek

Read more

Introduction to Greek Metre

Read more

Introduction to Greek Metre

Read more

Introduction to Greek Metre

Read more

An Introduction to the Ancient World

Read more

Introduction to Ancient History

Read more

Introduction to Ancient History

Read more

The Ancient Novel: An Introduction

Read more

The Ancient Novel: An Introduction

Read more

Ancient Greek Music

Read more

Ancient Greek Love Magic

Read more

Ancient Greek Athletics

Read more

Ancient Greek athletics

Read more

Ancient Greek athletics

Read more

Ancient Greek Divination

Read more

Reading Greek (Ancient)

Read more

Ancient Greek Religion

Read more

A Companion to the Ancient Greek Language

Read more

A Guide to Ancient Greek Drama

Read more

Gods and Heroes: An Introduction to Greek Mythology

Read more

An Introduction to Confucianism (Introduction to Religion)

Read more

An Introduction to Judaism (Introduction to Religion)

Read more

An Introduction to Mormonism (Introduction to Religion)

Read more

Recommend Documents

An Introduction To Ancient Greek

C.A.E. LUSCHNIG AN INTRODUCTION TO ANCIENT GREEK A Literary Approach Second Edition Revised by C.A.E. Luschnig and De...

Ancient Greek Agriculture: An Introduction

ANCIENT GREEK AGRICULTURE ANC IENT GREEK AGRIC ULTURE An introduction Signe Isager and Jens Erik Skydsgaard London ...

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy This book provides a brief and accessible introduction to Greek tragedy for students a...

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy

An Introduction to Greek Tragedy This book provides a brief and accessible introduction to Greek tragedy for students a...

An Introduction to Ancient Greek: A Literary Approach (2nd edition)

luschnig.qxd 7/11/07 8:50 AM Page 1 C.A.E. LUSCHNIG C.A.E. Luschnig’s An Introduction to Ancient Greek: A Literary ...

Philosophical Greek: An Introduction

...

Philosophical Greek: An Introduction

PHILOSOPHICAL GREEK AN INTRODUCTION BY FRANCIS H. FOBES Πάντες άνθρωποι του εΐδέναι ορέγονται φύσει 'Αριστοτέλης έν πρ...

Introduction to Attic Greek

Introduction to Attic Greek BOEOTIA Oro·pus . Plataea Dccclcia • MT. • PARNES Marathon .MT. CITHAERON Achamae • M...

Introduction to Greek Metre

INTRODUCTION TO GREEK METRE BY M. L . WEST x O XFORD . CLAR E N D O N PRE S S 1 9 87 Oxford University Press, Walto...

Introduction to Greek Metre

(.420$5#4(0.q 40q - ȉɐ˦ 2 2 -"$2 ʿ˦ z ʞʄzļГ ĮГ ʑ'ļ _ k z k Гļ_ F F Г Z 8 )Ş YÛ|ª¯pã aÔt¯¾...